Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Sa-Nccb51 Full Web 1-3-13,0 PDF
Sa-Nccb51 Full Web 1-3-13,0 PDF
Sa-Nccb51 Full Web 1-3-13,0 PDF
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
SECTION INDEX Click on any section Systems
below to go to that portion for a detailed
Table of Contents Table of Contents
C.
Fiber
Click on the logo above to go to Optic
A. System Overview www.panduit.com Systems
up to date product information
find a local distributor D.
Power
B. Copper Systems technical information over
Ethernet
E.
C. Fiber Optic Systems Zone
Cabling
E. Zone Cabling
G.
Outlets
F. Wireless
H.
Media
Distribution
G. Outlets
I.
CLICK on any of Physical
Infrastructure
H. Media Distribution the tabs on this Management
page to jump to
J.
that location Overhead &
I. Physical Infrastructure Management within the catalog Underfloor
Routing
K.
J. Overhead and Underfloor Routing Surface
Raceway
L.
K. Surface Raceway Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
N. Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
O. Labeling and Identification
P.
Cable
Management
P. Cable Management Accessories Accessories
Q.
Q. Index Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). A.1
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
SOLUTIONS ROADMAP
Systems
C.
Fiber
From the data center to the work area to building systems and the factory floor, Panduit delivers comprehensive solutions that optimize the
Optic reliability, availability, security, integration, and safety of the physical infrastructure.Through robust, innovative systems designed for intelligent
Systems
deployment and convergence, Panduit solutions help mitigate risk factors across IT, facilities, operations, and manufacturing to achieve business
D.
Power
efficiencies with lower total cost of ownership.
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone 1 Copper Systems
Cabling 2
13 4 1
F.
Wireless
2 Fiber Optic Systems 3
9 6 1
G.
Outlets
I.
Physical 4 Zone Cabling
Infrastructure
Management
J. 19 9
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing 5 Wireless
K.
8
Surface
Raceway
11 10 10 13
L. 6 Outlets 15
Cabinets, 11 4 1
Racks & 2
Cable
Management 7
3
M.
Physical
Grounding & 7
Bonding Infrastructure Management
N.
Industrial
Overhead and
8
Underfloor Routing
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P. 9 Surface Raceway
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.2 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
15
10 Cabinets, Racks, E.
and Cable Management Zone
Cabling
13 11
14 17
F.
19 Wireless
18 11 Power and Grounding
15 17 13
12
G.
Outlets
16 12 Industrial
19 19 H.
12 Media
11 Distribution
18
3
13 Labeling and Identification I.
Physical
Infrastructure
16 17 1 Management
J.
2 Overhead &
6 19 2 2 14 Wiring Duct Underfloor
5 Routing
1 13
9 3 K.
1 6 Surface
Raceway
15 Cable Ties and Mounts
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
16 Stainless Steel M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
17 Terminals Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
18 Safety and Facility Solutions
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
19 Abrasion Protection
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). A.3
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
C. The physical infrastructure is the basic foundation on which enterprise systems run, including
Fiber
Optic voice and data communications, power, computing, control, and security systems.The need to
Systems
provide real-time information, manage applications, and control functional systems through IP
D.
Power
networking is also driving increased interdependence, between these systems through several
over core enterprise areas.
Ethernet
E. Panduit offers Unified Physical Infrastructure (UPI)-based solutions that help customers
Zone
Cabling optimize the physical infrastructure by intelligently converging physical and logical systems.
These solutions leverage real-time information to:
F.
Wireless
Manage systems more effectively
Maximize performance and availability
G.
Outlets Satisfy regulatory compliance requirements
Increase safety and security in the workplace
H.
Media
Distribution
As the global leader in comprehensive network solutions, Panduit helps customers manage the
I.
Physical physical infrastructure by leveraging robust product systems, technology leadership, and global
Infrastructure expertise and by supporting an extensive partner ecosystem, and world-renowned alliances.
Management
J.
Overhead & Panduit systems optimize availability, reliability, security, integration and safety throughout the
Underfloor physical infrastructure and combine to deliver industry and application solutions that enable
Routing
business agility and lowest total cost of ownership.
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.4
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
C.
As a global leader Panduit is continually focused on industry and application challenges to create solutions that support evolving business Fiber
needs. In the evaluation and development of technologies, Panduit considers the entire physical infrastructure. Issues such as convergence, Optic
Systems
interoperability, scalability, and continuity need to be addressed to reduce risk across IT, facilities, and manufacturing.This holistic approach
D.
enables business agility through robust, leading-edge systems that optimize design and deployment of the physical infrastructure delivering Power
maximum reliability, availability, security, integration, and safety. over
Ethernet
center efficiency and agility, the elements of power, cooling, asset utilization, and connectivity
become an important factor within data centers.This makes physical infrastructure management F.
Wireless
tools, in conjunction with existing system software management tools, critical to support the
changing needs of your data center.
G.
Outlets
Panduits Physical Infrastructure Manager (PIM ) Software Platform is a physical infrastructure
management system for tracking the allocation and utilization of critical IT assets within the
H.
data center and throughout an enterprise.The PIM Software platform lays the foundation Media
for effective Data Center Infrastructure Management (DCIM) through accurate and timely Distribution
documentation of these physical assets, improved visibility into asset moves, adds, and changes,
I.
and process-driven integration with applicable management systems. Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Working with PanView iQ (PViQ ) System Hardware and select third-party devices, PIM J.
Software provides an end-to-end physical to logical view of the data center and enterprise.This Overhead &
Underfloor
helps reduce the time from receipt of asset to deployment, and allows assets to be effectively Routing
reclaimed, re-purposed, and re-deployed. Unlike manual record keeping, PIM Software
K.
centralizes the collection and representation of a rich set of asset attributes, such as connectivity, Surface
Raceway
space/port availability, and power/environmentals to ensure that the physical infrastructure
supports mission-critical applications, enabling effective optimization of the data centers space, L.
Cabinets,
power, and cooling resources. Racks &
Cable
Management
PViQ System Hardware provides real-time monitoring of patch field connectivity for enhanced
M.
system security and reliability. Using hardware components placed in the network, combined Grounding &
Bonding
with management software, patch field connections are continuously monitored, accurately
documented, and automatically updated. Any change (whether planned or inadvertent) is
immediately detected and alerted through the management platform.The system can even N.
Industrial
guide technicians through moves, adds, and changes, providing greater reliability, security,
efficiency, and savings.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
PViQ System Hardware offers a unique hardware design that allows active management
equipment to be installed at the back of PanView iQ Patch Panels, eliminating the need for P.
Cable
additional rack space and allowing for phased installations.The system also features a Management
web-based graphic user interface (GUI), remote accessibility, and an application program Accessories
interface that integrates with third-party programs to allow utilization of familiar applications
Q.
and services through the PViQ System Hardware. Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). A.5
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
POWER OVER ETHERNET (POE)
C. Since the introduction of the 2003 IEEE 802.3af Power over Ethernet (PoE) standard, customers
Fiber
Optic have realized the benefits of delivering DC power over standard Category 5e, 6, and 6A copper
Systems
cabling. Devices such as Voice over IP (VoIP) telephones, wireless access points, IP security
D. cameras and building automation systems increasingly align and converge network traffic over
Power
over a shared IP-based infrastructure. Because these technologies are often deployed in locations
Ethernet
where an available power source is not readily accessible or may be cost prohibitive, supplying
E. managed power through the data cabling is an attractive and cost saving alternative.
Zone
Cabling
DPoE Power Patch Panels save valuable rack space in telecommunications rooms, zone
enclosures, and data centers with a 1 RU design that allows PoE deployment in
F.
Wireless space-constrained locations.The DPoE Compact 8 Midspan provides a flexible solution for
smaller installations and the innovative DC power based design is capable of supplying IEEE
802.3 af-2003 compliant and legacy PoE power to all ports. In the event of a power disruption,
G.
Outlets the port prioritization capabilities work with a network management solution to ensure that
critical applications remain online and available for use, while other non-critical devices are
H. turned off to conserve power.
Media
Distribution
DPoE Power over Ethernet Systems include the DPoE Element Manager, a software
I. application that offers optional local and remote manageability of PoE devices and ports. Alerts
Physical
Infrastructure can be generated on critical conditions, such as loss of power to key devices or from inadvertent
Management
disconnections.With the ability to provide location information on all ports and the panel itself,
J.
Overhead &
an IT manager can track critical assets and resolve concerns efficiently and effectively.
Underfloor
Routing
To support higher power requirements, the DPoE Compact 8 Midspan provides 2X power (up
K. to 32 watts) today. Panduit also supports network transmissions up to 1GbE with the DPoE
Surface
Raceway 1 Gig Power Patch Panel and the DPoE Compact 8 Midspan.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.6
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
The rapid growth of network traffic and the drive to build and better utilize data centers C.
Fiber
has many organizations looking toward the benefits of 10 Gig Ethernet (10 GbE) to process, Optic
Systems
manage, and store increasingly large amounts of data across the network. Panduit 10 Gigabit
Solutions incorporate innovative product systems, tools, appliances, software, and services D.
Power
to deliver a comprehensive strategy for unifying the installation and management of your over
Ethernet
physical infrastructure.
E.
Zone
The Panduit TX6A 10Gig UTP with MaTriX Technology and Shielded Copper Cabling Systems Cabling
are complete end-to-end solutions for applications and industries that require increasingly
complex and large-scale database processing capabilities. Both shielded or TX6A 10Gig UTP F.
Copper Cabling System with MaTriX Technology, offer innovative design technologies that work Wireless
Enterprise LAN H.
Media
TX6A 10Gig UTP Copper Cabling System with MaTriX Technology supports to the desktop Distribution
to run increasingly sophisticated workgroup applications. Also, with enterprises increasingly
I.
relying on VoIP, webcasting, video conferencing, and telepresence to communicate in real time Physical
Infrastructure
across long distances,TX6A 10Gig systems enable the convergence of voice, data, and video Management
across unified IP networks.
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Data Center Routing
Managing information is no longer enough - data centers must provide real-time access to
accurate information in order to support evolving business requirements and organizational K.
Surface
growth. TX6A 10Gig Copper solutions in the data center improve efficiencies of computer Raceway
devices (servers, switches, routers) and data storage within networks. Copper solutions also L.
support finance, health care, and science sectors that require the high bandwidth and Cabinets,
Racks &
processing power of high performance computing (HPC) clusters to conduct complex Cable
Management
analytical modeling tasks.
M.
Grounding &
Panduit also offers SFP+ 10 Gb/s Direct Attach Copper Cable Assemblies.These twinaxial Bonding
cables are low power, low latency, cost effective interconnects for Top of Rack and short reach
interconnects.These cable assemblies support finance, healthcare, and science sectors that N.
Industrial
require the high bandwidth and processing power of High Performance Computing (HPC)
clusters to conduct complext analytical modeling tasks.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). A.7
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
OVER FIBER
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
The rapid growth of network traffic and the drive to build and better utilize data centers has
D. many organizations looking toward the benefits of 10 Gigabit Ethernet (10 GbE) to process,
Power
over manage, and store increasingly large amounts of data across the network. Panduit 10Gig
Ethernet
Solutions incorporate innovative product systems, tools, appliances, software, and services to
E. deliver a comprehensive strategy for unifying the installation and management of your
Zone
Cabling physical infrastructure.
Panduit has developed a comprehensive suite of 10Gig fiber products that push beyond
F.
Wireless the standards using Beyond the Glass Design Excellence. New classes of multimode fibers
SM
(ISO designated as OM3 and enhanced OM3 [ie. OM4]) enable cost-effective structured cabling
G.
solutions by employing low-cost VCSEL-based transceivers to deliver reliable 10 Gigabit Ethernet
Outlets performance at a reach of up to 300 m. Such fibers also exceed media requirements of ANSI Fibre
Channel for 1GFC, 2GFC, 4GFC, 8GFC, and 10GFC.
H.
Media
Distribution Selection of a multimode fiber structured cabling solution requires that data integrity,
manageability, and security be balanced with reasonable cost expectations and future growth
I. requirements.The availability of low-cost, high-speed transmitter technology makes 50m
Physical
Infrastructure laser-enhanced fiber media (i.e. OM3 and OM4) and connectivity systems a more cost-effective
Management
solution than laser-based systems.The most economical upgrade paths are those that leverage
J.
Overhead &
high fiber grade solutions wherever practical.
Underfloor
Routing
Panduit focuses on functional Bit Error Rate (BER) testing as the true determination of
K. high-speed channel performance, and considers BER testing as the evaluation method most
Surface
Raceway relevant to the reliable operation of high-speed Ethernet and Fibre Channel networks. Overall,
Panduit fiber research, product development, and manufacturing expertise ensures its
L.
Cabinets, solutions deliver optimum performance and reliability for all network applications.
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.8
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
Regulations governing data warehousing and disaster recovery are spurring the construction
of high-performing, reliable, and cost-effective storage networking to store, manage, and D.
Power
protect corporate records. As data traffic performance requirements continue to increase, over
Ethernet
from 4 Gbps and 8 Gbps standards today, to 16 Gbps and higher for future standards, the
physical infrastructure must support these demands. E.
Zone
Cabling
Ensuring high performance requires a complete systems approach to optical transceiver and
fiber optic media selection, connectivity choice, channel design and headroom considerations.
F.
Panduits comprehensive suite of fiber optic media and SAN infrastructure products exceed Wireless
current fiber optic standards and are future-ready using Beyond the Glass Design Excellence.
SM
G.
Our storage networking infrastructure solutions are comprised of modular components and Outlets
high-density patching for maximum agility and scalability over the life of the data center.
All system components work together and feature common form factors, accessories, H.
Media
cable routing, and mounting methods so that any component of the physical infrastructure Distribution
can be easily replicated or utilized elsewhere in the system:
I.
Physical
High-density patch fields with higher port counts accommodate more storage Infrastructure
Management
networking connectivity in the same physical space, optimizing equipment rack
utilization and conserving valuable data center real estate. J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Best practices for cable management, equipment racking, distribution area layout,
pathway routing, and installation techniques ensure infrastructure agility speed to K.
Surface
deploy, increased installer productivity, efficient maintenance, and fast response to Raceway
changes in an area where no down time is the operating norm.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Ultimately, our fiber research, manufacturing, and solutions development expertise ensure Cable
Management
consistent high performance and reliability throughout the storage networking infrastructure.
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). A.9
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
C. The ability to deploy cabling quickly with minimal system downtime and maximum reliability
Fiber
Optic is key to efficient design and deployment of the physical infrastructure. An end-to-end
Systems
pre-terminated, factory-tested cabling system is an ideal alternative to traditional cable
D. installation, termination, and testing.
Power
over
Ethernet
The QuickNet Pre-Terminated Cabling System assures quick plug-in network deployment
E. and consistent performance while minimizing rework and scrap. Components are precision
Zone
Cabling engineered as part of a complete structured cabling system, connecting switches, servers,
and storage equipment via organized patch fields and distribution areas and enabling quick
F. installation in both new and existing facilities. As a result, data centers can handle changing
Wireless requirements faster and more efficiently than ever before.
G. The QuickNet Copper Cabling System is engineered for maximum design flexibility and
Outlets
high rack density utilization and offers 100% factory-tested pre-terminated cable assemblies
in standard and custom lengths and configurations.The QuickNet Plug Pack Assemblies
H. facilitate quick and easy connection and disconnection of patch cords to a variety of switches,
Media
Distribution reducing time and cost associated when installing and maintaining structured cabling links.
I.
Physical The QuickNet Fiber Optic Cabling System exceeds the requirements of IEEE 802.3ae 10 GbE
Infrastructure
Management and all high-speed ANSI Fibre Channel standards. QuickNet Cassettes and Trunk Cable
Assemblies and new QuickNet SFQ Series Cassettes and Cable Assemblies offer maximum
J.
Overhead & deployment flexibility in QuickNet Cassette Enclosures or Patch Panels.These fiber cabling
Underfloor
Routing components utilize duplex SC, LC, or MTP* multi-fiber array connectors for high-density,
consistent performance, and high reliability. QuickNet Copper and Fiber Cassettes are
K. interchangeable for interoperability and future upgrade options within the data center
Surface
Raceway and telecommunications rooms.
L.
Cabinets, Invest in a trouble-free, high performance infrastructure that leverages reliable, scalable
Racks &
Cable QuickNet Pre-Terminated components to ensure consistent, dependable system performance
Management
with the lowest cost of ownership.
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.10
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURES
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
As more businesses are adopting consolidation, virtualization, and automation of IT assets to
D.
drive business results, the physical infrastructures needed to support the technologies that Power
make this happen are increasingly more critical to network performance, more complicated to over
Ethernet
design, and take longer to implement.
E.
Zone
Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures are based on proven reference designs that map the Cabling
logical architecture to the physical layer.These solutions are pre-engineered, tested, and
validated to lower the infrastructure speed to deployment, enhance thermal performance, F.
Wireless
decrease 5energy usage, and reduce total cost of ownership (TCO), resulting in reduced risk and
increased sustainability.
G.
Outlets
At the core of the Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure offering are solutions tailored for the
most popular Cisco^ Catalyst, Nexus, and UCS deployments.They include all necessary systems,
H.
pre-configured within Panduit cabinets, to rapidly deploy various technology Media
Distribution
platforms, including:
I.
Thermal Management Physical
Infrastructure
Management
High Speed Data Transport (HSDT) Copper and Fiber Cabling
Cable Management J.
Overhead &
Grounding and Bonding Underfloor
Routing
Power Outlet Units (POUs)
Identification Labels K.
Surface
Raceway
Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures arrive at partner or end user sites ready to be L.
Cabinets,
deployed, reducing the time required for planning, designing, procurement, and installation. Racks &
Cable
Packaging and transportation waste that would typically occur when specifying individual Management
components is reduced improving sustainability.
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
To enable business growth and agility across the entire offering, Panduit Pre-Configured Physical
Infrastructures are designed to support various network and compute densities. Modular
components such as the QuickNet Pre-terminated Cabling System facilitate migration from N.
Industrial
10G to 40G or 100G Ethernet with minimum investment and down time.
O.
Leveraging Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures with comprehensive Smart Data Center Labeling &
Identification
Solutions, Advisory Services, and an eco-system of partners, Panduit helps to ensure that partner
technology platforms are aligned and integrated with the entire data center infrastructure P.
Cable
for true optimization. Management
Accessories
^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc.
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). A.11
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
C. The network grounding and bonding system is more than just an insurance policy against a
Fiber
Optic lightning strike. It is an active, functioning system that mitigates risk throughout the enterprise
Systems
by providing crucial protection to equipment and personnel. Proper grounding is essential for
D. efficient network system performance. Improper grounding can result in failures such as lower
Power
over data transmission rates, unacceptable downtime, damaging expensive equipment and voiding
Ethernet
equipment warranties.
E.
Zone
Cabling Data center grounding is governed by documents TIA-942,TIA-607-B, and IEEE Std 1100 (IEEE
Emerald Book). According to these standards, a properly designed grounding system is one that is
F. intentional, visually verifiable, adequately sized to handle expected currents safely and one that
Wireless directs these potentially damaging currents away from sensitive communication equipment.
G. Panduit offers end-to-end solutions to meet customer needs and todays critical application
Outlets
requirements for grounding data centers. Panduit StructuredGround Grounding System
provides a high quality, visually verifiable, and dedicated grounding path to maintain system
H. performance, improve network reliability, and protect network equipment and personnel.
Media
Distribution Highest reliability is ensured; this grounding system meets all applicable grounding and
bonding industry standards. Panduit StructuredGround Grounding System gives you what
I.
Physical you need to properly protect your investment.
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.12
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
PHYSICAL SECURITY
Systems
C.
The network infrastructure provides the applications, support, services, and security necessary Fiber
to enable agility throughout the organization. It is critical that network security and protection Optic
Systems
guard against unauthorized access to reduce downtime, prevent vandalism or abuse to system
D.
components, and help ensure lowest cost of ownership. Power
over
Ethernet
Panduit physical security products reduce risk throughout the physical infrastructure and
help organizations maintain secure control of sensitive or confidential information. E.
Zone
Cabling
TX6 10Gig Shielded Copper Cabling reduces electromagnetic and radio frequency G.
Outlets
interference (EMI/RFI) to improve secure transmission of data between offices,
branches, and remote locations
H.
Media
Distribution
PanView iQ Hardware and Physical Infrastructure Management Software is a
next-generation physical infrastructure management system that provides real-time I.
monitoring of patch field connectivity to enable quick detection of unintended or Physical
Infrastructure
improper patch field changes Management
J.
Overhead &
RJ45 jack blockout devices, RJ45 plug lock-in devices, and USB blockout devices Underfloor
provide simple and secure methods to secure connections, control access to data, Routing
and deter vandalism to jacks-saving time and money associated with downtime,
K.
data security breaches, hardware replacement, and infrastructure repair Surface
Raceway
PanZone Zone Cabling Enclosures for ceiling, wall mount and in-floor applications
N.
offer lockable features to protect against tampering, theft, or other physical abuse to Industrial
network connections and cables
O.
Whether in the data center, telecommunications rooms, factory floor or work area, Panduit Labeling &
Identification
creates innovative solutions that improve security for both data and equipment within the
physical infrastructure, ensuring that only authorized individuals have access to building P.
management systems and network devices. Cable
Management
Accessories
Pages with this icon are part of physical security.
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). A.13
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
ENTERPRISE SOLUTIONS
Systems
C. Enterprises today require the spaces they occupy to be supported by a wide variety of business
Fiber
Optic systems and communication technologies.Traditional control systems for lighting, security,
Systems
HVAC, and energy management must now co-exist with IP-based voice, data, and video
D. communication technologies.
Power
over
Ethernet
Enterprise solutions link facility and network systems directly into the converged
E. building network, generating and sharing data over a single platform to enhance the
Zone
Cabling efficiency and effectiveness of the building as a whole.These solutions are based on
running network cabling within shared pathways in order to extend the reach of a
F.
physically converged infrastructure to all devices and systems.
Wireless
Most systems can be physically converged through shared conduit, cable trays, and building
G. pathways; while logically they will converge through a switched IP network.This converged
Outlets design allows building systems to be considered a true business asset, helping manage risk
across the enterprise by:
H.
Media
Distribution Reducing capital expenses by managing installation design and contracting
Reducing operational expenses through efficient moves, adds, and changes
I.
Physical Employing a scalable and smart infrastructure that supports
Infrastructure
Management TIA/EIA-568 and -569 telecommunications cabling standards
J. Enabling greater occupant productivity, safety, and comfort while maintaining
Overhead & the building value over time
Underfloor
Routing
K. The unified approach results in a reliable, interoperable, and scalable physical infrastructure
Surface
Raceway that enables the deployment of converged applications throughout a building to improve
L. manageability, lower total cost of ownership, and ultimately minimize risk.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.14
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
MULTI-DWELLING/MULTI-TENANT UNIT
Systems
C.
installed within each unit (typically in a utility or closet).The enclosure uses innovative hubs
to distribute these triple play services to individual outlets enabling unique, customer-defined G.
communication access to every room or office of the unit. As needs change, each occupant Outlets
may easily modify services using modular hubs and high density features that support a
greater number of media connections within the enclosure. As a result, the Panduit media H.
Media
distribution system delivers maximum use of space and greater service flexibility while Distribution
maintaining aesthetics.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
From the building demarcation point to the end users network outlet, the Panduit media Management
distribution system is the most flexible and comprehensive solution for distributing triple
J.
play services in support of todays applications and tomorrows opportunities. Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). A.15
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
WIRELESS SOLUTIONS
Systems
C. Since the release of the IEEE 802.11 set of standards, wireless access to data and the Internet
Fiber
Optic has grown in popularity and has contributed to the tremendous growth in the use of WLANs
Systems
(wireless local area networks) to deliver freedom and mobility to users accessing Ethernet
D. networks. Integrated wired and wireless networks have become essential elements of successful
Power
over enterprise environments, and are rapidly becoming necessities throughout college campuses,
Ethernet
hospitals, convention centers, hotels, and ancillary facilities.
E.
Zone
Cabling Panduit has collaborated with Cisco Systems to deliver a complete wireless enclosure solution.
This solution cost-effectively addresses network deployment, security, and aesthetics by
F. bringing together wired and wireless networks to enable complete interoperability. Integrated
Wireless networks reduce complexities associated with operating and maintaining devices across
multiple environments.
G.
Outlets
Complementing Cisco Systems Integrated Wireless Network are Panduit physical infrastructure
solutions. Designed specifically to support a secured wired and wireless environment, Panduit
H. copper and fiber cabling and connectivity systems, wireless access point enclosures, and Power
Media
Distribution over Ethernet patch panels provide a reliable platform to ensure the most robust and secure
enterprise LAN possible.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management The Panduit wireless connection delivers proven interoperability that helps ensure reliability
and performance throughout the enterprise LAN. End-users deploying an integrated wired and
J.
Overhead & wireless network are able to maximize their network investment by extending their network
Underfloor
Routing applications throughout the enterprise in a reliable and cost-effective manner.
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.16 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
C.
Permanent labeling is critical for all network cabling system installations. Proper labeling and Fiber
identification of the physical infrastructure enhances the visibility of all network elements; Optic
Systems
reduces the time to make moves, adds, and changes; and contributes toward a safer network
D.
and data center environment. Power
over
Ethernet
Panduit Ultimate ID Network Labeling Solutions provide clean and efficient labeling of the
network physical infrastructure in accordance with TIA/EIA-606-B.The Ultimate ID system E.
Zone
standardizes on a common label height across all Ultimate ID products and supports Mini-Com Cabling
products (faceplates, surface mount boxes, patch panels) across your installation:
F.
Wireless
All labels are protected by a tamper-resistant transparent plastic cover to protect the legend
All labels are positioned adjacent to, centered on, and parallel to the port they are identifying
G.
All labels have the same compact height to enhance the appearance of the installation Outlets
All labels are made of a durable, multi-layered, non-adhesive construction that makes
installation and removal quick and easy H.
Media
The label cover surface is flush with the adjacent faceplate surface Distribution
I.
Physical
Ultimate ID Labeling Solutions are available for a variety of printers, including desktop, as Infrastructure
Management
well as the Panduit PanTher LS8E and Cougar LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers.
The PanTher LS8E Printer makes compliant labeling fast and easy. Built-in programming lets J.
Overhead &
you line up your legends on patch panel and faceplate labels without guessing how many Underfloor
Routing
spaces are needed, which makes the PanTher LS8E Printer the best solution for on-site
network connectivity labeling. K.
Surface
Raceway
Ultimate ID Labeling Software for WINDOWS^ is designed for fast and easy creation of labels
L.
for Ultimate ID Network System patch panels, faceplates, surface mount boxes and marker ties. Cabinets,
Racks &
Ultimate ID Labeling Software for WINDOWS^ is included with all ID labeling solutions. Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
^WINDOWS is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp. in the United States and/or other countries.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). A.17
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
C.
Fiber
Optic 1 2 3
Systems 5
7
D.
Power 4
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
1
F.
Wireless 1
2
2
G. 3
Outlets 3
4 1
H. 13
Media 9 2
Distribution
14
11 6
I. 1
Physical
Infrastructure 12 9
Management 2
13 13
J. 4
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
14
K.
Surface
Raceway
Copper Systems Zone Cabling
1 4
L. (pages B.1 B.98) (pages E.1 E.10)
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding & Wireless
2 Fiber Optic Systems 5
Bonding (pages F.1 F.5)
(pages C.1 C.106)
N.
Industrial
Power over Ethernet
3 Outlets
(pages D.1 D.6) 6 (pages G.1 G.30)
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management Physical
Accessories 7 Infrastructure
Management
(pages I.1 I.12)
Q.
Index
A.18
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
C.
Fiber
2 8 11 Optic
Systems
2
7 D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
1 Zone
Cabling
1
2 7
12 F.
Wireless
13
10 G.
Outlets
1 H.
Media
3 Distribution
I.
2 Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
1 10 12 Routing
K.
Surface
Overhead and 11 Grounding Raceway
8
Underfloor Routing and Bonding
(pages J.1 J.80) (pages M.1 M.58) L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
9 Surface Raceway Labeling and Grounding &
(pages K.1 K.26) 12 Identification Bonding
(pages O.1 O.30)
N.
Industrial
Cable Management
Cabinets, Racks, and 13 Accessories
10 O.
Cable Management (pages P.1 P.46) Labeling &
(pages L.1 L.100) Identification
P.
14 Abrasion Protection Cable
Management
(pages P.47 P.52)
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). A.19
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
Copper Systems
D. 1
(pages B.1 B.98)
Power
over
Ethernet 7 5
E.
Zone
Cabling 2
9
F. 3
Wireless 2
H. 9
Media
Distribution 2
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management Power over Ethernet
3
(pages D.1 D.6)
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K. 9
Surface
Raceway 3
L.
Cabinets, 6
Racks &
Cable Zone Cabling
Management 4 (pages E.1 E.10)
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
9
N. 3
Industrial
O. Cabinets, 6
Labeling & Racks, and
Identification 5
Cable Management
(pages L.1 L.100)
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.20
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
Physical
1 6 Infrastructure
D.
Management Power
2 (pages I.1 I.12) over
Ethernet
7
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
7 Wireless
9 Overhead and
5 7 Underfloor Routing
(pages J.1 J.80)
G.
6 Outlets
1
H.
5 Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Grounding Management
8 and Bonding
(pages M.1 M.58) J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
5
K.
Surface
Raceway
1 7 L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Labeling Cable
9 and Identification Management
8 (pages O.1 O.30)
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
4
O.
Cable Management Labeling &
10 Accessories Identification
(pages P.1 P.46)
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). A.21
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
C.
Fiber Panduit offers end-to-end cabling system solutions for copper and fiber cabling applications. Panduit cabling systems provide a complete, high
Optic
Systems performance, reliable, synergized structured cabling infrastructure to optimize your network performance while providing one point of contact.
D.
Power
over
Ethernet Panduit Panduit Panduit Panduit
TX6A TX6500 TX6000 TX5500
Systems Systems Systems Systems
E. Standards ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e
Zone ISO/IEC 11801 Edition 2, ISO/IEC 11801 Edition 2 ISO/IEC 11801 Edition 2 ISO/IEC 11801 Edition 2
Cabling Amendment 1 Class EA Class E Class E Class D
TSB-155 Supports 10GBASE-T TSB-155 Supports 10GBASE-T
applications up to applications up to
37 meter channels 37 meter channels
F.
Wireless
Patch Panels DP6A 10Gig Patch Panels DP6 PLUS Patch Panels DP6 PLUS Patch Panels DP5e Patch Panels
O. (page B.22) (page B.31) (page B.31) (page B.43)
Labeling &
Identification
Patch Cords TX6A and TX6A-SD TX6 PLUS Patch Cords TX6 PLUS Patch Cords TX5e Patch Cords
10Gig Patch Cords with (page B.34) (page B.31) (page B.46)
P. MaTriX Technology
Cable (page B.19)
Management Punchdown GP6 Punchdown System GP6 Punchdown System Pan-Punch 110 Category 5e
Accessories Systems (pages B.76 B.82) (pages B.76 B.82) Punchdown System
(pages B.84 B.91)
Q.
Index
A.22
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
C.
Fiber
Panduit Panduit Optic
Multimode Systems Singlemode Systems Systems
OM3/OM4 10Gig 50m OM2 50m OM1 62.5m OS1/OS2 9m
Standards IEEE 802.3z IEEE 802.3j IEEE 802.3j IEEE 802.3z D.
1GBASE-SX 850nm 10BASE-F 850nm 10BASE-F 850nm 1GBASE-LX 1310nm Power
IEEE 802.3ae IEEE 802.3u IEEE 802.3u IEEE 802.3ae: over
10GBASE-S 850nm 100BASE-FX 850nm 100BASE-FX 850nm 10GBASE-LX4 CWDM Ethernet
10GBASE-LX4 CWDM IEEE 802.3z IEEE 802.3z 10GBASE-LX 1310nm
1,2,4,8,10 and 16 Gigabit Fibre 1GBASE-SX 850nm 1GBASE-SX 850nm 10GBASE-EX 1550nm
Channel, (FC-x00-M5*-SN-I, and IEEE 802.3ae IEEE 802.3ae InfiniBand (IB-xX-yDR-LX); E.
10GFC 1200); 10GBASE-S 850nm 10GBASE-S 850nm x = 1, 4 lanes; y = S, D, Q Zone
x = 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, and 16 10GBASE-LX4 CWDM 10GBASE-LX4 CWDM (Single, Double, Quadruple Cabling
* = E (OM3) or F (OM4) 1, 2, 4 Gigabit Fibre Channel, 1, 2, 4 Gigabit Fibre Channel, data rates)
x = 1,2,4,8,12 and 16 (FC-x00-M5-SN-I); x = 1, 2, 4 (FC-x00-M5-SN-I); x = 1, 2, 4 SONET OC-192 and OC-768
InfiniBand (IB-xX-yDR-SX); InfiniBand (IB-xX-yDR-SX); InfiniBand (IB-xX-yDR-SX);
x = 1, 4, 8, 12 lanes; x = 1, 4, 8, 12 lanes; y = S, D, x = 1, 4, 8, 12 lanes; y = S, D, F.
y = S, D, Q (Single, Double, Q (Single, Double, Quadruple Q (Single, Double, Quadruple Wireless
Quadruple data rates) data rates) data rates)
SONET OC-192/SDH
STM-64, (OIF VSR4-04)
Bandwidth Standard reach fiber: Standard reach fiber: >510 >220 N/A
(EMBc in OM3>2000 Extended reach fiber: >950 G.
MHz.km) Extended reach fiber: Outlets
OM4>4700
Reach Standard reach OM3 fiber: Standard reach OM2 fiber: OM1 fiber: OS1/OS2 fiber:
(@850nm) up to 1000m (1GBASE-SX); up to 600m (1GBASE-SX); up to 300m (1GBASE-SX); up to 5km (1GBASE-LX);
up to 300m (10GBASE-S); up to 82m (10GBASE-S); up to 33m (10GBASE-S); up to 10km (10GBASE-LX4); H.
up to 300m (10GBASE-LX4) up to 240m (10GBASE-LX4) up to 300m (10GBASE-LX4) up to 10km (10GBASE-LX); Media
Extended reach OM4 fiber: Extended reach OM2 fiber: up to 40km (10GBASE-EX) Distribution
up to 1040m (1GBASE-SX); up to 750m (1GBASE-SX);
up to 550m (10GBASE-S) up to 150m (10GBASE-S)
Applications Data centers (switch-to-switch Building backbones and Legacy building backbones Campus and I.
horizontal links)and storage zone cabling and zone cabling building backbones Physical
area networks Fiber to the enclosure Fiber to the enclosure Entrance facilities and Infrastructure
Financial and medical delivery of high bandwidth to delivery of high bandwidth to equipment rooms Management
applications; data warehousing workgroup applications workgroup applications Carrier
High performance computing Fiber to the desk digital Fiber to the desk digital equipment applications J.
scientific modeling, content creation and video content creation and video Dark fiber Overhead &
simulation and Bioninformatics file transaction file transaction enterprise applications Underfloor
Cable Opti-Core Fiber Optic Cable Routing
10Gig OM3/OM4 Multimode OM2 Multimode OM1 Multimode OS1/OS2 Singlemode
(pages C.4 C.18) (pages C.4 C.18) (pages C.4 C.18) (pages C.4 C.18)
K.
Fiber Optic OptiCam Pre-Polished Cam, Opti-Crimp Pre-Polished Crimp, and Field Polish Connectors Surface
Connectors Raceway
Multimode LC, Keyed LC, Multimode LC, Keyed LC, SC, Multimode LC, Keyed LC, SC, Singlemode LC, Keyed LC, SC,
and SC ST, and FJ ST, and FJ ST, and FJ
(pages C.19 C.27) (pages C.19 C.27) (pages C.19 C.27) (pages C.19 C.27) L.
Adapters, Cabinets,
Fiber Optic Adapters, Mini-Com Fiber Optic Adapter Modules, and Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels Racks &
Adapter
Modules, and 10Gig OM3/OM4 Multimode OS1 Multimode MPO/MTP*, OM1 Multimode MPO/MTP*, OS1/OS2 Singlemode Cable
Fiber Adapter MPO/MTP*, LC, Keyed LC, LC, Keyed LC, SC, ST, LC, Keyed LC, SC, ST, MPO/MTP*, LC, Keyed LC, SC, Management
Panels and SC and MT-RJ and MT-RJ ST, and FC
(pages C.28 C.43) (pages C.28 C.43) (pages C.28 C.43) (pages C.28 C.43)
Pre-Terminated M.
QuickNet SFQ Series and QuickNet MTP* Cassettes Grounding &
MTP* Cassettes
10Gig OM3/OM4 Multimode
OM2 Multimode OM1 Multimode OS1/OS2 Singlemode Bonding
(pages C.44 C.53) (pages C.44 C.53) (pages C.44 C.53) (pages C.44 C.53)
Enclosures, QuickNet and Opticom Enclosures, Trays, and Patch Panels and Mini-Com Patch Panels
Trays, Patch
(pages C.54 C.62) (pages C.54 C.62) (pages C.54 C.62) (pages C.54 C.62) N.
Panels, and
Accessories
Industrial
Patch Cords, Opti-Core Fiber Optic Patch Cords, Pigtails, and Reference Cable Assemblies and Kits
Pigtails,
Reference Cable 10Gig OM3/OM4 Multimode LC, OM2 Multimode LC, Keyed LC, OM1 Multimode LC, Keyed LC, OS1/OS2 Singlemode LC, O.
Assemblies, and Keyed LC, and SC SC, ST, and FJ SC, ST, and FJ Keyed LC, SC, ST, and FJ Labeling &
Kits (pages C.63 C.90) (pages C.63 C.90) (pages C.63 C.90) (pages C.63 C.90) Identification
Hydra, QuickNet Hydra, Interconnect, MTP* Trunk, and Traditional Trunk Cable Assemblies
Interconnect, P.
and Trunk Cable 10Gig OM3/OM4 Multimode OM2 Multimode OM1 Multimode OS1/OS2 Singlemode
(pages C.91 C.100) (pages C.91 C.100) (pages C.91 C.100) (pages C.91 C.100) Cable
Assemblies
Management
Accessories
Termination Kits OptiCam and Field Polish Connector Termination Kits and Tools
and Tools
(pages C.101 C.106)
Q.
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd. Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). A.23
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
C. Panduit maintains a dedicated global sales force of highly qualified industry experts to
Fiber
Optic provide professional, consultative sales guidance. In addition, partnership with Panduit
Systems
Certified Installers, Designers, and System Integrators offers assistance from design through
D. implementation and post-sale support. Panduit also teams with best-in-class partners to deliver
Power
over interoperable, open architecture solutions. Combined, these partnerships provide the services
Ethernet
and support to deliver comprehensive, reliable solutions and reduce the total cost of ownership.
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY
G.
Outlets
Panduit embraces green thinking as a core value. As a global manufacturer, our mission is to
H.
Media design facilities and products for the present generation without compromising the ability of
Distribution the future generations to meet their needs. Our company-wide commitment has resulted in
the long-standing deployment of programs throughout our global facilities that use energy
I.
Physical efficiently, reduce energy consumption, and minimize our ecological footprint.
Infrastructure
Management
Specifically, Panduit is committed to the prevention of pollution through compliance with
J.
Overhead & applicable legal requirements and continuous improvement of our environmental performance.
Underfloor
Routing This policy is implemented through a mature and effective environmental management system
(EMS) that includes planning, training, measurement, reporting, and review. Panduit is also
K.
Surface committed to being a good corporate neighbor by engaging in global long-term sustainability
Raceway
initiatives that protect, replenish, and restore the communities in which we live and operate.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks & We communicate our green philosophy throughout the industry as an active participant of
Cable
Management the U.S. Green Building Council, developers of the LEED Green Building Rating System;The
Green Grid, a global consortium dedicated to advancing the energy efficiency of data centers
M.
Grounding & and business computing ecosystems worldwide; and the NEMA Call to Action steering
Bonding
committee, which is dedicated to limiting the use of hazardous materials in electrical products.
N.
O.
Applicable Panduit products comply with the material restrictions of European directives on
Labeling & the Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS; 2002/95/EC) and Waste Electrical and Electronic
Identification
Equipment (WEEE; 2002/96/EC). All global Panduit manufacturing facilities are registered to the
P. ISO 14001:2004 and ISO 9001:2000 standards, and we are currently working towards compliance
Cable
Management with REACH regulations (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals)
Accessories
passed by the European Union in 2007.
Q.
Index
A.24
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
In an era where differentiation is demanded, the Panduit Business Partner Program enhances C.
Fiber
our partners productivity, profitability, and business growth by focusing on the design, Optic
Systems
development, marketing, delivery, and maintenance of Panduit solutions.
D.
Power
Panduit is committed to providing our partners with the tools and resources necessary to over
Ethernet
successfully deliver Panduit solutions through the entire customer lifecycle: consulting, planning,
design, deployment, implementation, operation, and maintenance.The Business Partner Program E.
Zone
leverages Panduits Unified Physical InfrastructureSM (UPI) approach to help partners enhance Cabling
their business offering from hardware and software to services and solutions and deliver
maximum customer value. F.
Wireless
Increased Business Capabilities: Panduits top partners are certified to deliver Panduit
solutions that improve customer capabilities while increasing operational efficiency. A wide
G.
range of partners across multiple disciplines are available to help you increase revenue and drive Outlets
J.
Enhanced Customer Relevance: In a dynamic business environment, customers value a wide Overhead &
Underfloor
breadth of capabilities that can be leveraged to increase business agility now while managing Routing
risk into the future. As you work with Panduit partners, your success will increase as your physical
infrastructure capabilities grow. K.
Surface
Raceway
Panduit Business Partner skill sets range from electrical and networking to IT, consulting, L.
Cabinets,
architecting, engineering, and design.Training and certifications earned by partners enable them Racks &
to share the best practices and lessons learned in physical infrastructure environments, Cable
Management
and then pass this increased knowledge and expertise to customers.
M.
Grounding &
Overall this comprehensive program addresses key needs across critical physical infrastructure Bonding
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). A.25
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
C. The Panduit design tools program provides software tools that will speed up the design
Fiber
Optic process and increase the quality of schematic design and construction drawings, IT/end
Systems
customer drawings, specification and RFQs, utilizing Panduit products wherever possible.
D.
Power
over These design tools allow a quick design of a data center or telecommunications room for a
Ethernet
customer, allowing them to see a visual representation of that data center utilizing Panduit
E. product.These visual representations can be in either 2D or 3D based on the designers
Zone
Cabling expertise and/or software configuration.
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
PANDUIT PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
I. Panduit Professional Services ensures that the foundation on which your systems function
Physical
Infrastructure is reliable and operationally efficient, so that you can focus on the maximizing value to your
Management
top-of-mind business objectives. Our primary objective is to help you identify and minimize
J. the risk of physical layer issues by providing integrated services and solutions built around
Overhead &
Underfloor your business needs and fully integrated with your systems architecture.
Routing
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A.26
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
COPPER SYSTEMS C.
Fiber
Optic
Panduit offers end-to-end solutions for all twisted pair copper cabling applications.TX Copper Systems
Cabling Systems provide reliable network performance for the most demanding high-speed and
D.
bandwidth-demanding applications while exceeding the latest industry standards. Mini-Com Power
Modules are interchangeable within Panduit modular patch panels, faceplates, and surface mount over
Ethernet
boxes to provide modular solutions for intermediate to high-density installations. A variety of
colors enable color-coding of connectivity for network segregation. E.
Zone
Cabling
Pre-terminated solution can be installed in 75%
less time than field-terminated installations,
eliminating the need for on-site bundling, F.
Wireless
terminating, and testing
Plug pack assemblies facilitate quick and easy
connection and disconnection of patch cords G.
Outlets
to a variety of switches, reducing time and cost
associated when installing and maintaining
active equipment H.
Media
Copper cable is designed to be installed with Distribution
Panduit connectivity products (jack modules,
pre-terminated cassettes, patch panels, and I.
Physical
patch cords) to provide a reliable, modular, Infrastructure
Management
end-to-end solution
Copper TG Style Jack Modules feature enhanced J.
Overhead &
Giga-TX Technology optimizing performance by Underfloor
maintaining cable pair geometry and eliminating Routing
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.1
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Copper Systems Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
Cross-Connect 1 5 8
Interconnect 8
D. Configuration
Power
over
Configuration
Ethernet
5
E. 6 8 1
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
1 5 8
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution 2
I. 3
Physical
Infrastructure
Management 4
J.
Overhead & 5
Underfloor
Routing
6
K.
Surface 8
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
2 3 4 5 6 8 2 3 4 5 6 8
Cable
Management
N.
TX Copper Cable Mini-Com Modular
Industrial 1 (pages B.14, B.15,
3 Patch Panels
B.19, B.26, B.27, B.39, (pages B.66 B.73)
O. B.47, B.52)
Labeling &
Identification
B.2
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
Basic 1
Configuration D.
Power
over
Ethernet
2
6 E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
2 3 4 5 7
H.
1 Media
Distribution
8
I.
Physical
6 Infrastructure
Consolidation Point Management
Configuration J.
Overhead &
2 Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Workstation Area M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
QuickNet Copper Zone Cabling Industrial
5 Cabling System 7 (pages E.1 E.10)
(pages B.8 B.13)
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Grounding Cable
Patch Cords
6 (pages B.18, B.25, 8 and Bonding Management
(pages M.1 M.58) Accessories
B.34, B.46, B.50)
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.3
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
SFP+ 10 Gb/s Direct Attach Passive Cable Assemblies
C.
Fiber
Optic Meet SFF-8431, 8432, 8472 industry standards to support Low profile latching mechanism in connector allows
Systems 10 Gigabit Ethernet assemblies to be installed side by side or stacked on top
Ideal for Top of Rack (ToR) switch to server applications of each other providing maximum port density in high
D. density installations
Passive connection provides a low cost, short reach
Power Small diameter cable design enables superior cable
over interconnect option without additional power requirements
management and improved air flow
Ethernet Constructed with high speed, 2-pair, twinaxial cable,
factory terminated to SFP+ 10 Gb/s hot pluggable Robust strain relief boot provides proper bend radius
modular connectors control for consistent reliability
E.
Zone 100% performance tested Variety of standard lengths allow more precise
Cabling deployment, improved cable management and
cost efficiencies
Std. Std.
F.
Wireless
Length AWG Cable Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description (m) Size Color Qty. Qty.
PSF1PXA1MBU* High speed twinaxial cable assembly with 1 30 Blue 1 10
SFP+ 10Gbps hot pluggable modular
G. connectors on each end.
Outlets
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
SFP+ 10 Gb/s Direct Attach Active Cable Assemblies
C.
Fiber
Meet SFF-8431, 8432, 8472 industry standards to support Low profile latching mechanism in connector allows Optic
10 Gigabit Ethernet assemblies to be installed side by side or stacked on top Systems
Ideal for Top of Rack (ToR) and End of Row (EoR) switch of each other providing maximum port density in high
to server applications density installations D.
Power
Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) capable Small diameter cable design enables superior cable over
management and improved air flow Ethernet
Connector contains low power circuitry to extend beyond
passive cable assemblies Robust strain relief boot provides proper bend radius
control for consistent reliability E.
Constructed with high speed, 2-pair, twinaxial cable,
factory terminated to SFP+ 10Gbps hot pluggable Variety of standard lengths allow more precise Zone
deployment, improved cable management, and Cabling
modular connectors
cost efficiencies
100% performance tested
F.
Std. Std. Wireless
Length AWG Cable Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description (m) Size Color Qty. Qty.
PSF1AXD7MBU* High speed twinaxial cable assembly with 7 24 Blue 1 10
G.
SFP+ 10 Gb/s hot pluggable, active Outlets
modular connectors on each end.
PSF1AXA3MBU** High speed twinaxial cable assembly with 3 30 Blue 1 10
SFP+ 10 Gb/s hot pluggable modular
connectors on each end. H.
Media
*For lengths other than 7 meter (7 to 15 meters, increments of one meter) change the length designation in the Distribution
part number to the desired length. For standard cable colors other than Blue, replace suffix BU (Blue) with WH
(White) or BL (Black). For example, the part number for a white 10-meter cord is PSF1AXD10MWH.
**Also available in 5 meters. For standard cable colors other than Blue, replace suffix BU (Blue) with WH (White) I.
or BL (Black). The part number for a black 5-meter cord is PSF1AXA5MBL. Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.5
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
QSFP+ 40Gig Direct Attach Copper Cable Assemblies
C.
Fiber
Optic Compliant to IEEE 802.3ba and SFF-8436 for use in Constructed with 8-pair twinaxial cable factory terminated
Systems 40GBASE-CR4 applications to QSFP+ 40 Gb/s hot pluggable modular connectors
EEPROM compliant to SFF-8436 ensures interoperability 100% tested for assured system performance
D. with 40 Gigabit Ethernet equipment Available for 40GBASE-CR4 Ethernet applications for
Power Low latency is ideal for use in high performance computer distances up to 7 meters and InfiniBand QDR applications
over
Ethernet clustering, financial trading, and other latency up to 5 meters
sensitive applications Advanced proprietary connector paddle card design
Low profile latching allows high density belly to reduces crosstalk
E.
Zone
belly installation
Cabling
Std. Std.
Length AWG Cable Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description (m) Size Color Qty. Qty.
F. 40GBASE-CR4
Wireless
PQSFPXA1MBU 40GBASE-CR4 Ethernet high speed twin axial 1 30 Blue 1 10
cable assembly with QSFP+ 40 Gb/s hot
PQSFPXA2MBU pluggable modular connectors on each end. 2 30 Blue 1 10
G. PQSFPXA3MBU 3 30 Blue 1 10
Outlets
PQSFPXB4MBU 4 28 Blue 1 10
PQSFPXC5MBU 5 26 Blue 1 10
H. PQSFPXA1MBU PQSFPXD6MBU 6 24 Blue 1 10
Media
Distribution PQSFPXD7MBU 7 24 Blue 1 10
InfiniBand QDR
I. PQSFPQA1MBU InfiniBand QDR high speed twinaxial cable 1 30 Blue 1 10
Physical assembly with QSFP+ 40 Gb/s hot pluggable
Infrastructure PQSFPQA2MBU modular connectors on each end. 2 30 Blue 1 10
Management
PQSFPQB3MBU 3 30 Blue 1 10
J. PQSFPQC4MBU 4 26 Blue 1 10
Overhead &
Underfloor PQSFPQD5MBU 5 24 Blue 1 10
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
Labels for Cable
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.6 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
QSFP+ to Four SFP+ Copper Hydra Cable Assemblies
C.
Compliant to SFF-8431 and 8436, which allows Constructed of high speed twinaxial cable factory Fiber
compatibility with 40GBASE-CR4 QSFP+ and 10 GbE terminated to QSFP+ and SFP+ modular connectors Optic
SFP+ enabled equipment; hot pluggable to QSFP+/SFP+ Systems
Advanced connector design and continuous shielding
compliant host ports throughout the assembly provide excellent resistance to
D.
Ideal for Top of Rack (ToR) applications EMI and alien crosstalk Power
EEPROM compliant to SFF-8472 and 8436, which ensures Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Cable Ties allow adjustable breakout over
interoperability with 10 GbE and 40 GbE equipment points on the hydra end of the cable assembly Ethernet
Passive low power provides a low cost alternative to fiber QSFP+ connectors triple switch port density, which is ideal
optics up to 3.5 meters for high density deployment E.
Zone
Low latency performance is ideal for high performance Robust easy-to-use latching feature allows high density Cabling
computer clustering, financial trading, and other latency belly-to-belly installation
sensitive applications
F.
Wireless
Std. Std.
Length AWG Cable Pkg. Ctn.
G.
Part Number Part Description (m) Size Color Qty. Qty. Outlets
PHQ4SFPXA1MBL High speed, 2-pair, twinaxial cable, 1 30 Black 1 10
factory terminated to QSFP+ and four
SFP+ modular connectors.
H.
*For lengths other than 1 meter (1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5) change the length designation in the part number to the desired Media
length. For example, the part number for a 2-meter cable assembly is PHQ4SFPXA2MBL. Distribution
PHQ4SFPXA1MBL
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.7
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet Cable Assemblies
C.
Fiber Allow quick network deployment compared to Category 6 UTP and Category 6A UTP/Shielded
Optic field-terminated installations performance levels available
Systems
100% performance tested to electrical permanent link Available in many common standard lengths and in one
D. specifications; shipped with permanent link test data for foot increments from 10 to 295 feet
Power each link Enable multiple termination types including,
over Terminated in factory controlled environment for consistent pre-terminated cassettes, jack modules, modular plugs,
Ethernet network performance plug pack and/or unterminated options
Pre-bundled with six cables for easy installation Pre-terminated cassettes snap in and out of QuickNet
E.
Plenum or riser cable flame ratings Patch Panels
Zone
Cabling Quality assurance label includes serialized number for
future traceability, performance level, and assembly length
F.
Wireless
Ready to Order parts in common lengths and configurations
Simple 3 Step process to obtain ordering information for QuickNet Standard Assembly:
1. Choose Performance Level of Cable Assembly
2. Choose Riser or Plenum Cable Type
G. 3. Select desired length of assembly from those listed and replace nn with that length
Outlets
H. Performance Level
Media and Description Cable Type Part Number Template Available Assembly Lengths (in feet)
Distribution
Category 6A UTP
QuickNet Cable Assembly made with Riser QZRBCBCBXX nn
I. TX6A 10Gig UTP Copper Cable with
Physical
Infrastructure MaTriX Technology and pre-terminated
Management TX6A 10Gig UTP Jack Module Plenum QZPBCBCBXX nn
Cassettes on each end.
J. Category 6A SD UTP
Overhead &
QuickNet Cable Assembly made Riser QXRBCBCBXX nn
Underfloor nn = 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50,
Routing with TX6A-SD 10Gig UTP Copper 55, 60, 65, 70, 75 or 80
Cable with MaTriX Technology and
pre-terminated TX6A 10Gig UTP Plenum QXPBCBCBXX nn
K. Jack Module Cassettes on each end.
Surface
Raceway Category 6 UTP
Riser QCRBCBCBXX nn
QuickNet Cable Assembly made
L. with Category 6 UTP Cable and
Cabinets, pre-terminated TX6 PLUS UTP
Plenum QCPBCBCBXX nn
Racks & Jack Module Cassettes on each end.
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Termination Options
Bonding
N.
Industrial
P.
Cable
Management Modular Plugs Plug Pack Un-Terminated
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.8 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet Configure to Order Cable Assemblies
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
Quality Assurance Label Loomed Cable Tak-Ty over
Hook & Loop Strips Ethernet
QuickNet
Pre-Terminated Cassette E.
Ordering Information Zone
Cabling
Part Number Q Z P B C B C B X X 10
Example:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 F.
Wireless
Example The above part number is a 10 foot QuickNet Cable Assembly constructed of Category 6A, UTP,
plenum cable (blue) with a pre-terminated cassette (blue jacks installed) on each end.
G.
1 Q = QuickNet 7 Termination End 2 Outlets
2 Performance Level C = Cassette
B = Category 6 Enhanced UTP J = Jack modules
C = Category 6 UTP P = Modular plugs
H.
E = Category 6A (TX6A 10Gig ) Shielded A = Plug pack (6-pack) Media
X = Category 6A (TX6A-SD 10Gig) UTP MaTriX R = Recessed plug pack (6-pack) Distribution
Z = Category 6A (TX6A 10Gig ) UTP MaTriX K = Jack modules staggered right
L = Jack modules staggered left
3 Flame/Smoke Rating Q = Modular plugs staggered right I.
R = Riser or P = Plenum S = Modular plugs staggered left
Physical
Infrastructure
4 Cable Color U = Unterminated Management
B = Blue or W = White O = Unterminated with cassette and jack modules for
5 Termination End 1 on-site termination J.
C = Cassette 8 Termination End 2 Color Options Overhead &
Underfloor
J = Jack modules Jack Module Color Options Routing
P = Modular plugs B = Blue, E = Electric Ivory, G = Green, H = Off White,
K = Jack modules staggered right I = International Gray, L = Black, O = Orange, R = Red,
L = Jack modules staggered left K.
V = Violet, W = White, Y = Yellow Surface
Q = Modular plugs staggered right Shielded Jack Modules, chose option L (all Shielded Jack Raceway
S = Modular plugs staggered left Modules are Black)
6 Termination End 1 Color Options Plug Pack Color Options L.
Jack Module Color Options Cabinets,
B = Blue, W = White, R = Red, L = Black Racks &
B = Blue, E = Electric Ivory, G = Green, H = Off White, Recessed Plug Pack Color Option Cable
I = International Gray, L = Black, O = Orange, R = Red, S = Silver Management
V = Violet, W = White, Y = Yellow
Shielded Jack Modules, chose option L (all Shielded Modular Plug and Unterminated Color Option M.
Jack Modules are Black) X = No color option available, all modular plugs are clear Grounding &
9 Assembly Options Bonding
Modular Plug and Unterminated Color Options
X = No color option available, all modular plugs are clear P = Pulling eye
X = No assembly options requested
10 Custom Labeling* N.
Industrial
L = Custom assembly label
C = Custom cable labels
B = Custom assembly and cable labels
X = No custom labels requested O.
Labeling &
11 Assembly Length** Identification
10' to 295' (one foot increments)
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
*Custom cable assembly labels are available up to eighteen characters; individual cable labels are available up to fifteen characters.
**For cable assemblies constructed of Category 6A (TX6A-SD 10Gig) UTP MaTriX Copper Cable, the maximum length is 196 ft. (60m).
All connectivity is wired T568B. Category 6 Enhanced Performance level utilizes Panduit TX6500 Category 6 UTP Cable. Q.
Permanent link test results shipped with each cable assembly. Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.9
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet Plug Pack Cable Assemblies
C.
Fiber
Optic Facilitate quick and easy connection and disconnection Low profile design allows assemblies to be installed side
Systems of multiple patch cords, simultaneously to a variety of by side or stacked on top of each other providing
switches, reducing time and cost associated when maximum port density in high density installations
D. installing and maintaining structured cabling links Marker ties enable easy identification in high density
Power Available in 6, 8, or 12-pack configurations for optimal installations and provides additional level of security when
over
Ethernet
switch compatibility used with optional lock in device
Recessed version available when additional clearance Labels on patch cords provide identification of
is required at the switchport performance level, length, and quality control number
E.
Zone Available in Category 6A and Category 6 Performance Optional removal tool (QPPRT) facilitates removal of
Cabling levels for UTP installations and Category 6A shielded individual cable links without disrupting service to other
installations network connections
Plug meets all applicable FCC part 68 Subpart F Optional lock in device (QPPLD6-X and QPPLD8-X)
F. requirements and exceeds IEC 60603-7 specifications prevents unintentional removal of assembly from the
Wireless Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at switch for an additional level of security
for PoE applications UTP cable available in blue or white; shielded cable
Each patch cord is 100% performance tested available in blue or international gray
G. Integrated finger latch enables quick, one-handed Plug packs available in blue or white; recessed version
Outlets installation and removal from switch available in silver
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J. 6-Pack Plug Pack 8-Pack Plug Pack 12-Pack Plug Pack 6-Pack Recessed Plug Pack
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Std. Std.
Cable Termination Termination Length Pkg. Ctn.
K. Part Number Part Description Color End 1 Color End 2 Ft. m Qty. Qty.
Surface
Raceway Category 6A UTP
QPAZCBAB07 QuickNet Plug Pack Cable Assembly made Blue Modular Blue Plug Pack 7 2.13 1 10
L. with Category 6A, CM blue UTP cable with a Plugs Plug with Modular
Cabinets, 6-pack blue plug pack on one end and modular Pack Plugs
Racks & plugs on the other end.
Cable
Management Category 6A Shielded
QPPEDBAB07 QuickNet Plug Pack Cable Assembly made Blue Modular Blue Plug Pack 7 2.13 1 10
M. with Category 6A, dual rated (CM/LSZH) blue Plugs Plug with Modular
Grounding & shielded cable with a 6-pack blue plug pack on Pack Plugs
Bonding one end and modular plugs on the other end.
Category 6 UTP
N. QPPCCBAB07 QuickNet Plug Pack Cable Assembly made Blue Modular Blue Plug Pack 7 2.13 1 10
Industrial with Category 6, CM blue cable with a 6-pack Plugs Plug with Modular
blue plug pack on one end and modular plugs Pack Plugs
on the other end.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.10 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet Plug Pack Cable Assembly Ordering Information
C.
Finger Latch Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Cable Tie over
Plug Pack
Ethernet
Modular Plugs
QPP A C B A B 03 E.
Part Number Zone
Example: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Cabling
Example The above part number is a 3 foot QuickNet Plug Pack Cable Assembly constructed of Category 6A,
UTP, CM cable (blue) with a 6 plug pack (blue) on one end and modular plugs on the other end. F.
1 QuickNet Plug Pack Assembly (QPP) 5 Plug Pack Configuration Wireless
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.11
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet Patch Panels and Accessories
C. Accept QuickNet Copper Cable Assemblies and Optional patch panel adapter (QPPABL) accepts all
Fiber QuickNet SFQ Series MTP* Fiber Optic Cassettes Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic, and
Optic which snap in and out with one hand audio/visual applications
Systems
High-density patch panels conserve valuable rack space Optional patch panel blank (QPPBBL) promotes proper
Angled patch panels facilitate proper bend radius control airflow and cooling
D.
Power and minimize the need for horizontal cable managers Label/label cover kit (QPPLC24) provides port and panel
over
Pre-printed numbers above each port for identification for 24-port patch panels
Ethernet
easy identification QuickNet All Metal Modular Patch Panels accept
Mount to standard EIA 19" racks or 23" racks with shielded cassettes with no grounding kit required
E. optional extender brackets If not using QuickNet All Metal Modular Patch Panels,
Zone
Cabling Zero RU brackets (FQCBRUA) mount up to two optional retrofit grounding kit (QNSMRRT) is required
QuickNet Cassettes directly to rack or enclosure to ground shielded cassettes to QuickNet Modular
without utilizing additional rack space Patch Panels
F.
Wireless
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
G.
Outlets QuickNet Angled Patch Panels
QAPP24BL QAPP24BL 24-port angled patch panel which accepts QuickNet 1 1 10
Pre-Terminated Cassettes and Patch Panel Adapters.
H. QASP24BL 24-port, all metal angled patch panel which accepts 1 1 10
Media QuickNet Pre-Terminated Shielded Cassettes and
Distribution Patch Panel Adapters.
QASP24BL
QAPP48HDBL 48-port angled patch panel which accepts QuickNet 1 1 10
I. Pre-Terminated Cassettes and Patch Panel Adapters.
Physical QAPP48HDVNSBL 48-port angled patch panel which accepts QuickNet 1 1 10
Infrastructure Pre-Terminated Cassettes and Patch Panel Adapters.
Management QAPP48HDBL
Numbering sequence is top to bottom across
patch panel.
J.
Overhead & QASP48HDBL 48-port, all metal angled patch panel which accepts 1 1 10
Underfloor QASP48HDBL QuickNet Pre-Terminated Shielded Cassettes and
Routing Patch Panel Adapters.
QuickNet Flat Patch Panels
K. QPP24BL 24-port patch panel which accepts QuickNet 1 1 10
Surface Pre-Terminated Cassettes and Patch Panel Adapters.
Raceway QPP24BL QSP24BL 24-port, all metal patch panel which accepts 1 1 10
QuickNet Pre-Terminated Shielded Cassettes and
L. Patch Panel Adapters.
Cabinets,
Racks & QSP24BL QPP48HDBL 48-port patch panel which accepts QuickNet 1 1 10
Cable Pre-Terminated Cassettes and Patch Panel Adapters.
Management
QPP48HDVNSBL 48-port patch panel which accepts QuickNet 1 1 10
QPP48HDBL Pre-Terminated Cassettes and Patch Panel Adapters.
M. Numbering sequence is top to bottom across
Grounding & patch panel.
Bonding
QSP48HDBL 48-port, all metal patch panel which accepts 1 1 10
QuickNet Pre-Terminated Shielded Cassettes and
QSP48HDBL Patch Panel Adapters.
N.
Industrial Patch Panel Adapter
QPPABL QuickNet Patch Panel Adapter which accepts 1 10
Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic, and
O. audio/visual applications.
Labeling & QPPABL Patch Panel Blank
Identification
QPPBBL QuickNet Patch Panel Blank reserves space for 1 10
future use and promotes proper airflow and cooling.
P.
Cable
Patch Panel Label Kit
Management QPPBBL QPPLC24 Label/label cover kit for 24-port QuickNet Patch 1 10
Accessories Panels. Each kit contains four labels and four clear
label covers per bag.
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
Q. ^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included. QuickNet Pre-Terminated
Index Cable Assemblies available on pages B.8 B.9. QuickNet SFQ Series MTP* Fiber Optic Cassettes available on
page C.45.
B.12 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet Plug Pack Housings
Facilitate quick and easy connection and disconnection Marker ties enable easy identification in high density C.
of multiple patch cords, simultaneously to a variety of installations and provides additional level of security when Fiber
switches, reducing time and cost associated when used with optional lock in device Optic
installing and maintaining structured cabling links Systems
Optional removal tool (QPPRT) facilitates removal of
Available in 6, 8, or 12-pack configurations for optimal individual cable links without disrupting service to other
D.
switch compatibility network connections Power
Recessed version available when additional clearance is Optional lock in device (QPPLD6-X or QPPLD8-X) over
required at the switch port prevents unintentional removal of assembly from the Ethernet
Integrated finger latch enables quick, one-handed switch for an additional level of security
installation and removal from switch E.
Zone
Low profile design allows assemblies to be installed side Cabling
by side or stacked on top of each other providing
maximum port density in high density installations
Std. Std. F.
Pkg. Ctn. Wireless
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
QPPN6BU* QuickNetTM Plug Pack accepts six Panduit RJ45 modular plugs. 1 10
G.
QPPN8BU* QuickNetTM Plug Pack accepts eight Panduit RJ45 modular plugs. 1 10 Outlets
QPPN6BU
QPPN12BU* QuickNetTM Plug Pack accepts twelve Panduit RJ45 modular plugs. 1 10
H.
QPPNR6S QuickNetTM Recessed Plug Pack accepts six Panduit RJ45 1 10 Media
modular plugs. Distribution
*For standard colors other than BU (Blue), replace BU in part number with BL (Black), RD (Red), or WH(White).
Recessed Plug Pack available in silver only.
I.
QPPNR6S Physical
Infrastructure
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
QuickNet Plug Pack Lock-in Device
Prevents unintentional removal of QuickNet Plug Pack Two recommended per plug pack
Assembly from the switch N.
Marker tie (included with assembly) can be used Industrial
to connect plug pack and lock-in device for additional
level of security
O.
Std. Std. Labeling &
Identification
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
QPPLD6-X Lock-in device prevents unauthorized removal of patch cords from 6 and 10 100 P.
12-pack plug pack. Cable
Management
QPPLD8-X Lock-in device prevents unauthorized removal of patch cords from 10 100 Accessories
8-pack plug pack. Recommended quantity two per 8-pack.
QPPLD6-X Recommended quantity two QPPLD6 per 6-pack plug pack, four QPPLD6 per 12-pack plug pack, and two
Q.
QPPLD8 per 8-plug pack plug pack.
Index
QuickNet Plug Pack Assemblies available on pages B.10 and B.11.
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.13
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
TX6A 10Gig U/FTP Shielded Copper Cable
C.
Fiber Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A, Installation temperature range: 32F to 140F
Optic
Systems IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class EA (0C to 60C)
channel standards Operating temperature range: 14F to 140F
D. Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A (-10C to 60C)
Power and IEC 61156-5 Category 6A component standards Descending length cable markings enable easy
over
Ethernet
Meets requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for identification of remaining cable which reduces installation
PoE applications time and cable scrap
Cable diameter: Riser 0.308 in. (7.8mm) nominal, Plenum
E. 0.295 in. (7.5mm) nominal
Zone
Cabling Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
Part Number Part Description Color (Ft.) (Ft.)
F.
Wireless Riser
PUFR6X04BU-UG Category 6A, riser (CMR), 4-pair, U/FTP shielded Blue 1000 15000
copper cable. Copper conductors are 23 AWG with
HDPE insulation. Conductors are twisted in pairs,
G. each individual twisted pair includes a metallic foil
Outlets shield and is protected by a flame-retardant
PVC jacket.
H. Plenum
Media PUFP6X04BU-UG Category 6A, plenum (CMP), 4-pair, U/FTP shielded Blue 1000 15000
Distribution copper cable. Copper conductors are 23 AWG with
FEP insulation. Conductors are twisted in pairs,
each individual twisted pair includes a metallic foil
I. shield and is protected by a low smoke,
Physical flame-retardant PVC jacket.
Infrastructure
Management
For standard colors other than Blue, replace BU (Blue) with WH (White), YL (Yellow), or IG (International Gray).
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of 5,000 feet.
J. Must be installed as part of a complete TX6A 10Gig Copper Cabling System in order to achieve 10GBASE-T
Overhead & certified performance.
Underfloor In data center and telecommunication room applications, Panduit recommends that both-ends of shielded cable
Routing link be bonded if the channel is contained in the same building and any multiple serving AC power systems are
inter-system bonded. For workstation applications, it is recommended that the cable link be bonded through the
normal process in the telecommunication room and through the patch cord at the workstation, which provides the
K. proper path to ground via the computers AC power plug.
Surface
Raceway
TX6A 10Gig Shielded F/UTP Copper Cable
L.
Cabinets, Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A, Cable diameter 0.284 in. (7.2mm) nominal
Racks & IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class EA Installation temperature range: -20F to 75F
Cable channel standards
Management (-4C to 167C) during installation and operation
Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A Descending length cable markings enable easy
and IEC 61156-5 Category 6A component standards identification of remaining cable which reduces
M.
Grounding & Meets requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at installation time and cable scrap
Bonding for PoE applications
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
N. Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Industrial
PFR6X04BU-CG Category 6A riser (CMR) 4-pair F/UTP shielded copper Blue 1000 27000
cable. Conductors are 23 AWG with PE insulation.
Conductors are twisted in pairs, separated by an
O. integrated pair separator, all four pairs surrounded by
Labeling & an overall metallic foil shield and protected by a low
Identification smoke zero halogen jacket.
For standard colors other than Blue, replace BU (Blue) with WH (White).
P. Order number of pieces required, in multiples of 9,000 feet.
Cable Must be installed as part of a complete TX6A 10Gig Copper Cabling System in order to achieve 10GBASE-T
Management certified performance.
Accessories In data center and telecommunication room applications, Panduit recommends that both-ends of shielded cable
link be bonded if the channel is contained in the same building and any multiple serving AC power systems are
inter-system bonded. For workstation applications, it is recommended that the cable link be bonded through the
normal process in the telecommunication room and through the patch cord at the workstation, which provides the
Q. proper path to ground via the computers AC power plug.
Index
B.14 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
TX7000 Shielded S/FTP Marine Copper Cable
C.
Fiber
Exceeds requirements of ISO 11801 Class EA and DNV certification number E-10447 Optic
Systems
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A channel standards ABS certification number 10-HS638424-1-PDA
Meets or exceeds the requirements of IEC 61156-5 Ideal for harsh environments encountered in marine D.
Category 7 component standards at swept frequencies applications, including ship and offshore/onshore units Power
up to 600 MHz over
Cable diameter 8.2 mm (0.322 in) nominal Ethernet
Meets requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at
for PoE applications Installation temperature range: -15C to 50C
(5F to 122F)
Robust cable jacket oil and fuel resistant for E.
harsh environments Operating temperature range: -40C to 85C Zone
(-40F to 185F) Cabling
Flame rated to meet IEC 60754-1, IEC 60754-2, IEC
61034-2, IEC 60332-3-24 Descending cable length markings enable easy
identification of remaining cable which reduces installation
Chemical resistance tested to mineral oil IRM 902 (IEC time and cable scrap F.
60811-2-1) and diesel fuel IRM 903 (IEC 60811-2-1) Wireless
Packaged on a reel
Third party tested to exceed the application requirements
of Det Norske Veritas, American Bureau of Shipping,
and ETL
G.
Outlets
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. (Ft.) Qty. (Ft.) H.
PSM7004BU-KD Category 7 low smoke, halogen free, fire Blue 1640 19680 Media
retardant (LSHF-FR), 4-pair S/FTP shielded Distribution
marine copper cable. Stranded copper
conductors are 4 x 2/0.27mm2. Conductors are
I.
twisted in pairs, each individual twisted pair is
Physical
surrounded by a foil, covered with an overall Infrastructure
PSM7004BU braided shield and is protected by an oil and Management
fuel resistant, low smoke, halogen free, and
fire retardant jacket.
J.
PSM7004BU-KM Category 7 low smoke, halogen free, fire Blue 3280 13120 Overhead &
retardant (LSHF-FR), 4-pair S/FTP shielded Underfloor
marine copper cable. Stranded copper Routing
conductors are 4 x 2/0.27mm2. Conductors are
twisted in pairs, each individual twisted pair is
surrounded by a foil, covered with an overall K.
braided shield and is protected by an oil and Surface
Raceway
fuel resistant, low smoke, halogen free, and
fire retardant jacket.
L.
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of 13,120 feet.
Cabinets,
Must be installed as part of a complete TX6A 10Gig Copper Cabling System in order to achieve 10GBASE-T Racks &
certified performance. Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Labels for Cable Bonding
N.
Industrial
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.15
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com TX6A 10Gig Shielded Jack Modules
C.
Fiber Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A, Optional termination tool (TGJT) reduces termination time
Optic IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class EA channel by 25%, ideal for high volume installations
Systems standards Can be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times
Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A Blue termination cap designates 10Gig Category 6A
D.
Power and IEC 61156-5 Category 6A component standards performance and provides positive strain relief; helps
over Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for control cable bend radius and securely retains wires
Ethernet PoE applications Terminate 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or
Color-coded, keyed jack modules mechanically and stranded shielded twisted pair cable
E. visually distinguish connections to prevent unintentional Universal termination cap is color-coded for T568A and
Zone mating with unlike keyed or non-keyed modular plugs T568B wiring schemes
Cabling accommodating more discrete networks
Integrated strain relief with wire cap provides 360
Each jack is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL conductive path for grounding
performance and is individually serialized for traceability
F. 0.187 in. grounding tab provides conductive patch for
Wireless
Utilize patent-pending enhanced Giga-TX Technology for grounding individual jacks
jack terminations which optimizes performance by
maintaining cable pair geometry and eliminating conductor Accept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage
untwist Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
G. Fully grounded and bonded to patch panel when installed Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
Outlets in Panduit All Metal Modular Patch Panel Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for superior Optional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorized
performance access to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign
H. No punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT) objects, saving time and money associated with data
Media security breaches, network downtime, repair, and
Distribution ensures conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a
smooth forward motion without impact on critical internal hardware replacement
components for maximum reliability Optional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not
I. in use
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.16 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com TX6A 10Gig Shielded Jack Modules (continued)
C.
Keyed Geometry Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
F.
Wireless
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Component Labels for Mini-Com TX6A
10Gig
Shielded Jack Modules Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Management
TDP43ME Thermal
Module Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop Printer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 M.
Part Number Printer Label Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Grounding &
Bonding
CJS6X88TGY C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK
CJSK6X88TGBL
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25. N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.17
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
TX6A 10Gig Shielded Patch Cords
C.
Fiber Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A, Plug meets all applicable ANSI/TIA-968-A requirements
Optic IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class EA and exceeds IEC 60603-7 specifications
Systems
channel standards Plug uses an integral pair manager to optimize
D. Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A performance and consistency by reducing untwisting of
Power and ISO 11801 Class EA component standards conductors within the plug
over Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at Plug performance in center of TIA/EIA component range,
Ethernet
for PoE applications ensuring interoperability and 10GBASE-T Ethernet
Color-coded, keyed modular plugs mechanically and channel performance
E. visually distinguish connections to prevent unintentional Labels on patch cords provide identification of
Zone mating with unlike keyed or non-keyed jack modules performance level, length, and quality control number
Cabling
accommodating more discrete networks Patented tangle-free latch prevents snags and provides
Each patch cord is 100% performance tested to easy release, saving time on frequent moves, adds,
component limits and wired T568B and changes
F.
Wireless Constructed of 26 AWG stranded shielded copper cable Optional patch cord color bands snap on and off individual
(nominal cable diameter is 0.23 in.) and TX6 PLUS patch cables offering endless color-coding options
Shielded Modular Plugs for superior performance Optional RJ45 plug lock-in device blocks unauthorized
Cable includes overall metal shield that provides removal of cable, IP phone, other networking equipment,
G. conductive path for grounding or critical connection
Outlets
H. Std. Std.
Media Length Cable Pkg. Ctn.
Distribution Part Number Part Description (Ft.) Color Qty. Qty.
Patch Cord
I. STP6X3IG Category 6A, 10 Gb/s S/FTP patch cord with 3 Off White 1 10
Physical TX6 PLUS Modular Plugs on each end.
Infrastructure
Management Keyed Patch Cord
STPK6X3BL* Keyed, Category 6A, shielded patch cord with 3 Black 1 10
J. TX6 PLUS Keyed Modular Plug on one end
Overhead & and TX6 Non-Keyed Modular Plug on the
Underfloor other end.
Routing
For lengths 2 to 20 feet (increments of one foot) and 25, 30, 35, 40 feet change the length designation in the
part number to the desired length. For standard cable colors other than IG (International Gray) replace IG suffix
K. with BL (Black), BU (Blue), GR (Green), RD (Red), YL (Yellow), OR (Orange), or VL (Violet) to end of part number.
Surface For example, the part number for a blue 15-foot patch cord is STP6X15BU.
Raceway *For lengths other than 3 feet (5, 7, 10, 14 feet) change the length designation in the part number to the desired
length. For standard cable colors other than Black, replace suffix BL (Black) with BU (Blue), RD (red), YL (Yellow),
L. GR (Green) or OR (Orange), each color representing a different keyed configuration.
Cabinets, Contact customer service for universal reference patch cords.
Racks & Patch cord color bands available on page B.96.
Cable RJ45 plug lock-in device available on page B.94.
Management Must be installed as part of a complete TX6A 10Gig Copper Cabling System in order to achieve 10GBASE-T
certified performance.
M.
Grounding &
Bonding Labels for TX6A 10Gig Shielded Patch Cords
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Patch Cord Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
P.
Cable
Management All Patch Cords S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
Accessories
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Q.
Index
B.18 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
TX6A 10Gig and TX6A-SD 10Gig UTP Copper Cable
with MaTrix Technology C.
Fiber
Optic
Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A, TX6A 10Gig UTP Copper Cable available for Systems
IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class EA channel distances up to 100 meters; cable diameter 0.295 in.
Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A (7.5mm) nominal
D.
and IEC 61156-5 Category 6A component standards TX6A-SD 10Gig UTP Copper Cable available for Power
Superior headroom warranty provides the highest margins distances up to 70 meters, offering smaller cable diameter over
comparable to Category 6 cable; cable diameter 0.240 in. Ethernet
above the industry standard for both electrical and alien
crosstalk performance (6.1mm) nominal
Meets requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for Installation temperature range: 32F to 140F E.
(0C to 60C) Zone
PoE applications Cabling
Patented cable with MaTriX Technology suppresses alien Operating temperature range: -4F to 167F
crosstalk with enhanced internal electrical performance (-20C to 75C)
Round cable design with reduced cable diameter enables Descending length cable markings enable easy
F.
improved cable bundling and optimizes fill capacity identification of remaining cable which reduces Wireless
installation time and cable scrap
Std. Std. G.
Pkg. Ctn. Outlets
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. (Ft.) Qty. (Ft.)
TX6A
10Gig
UTP Copper Cable (100 meter solution)
H.
PUP6A04BU-UG Category 6A, plenum (CMP), 4-pair, UTP Blue 1000 18000
Media
copper cable. Copper conductors are 23 AWG Distribution
with FEP insulation. Conductors are twisted in
pairs, separated by an integrated pair divider,
surrounded by a patent-pending MaTriX tape I.
and protected by a low-smoke flame-retardant Physical
PVC jacket. Infrastructure
Management
PUR6A04BU-UG1 Category 6A, riser (CMR), 4-pair, UTP copper Blue 1000 18000
cable. Copper conductors are 23 AWG with J.
PUP6A04BU-UG flame-retardant PE insulation. Conductors are Overhead &
twisted in pairs, separated by an integrated Underfloor
pair divider, surrounded by a patent-pending Routing
MaTriX tape and protected by a flame-
retardant PVC jacket.
K.
TX6A-SD 10Gig UTP Copper Cable (70 meter solution) Surface
Raceway
PUP6ASD04BU-UG Category 6A, riser (CMR), 4-pair, UTP copper Blue 1000 18000
cable. Copper conductors are 26 AWG with
flame-retardant PVC insulation. Conductors L.
are twisted in pairs, separated by an integrated Cabinets,
pair divider, surrounded by a patent-pending Racks &
MaTriX tape and protected by a flame- Cable
Management
retardant PVC jacket. Ideal for installations up
to 70 meters. Smallest diameter Category 6A
UTP cable on the market at 0.240 in. (6.1mm). M.
PUP6ASD04BU-UG Grounding &
Bonding
PUR6ASD04BU-CG Category 6A, riser (CMR), 4-pair, UTP copper Blue 1000 18000
cable. Copper conductors are 26 AWG with
flame-retardant PVC insulation. Conductors
are twisted in pairs, separated by an integrated N.
pair divider, surrounded by a patent-pending Industrial
MaTriX tape and protected by a flame-
retardant PVC jacket. Ideal for installations up
to 70 meters. O.
Labeling &
For standard colors other than Blue, replace BU (Blue) with WH (White), YL (Yellow), or IG (International Gray). Identification
1
Substitute PUR6A04BU-CG for alternative manufacturing location.
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of 9,000 feet.
Must be installed as part of a complete TX6A 10Gig Copper Cabling System in order to achieve 10GBASE-T P.
certified performance. Cable
Reference page B.15 for appropriate labeling solution. Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.19
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com TX6A 10Gig UTP Jack Module
C.
Fiber Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A, Optional termination tool (TGJT) reduces termination time
Optic IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class EA by 25%, ideal for high volume installations
Systems channel standards Can be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times
Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A and IEC 61156-5 Blue termination cap designates Category 6A
D. Category 6A component standards
Power performance and provides positive strain relief; helps
over Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for control cable bend radius and securely retains wires
Ethernet PoE applications Terminate 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or
MaTriX split foil technology provides superior suppression stranded twisted pair cable
E. of alien crosstalk (PSANEXT and PSAACRF) Universal termination cap is color-coded for T568A and
Zone Superior headroom warranty provides the highest margins T568B wiring schemes
Cabling above the industry standard for both electrical and alien Accept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage
crosstalk performance
Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Color-coded, keyed jack modules mechanically and
F. visually distinguish connections to prevent unintentional Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
Wireless
mating with unlike keyed or non-keyed modular plugs Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
accommodating more discrete networks Optional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorized
Each jack is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL access to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign
performance and is individually serialized for traceability objects, saving time and money associated with data
G.
Outlets security breaches, network downtime, repair, and
Utilize patent-pending enhanced Giga-TX Technology for hardware replacement
jack terminations which optimizes performance by
maintaining cable pair geometry and eliminating Optional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not
conductor untwist in use
H.
Media Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
Distribution
superior performance
No punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT)
I. ensures conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a
Physical smooth forward motion without impact on critical internal
Infrastructure
Management components for maximum reliability
J.
Overhead & No. of Std. Std.
Underfloor Module Pkg. Ctn.
Routing Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
Jack Module
K.
CJ6X88TGIW Category 6A, RJ45, 10 Gb/s, 8-position, 1 Off White 1 50
Surface
Raceway 8-wire universal module. Includes patent
pending MaTriX split foil tape.
L.
Cabinets, CJ6X88TGIW Keyed Jack Module
Racks & CJK6X88TGBL* Keyed, Category 6A, RJ45, 10 Gb/s, 1 Black 1 50
Cable 8-position, 8-wire universal module.
Management Includes patent pending MaTriX split
foil tape.
M.
Grounding & For standard colors other than Off White, replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), AW
Bonding (Arctic White), IG (International Gray), BL (Black), OR (Orange), RD (Red), BU (Blue), GR (Green), YL (Yellow) or
VL (Violet).
*For standard colors other than Black, replace suffix BL (Black) with BU (Blue), RD (Red), YL (Yellow), GR
(Green), or OR (Orange), each color representing a different keyed configuration.
N. CJK6X88TGBL Termination tools available on page B.97.
Industrial RJ45 blockout device available on page B.92.
Dust cap available on page B.97.
Contact customer service for bulk packaged jack modules.
Must be installed as part of a complete TX6A 10Gig UTP Copper Cabling System in order to achieve
O.
10GBASE-T certified performance.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.20 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed Geometry D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
Black Red Green Yellow Orange Blue
Key Key Key Key Key Key
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
Black Red Green Yellow Orange Blue
Key Key Key Key Key Key
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Component Labels for Mini-Com TX6A 10Gig UTP Jack Modules
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Cabinets,
TDP43ME Thermal Racks &
Module Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 Cable
Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Management
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.21
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
DP6A 10Gig UTP Patch Panels
C.
Fiber Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A, Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
Optic IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class EA superior performance
Systems
channel standards Angled versions allow for higher density applications by
D. Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A easily routing the patch cords to each side of the panel
Power and IEC 61156-5 Category 6A component standards eliminating the need for horizontal cable management
over Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for Terminate 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or
Ethernet
PoE applications stranded twisted pair cable
Each port is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL Mount to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with optional
E. performance and is individually serialized to extender bracket
Zone support traceability
Cabling Write-on areas for port and panel identification
Utilize 110 punchdown termination on back panel and Can be clearly identified with labels and icons
include retention cap for each port
Optional label kits (DPLK24 and DPLK48) contain
F. Each port contains a universal label that is color-coded adhesive label holder and labels for easy port and
Wireless for T568A and T568B wiring schemes panel identification
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Component Labels for DP6A 10Gig UTP Patch Panels
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Patch Panel Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
O. All Patch Panels
Labeling & C379X030FJJ C379X030YPT C379X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
on this Page
Identification
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.22 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Category 6A UTP Coupler Module
Designed to exceed performance requirements of the Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for C.
Fiber
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A and ISO 11801 2nd superior performance Optic
Edition Class EA channel standards Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons Systems
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels and
PoE applications Faceplates; not suitable for surface mount box applications D.
RJ45 8-position, 8-wire female to RJ45 8-position, 8-wire Power
Optional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorized over
female pass-through module provides fast and easy plug access to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign Ethernet
and play connection of 6 and 8-position RJ45 patch cords objects, saving time and money associated with data
No tools required security breaches, network downtime, repair, and
E.
100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL performance and hardware replacement Zone
is individually serialized for traceability Optional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not Cabling
in use
F.
Wireless
G.
No. of Std. Std. Outlets
Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
CC6X88IW Category 6A, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire universal 1 Off 1 50
H.
coupler module. White Media
Distribution
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with BL (Black).
Acts as one connecting hardware component in channel.
RJ45 blockout device available on page B.92. I.
Dust cap available on page B.97. Physical
Infrastructure
TX6A 10Gig UTP Patch Cords available on page B.25.
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.23
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Category 6A Coupler Patch Panel
C.
Fiber Coupler panel ports provide fast and easy plug and play Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for superior
Optic connection of 6 and 8-position RJ45 patch cords performance
Systems
No tools required Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
D.
Designed to exceed performance requirements of the Mounts to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with
Power ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A and ISO 11801 2nd optional extender bracket
over Edition Class EA channel standards
Ethernet
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Component Labels for Category 6A Patch Panel
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.24 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS B.
Copper
Systems
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Std. Std. Management
Length Cable Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description (Ft.) Color Qty. Qty.
J.
TX6A-SD
10Gig
UTP Patch Cord Overhead &
UTP6ASD3 Category 6A (SD), 26 AWG, 10 Gb/s UTP 3 Blue 1 10 Underfloor
Routing
patch cord with TX6A 10Gig Modular Plugs
on each end. Includes patent pending MaTriX
Tape Technology. K.
TX6A 10Gig UTP Patch Cord Surface
Raceway
UTP6A3^ Category 6A, 24 AWG, 10 Gb/s UTP patch cord 3 Blue 1 50
with TX6A 10Gig Modular Plugs on each end.
L.
Includes patent pending MaTriX Tape Technology. Cabinets,
Racks &
Keyed TX6A 10Gig UTP Patch Cord Cable
UTPK6A3BL* Keyed, Category 6A, 24 AWG, 10 Gb/s UTP 3 Black 1 10 Management
patch cord with TX6A 10Gig Keyed Modular
Plug on one end and TX6A 10Gig Non-Keyed M.
Modular Plug on the other end. Includes patent Grounding &
pending MaTriX Tape Technology. Bonding
For lengths 3 to 20 feet (increments of one foot) and 25, 30, 35, 40 feet, change the length designation in the part
number to the desired length. For standard cable colors other than Off White, add suffix BL (Black), BU (Blue), RD
(Red), YL (Yellow), GR (Green), YL (Yellow), OR (Orange) or VL (Violet) to the part number. For example, the part N.
number for a blue, 15-foot patch cord is UTP6ASD15BU. Industrial
^ For lengths 3 to 20 feet (increments of one foot) and 25, 30, 35, 40 feet, change the length designation in the
part number to the desired length. For standard cable colors other than Off White, add suffix BL (Black), BU (Blue),
RD (Red), YL (Yellow), GR (Green), YL (Yellow), OR (Orange), VL (Violet), or GY (Gray) to the part number. For
example, the part number for a blue, 15-foot patch cord is UTP6A15BU. O.
Labeling &
*For lengths other than 3 feet (5, 7, 10, 14 feet), change the length designation in the part number to the desired
Identification
length. For standard cable colors other than BL (Black), replace suffix BL (Black) with BU (Blue), RD (Red), YL
(Yellow), GR (Green), or OR (Orange), each color representing a different keyed configuration. Contact customer
service for universal reference patch cords
P.
Patch cord color bands available on page B.96.
Cable
RJ45 plug lock-in device available on page B.94. Management
Must be installed as part of a complete TX6A 10Gig Copper Cabling System in order to achieve 10GBASE-T Accessories
certified performance.
Reference page B.34 for appropriate labeling solution.
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.25
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
For standard colors other than Blue, replace suffix BU (Blue) with WH (White), YL (Yellow), or
K. IG (International Gray). Contact Customer Service for other color options.
Surface Order number of pieces required, in multiples of 9,000 feet.
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Labels for TX6500 Enhanced Category 6 UTP Copper Cable
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Cable Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
O.
Labeling & PUR6504**-UY
S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
Identification PUP6504**-UY
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.26 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
For standard colors other than Blue, replace suffix BU (Blue) with WH (White), YL (Yellow), or IG (International J.
Gray). Contact Customer Service for other color options. Overhead &
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of 9,000 feet. Underfloor
Routing
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.27
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com TX6 PLUS UTP Jack Modules
C. Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and ISO 11801 2nd Can be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times
Fiber
Optic Edition Class E standards White termination cap designates Category 6 performance
Systems Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for and provides positive strain relief; helps control cable
PoE applications bend radius and securely retains wires
D. Each jack is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL Terminate 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or
Power performance and is individually serialized for traceability stranded twisted pair cable
over
Ethernet Color-coded, keyed jack modules mechanically and Universal termination cap is color-coded for T568A and
visually distinguish connections to prevent unintentional T568B wiring schemes
mating with unlike keyed or non-keyed modular plugs Accept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage
E.
Zone
accommodating more discrete networks
Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Cabling Utilize patent-pending enhanced Giga-TX Technology
for jack terminations which optimizes performance by Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
maintaining cable pair geometry and eliminating Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
conductor untwist Optional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorized
F.
Wireless Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for access to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign
superior performance objects, saving time and money associated with data
security breaches, network downtime, repair, and
No punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT) hardware replacement
ensures conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a
G.
smooth forward motion without impact on critical internal Optional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not
Outlets in use
components for maximum reliability
Optional termination tool (TGJT) reduces termination time
H.
by 25%, ideal for high volume installations
Media
Distribution
No. of Std. Std.
Module Pkg. Ctn.
I.
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
Physical
Infrastructure Jack Module
Management
CJ688TGIW Category 6, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire universal 1 Off White 1 50
module.
J.
Overhead & Keyed Jack Module
Underfloor
CJK688TGBL* Keyed, Category 6, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire 1 Black 1 50
Routing CJ688TGIW
universal module.
For standard colors other than Off White, replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), AW
K.
(Arctic White), IG (International Gray), BL (Black), OR (Orange), RD (Red), BU (Blue), GR (Green), YL (Yellow), or
Surface
Raceway VL (Violet).
*For standard colors other than Black, replace suffix BL (Black) with BU (Blue), RD (Red), YL (Yellow), GR
(Green), or OR (Orange), each color representing a different keyed configuration.
L. Termination tools available on page B.97.
Cabinets, RJ45 blockout device available on page B.92.
Racks & Dust cap available on page B.97.
Cable Contact Customer Service for bulk packaged jack modules.
Management CJK688TGBL To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit TX6 PLUS components.
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Keyed Geometry
N.
Industrial
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
B.28 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
L.
Component Labels for Mini-Com TX6 PLUS UTP Jack Modules Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Industrial
TDP43ME Thermal
Module Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop Printer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label O.
All TX6 PLUS Labeling &
C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK Identification
Jack Modules
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.29
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Ultimate ID TX6 PLUS Modular Patch Panel Kits
C.
Fiber Supplied with black Mini-Com TX6 PLUS Jack Modules Available with or without labels
Optic
Systems Include color-coded termination caps Can be clearly identified with the PanTher LS8E or
Front access faceplates in panels Cougar LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Mini-Com TX6 PLUS Modular Patch Panel Kits
Management
Supplied with black Mini-Com TX6 PLUS Jack Modules Available with or without labels
J. Include color-coded termination caps Include EGJT termination tool
Overhead &
Underfloor Front access faceplates in panels
Routing
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
K. Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
Surface
Raceway Mini-Com Angled Modular Patch Panel Kits with Labels
CPPKA6G24WBL CPPKA6G24WBL 1 1 10
24-port angled patch panel with 24 CJ688TGBL
L. jack modules.
Cabinets, CPPKLA6G24WBL 24-port CPPLA24WBL angled patch panel with 24 1 1 10
Racks & CJ688TGBL jack modules.
Cable CPPKLA6G24WBL
Management Mini-Com Modular Patch Panel Kits with Labels
CPPK6G24WBL 24-port CPP24WBL patch panel with 24 1 1 10
M. CJ688TGBL jack modules.
Grounding & CPPK6G24WBL
Bonding CPPKL6G24WBL 24-port CPPL24WBL patch panel with 24 1 1 10
CJ688TGBL jack modules.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.30 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
DP6 PLUS UTP Patch Panels
C.
Fiber
Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and ISO 11801 2nd Angled versions allow for higher density applications by Optic
Edition Class E standards easily routing the patch cords to each side of the panel Systems
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for eliminating the need for horizontal cable management
PoE applications Terminate 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or D.
Each port is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL stranded twisted pair cable Power
over
performance and is individually serialized to Mount to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with optional Ethernet
support traceability extender bracket
Utilize 110 punchdown termination on back panel and Write-on areas for port and panel identification
includes retention cap for each port E.
Can be clearly identified with labels and icons Zone
Each port contains a universal label that is color-coded for Optional label kits (DPLK24 and DPLK48) contain Cabling
T568A and T568B wiring schemes adhesive label holder and labels for easy port and
panel identification
F.
Wireless
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
DP48688TGY Management
M.
Grounding &
Component Labels for DP6 PLUS UTP Patch Panels Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Labeling &
Identification
Patch Panel Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
P.
All Patch Panels Cable
C379X030FJJ C379X030YPT C379X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
on this Page Management
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25. Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.31
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Category 6 UTP Coupler Module
C. Designed to exceed performance requirements of the Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Fiber
Optic ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and ISO 11801 2nd Edition Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels
Systems Class E channel standards and Faceplates; not suitable for surface mount
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at box applications
D. for PoE applications Optional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorized
Power
over RJ45 8-position, 8-wire female to RJ45 8-position, 8-wire access to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign
Ethernet female pass-through module provides fast and easy plug objects, saving time and money associated with data
and play connection of 6 and 8-position RJ45 patch cords security breaches, network downtime, repair, and
No tools required hardware replacement
E.
Zone 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL performance and Optional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not
Cabling is individually serialized for traceability in use
Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
superior performance
F.
Wireless
No. of Std. Std.
Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
G.
Outlets CC688IW Category 6, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire universal 1 Off 1 50
coupler module. White
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with BL (Black).
H. Acts as one connecting hardware component in channel.
Media RJ45 blockout device available on page B.92.
Distribution Dust cap available on page B.97.
TX6 PLUS UTP Patch Cords available on page B.34.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Component Labels for Mini-Com Category 6 UTP Coupler Module
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
M. Module Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Grounding &
Bonding
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
N. For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.32 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Category 6 Coupler Patch Panel
Coupler panel ports provide fast and easy plug and play Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for C.
Fiber
connection of 6 and 8-position RJ45 patch cords superior performance Optic
No tools required Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons Systems
Designed to exceed performance requirements of the Mounts to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with optional
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and ISO 11801 2nd Edition extender bracket D.
Power
Class E channel standards over
Ethernet
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn. E.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty. Zone
Cabling
CP24688BL 24-port, Category 6, patch panel with 24 pre-installed 1 1 10
RJ45 Category 6 channel compliant couplers.
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
F.
M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included.
Wireless
Each coupler module acts as one connecting hardware component in a channel.
TX6 PLUS UTP Patch Cords available on page B.34.
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.33
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
TX6 PLUS UTP Patch Cords
C.
Fiber Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and ISO 11801 Plug uses an integral pair manager to optimize
Optic
Systems Class E standards performance and consistency by reducing untwisting of
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at conductors within the plug
D. for PoE applications Perform in center of TIA/EIA component range, ensuring
Power Each patch cord is 100% performance tested to interoperability and excellent performance
over component limits and wired T568B Labels on patch cords provide identification of
Ethernet
Color-coded, keyed modular plugs mechanically and performance level, length, and quality control number
visually distinguish connections to prevent unintentional Patented tangle-free latch prevents snags and provides
E. mating with unlike keyed or non-keyed jack modules easy release, saving time on frequent moves, adds,
Zone
Cabling
accommodating more discrete networks and changes
Constructed of Category 6, 24 AWG UTP stranded cable Optional patch cord color bands snap on and off individual
and TX6 PLUS Modular Plugs; plug contacts plated with patch cables offering endless color-coding options
50 microinches of gold for superior performance Optional RJ45 plug lock-in device blocks unauthorized
F.
Wireless Plug meets all applicable ANSI/TIA/EIA-968-A removal of cable, IP phone, other networking equipment,
requirements and exceeds IEC 60603-7 specifications or critical connection
Slender strain relief boot provides easy access in high Third party tested for Category 6 component compliance
density applications
G.
Outlets
Std. Std.
Length Cable Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description (Ft.) Color Qty. Qty.
H.
Media Patch Cord
Distribution UTPSP3Y Category 6, UTP patch cord with TX6 PLUS 3 Off White 1 10
Modular Plugs on each end.
I.
Physical Keyed Patch Cord
Infrastructure
Management UTPKSP3BL* Keyed, Category 6, UTP patch cord with TX6 3 Black 1 10
PLUS Keyed Modular Plug on one end and
TX6 PLUS Non-Keyed Modular Plug on the
J. other end.
Overhead &
Underfloor For lengths 1 to 20 feet (increments of one foot) and 25, 30, 35, 40 feet change the length designation in the
Routing part number to the desired length. For standard cable colors other than Off White, add suffix BL (Black), BU
(Blue), GR (Green), RD (Red), YL (Yellow), OR (Orange), or VL (Violet) before Y at the end of the part number.
For example, the part number for a blue 15-foot patch cord is UTPSP15BUY.
K. *For lengths other than 3 feet (5, 7, 10, 14 feet) change the length designation in the part number to the desired
Surface length. For standard cable colors other than Black, replace suffix BL (Black) with BU (Blue), RD (Red), YL (Yellow),
Raceway GR (Green), or OR (Orange), each color representing a different keyed configuration.
Contact customer service for universal reference patch cords.
L. Patch cord color bands available on page B.96.
Cabinets, RJ45 plug lock-in device available on page B.94.
Racks & To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit TX6 PLUS components.
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding Labels for TX6 PLUS UTP Patch Cords
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling & Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Identification
Patch Cord Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
P.
Cable All Patch Cords S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
Management
Accessories For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Q.
Index
B.34 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
TX6 PLUS UTP Modular Plug
C.
Fiber
Meets all applicable ANSI/TIA-968-A requirements and Integral pair manager optimizes performance and Optic
exceeds IEC 60603-7 specifications consistency by reducing untwist at plug Systems
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
PoE applications superior performance D.
Used in UTPSP series patch cords providing Terminates 24 AWG, 100 ohm, stranded or solid Power
over
Category 6 performance conductor with max. conductor insulation diameter Ethernet
Patented tangle-free latch prevents snags and provides of 0.041 in.
easy release saving time on frequent moves, adds,
and changes E.
Zone
Cabling
Std. Std. F.
Wireless
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
SP688-C 8-position, 8-wire modular plug. 100 1000
To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit TX6 PLUS components. G.
MPT5-8AS crimp tool required for termination, available on page B.98. Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.35
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com TX6 PLUS Shielded Jack Modules
C.
Fiber Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6, Can be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times
Optic IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class E Off white termination cap designates Category 6
Systems channel standards performance and provides positive strain relief; helps
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.af and IEEE 802.3at for control cable bend radius and securely retains wires
D. PoE applications
Power Terminate 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or
over Each jack is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL stranded shielded twisted pair cable
Ethernet performance and is individually serialized for traceability Universal termination cap is color-coded for T568A and
Color-coded, keyed jack modules mechanically and T568B wiring schemes
E. visually distinguish connections to prevent unintentional Integrated strain relief with wire cap provides 360
Zone mating with unlike keyed or non-keyed modular plugs conductive path for grounding
Cabling accommodating more discrete networks
0.187 in. tab provides conductive path for grounding
Utilize patent-pending enhanced Giga-TX Technology for individual jacks
jack terminations which optimizes performance by
F. maintaining cable pair geometry and eliminating Accept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage
Wireless conductor untwist Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Fully grounded and bonded to patch panel when installed Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
in Panduit All Metal Modular Patch Panel Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
G. Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for Optional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorized
Outlets superior performance access to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign
No punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT) objects, saving time and money associated with data
ensures conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a security breaches, network downtime, repair, and
H. smooth forward motion without impact on critical internal hardware replacement
Media components for maximum reliability Optional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not
Distribution in use
Optional termination tool (TGJT) reduces termination time
by 25%, ideal for high volume installations
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
No. of Std. Std.
Module Pkg. Ctn.
J. Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
Overhead &
Underfloor Jack Module
Routing CJS688TGY Category 6, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire universal 1 Black 1 50
shielded black module with integral shield.
K.
Surface
Keyed Jack Module
Raceway CJS688TGY CJSK688TGBL* Keyed, Category 6, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire 1 Black 1 50
universal shielded black module with integral shield.
L. *For standard colors other than Black, replace suffix BL (Black) with BU (Blue), RD (Red), YL (Yellow), GR (Green),
Cabinets, OR (Orange), VL (Violet), or GY (Gray), each color representing a different keyed configuration.
Racks & Termination tools available on page B.97.
Cable
Shield grounding requires proper installation of shielded jack module and the use of shielded patch cords and cable.
Management
All metal modular patch panels available on page B.72.
For grounding shielded modules not installed in a shielded patch panel, see the shielded jack module grounding kit,
M. CJSGK-XY on page M.23.
Grounding & RJ45 blockout device available on page B.92.
Bonding Dust cap available on page B.97.
CJSK688TGBL To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit TX6 PLUS components.
Contact customer service for bulk packaged jack modules.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.36 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com TX6 PLUS Shielded Jack Modules (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
Keyed Geometry
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Black Red Green Yellow Orange Blue Violet Intl. Gray Cabling
Key Key Key Key Key Key Key Key
F.
Wireless
G.
Black Red Green Yellow Orange Blue Violet Intl. Gray Outlets
Key Key Key Key Key Key Key Key
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Component Labels for Mini-Com TX6 PLUS Shielded Jack Modules Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
M.
TDP43ME Thermal Grounding &
Module Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Bonding
Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
All TX6 PLUS C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK
Jack Modules
N.
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25. Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.37
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
TX6 PLUS Shielded Modular Plug
C.
Fiber Meets all applicable ANSI/TIA-968-A requirements and Integral pair manager optimizes performance and
Optic exceeds IEC 60603-7 specifications consistency by reducing untwist at plug
Systems
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
D. PoE applications superior performance
Power Used in STP6X series patch cords providing Category Shielded plug housing provides conductive path
over 6 performance for grounding
Ethernet
Patented tangle-free latch prevents snags and provides Terminates 24 26 AWG, 100 ohm, stranded or solid
easy release saving time on frequent moves, adds, shielded cable with max. conductor insulation diameter
E. and changes of 0.040 in.
Zone
Cabling Slender strain relief boot provides easy access in high
density applications
Std. Std.
F.
Wireless Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
SPS688-C 8-position, 8-wire shielded modular plug. 100 1000
To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit TX6 PLUS components.
G. MPT5-8AS crimp tool required for termination. Termination tool available on page B.98.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.38 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
TX5500 Enhanced Category 5e UTP Copper Cable
C.
Fiber
Optic
Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e Installation temperature range: 32F to 122F Systems
and ISO 11801 2nd Edition Class D channel standards (0C to 50C)
Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 and IEC Operating temperature range: 14F to 140F D.
61156-5 Category 5e component standards (-10C to 60C) Power
over
Third party tested to Category 5e channel compliance Channel characterized to 450 MHz, 350 MHz above Ethernet
Meets requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at the standard
for PoE applications Descending length cable markings enable easy
E.
Cable diameter: Riser 0.225 in. (5.7mm) nominal, identification of remaining cable which reduces Zone
Plenum 0.193 in. (4.9mm) nominal installation time and cable scrap Cabling
Cable supplied in an easy payout box
F.
Wireless
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
Part Number Part Description Color (Ft.) (Ft.) G.
Outlets
Riser
PUR5504BU-UY Enhanced Category 5e, riser (CMR), 4-pair, UTP Blue 1000 39000
copper cable. Copper conductors are 24 AWG
construction with polyolefin (PE) insulation. Conductors H.
are twisted in pairs and protected by a flame-retardant Media
Distribution
PUR5504WH-UY PVC jacket.
Plenum I.
PUP5504BU-UY Enhanced Category 5e, plenum (CMP), 4-pair, UTP Blue 1000 39000 Physical
copper cable. Copper conductors are 24 AWG Infrastructure
construction with FEP insulation. Conductors are Management
twisted in pairs and placed in a low smoke,
flame-retardant PVC jacket. J.
Overhead &
For standard colors other than Blue, replace BU (Blue) with WH (White), YL (Yellow), or IG (International Gray). Underfloor
Contact Customer Service for other color options. Routing
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of 13,000 feet.
K.
Surface
Raceway
Labels for TX5500 Enhanced Category 5e UTP Copper Cable
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Grounding &
Bonding
TDP43ME Thermal
Cable Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop Printer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
N.
PUR5504**-UY Industrial
S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
PUP5504**-UY
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.39
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com TX5e UTP Jack Modules
C.
Fiber
Optic Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and ISO 11801 Can be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times
Systems 2nd Edition Class D standards Red termination cap designates Category 5e performance
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for and provides positive strain relief; helps control cable
D. PoE applications bend radius and securely retains wires
Power
over Each jack is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL Terminate 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or
Ethernet performance and is individually serialized for traceability stranded twisted pair cable
Color-coded, keyed jack modules mechanically and Universal termination cap is color-coded for T568A and
E. visually distinguish connections to prevent unintentional T568B wiring schemes
Zone mating with unlike keyed or non-keyed modular plugs Accept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage
Cabling accommodating more discrete networks
Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Utilize patent-pending enhanced Giga-TX Technology
for jack terminations which optimizes performance by Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
maintaining cable pair geometry and eliminating Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
F.
Wireless conductor untwist Optional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorized
Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for access to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign
superior performance objects, saving time and money associated with data
security breaches, network downtime, repair, and
G. No punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT) hardware replacement
Outlets ensures conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a
smooth forward motion without impact on critical internal Optional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not
components for maximum reliability in use
H. Optional termination tool (TGJT) reduces termination time
Media by 25%, ideal for high volume installations
Distribution
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.40 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com TX5e UTP Jack Modules (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
Keyed Geometry D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
Black Red Green Yellow Orange Blue
Key Key Key Key Key Key
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
Black Red Green Yellow Orange Blue
Key Key Key Key Key Key
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Grounding &
TDP43ME Thermal Bonding
Module Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop Printer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
All TX5e N.
C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK Industrial
Jack Modules
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.41
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com TX5e Corrosive Resistant UTP Jack Module
C.
Fiber
Optic Injected gel and polymer material reduce area of exposed Optional termination tool (TGJT) reduces termination time
Systems electrical contacts providing improved long term by 25%, ideal for high volume installations
performance in corrosive environments Can be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times
D.
Power
Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e, Red termination cap designates Category 5e performance
over IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class D and provides positive strain relief; helps control cable
Ethernet channel standards bend radius and securely retains wires
Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e Terminates 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or
E. and IEC 61156-5 Category 5e component standards stranded twisted pair cable
Zone Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for Universal termination cap is color-coded for T568A and
Cabling PoE applications T568B wiring schemes
Each jack is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL Accepts 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage
performance and is individually serialized for traceability
F. Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Wireless
Utilizes patent-pending enhanced Giga-TX Technology
for jack terminations which optimizes performance by Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
maintaining cable pair geometry and eliminating Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
conductor untwist Optional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorized
G. Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for access to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign
Outlets superior performance objects, saving time and money associated with data
security breaches, network downtime, repair, and
No punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT) hardware replacement
ensures conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a
H. smooth forward motion without impact on critical internal Optional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not
Media components for maximum reliability in use
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure No. of Std. Std.
Management Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
J. CJE5E88TGIW Corrosive resistant, Category 5e, RJ45, 1 Off 1 50
Overhead & 8-position, 8-wire universal module. White
Underfloor
Routing For standard colors other than Off White, replace suffix IW (Off White) with WH (White), BL (Black), RD (Red),
or BU (Blue).
Termination tools available on page B.97.
K. RJ45 blockout device available on page B.92.
Surface Dust cap available on page B.97.
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable Component Labels for Mini-Com TX5e Corrosive Resistant UTP
Management
Jack Module
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
Q.
Index
B.42 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
DP5e UTP Patch Panels
C.
Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and ISO 11801 Angled versions allow for higher density installations by Fiber
Optic
Class D standards easily routing the patch cords to each side of the panel Systems
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for eliminating the need for horizontal cable management
PoE applications Terminate 4 pair, 22 - 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or stranded D.
Each port is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL twisted pair cable Power
over
performance and is individually serialized to Mount to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with optional Ethernet
support traceability extender bracket
Utilize 110 termination on back panel and includes Write-on areas for port and panel identification
retention cap for each port E.
Can be clearly identified with labels and icons Zone
Each port contains a universal label that is color-coded Optional label kits (DPLK24 and DPLK48) contain Cabling
for T568A and T568B wiring schemes adhesive label holder and labels for easy port and
Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for panel identification
superior performance F.
Wireless
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
DPA245E88TGY DP5e Angled Patch Panels
G.
Outlets
DPA245E88TGY 24-port, Category 5e, patch panel with 24 RJ45, 1 1 10
8-position, 8-wire ports.
DPA485E88TGY 48-port, Category 5e, patch panel with 48 RJ45, 2 1 10
H.
8-position, 8-wire ports. Media
Distribution
DPA485E88TGY DP5e Flat Patch Panels
DP125E88TGY 12-port, Category 5e, patch panel with twelve RJ45, 1 10
8-position, 8-wire ports. Mounts to 89D wall I.
mount bracket. Physical
Infrastructure
DP245E88TGY 24-port, Category 5e, patch panel with 24 RJ45, 1 1 10 Management
8-position, 8-wire ports.
DP485E88TGY 48-port, Category 5e, patch panel with 48 RJ45, 2 1 10 J.
8-position, 8-wire ports. Overhead &
Underfloor
DP125E88TGY ^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). Routing
M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included.
Replaceable punchdown modules available, part number DRJ5E88TGBL.
Termination tool (PDT110) available on page B.91. K.
89D wall mount bracket available on page B.72.
Surface
Raceway
DP245E88TGY
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
DP485E88TGY
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Component Labels for DP5e UTP Patch Panels
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Identification
Patch Panel Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
P.
All Patch Panels Cable
C379X030FJJ C379X030YPT C379X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK Management
on this page Accessories
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.43
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Category 5e UTP Coupler Module
C.
Fiber Designed to exceed performance requirements of the Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Optic ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and ISO 11801 2nd
Systems Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels and
Edition Class D channel standards Faceplates; not suitable for surface mount box
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for applications
D.
Power PoE applications Optional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorized
over RJ45 8-position, 8-wire female to RJ45 8-position, 8-wire access to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign
Ethernet female pass-through module provides fast and easy plug objects, saving time and money associated with data
and play connection of 6 and 8-position RJ45 patch cords security breaches, network downtime, repair, and
E. No tools required hardware replacement
Zone Optional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not
Cabling 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL performance and
is individually serialized for traceability in use
Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
superior performance
F.
Wireless
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets, Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Racks &
Cable Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Management Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.44 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Category 5e Coupler Patch Panel
C.
Coupler panel ports provide fast and easy plug and play Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for Fiber
connection of 6 and 8-position RJ45 patch cords superior performance Optic
Systems
No tools required Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Designed to exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and Mounts to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with optional D.
all ISO 11801 2nd Edition Class D channel standard extender bracket Power
requirements at swept frequencies up to 100 MHz over
Ethernet
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Component Labels for Category 5e Coupler Patch Panel Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.45
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
TX5e UTP Patch Cords
C.
Fiber Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and ISO 11801 Plug meets all applicable ANSI/TIA/EIA-968-A
Optic
Systems Class D standards requirements and exceeds IEC 60603-7 specifications
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at Patented tangle-free latch prevents snags and provides
D. for PoE applications easy release, saving time on frequent moves, adds,
Power Color-coded, keyed modular plugs mechanically and and changes
over
Ethernet
visually distinguish connections to prevent unintentional Labels on patch cords provide identification of
mating with unlike keyed or non-keyed jack modules performance level, length, and quality control number
accommodating more discrete networks Optional patch cord color bands snap on and off individual
E. Each patch cord is 100% performance tested to patch cables offering endless color-coding options
Zone
Cabling component limits and wired to T568A Optional RJ45 plug lock-in device blocks unauthorized
Constructed of Category 5e, 24 AWG UTP stranded cable removal of cable, IP phone, other networking equipment,
and Pan-Plug Modular Plugs; plug contacts plated with or critical connection
50 microinches of gold for superior performance Third party tested to Category 5e component compliance
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
Std. Std.
Length Cable Pkg. Ctn.
H. Part Number Part Description (Ft.) Color Qty. Qty.
Media Patch Cords
Distribution
UTPCH3Y Category 5e, UTP patch cord with Pan-Plug 3 Off White 1 10
Modular Plugs on each end.
I.
Physical Keyed Patch Cords
Infrastructure
Management UTPKCH3BL* Keyed, Category 5e, UTP patch cord with 3 Black 1 10
Pan-Plug Keyed Modular Plug on one end
J.
and Pan-Plug Non-Keyed Modular Plug on the
Overhead & other end.
Underfloor
Routing For lengths 1 to 20 feet (increments of one foot) and 25, 30, 35, 40 feet change the length designation in the part
number to the desired length. For standard cable colors other than Off White, add suffix BL (Black), BU (Blue), GR
(Green), RD (Red), YL (Yellow), OR (Orange), or VL (Violet) before the Y in the part number. For example, the part
number for a blue 15-foot patch cord is UTPCH15BUY.
K.
Surface *For lengths other than 3 feet (5, 7, 10, 14 feet) change the length designation in the part number to the desired
Raceway length. For standard cable colors other than Black, replace suffix BL (Black) with BU (Blue), RD (Red), YL (Yellow),
GR (Green), or OR (Orange), each color representing a different keyed configuration.
Contact customer service for universal reference patch cords.
L. Patch cord color bands available on page B.91.
Cabinets, RJ45 plug lock-in device available on page B.94.
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Labels for TX5e UTP Patch Cords
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Patch Cord Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
P. Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Cable
Management All Patch Cords S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
Accessories
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Q.
Index
B.46 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Plug Category 5e UTP Modular Plugs
C.
Meet all applicable ANSI/TIA-968-A requirements and Simplified termination requires no loading bar; guide ramp Fiber
exceeds IEC 60603-7 specifications facilitates easy conductor insertion and termination Optic
Systems
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
PoE applications superior performance D.
Used in UTPCH series patch cords providing Terminate 24 AWG, 100 ohm, stranded or solid conductor Power
Category 5e performance with max. conductor insulation diameter of 0.040" over
Ethernet
Patented tangle-free plug latch prevents snags and
provides easy release saving time on frequent moves,
adds, and changes E.
Zone
Std. Std. Cabling
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
MP588-L 8-position, 8-wire modular plug. 50 250 F.
MP588-C 8-position, 8-wire modular plug. 100 1000 Wireless
MP588-M 8-position, 8-wire modular plug. 1000 5000
MPT5-8AS crimp tool required for termination, available on page B.98.
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Riser
PFP5504BU-UY Category 5e, plenum (CMP), 4-pair, F/UTP copper Blue 1000 20000
cable. Copper conductors are 24 AWG construction O.
Labeling &
with FEP insulation. Conductors are twisted in pairs, Identification
surrounded by an overall polyester aluminum foil with
stranded copper drain wire and protected by a low
smoke flame-retardant PVC jacket. P.
Cable
For other colors, replace BU (Blue) with WH (White), IG (International Gray), BL (Black), GR (Green), OR Management
(Orange), RD (Red), VL (Violet), or YL (Yellow). Accessories
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of 5,000 feet.
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.47
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com TX5e Shielded Jack Modules
C.
Fiber Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e, Red termination cap designates Category 5e performance
Optic
Systems IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class D and provides positive strain relief; helps control cable
channel standards bend radius and securely retains wires
D. Exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e Terminate 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or
Power and IEC 61156-5 Category 5e component standards stranded shielded twisted pair cable
over Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at Universal termination cap is color-coded for T568A and
Ethernet
for PoE applications T568B wiring schemes
Each jack is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL Integrated strain relief with wire cap provides 360
E. performance and is individually serialized for traceability conductive path for grounding
Zone
Cabling Utilize patent-pending enhanced Giga-TX Technology for 0.187 in. tab provides conductive path for grounding
jack terminations which optimizes performance by individual jacks
maintaining cable pair geometry and eliminating Accept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage
conductor untwist
F. Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Wireless Fully grounded and bonded to patch panel when installed
in Panduit All Metal Modular Patch Panel Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
superior performance Optional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorized
G. access to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign
Outlets No punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT) objects, saving time and money associated with data
ensures conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a security breaches, network downtime, repair, and
smooth forward motion without impact on critical internal hardware replacement
components for maximum reliability
H. Optional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not
Media Optional termination tool (TGJT) reduces termination time in use
Distribution by 25%, ideal for high volume installations
Can be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management No. of Std. Std.
Module Cable Pkg. Ctn.
J. Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Jack Module
Routing CJS5E88TGY Category 5e, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire universal 1 Black 1 50
shielded black module with integrated shield.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.48 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com TX5e Shielded Jack Modules (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
Keyed Geometry D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
Black Red Green Yellow Orange Blue Violet Intl. Gray
Key Key Key Key Key Key Key Key
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
Black Red Green Yellow Orange Blue Violet Intl. Gray
Key Key Key Key Key Key Key Key
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Component Labels for Mini-Com TX5e Shielded Jack Modules
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Module Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 L.
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Cabinets,
Racks &
All TX5e Shielded Cable
C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK
Jack Modules Management
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.49
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
TX5e Shielded Patch Cords
C.
Fiber Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and ISO 11801 Plug meets all applicable ANSI/TIA/EIA-968-A
Optic Class D standards requirements and exceeds IEC 60603-7 specifications
Systems
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for Patented tangle-free latch prevents snags and provides
D. PoE applications easy release, saving time on frequent moves, adds,
Power Color-coded, keyed modular plugs mechanically and and changes
over visually distinguish connections to prevent unintentional Labels on patch cords provide identification of
Ethernet
mating with unlike keyed or non-keyed jack modules performance level, length, and quality control number
accommodating more discrete networks Optional patch cord color bands snap on and off individual
E. Each patch cord is 100% performance tested to patch cables offering endless color-coding options
Zone component limits and wired T568A
Cabling Optional RJ45 plug lock-in device blocks unauthorized
Constructed of Category 5e, 26 AWG, STP stranded, removal of cable, IP phone, other networking equipment,
LSZH/CM cable and Pan-Plug Shielded Modular Plugs; or critical connection
plug contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
F. superior performance
Wireless
Std. Std.
Length Boot Cable Pkg. Ctn.
G. Part Number Part Description (m) Color Color Qty. Qty.
Outlets Patch Cords
STPCH1MBBL Category 5e, shielded patch cord 1 Black International 1 10
with Pan-Plug Shielded Modular Gray
H. Plugs on each end.
Media
Distribution
Std. Std.
Length Boot Cable Pkg. Ctn.
I. Part Number Part Description (Ft.) Color Color Qty. Qty.
Physical
Infrastructure Keyed Patch Cords
Management STPKCH3BL Keyed, Category 5e, shielded 3 Black International 1 10
patch cord with Pan-Plug Keyed Gray
J. Shielded Modular Plug on one
Overhead & end and Pan-Plug Non-Keyed
Underfloor Shielded Modular Plug on the
Routing other end.
For lengths 1 to 10 meters (increments of one meter) and 0.5, 1.5, 2.5, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40 meters change the
K.
length designation in the part number to the desired length. For boot colors other than Black, replace suffix
Surface
BL (Black) with BU (Blue), GR (Green), RD (Red), or YL (Yellow). For example, the part number for a 15 meter
Raceway
patch cord with blue boots is STPCH15MBBU.
*For lengths other than 3 feet (5, 7, 10, 14 feet) change the length designation in the part number to the desired
L. length. For boot colors other than Black, replace suffix BL (Black) with BU (Blue), RD (Red), YL (Yellow), GR
Cabinets, (Green), or OR (Orange), each color representing a different keyed configuration. Contact customer service for
Racks & universal reference patch cords.
Cable Patch cord color bands available on page B.96.
Management RJ45 plug lock-in device available on page B.94.
M.
Grounding &
Bonding Labels for TX5e Shielded Patch Cords
N.
Industrial
Q.
Index
B.50 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Plug Category 5e Shielded Modular Plug
C.
Meets all applicable ANSI/TIA-968-A requirements and Simplified termination requires no loading bar, guide ramp Fiber
exceeds IEC 60603-7 specifications facilitates easy conductor insertion and termination Optic
Systems
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
for PoE applications superior performance D.
Used in STPCH series patch cords providing Shielded plug housing provides conductive path Power
Category 5e performance for grounding over
Ethernet
Patented tangle-free latch prevents snags and provides Terminates 24 26 AWG 100 ohm stranded or solid
easy release saving time on frequent moves, adds, shielded cable with max. conductor insulation diameter
and changes of 0.040 in. E.
Zone
Cabling
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. F.
MPS588-C 8-position, 8-wire shielded modular plug. 100 1000 Wireless
To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit Category 5e components.
MPT5-8AS crimp tool required for termination, available on page B.98.
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.51
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
TX5500 Category 5e 25-Pair UTP Copper Cable
C.
Fiber Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e Installation temperature range: 32F to 122F
Optic and ISO 11801 2nd Edition Class D channel standards (0C to 50C)
Systems
Exceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 and IEC Operating temperature range: -4F to 167F
61156-5 Category 5e component standards (-20C to 75C)
D.
Power Meets requirements of IEEE 802.3af and 802.3at for Descending length cable markings enable easy
over PoE applications identification of remaining cable which reduces
Ethernet installation time and cable scrap
Cable diameter: Riser 0.511 in. (12.9mm) nominal,
Plenum 0.455 in. (11.6mm) nominal Cable supplied on a reel
E.
Zone
Cabling
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
F. Part Number Part Description Color (Ft.) (Ft.)
Wireless
Riser
PUR5525IG-UY Category 5e riser (CMR) 25-pair UTP copper International 1000 3000
cable. Copper conductors are 24 AWG Gray
G. construction with HDPE insulation. Conductors
Outlets are twisted in pairs and placed in a
PUR5525IG-UY
flame-retardant PVC jacket.
Plenum
H.
Media PUP5525IG-UY Category 5e plenum (CMP) 25-pair UTP copper International 1000 3000
Distribution cable. Copper conductors are 24 AWG Gray
construction with FEP insulation. Conductors
are twisted in pairs and placed in a low smoke,
I. flame-retardant, fluoropolymer jacket.
Physical
Infrastructure For standard colors other than IG (International Gray), replace IG with BU (Blue) or WH (White).
Management Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Carton Quantity (Pallet).
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
M. TDP43ME Thermal
Grounding & Module Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop Printer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Bonding Part Number Printer Label Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
PUP5525IG-UY
S100X400YAJ S100X400VATY S100X400VAC T100X000CBC-BK
PUR5525IG-UY
N. For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.52 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Data-Patch 10/100BASE-T Patch Panels
C.
Category 5e rated in the channel when used with Mount to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with optional Fiber
Category 5e 25-pair cable assemblies extender bracket Optic
Systems
Consist of female telco 50 pin/25 pair connectors with Write-on areas for port and panel identification
hook and loop fasteners wired per RJ21 industry standard Optional label kits (DPLK24 and DPLK48) contain D.
for backward compatibility adhesive label holder and labels for easy port and Power
Each port is wired for 10/100BASE-T Ethernet utilizing panel identification over
pins 1, 2 and 3, 6 Ethernet
Can be clearly identified with labels and icons
Does not require use of a punchdown tool
E.
Zone
No. of Std. Std. Cabling
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
DP24584TV25Y DP24584TV25Y 24-port, Category 5e, patch panel with 24 RJ45 ports 1 1 10
wired to two RJ21 Telco connectors. F.
Wireless
DP48584TV25Y 48-port, Category 5e, patch panel with 48 RJ45 ports 2 1 10
wired to four RJ21 Telco connectors.
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
DP48584TV25Y G.
M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included. Outlets
For use with Data-Patch 10/100BASE-T Cable Assemblies on page B.55.
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Component Labels for Data-Patch 10/100BASE-T Patch Panels
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Cabinets,
Racks &
Patch Panel Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 Cable
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Management
DP24584TV25Y
C379X030FJJ C379X030YPT C379X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK M.
DP48584TV25Y
Grounding &
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25. Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.53
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Data-Patch Category 5e RJ21 to RJ45 Patch Panel
C.
Fiber Designed to exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and Mounts to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with optional
Optic ISO 11801 2nd Edition Class D standards extender bracket
Systems
Consist of female telco 50-pin/25-pair connectors with Write-on areas for port and panel identification
D. hook and loop fasteners wired per RJ21 industry standard Can be clearly identified with labels and icons
Power for backward compatibility
over
Optional label kits (DPLK24 and DPLK48) contain
Each RJ45 port is fully wired for 10/100/1000BASE-T adhesive label holder and labels for easy port and
Ethernet
Ethernet performance utilizing all 8 pins panel identification
Does not require use of a punchdown tool
E.
Zone
Cabling No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
F. DPA245E88TV25 Data-Patch 10/100/1000BASE-T RJ21 to RJ45 Angled Patch Panels
Wireless DPA245E88TV25 24-port angled, Category 5e, RJ45, 8-pin, fully wired 1 1 10
to 4-port RJ21 connector panel.
DPA485E88TV25 48-port angled, Category 5e, RJ45, 8-pin, fully wired 2 1 10
G. to 8-port RJ21 connector panel.
Outlets
DPA485E88TV25
Data-Patch 10/100/1000BASE-T RJ21 to RJ45 Flat Patch Panels
DP245E88TV25 24-port, Category 5e, RJ45, 8-pin, fully wired to 4-port 1 1 10
RJ21 connector panel.
H. DP245E88TV25
Media
DP485E88TV25 48-port, Category 5e, RJ45, 8-pin, fully wired to 8-port 2 1 10
Distribution RJ21 connector panel.
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included.
I.
Physical DP485E88TV25 Data-Patch 10/100/1000BASE-T Cable Assemblies available on page B.55.
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Component Labels for Data-Patch Category 5e RJ21 to RJ45
K. Patch Panel
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding & Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Bonding
TDP43ME Thermal
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop Printer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
N.
Industrial DPA245E88TV25
DPA485E88TV25
C379X030FJJ C379X030YPT C379X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
DP245E88TV25
DP485E88TV25
O.
Labeling & For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.54 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Data-Patch 10/100/1000BASE-T Cable Assemblies
C.
Category 5e rated 25-pair connectorized cable assemblies System also include Category 5e rated RJ21 to MRJ21 Fiber
are enhanced performance patch cords featuring 25-pair with Category 5e 25-pair male connector on one end Optic
Category 5e solid cable with Category 5e, 25-pair RJ21 and MRJ21 male connector on the other Systems
plugs on either end All cords are 100% tested for wiring sequence
System also includes Category 5e rated 25-pair hydra and continuity D.
Power
with Category 5e, 25-pair male connectors on one end over
and six Pan-Plug Modular Plugs on the other end Ethernet
Std. Std. E.
Length Pkg. Ctn. Zone
Part Number Part Description (Ft.) Qty. Qty. Cabling
UTPCH8SR25Y RJ21 plug to RJ21 plug, straight, 110 right orientation. 8 1 10
UTPCH8SL25Y RJ21 plug to RJ21 plug, straight, 110 left orientation. 8 1 10
UTPCH8L25Y RJ21 plug to RJ21 plug, both 110 left orientation. 8 1 10 F.
Wireless
UTPCH8**25Y UTPCH8R25Y RJ21 plug to RJ21 plug, both 110 right orientation. 8 1 10
UTPCH8LR25Y RJ21 plug to RJ21 plug, 110 left, 110 right orientation. 8 1 10
UTPCH86PP25 RJ21 plug to six Pan-Plug Modular Plugs, straight. 8 1 10
G.
UTPCH8SMRJ25 MRJ21 male connector to RJ21 connector, straight. 8 1 10 Outlets
For lengths 6, 10, 15 and 20 replace 8 in part number for desired length. For example, the part number
for a 15 foot straight and right 25-pair connectorized cable assembly is UTPCH15SR25Y.
H.
Media
Distribution
Labels for Data-Patch 10/100/1000BASE-T
Cable Assemblies I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA 606-A Compliance
Cable Assemblies Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 K.
Surface
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Raceway
All UTPCH8
Cable Assemblies S100X400YAJ S100X400VATY S100X400VAC T100X000CBC-BK L.
on this page Cabinets,
Racks &
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25. Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.55
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
RJ45 HD68 and RJ45 VHD68 SCSI Angled Patch Panel and Kits
C.
Fiber Used for console management of selected Female 68-pin sockets on panel meet ANSI T 10.1302D
Optic switching equipment SCSI Parallel Interface-3 (SPI-3) standard
Systems Each port 100% electrically tested Mount to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with optional
Angled patch panel is available individually or kitted with extender bracket
D.
Power cable assemblies Pre-printed numbers above each port for
over easy identification
Ethernet
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
E. Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
Zone
Cabling TPA32R88S68Y 32-port angled patch panel with 32 RJ45 ports wired 1 1 10
to four 68-pin SCSI connectors.
TPK1A32R88S68Y 32-port angled patch panel with 32 RJ45 ports wired 1 1 10
F. to four 68-pin SCSI connectors kitted with four cable
TPK1A32R88S68Y assemblies each 3 ft. long with 68-pin DB68 male
Wireless
plugs on both ends.
TPK2A32R88S68 32-port angled patch panel with 32 RJ45 ports wired 1 1 10
to four 68 pin SCSI connectors kitted with four cable
G. assemblies each 6 ft. long with 68-pin DB68 male
Outlets
plug on one end, and 68-pin VHD68 male plug on
the other.
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
H. M6 and #12 24 mounting screws included.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Component Labels for RJ45 HD68 and RJ45 VHD68 SCSI
J.
Overhead & Angled Patch Panel and Kits
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.56 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Mini-Jack Category 3 UTP Jack Modules
Patented lead frame termination style ensures twists are White colored module base designates C.
Fiber
maintained to within 1/2" Category 3 performance Optic
No punchdown tool required, optional termination tool Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons Systems
(CJT-X) ensures conductors are fully terminated Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
Termination cap provides excellent strain relief; helps Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes D.
Power
control cable bend radius and securely retains wires Optional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorized over
Clear, removable termination cap provides access to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign Ethernet
easy troubleshooting objects, saving time and money associated with data
Terminate 4-pair 24 and 22 AWG 100 ohm solid security breaches, network downtime, repair, and
E.
unshielded twisted pair cable hardware replacement Zone
Accept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage Optional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not Cabling
in use
No. of Std. Std.
F.
Module Pkg. Ctn.
Wireless
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
CJ88IWY Category 3, 8-position, 8-wire universal module. 1 Off 1 50
White
CJ88**Y CJ66U**Y CJ66UIWY Category 3, 6-position, 6-wire USOC module. 1 Off 1 50 G.
White Outlets
CJ66IWY Category 3, 6-position, 6-wire universal module. 1 Off 1 50
White
CJ64IWY Category 3, 6-position, 4-wire universal module. 1 Off 1 50 H.
White Media
Distribution
For standard colors other than Off White, replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White),
CJ66**Y CJ64**Y IG (International Gray), YL (Yellow), or BL (Black).
Termination tools available on page B.97. I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Component Labels for Mini-Com Mini-Jack Category 3 UTP Routing
Jack Modules K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.57
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com BAS Connector Module
C.
Fiber Standard field bus connector terminates up to three Common declaration point for BAS networks
Optic 18 22 AWG connectors or shielded/unshielded cable and low voltage power for building systems
Systems No punchdown tool required, terminates with screwdriver Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
D.
Power No. of Std. Std.
over
Ethernet
Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
CMBRS485OR Module supplied with 22 AWG min/18 AWG 2 Orange 1 10
E. max connector.
Zone
Cabling For other colors replace suffix OR (Orange) with BL (Black), BU (Blue), GR (Green), RD (Red), or YL (Yellow).
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Mini-Com F-Type Module
Bonding
Typical use in CATV applications Accepts RG-6 and RG-59 coaxial cable
Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
N. Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
Industrial
No. of Std. Std.
Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
O.
Labeling & CMFIW Module supplied with 75 ohm industry standard 1 Off 1 10
Identification F-type coupler. White
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray),
P. or BL (Black).
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.58 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Self-Terminating F-Type Module
C.
Eliminates need for termination cap on connector Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels, Fiber
Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes Optic
Automatically puts 75 ohm load on cable run when cable Systems
is disconnected Accepts RG-6 and RG-59 coaxial cable
Reduces noise and interference on the line Rated 2GHz D.
Power
No. of Std. Std. over
Module Pkg. Ctn. Ethernet
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
CMFSRIWY Module supplied with 75 ohm self-terminating 1 Off 1 10 E.
F-type coupler. White Zone
Cabling
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray),
or BL (Black).
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray), K.
or BL (Black). Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Mini-Com Module Base for D-Subminiature Connectors Bonding
Accepts 9-pin or 15-pin high-density connector, male Compatible with select Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
or female, solder or crimp type (connector not included) Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes N.
Industrial
P.
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray), Cable
or BL (Black). Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.59
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
D-Subminiature Inserts
C. Used in audio and video applications Compatible with classic and executive faceplate frames
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
D. Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Power CHD9CIWY 1/3 insert with 9-pin female to female coupler. Off 1 10
over White
Ethernet
CHD15HDCIWY 1/3 insert with 15-pin high density female to female Off 1 10
CHD9CIWY CHD15HDCIWY coupler; SVGA capable. White
E.
Zone CHD15HDSCIWY 1/3 insert with one 15-pin DB connector mounted to a Off 1 10
Cabling printed circuit board; terminates on site; SVGA capable. White
For other colors, replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray),
or BL (Black).
F. Compatible with Classic and Executive Faceplate Frames on page G.14.
Wireless
CHD15HDSCIWY
G.
Outlets
Component Labels for Mini-Com D-Subminiature Inserts
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
J. Faceplate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Overhead & Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Underfloor
Routing CHD9C**Y
CHD15HDC**Y C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
K. CHD15HDSC**Y
Surface For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.60 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
RCA 1/3 Inserts
C.
Used in audio and video applications Compatible with classic and executive faceplate frames Fiber
Optic
Std. Std. Systems
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. D.
CHR3RGBIW 1/3 insert with three RCA pass-through couplers. RCA insert Off 1 10 Power
colors are red, green, and blue. R,G,B component video. White over
Ethernet
CHR3WYRIW 1/3 insert with three RCA pass-through couplers. RCA Off 1 10
insert colors are white, yellow, and red. Composite video White
and left and right stereo. E.
Zone
For other colors, replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), or IG (International Gray). Cabling
CHR3RGBIW Compatible with Classic and Executive Faceplate Frames on page G.14.
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
CHR3WYRIW H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Mini-Com S-Video Punchdown Module Infrastructure
Management
Terminates 24 and 22 AWG solid or stranded conductors Includes wire retention cap J.
Utilizes Category 5e unshielded twisted pair or higher Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels, Overhead &
network cable facilitating a common, easy, and cost Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes Underfloor
Routing
effective cabling installation; only four of the eight network
cable conductors need to be terminated per cable
K.
No. of Std. Std. Surface
Raceway
Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
L.
CJSVIW Module supplied with one S-Video connector. 1 Off 1 10 Cabinets,
White Racks &
Cable
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray), Management
or BL (Black).
Punchdown termination tool available on page B.91.
Optional punchdown base (AVPDB), available on page B.97. M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.61
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com S-Video Pass-Through Module
C.
Fiber
Optic Supplied with one 4-pin mini DIN coupler Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
Systems Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
F.
Wireless
G.
Mini-Com RCA 110 Punchdown Modules
Outlets
Terminate 24 and 22 AWG solid or stranded conductors Include wire retention cap
Utilize Category 5e unshielded twisted pair or higher Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
H. network cable facilitating a common, easy, and cost Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
Media effective cabling installation; only two of the eight network
Distribution cable conductors need to be terminated per cable
B.62 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com 3.5mm Stereo Connector and Coupler Modules
Supplied with one solder-type connector or coupler Insulation resistance exceeds 100 milli-ohms at DC 500V C.
Fiber
Accept male plug found on typical stereo headsets Rated for DC 12V., 1A Optic
Solder-type connector accepts 22 AWG stereo wire Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels, Systems
or smaller Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
D.
No. of Std. Std. Power
Module Pkg. Ctn. over
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty. Ethernet
CM35MSCIWY 3.5mm stereo coupler module. 1 Off 1 10
White E.
CM35MSSIW Module supplied with one 3.5mm (1/8") stereo 1 Off 1 10 Zone
Cabling
headset solder-type connector. White
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray),
CM35MSS or BL (Black).
F.
Wireless
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.63
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com BNC Coax Coupler Modules
C.
Fiber
Optic
Accept BNC plugs Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
Systems Available in 50 and 75 ohm versions Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
Accept RG-6 and RG-59 coaxial cable
D.
Power No. of Std. Std.
over Module Pkg. Ctn.
Ethernet Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
CMBA75IWY Module supplied with 75 ohm industry standard 1 Off 1 10
E. BNC coupler. White
Zone
Cabling CMBAIWY Module supplied with 50 ohm industry standard 1 Off 1 10
BNC coupler. White
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray),
CMBA75IWY
or BL (Black).
F.
Wireless
Mini-Com HDMI Coupler
Delivers audio and video signals in digital format Compatible with select Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
G.
Outlets Supports Category 1 (standard) and Category 2 Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
(high speed) HDMI cable Length limitation determined by quality of the cable and
Backwards compatible type of device installed. Twinax cable recommended.
H.
Media No. of Std. Std.
Distribution Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color* Qty. Qty.
CMHDMIIW HDMI 1.3 Type A female to female Category 2 2 Off 1 10
I. coupler module. White
Physical
Infrastructure
*For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray), or
Management
BL (Black).
J. CMHDMIIW
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Mini-Com USB Coupler
K.
Surface Interface for transmitting data between devices such as Accepts USB 2.0 Patch Cords and is backwards
Raceway scanners, digital cameras, printers, etc. compatible with USB 1.1 Patch Cords
Supports cable lengths up to 15 feet between devices Compatible with all Mini-Com Faceplates, Patch Panels
L. and select Surface Mount Boxes
Cabinets,
Racks & No. of Std. Std.
Cable
Management Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color* Qty. Qty.
M. CMUSBAAIW USB 2.0 female A to female A coupler module. 1 Off 1 10
Grounding & White
Bonding
*For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray), or
BL (Black).
N. CMUSBAAIW
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.64 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
BNC Coupler Patch Panel
C.
Fiber
Mounts to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with optional extender bracket Optic
Systems
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn. D.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty. Power
CP48BNCBLY 48-port patch panel with 48 pre-installed 75 ohm 1 1 10 over
BNC couplers. Ethernet
CP48BNCBLY
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included. E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
N.
Industrial
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.65
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Ultimate ID Modular Patch Panels
C.
Fiber Ultimate ID components are part of a complete system Can be clearly identified with the PanTher LS8E or
Optic for identification designed to efficiently support Cougar LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers
Systems
TIA/EIA-606-A standard labeling requirements Non-adhesive computer printable label sheets for desktop
D. Angled patch panels facilitate proper bend radius control printers and write-on labels available
Power and minimize the need for horizontal cable managers Replacement label covers available
over Mount to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with optional
Ethernet Labels sold separately
extender bracket
Accept Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic, and
E. audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves,
Zone adds, and changes
Cabling
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Labels Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Required Qty. Qty.
F.
Wireless UICMPPA24BLY Mini-Com Ultimate ID Angled Modular Patch Panels
UICMPPA24BLY 24-port angled patch panel with six 1 Six 1 10
UICPPL4BL Mini-Com Ultimate ID 4-Port
Faceplates.
G. UICMPPA48BLY 48-port angled patch panel with twelve 2 Twelve 1 10
Outlets
UICPPL4BL Mini-Com Ultimate ID 4-Port
Faceplates.
UICMPPA48BLY Mini-Com Ultimate ID Modular Patch Panels
H. UICMPP24BLY 24-port patch panel with six UICPPL4BL 1 Six 1 10
Media
Distribution
Mini-Com Ultimate ID Faceplates. 4-Port
K.
Mini-Com Ultimate ID Patch Panel Faceplates
Surface
Raceway Ultimate ID components are part of a complete system Supplied with label covers; labels sold separately
for identification designed to efficiently support Two label pocket faceplate allows port and panel
L.
TIA/EIA-606-A standard labeling requirements; reference identification; also permits patch cords to be routed with-
Cabinets, page A.17 for a complete system overview out blocking port ID
Racks & Accept Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic, and
Cable Can be clearly identified with the PanTher LS8E or
audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Cougar LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers
Management
adds, and changes
Non-adhesive computer printable label sheets for desktop
M. Allow for custom configuration of Ultimate ID printers and write-on labels available
Grounding & Patch Panels
Bonding
Replacement label covers available
Std. Std.
Labels Pkg. Ctn.
N. Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty.
Industrial
UICPP2L4BL Patch panel faceplate with two label pockets; accepts Two 1 10
up to four Mini-Com Modules. 4-Port
O.
UICPPL4BL Patch panel faceplate with one label pocket; accepts One 1 10
Labeling & up to four Mini-Com Modules. 4-Port
Identification UICPP2L4BL
Faceplates shown with labels installed, labels sold separately.
Ultimate ID Labels can be found on pages O.11 and O.21.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index UICPPL4BL
B.66 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Flush Mount Modular Patch Panels
C.
Fiber
Rear mounted faceplates allow modules to be flush White write-on areas for port and/or panel identification Optic
with front of patch panel Mount to standard EIA 19" racks or 23" racks with optional Systems
Accept Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic, and extender brackets
audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Angled patch panels facilitate proper bend radius control D.
adds, and changes Power
and minimize the need for horizontal cable managers over
Pre-printed numbers above each port for easy identification Ethernet
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Management
Patch Panel Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label M.
Grounding &
All Flush Mount Patch Bonding
C252X030FJJ C252X030YPT C252X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
Panels on this page
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.67
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com High Density Modular Patch Panels
C.
Fiber Accept Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic, and Mount to standard EIA 19" racks or 23" racks with optional
Optic
Systems
audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, adds, extender brackets
and changes Angled patch panels facilitate proper bend radius control
D. Conserve valuable rack space, but may be limited to and minimize the need for horizontal cable managers
Power specific modules (UTP) Enhanced label version of 48-port high density patch
over Pre-printed numbers above each port for panels only accept UTP modules
Ethernet
easy identification
N.
Industrial
B.68 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Modular Faceplate Patch Panels
C.
Release snap feature on faceplate allows front access Mount to standard EIA 19" racks or 23" racks with Fiber
Optic
to installed modules optional extender brackets Systems
Accept Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic, and Angled patch panels facilitate proper bend radius control
audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, and minimize the need for horizontal cable managers D.
adds, and changes Power
Label versions available for easy port identification; over
Ethernet
replacement label/label covers available
O.
Labeling &
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Identification
Patch Panel Part Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label P.
Cable
All Patch Panels Management
C261X035Y1J C261X035Y1T C261X035Y1C T038X000FJC-BK Accessories
on this Page
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label. Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.69
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com M6 Style Modular Faceplate Patch Panels
C.
Fiber
Optic Arrange modules in groups of six (M6) Include pre-printed numbered labels with writable surface
Systems Allow front access to installed modules on back when pre-numbered labels are not applicable
Accept Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic, Mount to standard EIA 19" racks or 23" racks with optional
D. and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy extender brackets
Power moves, adds, and changes
over
Ethernet
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
E. Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
Zone
Cabling CPPL24M6BLY Mini-Com M6 Style Modular Faceplate Patch Panels
CPPL24M6BLY 24-port patch panel supplied with four factory installed 1 1 10
CFPLM6BL snap-in faceplates.
F. CPPL48M6BLY 48-port patch panel supplied with eight factory installed 2 1 10
Wireless CFPLM6BL snap-in faceplates.
CPPL48M6BLY
Replacement Labels for Mini-Com M6 Style Modular Faceplate Patch Panels
C6PPLK1-24 Replacement labels for Mini-Com M6 Style Modular 1 10
G. Faceplate Patch Panels with label/label covers
Outlets (CPPL24M6BLY). Labels are pre-printed 1 24 on
one side and write-on area on reverse side.
C6PPLK25-48 Replacement labels for Mini-Com M6 Style Modular 1 10
H. Faceplate Patch Panels with label/label covers
Media C6PPLK1-24 (CPPL**M6BLY). Labels are pre-printed 25 48 on
Distribution
one side and write-on area on reverse side.
J.
Overhead &
C6PPLK25-48
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable Component Labels for Mini-Com M6 Style Modular Faceplate
Management
Patch Panels
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Q.
Index
B.70 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Recessed Modular Faceplate Patch Panels
C.
Fiber
3" recessed feature eliminates patch cord interference Labels included for easy port identification, replacement Optic
with cabinet doors and improves bend radius protection label/label covers available Systems
Release snap feature on faceplate allows front access Mount to standard EIA 19" racks or 23" racks with
to installed modules optional extender brackets D.
Power
Accept Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic, over
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Ethernet
adds, and changes
E.
No. of Std. Std. Zone
Rack Pkg. Ctn. Cabling
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
CPPL24WRBLY CPPL24WRBLY 24-port recessed patch panel with labels, supplied with six 1 1 10
factory installed CFFPL4 type front removable snap-in
F.
faceplates. Designed for use with racks and cabinets. Wireless
CPPL48WRBLY 48-port recessed patch panel with labels, supplied with 2 1 10
twelve factory installed CFFPL4 type front removable
snap-in faceplates. Designed for use with racks
CPPL48WRBLY and cabinets. G.
C4PPLK Replacement label/label cover kit for Mini-Com 1 10 Outlets
Modular Patch Panels with Labels (CPPL24WBLY,
CPPL48WBLY, CPPL24WRBLY, CPPL48WRBLY) and
Mini-Com Modular Furniture Faceplates with Labels H.
(CFFPL4, CFPHSL4, CFFPEBSL4). Each kit contains Media
six labels and six clear label covers per bag. Distribution
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
C4PPLK M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included. I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Component Labels for Mini-Com Recessed Modular Faceplate Surface
Raceway
Patch Panels
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Grounding &
Bonding
Patch Panel Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
CPPL24WRBLY N.
C261X035Y1J C261X035Y1T C261X035Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
CPPL48WRBLY Industrial
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.71
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com 12-Port Modular Faceplate Patch Panels
C.
Fiber Release snap feature on faceplate allows simple front Mount directly onto wall
Optic
Systems access for termination and accessibility to Modular design for easy cabling revisions
installed modules
D. Accept Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic,
Power and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves,
over adds, and changes
Ethernet
Std. Std.
E. Pkg. Ctn.
Zone Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Cabling
CWPP12WBL 12-port patch panel supplied with three factory installed CFFP4 1 10
CWPP12WBL snap-in faceplates with integrated wall mount bracket.
CPP12WBL 12-port patch panel supplied with three factory installed CFFP4 1 10
F. snap-in faceplates. Mounts to standard 89D bracket (WB89D).
Wireless
WB89D Wall mount bracket accepts 12-port snap-in faceplate patch panel. 1 10
Can also be used to mount industry standard 66 blocks.
CPP12WBL
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management WB89D
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
M. Patch Panel Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Grounding &
Bonding Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
CWPP12WBL
C261X030FJJ C261X030YPT C261X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CPP12WBL
N. For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.72 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com All Metal Shielded Modular Patch Panels
C.
Accept Mini-Com Modules for shielded applications CPT removal tool allows easy moves, adds, and changes Fiber
Optic
Provide write-on areas for port identification of shielded jack modules Systems
Made of stainless steel Mount to standard TIA/EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with
optional extender bracket D.
Power
over
No. of Std. Std. Ethernet
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
E.
CP24BLY Mini-Com All Metal Modular Patch Panels Zone
Cabling
CP24BLY 24-port all metal modular patch panel. 1 1 10
CP48BLY 48-port all metal modular patch panel. 2 1 10
CP72BLY 72-port all metal modular patch panel. Rear cable 2 1 10 F.
CP48BLY management is required to prevent twisting. Wireless
Mini-Com All Metal Modular Patch Panels with Strain Relief Bar
CP24WSBLY 24-port all metal modular patch panel with strain relief bar. 1 1 10
CP48WSBLY 48-port all metal modular patch panel with strain relief bar. 2 1 10 G.
CP24WSBLY Outlets
Mini-Com All Metal Angled Modular Patch Panels
CPA24BLY 24-port angled all metal patch panel. 1 1 10
CPA48BLY 48-port angled all metal patch panel. 2 1 10
H.
CPA72BLY 72-port angled all metal patch panel. 2 1 10 Media
CP48WSBLY Distribution
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included.
Each patch panel includes the CPT tool to ease removal of Mini-Com Shielded Jack Modules. I.
Contact Customer Service for other available port options. Physical
To bond the patch panel, see the patent pending StructuredGround Bonding Hardware Kits on page M.26. Infrastructure
CPA24BLY Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
CPA48BLY Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Component Labels for Mini-Com All Metal Shielded Modular Racks &
Cable
Management
Patch Panels
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
Suggested Labels Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Patch Panel Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label O.
Labeling &
All Metal Shielded Identification
Modular Patch Panels C252X030FJJ C252X030YPT C252X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
on this page
P.
Cable
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25. Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.73
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Strain Relief Bar with Clips
C.
Fiber Mounts to the rear of standard EIA 19" racks behind each Each adjustable clip can hold up to two cables;
Optic
Systems patch panel accommodates cable diameter range from 0.170" 0.330"
Supports 24 cables with hinged dual clips and provides (4.3mm 8.4mm)
D. bend radius protection Provides superior aesthetics in cable management
Power
over
Ethernet
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
E. SRBWCY Strain relief bar with integrated adjustable clips; supports, 1 1 10
Zone manages, and provides bend radius protection for up to 24
Cabling cables in 1 RU.
G.
Outlets
Strain Relief Bars for Patch Panels
Mount to standard EIA 19" racks Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Cable Ties can be used for
Ideal for standard density patch panels (24 ports per RU) additional cable management
H.
Media
Distribution Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
I. SRBM19BLY
Physical Strain Relief Bar/Manager
Infrastructure SRBM19BLY Strain relief bar with six Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Cable Ties; supports, 1 10
Management manages, and provides proper bend radius protection for up to 72
SRBCT
cables.
J.
Overhead & SRBCT Strain relief bar includes 24 cable ties to secure cable to each 1 10
Underfloor individual slot for additional stability; supports, manages, and
SRB19BLY provides proper bend radius protection.
Routing
Extended Strain Relief Bar
K. SRB19BLY Strain relief bar extends 2" off the rack; supports, manages, and 1 10
Surface provides proper bend radius protection.
Raceway
SRB19D5BL
Deep Strain Relief Bar
L. SRB19D5BL Strain relief bar extends 5" off the rack; supports, manages, and 1 10
Cabinets, provides proper bend radius protection.
Racks &
Cable SRB19D7BL Strain relief bar extends 7" off the rack; supports, manages, and 1 10
Management provides proper bend radius protection. Ideal for use with Category
6A copper cabling installations.
M. SRB19D7BL SRB19MDBL Strain relief multi-depth bar extends 7" off the rack; supports, 1 10
Grounding &
Bonding manages, and provides proper bend radius protection. Ideal for use
with Category 6A copper cabling installations.
SRBBRKT
Q.
Index
B.74 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Cross Connect Punchdown System
C.
Fiber
Exceeds all ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and 5e 4 or 5-pair terminal markings on connecting blocks Optic
standard requirements for voice and data applications speed installation by assisting in punchdown Systems
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. G.
Outlets
Mounting Bases
PXMT50 50-pair mounting base. 1 0
PXMT300 300-pair mounting base. 1 0 H.
PXMT50 Media
Connecting Blocks Distribution
PXPCB4 4-pair cross connect block. 1 20
PXPCB5 5-pair cross connect block. 1 20 I.
Physical
Accessories Infrastructure
PXDR Cross connect cable distribution ring. 1 10 Management
PXMT300 PXLK-VI Cross connect label kit includes six labels and six label holders. 6 60
Compatible with 50 and 300-pair cross connect bases. J.
Overhead &
For termination, use tool PDT110, found on page B.91, with blade 10665000 (available from Fluke). Underfloor
Routing
PXPCB4 K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
PXPCB5 Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
PXDR N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
PXLK-VI Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.75
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
GP6 PLUS Category 6 High Density Kits
C.
Fiber Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 standard Kit includes required quantity of bases and 4-pair
Optic connecting blocks, label holders and labels
Systems Ideal for use in cross-connects and consolidation
point applications Highly visible color-coded wiring slots ease wiring
D. Provides pre-packaged components necessary
Power for termination
over
Ethernet
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
E. Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Zone
Cabling GPKBW144Y 144-pair (36-port) Category 6 high-density punchdown field 1 10
termination kit with legs.
GPKBW432Y 432-pair (108-port) Category 6 high-density punchdown field 1 10
termination kit with legs.
F.
Wireless GPKBW144Y Cable requirement: terminates most 22-26 AWG solid or stranded IWC wire with a 0.050" (1.27mm) max o.d.,
either PVC or plenum rated.
Termination tool available on page B.83.
To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit Category 6 PLUS components.
G. Can be clearly identified with labels found on page B.80.
Outlets
H.
Media GPKBW432Y
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
GP6 PLUS Category 6 Standard Density Kits
Underfloor
Routing Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 standard Kit includes required quantity of bases and 4-pair
Ideal for use in cross-connects and consolidation connecting blocks, label holders and labels
K. point applications Highly visible color-coded wiring slots ease wiring
Surface
Raceway Provide pre-packaged components necessary
for termination
L.
Cabinets, Std. Std.
Racks & Pkg. Ctn.
Cable Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Management
GPKBW24Y 96-pair (24-port) Category 6 punchdown base field termination kit 1 10
with legs.
M.
Grounding & GPKBW72Y 288-pair (72-port) Category 6 punchdown base field termination kit 1 10
Bonding with legs.
GPKBW24Y Cable requirement: terminates most 22 26 AWG solid or stranded IWC wire with a 0.050" (1.27mm) max o.d.,
either PVC or plenum rated.
N. Termination tool available on page B.83.
Industrial To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit Category 6 PLUS components.
Can be clearly identified with labels found on page B.80.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
GPKBW72Y
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.76 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
GP6 PLUS Category 6 High Density Rack Mount Panel Kits
C.
Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 standard Include required quantity of bases and 4-pair connecting Fiber
blocks, label holders, and labels Optic
Ideal for use in cross-connects and consolidation Systems
point applications Highly visible color-coded wiring slots ease wiring
Provide pre-packaged components necessary Mount to standard TIA/EIA 19" racks D.
for termination Power
over
Ethernet
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty. E.
Zone
GPB2884R2Y Two 144-pair (36-port) Category 6 punchdown bases 2 1 10 Cabling
pre-mounted to a panel with 4-pair connector
kit included.
GPB2884R4WJY Two 144-pair (36-port) Category 6 punchdown bases 4 1 10 F.
GPB2884R2Y
and jumper troughs pre-mounted to a panel with 4-pair Wireless
connector kit included.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.77
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor GP6 PLUS Category 6 High Density Bases
Routing
Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 standard Available with or without mounting legs for a variety of
K. Ideal for use in cross-connects and consolidation mounting options
Surface
Raceway
point applications Multiple mounting holes available
Highly visible color-coded wiring slots eases wiring
L. Sturdy one-piece design
Cabinets,
Racks &
Std.
Cable
Management Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
M. 144-Pair (36-Port) Base
Grounding & GPB144-X Positions and holds UTP wire for termination with Category 6 10
Bonding punchdown connecting blocks.
GPB144-X GPBW144-X
144-Pair (36-Port) Base with Legs
N. GPBW144-X Positions and holds UTP wire for termination with Category 6 10
Industrial punchdown connecting blocks, includes mounting legs.
432-Pair (108-Port) Base
GPB432-X Positions and holds UTP wire for termination with Category 6 10
O. punchdown connecting blocks.
Labeling &
Identification 432-Pair (108-Port) Base with Legs
GPBW432-X Positions and holds UTP wire for termination with Category 6 10
P. punchdown connecting blocks, includes mounting legs.
Cable
Management GPB432-X GPBW432-X Termination tool available on page B.83.
Accessories For rack mount applications see page B.85
Cable requirement: terminates most 22 26 AWG solid or stranded IWC wire with a 0.050" (1.27mm) max o.d.,
either PVC or plenum rated.
To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit Category 6 PLUS components.
Q.
Can be clearly identified with label holders and recommended labels shown on page B.80.
Index
B.78 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
GP6 PLUS Category 6 Standard Density Bases
C.
Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 standard Sturdy one-piece design Fiber
Optic
Ideal for use in cross-connects and consolidation Available with or without mounting legs for a variety Systems
point applications of mounting options
Highly visible color-coded wiring slots ease wiring Multiple mounting holes available D.
Power
Std. over
Pkg. Ethernet
Part Number Part Description Qty.
96-Pair (24-Port) Category 6 Punchdown Base E.
Zone
GPB24-X Positions and holds UTP wire for termination with Category 6 connecting 10
Cabling
GPB24-X GPBW24-X blocks.
96-Pair (24-Port) Category 6 Punchdown Base with Legs
GPBW24-X Positions and holds UTP wire for termination with Category 6 connecting 10 F.
blocks, includes mounting legs. Wireless
288-Pair (72-Port) Category 6 Punchdown Base
GPB72-X Positions and holds UTP wire for termination with Category 6 connecting 10
blocks. G.
Outlets
288-Pair (72-Port) Category 6 Punchdown Base with Legs
GPBW72-X Positions and holds UTP wire for termination with Category 6 connecting 10
blocks, includes mounting legs.
H.
GPB72-X GPBW72-X Termination tool available on page B.83. Media
For rack mount applications see page B.85. Distribution
Cable requirement: terminates most 22 26 AWG solid or stranded IWC wire with a 0.050" (1.27mm) max o.d.,
either PVC or plenum rated.
To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit Category 6 components. I.
Can be clearly identified with label holders and recommended labels on page B.80. Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
GP6 PLUS Standard Density Tower Kit Raceway
Ideal for use in cross-connects, consolidation point, and Supplied with tower, bases, 4-pair connecting blocks, label L.
wall mount applications and label holders Cabinets,
Tower provides vertical feeder cable management Racks &
Cable
Management
Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty. M.
Grounding &
GPKT724Y 288-pair (72-port) Category 6 punchdown standard density GP6 PLUS 1 Bonding
Tower Kit.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.79
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Component Labels for GP6 PLUS Category 6 Standard Density Bases
C.
Fiber and GP6 PLUS Standard Density Tower Kit
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
G.
Outlets
M. GPC5E2-XY
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.80 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
GP6 PLUS Patch Cord Assemblies
C.
Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 standard Ideal for use in cross-connects and consolidation point Fiber
Optic
Factory assembled patch cord assembly applications with GP6 PLUS Connector Blocks Systems
Std. Std. D.
Power
Length Pkg. Ctn.
over
Part Number Part Description (Ft.) Qty. Qty. Ethernet
GPPC4IG3Y One 4-pair GP6 PLUS Connector on each end. 3 1 10
GPPC4IG5Y 5 1 10 E.
GPPC4IG7Y 7 1 10 Zone
Cabling
GPPC4IG9Y 9 1 10
GPPC4IG*Y GPPC4IG14Y 14 1 10
GPPC4IG20Y 20 1 10
F.
GPPC4IG3AY One 4-pair GP6 PLUS Connector wired to a RJ45 Pan- 3 1 10 Wireless
GPPC4IG5AY Plug T568A wiring scheme. 5 1 10
GPPC4IG7AY 7 1 10
GPPC4IG9AY 9 1 10 G.
GPPC4IG14AY 14 1 10 Outlets
GPPC4IG*AY GPPC4IG20AY 20 1 10
and GPPC4IG*BY GPPC4IG3BY One 4-pair GP6 PLUS Connector wired to a RJ45 Pan- 3 1 10
Plug T568B wiring scheme. H.
GPPC4IG5BY 5 1 10 Media
GPPC4IG7BY 7 1 10 Distribution
GPPC4IG9BY 9 1 10
GPPC4IG14BY 14 1 10 I.
Physical
GPPC4IG20BY 20 1 10 Infrastructure
Management
To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit TX6 PLUS components.
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
M.
Grounding &
Patch Cord Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E
Cougar LS9
Bonding
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
All GPPC4IG Parts S100X125YAJ S100X125VATY S100X125VAC T100X000CBC-BK
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25. N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.81
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
GP6 1 and 2-Pair Patch Cord Assemblies
C.
Fiber Factory assembled patch cord assembly Ideal for use in cross-connect applications with GP6
Optic PLUS Connector Blocks
Systems
D. Std. Std.
Power Length Pkg. Ctn.
over Part Number Part Description (Ft.) Qty. Qty.
Ethernet
GPPC1IG3Y One 1-pair GP6 Connector on each end. 3 1 10
GPPC1IG5Y 5 1 10
E.
Zone GPPC1IG7Y 7 1 10
Cabling GPPC1IG9Y 9 1 10
GPPC1IG*Y
GPPC1IG14Y 14 1 10
GPPC1IG20Y 20 1 10
F.
Wireless GPPC2IG3Y One 2-pair GP6 Connector on each end. 3 1 10
GPPC2IG5Y 5 1 10
GPPC2IG7Y 7 1 10
G. GPPC2IG9Y 9 1 10
Outlets GPPC2IG14Y 14 1 10
GPPC2IG*Y GPPC2IG20Y 20 1 10
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
LCable Labels for GP6 1 and 2-Pair Patch Cord Assemblies
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
L. Patch Cord Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Cabinets, Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Racks &
Cable All GPPC Parts S100X125YAJ S100X125VATY S100X125VAC T100X000CBC-BK
Management
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.82 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Jumper Troughs
C.
Available with or without legs for a variety of Provide optimum cable management when used with Fiber
mounting options GP6 PLUS and Pan-Punch Bases Optic
Systems
Unique finger design maintains cable bend radius
D.
Std. Power
Pkg. over
Part Number Part Description Qty. Ethernet
P110JTW-X Jumper trough with legs. 10
P110JT-X Jumper trough. 10 E.
Zone
P110JTW-X P110JTR2Y Two jumper troughs mounted to two rack space panel. 1 Cabling
P110JT-X
F.
Wireless
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.83
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Punch 110 Category 5e System Kits
C.
Fiber Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e standard Include required quantity of bases and connecting blocks,
Optic label holders and labels
Systems Field terminable
Ideal for use in cross-connects and consolidation Available in 100 or 300-pair bases with 3, 4, or 5-pair
D. point applications connecting blocks
Power Provide pre-packaged components necessary
over
Ethernet for termination
Std. Std.
E.
Zone
Pkg. Ctn.
Cabling Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
100-Pair Termination Kits
P110KB1004Y Field terminated. Includes a base, 4-pair connector kit with five 4- 1 10
F. pair connectors and one 5-pair connector per row of 25 pairs, two
Wireless label holders, and two white designation labels.
P110KB1005Y Field terminated. Includes a base, 5-pair connector kit with five 5- 1 10
pair connectors per row of 25 pairs, two label holders, and two
white designation labels.
G.
Outlets 300-Pair Termination Kits
P110KB3004Y Field terminated. Includes a base, 4-pair connector kit with five 4- 1 10
pair connectors and one 5-pair connector per row of 25 pairs, six
H. label holders, and six white designation labels.
Media
Distribution P110KB3005Y Field terminated. Includes a base, 5-pair connector kit with five 5- 1 10
pair connectors per row of 25 pairs, six label holders, and six white
designation labels.
I.
Physical It is common practice to completely fill each 25-pair wire strip with connecting blocks. Each kit contains the
Infrastructure adequate number of connecting blocks to do so. Example: P110KB1004 includes five 4-pair and one 5-pair
Management connecting block per 25-pair wiring strip for a total of twenty 4-pair and four 5-pair connecting blocks as well as
two label holders and two white designation labels.
Termination tool available on page B.91.
J. Cable requirement: terminates most 22 26 AWG solid or stranded IWC wire with a 0.050" (1.27mm) max o.d.,
Overhead & either PVC or plenum rated.
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable Component Quantity per Pan-Punch 110 Category 5e Kits
Management
Bases Connecting Blocks Label Holders Labels
M. Part Number P110BW300 P110BW100 P110CB3 P110CB4 P110CB5 P110LH DSL110
Grounding &
Bonding P110KB1004Y 1 20 4 2 2
P110KB1005Y 1 20 2 2
N. P110KB3004Y 1 60 12 6 6
Industrial P110KB3005Y 1 60 6 6
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.84 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
19" Punchdown Rack Mount Panels
C.
Accept punchdown bases for rack mount applications Fiber
Optic
No. of Std. Std. Systems
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty. D.
P110B100R2BY Power
P110B100R2BY Panel accepts up to 2 RU of punchdown bases. 2 1 10
over
P110B100R4BY Panel accepts up to 4 RU of punchdown bases. 4 1 10 Ethernet
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
Includes mounting screws.
E.
Zone
P110B100R4BY Cabling
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.85
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Punch Category 5e 19" Rack Mount Panel Kits
C.
Fiber Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e standard Include required quantity of bases and connecting blocks,
Optic Field terminable label holders, and labels
Systems Available with 4 or 5-pair connecting blocks
Ideal for use in cross-connects and consolidation
point applications
D.
Power
over No. of Std. Std.
Ethernet Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
E.
Rack Mount Panel Kit with Bases and Connecting Blocks
Zone P110B1004R2Y Two 100-pair bases premounted to panel. 4-pair 2 1 10
Cabling connector kit included with five 4-pair connectors and
one 5-pair connector per row of 25 pairs.
P110B1004R2Y P110B1005R2Y Two 100-pair bases premounted to panel. 5-pair 2 1 10
F. connector kit included with five 5-pair connectors per
Wireless row of 25 pairs.
Rack Mount Panel Kit with Bases, Connecting Blocks, and Jumper Troughs
P110B1004R4WJY Two 100-pair bases and jumper troughs premounted 4 1 10
G. to 19" rack mount panel. 4-pair connector kit included
Outlets with five 4-pair connectors and one 5-pair connector
per row of 25 pairs.
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor Pan-Punch 110 Category 5e Tower System
Routing
Provides a complete cross-connect system Supplied jumper troughs provide horizontal
K. Designed for wall mount applications cable management
Surface Available in 300 and 900 pair configurations with 3, 4, or Tower provides vertical feeder cable management
Raceway
5-pair connecting blocks
L. Std.
Cabinets, Pkg.
Racks & Part Number Part Description Qty.
Cable
Management Pan-Punch 300-Pair Tower Kits
P110KT3004Y Convenient packaging includes all of the components required to 1
M. completely wire a 110 base.
P110KT3005Y 1
Grounding &
Bonding Pan-Punch 900-Pair Tower Kits
P110KT9004Y Convenient packaging includes all of the components required to 1
P110KT9005Y completely wire a 110 base. 1
N.
Industrial Pan-Punch Towers
P110T300Y 300-pair tower. Components sold separately. 1
P110T900Y 900-pair tower. Components sold separately. 1
O. Each tower system contains adequate connecting blocks to complete each 25-pair wiring strip. Example:
Labeling & P110KT3004Y includes five 4-pair and one 5-pair connecting block per 25-pair wiring strip for a total of sixty 4-pair
Identification P110KT300Y and twelve 5-pair connecting blocks.
GP6 PLUS system can be installed on individual towers, not recommended for use with GP6 PLUS high
density bases.
P.
Termination tool available on page B.91.
Cable
Management Cable requirement: terminates most 22 26 AWG solid or stranded IWC wire with a 0.050" (1.27mm) max o.d.,
Accessories either PVC or plenum rated.
Q.
Index
B.86 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Component Labels for Pan-Punch 110 Category 5e Tower Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance over
Ethernet
Punchdown System Laser/Ink Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
All Pan-Punch E.
C750X050Y1J C750X050Y1T C750X050Y1C T050X000VPC-BK Zone
Tower Kits
Cabling
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label.
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Vertical Cable Managers for Tower Systems Media
Distribution
Finger design allows for easy changes Designed for wall mount or 19" rack mount applications
Can be mounted between towers Facilitates vertical cable management I.
Physical
Compatible with GP6 PLUS or 110 Tower Systems Rugged all metal construction Infrastructure
Management
Std.
Pkg. J.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Overhead &
Underfloor
Vertical Cable Manager for use with 300-Pair Tower System Routing
P110VCM300 Mounts adjacent to 300-pair tower system. Black 1
P110VCM300
Vertical Cable Manager for use with Backboard Mounting K.
P110VCM Mounts to plywood backboard and adjacent to bases and jumper White 1 Surface
Raceway
troughs. White metal backboard and large D-rings, designed for
wall mount vertical or horizontal cable management.
L.
Vertical Cable Manager for use with 900-Pair Tower System Cabinets,
P110VCM900 Mounts adjacent to 900-pair tower system. Black 1 Racks &
P110VCM P110VCM900 Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.87
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Component Labels for 110 Punchdown Designation Label Holders
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Punchdown Holder Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
E.
Zone P110LH C750X050Y1J C750X050Y1T C750X050Y1C T050X000VPC-BK
Cabling
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label.
F.
Wireless
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway Pan-Punch 110 Category 5e Connecting Blocks
L. Exceeds ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e standard Can be utilized with discrete wires or Pan-Punch
Cabinets, Available in 3, 4, or 5-pair connection blocks Patch Cord Connector
Racks & Constructed of UL 94V-0 high impact
Cable Dual IDC terminates UTP cable on 110 base and UTP
Management cable or 110 patch cords for cross-connecting polycarbonate material
Highly visible color-coded wiring slots ease wiring Patented single piece robust construction
M. Can be used with single or multiple punchdown tools
Grounding &
Bonding
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
N. 3-Pair 110 Connecting Blocks
Industrial
P110CB3-XY 3-pair connecting block. 10 1000
P110CB3-CY 100 1000
P110CB3-*Y P110CB4-*Y
O. 4-Pair 110 Connecting Blocks
Labeling & P110CB4-XY 4-pair connecting block. 10 1000
Identification
P110CB4-CY 100 1000
P.
5-Pair 110 Connecting Blocks
Cable P110CB5-XY 5-pair connecting block. 10 1000
Management P110CB5-CY 100 1000
Accessories
P110CB5-*Y Termination tool available on page B.91.
Cable requirement: terminates most 22 26 AWG solid or stranded IWC wire with a 0.050" (1.27mm) max o.d.,
Q. either PVC or plenum rated.
Index
B.88 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Punch 110 Category 5e Bases
C.
Exclusive deeper channel to facilitate TIA/EIA-568-C.2 Available with or without legs for various mounting options Fiber
Category 5e cabling installations Optic
Sturdy one-piece design Systems
Ideal for use in cross-connects and consolidation Highly visible color-coded wiring strip
point applications D.
Power
Std. over
Pkg. Ethernet
Part Number Part Description Qty.
100-Pair Base with Legs E.
P110BW100-X Positions and holds UTP cable for termination with Pan-Punch 110 10 Zone
Cabling
P110BW100-X P110BW300-X Connecting Blocks. Legs allow cables to be routed behind bases.
100-Pair Base
P110B100-X Positions and holds UTP cable for termination with Pan-Punch 110 10 F.
Connecting Blocks. For frame or rack mount wiring behind bases. Wireless
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Pan-Punch 110 Patch Connectors Routing
K.
Contain two-piece, snap together housing Strain relief reduces stress on cable Surface
Field terminable Polarized to prevent reverse installation to connector block Raceway
Cable clamp on cover provides easier wiring Clear polycarbonate cover keeps conductors visible
after termination L.
IDCs provide reliable gas-tight connections Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Std. Std. Management
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
M.
P110PC1-XY Terminates 1-pair, 24 AWG solid or stranded cable. 10 100 Grounding &
P110PC1-XY P110PC2-XY Bonding
P110PC2-XY Terminates 2-pairs, 24 AWG solid or stranded cable. 10 100
P110PC3-XY Terminates 3-pairs, 24 AWG solid or stranded cable. 10 100
P110PC4-XY Terminates 4-pairs, 24 AWG solid or stranded cable. 10 100 N.
Industrial
P110PC3-XY P110PC4-XY
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.89
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Punch 110 Patch Cord Assemblies
C.
Fiber Factory assembled patch cord assembly Ideal for use in cross-connect applications with
Optic Pan-Punch 110 connecting blocks
Systems
D. Std. Std.
Power Length Pkg. Ctn.
over Part Number Part Description (Ft.) Qty. Qty.
Ethernet
P110PC1IG2Y 1-pair 110 connector on each end. Meets Category 3 2 1 10
P110PC1IG4Y performance requirements. 4 1 10
E.
Zone
P110PC1IG5Y 5 1 10
Cabling P110PC1IG6Y 6 1 10
P110PC2IG2Y 2-pair 110 connector on each end. Meets Category 5 2 1 10
P110PC2IG4Y performance requirements. 4 1 10
F. P110PC2IG5Y 5 1 10
Wireless P110PC*IG*Y
P110PC2IG6Y 6 1 10
P110PC4IG2Y 4-pair 110 connector on each end. Meets Category 5e 2 1 10
P110PC4IG4Y performance requirements. 4 1 10
G.
Outlets P110PC4IG5Y 5 1 10
P110PC4IG6Y 6 1 10
P110PC4IG2AY 4-pair 110 connector to Pan-Plug RJ45 modular plug 2 1 10
H. P110PC4IG4AY T568A wired. Meets Category 5e performance 4 1 10
Media requirements.
Distribution P110PC4IG5AY 5 1 10
P110PC4IG6AY 6 1 10
I. P110PC4IG2BY 4-pair 110 connector to Pan-Plug RJ45 modular plug 2 1 10
Physical P110PC4IG4BY T568B wired. Meets Category 5e performance 4 1 10
Infrastructure requirements.
Management P110PC4IG5BY 5 1 10
P110PC*IG*AY P110PC4IG6BY 6 1 10
J. For lengths 7, 8, 9, 12, or 15 feet, change the length designation in the part number to the desired length.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Cable Labels for Pan-Punch 110 Patch Cord Assemblies
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.90 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Jumper Troughs
C.
Available with or without legs for a variety of Provide optimum cable management when used with Fiber
mounting options GP6 PLUS and Pan-Punch Bases Optic
Systems
Unique finger design maintains cable bend radius
D.
Std. Power
Pkg. over
Part Number Part Description Qty. Ethernet
P110JTW-X Jumper trough with legs. 10
P110JT-X Jumper trough. 10 E.
P110JTW-X Zone
P110JT-X P110JTR2Y Two jumper troughs mounted to two rack space panel. 1 Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Pan-Punch Punchdown Tools and Accessories
Outlets
Terminate wires on both cable and cross-connect sides of Reversible blade provides option of terminating without
110 connecting blocks cutting wire H.
Single pair punchdown tool terminates on the back of the 5-pair punchdown tool seats 3, 4, or 5-pair connecting Media
DP6A 10Gig , DP6 PLUS, and DP5e Patch Panels blocks onto 110 base Distribution
Std. Std. I.
Pkg. Ctn. Physical
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. Infrastructure
Management
5-Pair Punchdown Tool
PDT110M 5-pair punchdown tool, can terminate up to 5 pairs at a time. 1 10
J.
Replacement Head Overhead &
Underfloor
PDH110M Replacement head assembly for 5-pair punchdown tool. 1 10 Routing
PDT110M
Replacement Blade Assembly
PDB110M Replacement blade for 5-pair punchdown tool. 1 10 K.
Single Punchdown Tool Surface
Raceway
PDT110 Punchdown tool and blade for 110 style IDCs. Terminates and cuts UTP 1
cable in one operation.
L.
Replacement Blade Cabinets,
Racks &
PDTH110 Replacement blade for single pair punchdown tool. 1 Cable
PDT110
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.91
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
RJ45 Jack Blockout Device
C.
Fiber Blocks unauthorized access to jacks and potentially Can be installed/removed without interfering with adjacent
Optic harmful foreign objects, saving time and money jacks or hardware
Systems
associated with data security breaches, network May only be released with the special removal tool,
downtime, repair and hardware replacement ensuring the safety and security of your
D.
Power Compatible with most RJ45 jacks to accommodate a network infrastructure
over variety of applications and does not interfere with
Ethernet jack contacts
E. Std. Std.
Zone Pkg. Ctn.
Cabling Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
PSL-DCJB* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one Red 1 20
removal tool.
F.
Wireless PSL-DCJB-BL* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one Black 1 20
removal tool.
PSL-DCJB PSL-DCJB-BU* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one Blue 1 20
G. removal tool.
Outlets
PSL-DCJB-YL* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one Yellow 1 20
removal tool.
H.
Media PSL-DCJB-IW* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one International 1 20
Distribution removal tool. White
PSL-DCJB-GR* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one Green 1 20
I. removal tool.
Physical
Infrastructure PSL-DCJB-OR* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one Orange 1 20
Management removal tool.
J. PSL-DCJB-IG* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one International 1 20
Overhead & removal tool. Gray
Underfloor
Routing PSL-DCJB-VL* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one Violet 1 20
removal tool.
K.
Surface *Available in bulk packages of 100 devices and five removal tools. To order bulk package add -C to the suffix of
Raceway part number.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.92 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
USB Blockout Device
Blockout devices block unauthorized access to USB ports, Can be installed without interfering with adjacent C.
Fiber
to provide additional security from viruses being loaded USB ports Optic
and illicit data being removed through the USB port May only be released with the special removal tool, Systems
Type A blockouts compatible with USB 2.0 and USB 3.0 ensuring the safety and security of your network
Type A ports; Type B blockouts compatible with USB 2.0 infrastructure; Permanent blockouts are not releasable D.
Type B ports Power
over
Ethernet
Std. Std. E.
Pkg. Ctn. Zone
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. Cabling
USB Type A Blockouts
PSL-USBA* Package of five USB Type A blockout devices Red 1 20
and one removal tool. F.
Wireless
PSL-PERM-USBA Package of ten Permanent USB Type A Red 1 20
PSL-DCJBUSBA blockout devices.
J.
PSL-DCJBUSBB Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
PSL-DCJBPERM-USBB Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.93
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
RJ45 Plug Lock-In Device
C.
Fiber
Optic Tamper-resistant design blocks unauthorized removal Compact design does not interfere with adjacent jack
Systems of cable, VoIP phone, other networking equipment, or modules, even in high-density applications
critical connection Installation/removal tool allows plug to be locked into or
D. Compatible with UTP and shielded Category 6A, 6, released from jack module for enhanced physical security
Power and UTP Category 5e patch cords
over Locking mechanism is white for flush mount and clear
Ethernet Deters unauthorized users from moving or stealing for recessed devices
VoIP phones helping to maintain E911 service
E.
Zone Std. Std.
Cabling
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Flush Compatible With Flush Mounted Jack Modules
F.
Wireless PSL-DCPLX* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one Red 1 20
installation/removal tool.
PSL-DCPLX-BL* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one Black 1 20
installation/removal tool.
G.
Outlets PSL-DCPLX-BU* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one Blue 1 20
installation/removal tool.
PSL-DCPLX-YL* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one Yellow 1 20
H. installation/removal tool.
Media PPSL-DCPLRX-BL
Distribution PSL-DCPLX-IW* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one International 1 20
installation/removal tool. White
PSL-DCPLX-GR* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one Green 1 20
I. installation/removal tool.
Physical
Infrastructure PSL-DCPLX-OR* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one Orange 1 20
Management installation/removal tool.
J.
PSL-DCPLX-IG* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one International 1 20
Overhead & installation/removal tool. Gray
Underfloor PSL-DCPLX-VL* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one Violet 1 20
Routing
installation/removal tool.
Recessed Compatible With Recessed Jack Modules
K.
Surface PSL-DCPLRX* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in Red 1 20
Raceway devices and one installation/removal tool.
PSL-DCPLRX-BL* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in Black 1 20
L. devices and one installation/removal tool.
Cabinets,
Racks & PSL-DCPLRX-BU* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in Blue 1 20
Cable devices and one installation/removal tool.
Management
PSL-DCPLRX-YL* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in Yellow 1 20
devices and one installation/removal tool.
M.
Grounding & PSL-DCPLRX-IW* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in International 1 20
Bonding devices and one installation/removal tool. White
PSL-DCPLRX-GR* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in Green 1 20
devices and one installation/removal tool.
N.
Industrial PSL-DCPLRX-OR* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in Orange 1 20
devices and one installation/removal tool.
PSL-DCPLRX-IG* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in International 1 20
O. devices and one installation/removal tool. Gray
Labeling &
Identification PSL-DCPLRX-VL* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in Violet 1 20
devices and one installation/removal tool.
P. *Available in bulk packages of 100 devices and five installation/removal tools. To order bulk package add -C to the
Cable suffix of part number. The RJ45 plug lock-in device may not be compatible with all jacks, overmolded cables, or
Management PanView Cables.
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.94 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Self-Laminating Cable Marker Holders for Large Cables or Cable Bundles
C.
Durable tag to mark a wide range of cables and Clear overlaminate protects legend Fiber
cable bundles Optic
Can be applied as a wrap-around marker Systems
Can be used with printer generated labels or hand-written (parallel to cable) or flag marker (45 or 90 to cable)
Attaches easily with Panduit intermediate or standard Available in white, yellow, orange, and gray D.
cross-section nylon cable ties or Panduit Tak-Ty Large label area provides ample room for complex Power
Hook & Loop Cable Ties over
labeling scheme Ethernet
E.
Std. Std. Zone
Width Height Pkg. Ctn. Cabling
Part Number Part Description In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
SLCT-WH White, self-laminating cable marker 3.00 76.2 1.31 33.3 1 4
holder, 25 tags/pkg. F.
SLCT-OR Orange, self-laminating cable 3.00 76.2 1.31 33.3 1 4 Wireless
SLCT-WH marker holder, 25 tags/pkg.
SLCT-YL Yellow, self-laminating cable marker 3.00 76.2 1.31 33.3 1 4
holder, 25 tags/pkg. G.
SLCT-IG Gray, self-laminating cable marker 3.00 76.2 1.31 33.3 1 4 Outlets
holder, 25 tags/pkg.
Attach with Panduit Intermediate or Standard cross section cable ties.
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
SLCT-OR
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
Component Labels for Self-Laminating Cable Markers or Large Cables
or Cable Bundles L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
All SLCT Parts C200X100FJJ C200X100YPT C200X100FJC T100X000VPC-BK O.
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25. Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.95
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Thermal Transfer Marker Plates
C.
Fiber Non-adhesive marker plates offer crisp, clear legends Available in a variety of colors and sizes
Optic with superior legibility Use with Panduit RMR4BL resin thermal transfer ribbon
Systems
Attachable in a horizontal or vertical orientation
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F. Print-On Area
Wireless Labels Std. Std.
Width Height Width Per Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description In. mm In. mm In. mm Roll Qty. Qty.
M300X100Y6T Yellow, thermal transfer marker plate. 3.00 76.2 1.00 25.4 1.80 45.7 500 1 4
G. M300X100Y7T White, thermal transfer marker plate. 3.00 76.2 1.00 25.4 1.80 45.7 500 1 4
Outlets
M300X050Y6T Yellow, thermal transfer marker plate. 3.00 76.2 0.50 12.7 2.07 52.6 500 1 4
M300X050Y7T White, thermal transfer marker plate. 3.00 76.2 0.50 12.7 2.07 52.6 500 1 4
H. M200X100Y6T Yellow, thermal transfer marker plate. 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 0.80 20.3 500 1 4
Media M200X100Y7T White, thermal transfer marker plate. 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 0.80 20.3 500 1 4
Distribution
M200X050Y6T Yellow, thermal transfer marker plate. 2.00 50.8 0.50 12.7 1.07 27.3 500 1 4
M200X050Y7T White, thermal transfer marker plate. 2.00 50.8 0.50 12.7 1.07 27.3 500 1 4
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Patch Cord Color Bands
Routing
Removable band snaps on and off individual cables Available in 10 standard colors that match Panduit
K.
allowing the same patch cord to be used for connectivity providing an aesthetically pleasing solution
Surface different applications Compatible with all Panduit patch cords, existing and
Raceway Can be installed next to each other allowing multiple color new installations can be color-coded as networks change
bands to be used on one cable, offering endless color
L. coding options
Cabinets,
Racks & Internal grooves secure color bands in place on cable
Cable providing easy identification at the connection
Management
Std.
M.
Grounding &
Pkg.
Bonding Part Number Part Description Color Qty.
PCBANDBL-Q Snaps onto individual patch cable for additional color- Black 25
PCBANDBU-Q coding. Blue 25
N. PCBANDWH-Q White 25
Industrial
PCBANDEI-Q Electric Ivory 25
PCBANDIG-Q International Gray 25
PCBANDOR-Q Orange 25
O.
Labeling & PCBANDRD-Q Red 25
Identification
PCBANDGR-Q Green 25
PCBANDYL-Q Yellow 25
P. PCBANDVL-Q Violet 25
Cable
Management Patch cords available on pages B.18, B.25, B.34, B.46, B.50.
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.96 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Cable Prep Tools
C.
Copper Wire Snipping Tool (CWST) cuts conductors flush Adjustable Cable Jacket Stripping Tool (CJAST) strips Fiber
for improved performance outer jacket of 4-pair UTP and shielded copper cable Optic
Systems
Std.
D.
Pkg. Power
Part Number Part Description Qty. over
CWST Copper conductor snipping tool. 1 Ethernet
CJAST Cable jacket stripping tool. 1
CJASTB Replacement blade for cable stripping tool CJAST. 1 E.
Zone
Cabling
CWST
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
CJAST
H.
Media
Distribution
Module Termination Tools and Accessories
I.
TGJT termination tool easily terminates all TG style jack CGJT termination tool terminates all Mini-Com Physical
modules, reducing installation time by 25% Mini-Jack Jack Modules Infrastructure
Management
EGJT tool assists in terminating all enhanced Giga-TX CJT-X tool assists in terminating all Mini-Com Mini-Jack
Style Jack Modules by ensuring conductors are fully Jack Modules by ensuring conductors are fully terminated J.
terminated by utilizing smooth forward motion without Punchdown base (AVPDB) available for terminating Overhead &
impact on critical internal components for S-video and RCA punchdown modules Underfloor
maximum reliability Routing
Dust cap keeps out dust and debris from RJ45 style jack
modules while not in use
K.
Surface
Std. Std. Raceway
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
L.
TGJT TG termination tool easily terminates all TG style jack modules by 1 Cabinets,
cutting conductors flush and assembling wire cap and jack. Ideal for Racks &
TGJT EGJT high volume installations. Cable
Management
EGJT Terminates enhanced Giga-TX TG Style Jack Modules. 1 50
CGJT Terminates Giga-TX TP Style Jack Modules. 1 50 M.
CJT-X Terminates Mini-Com Mini-Jack Jack Modules. 10 50 Grounding &
Bonding
AVPDB Audio/video punchdown base used to assist in terminating 1 50
Mini-Com S-Video and RCA Punchdown Modules.
CGJT CJT-X MDC-C Jack module dust cap. Compatible with all RJ45 Mini-Com 100 1000
Jack Modules. N.
Industrial
Patch cord and connector removal tools for high-density applications are available on page B.98.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
AVPDB MDC-C P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). B.97
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Patch Cord Removal Tool
C.
Fiber Tool arms allow the installer to pass over cabling which Optional flashlight kit (KPCRT1-FL) attaches to top of tool
Optic interferes with accessibility
Systems
Compatible with copper and fiber patch cords
D.
Power Std.
over Pkg.
Ethernet Part Number Part Description Qty.
PCRT1 Easily removes copper and fiber patch cords in dense rack installations. 1
E. PCRT1 KPCRT1-FL Flashlight kit for patch cord removal tool (PCRT1). 1
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
KPCRT1-FL
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
Modular Plug Termination Tools
I. WPT-8 arranges all eight conductors in the proper MPT5-8AS required for modular plug termination
Physical sequence and provides proper gauge length for trimming
Infrastructure conductors for MP588
Management
Std. Std.
J. Pkg. Ctn.
Overhead & Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Underfloor
Routing Wire Prep Tool
WPT-8 Crimp tool for TX6 PLUS and Pan-Plug Modular Plugs. 1 10
K.
Surface WPT-8
Raceway
Modular Plug Installation Tool
L.
MPT5-8AS Crimp tool for TX6 PLUS and Pan-Plug Modular Plugs. 1
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
MPT5-8AS
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
B.98
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
superior fiber cable management to provide unmatched network design and layout flexibility.
F.
New Keyed LC System provides the strictest keying Wireless
high performance fiber optic cable, connectors, adapter modules, adapter panels, cassettes, enclosures,
P.
patch cords, cable assemblies, cable distribution products and accessories for both singlemode and Cable
Management
multimode applications.Together, these components provide complete solutions for todays high data Accessories
rate Fibre Channel and Ethernet applications, and support future readiness for 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s
data rates, maximizing physical infrastructure performance, modularity, and scalability. Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.1
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Fiber Optic Systems Roadmaps
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D. 12
Power
over
Ethernet
11
E.
7
Zone
Cabling 5
8 7
F.
Wireless
G. 6
Outlets
9
H. 6
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
5 6 7 8 12
K.
Surface
Raceway
Data Center and SAN
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Cable Mini-Com Adapter Modules
1 (Indoor, Indoor/Outdoor, 4 (MPO, LC, Keyed LC,
M.
Grounding & and Outside Plant) SC, ST, FC, MT-RJ)
Bonding (pages C.4 C.18) (pages C.31 C.36)
N.
Industrial
Fiber Optic Connectors Opticom Fiber
2 (LC, Keyed LC, SC, ST, FJ
5 Adapter Panels (FAPs)
O. Jack Modules and Plugs) (LC, Keyed LC, SC, ST,
Labeling & (pages C.19 C.27) MT-RJ, FC)
Identification (pages C.37 C.43)
P.
Cable
Management Fiber Optic Adapters QuickNet SFQ Series and
Accessories 3 (LC, SC, and ST) 6 QuickNet MTP* Cassettes
(pages C.28 C.31) (pages C.43 C.53)
Q.
Index
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
C.2
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
12 Systems
D.
1 9 Power
7 over
Ethernet
2 3 4
5 E.
Zone
Cabling
7
F.
6 11 Wireless
G.
Outlets
3 4 8
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
Telecommunications Room and Work Area
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Opticom and QuickNet OptiCam , Opti-Crimp , and
7 Enclosures, Trays, Patch 10 Field Polish Fiber Optic
M.
Panels, and Accessories Termination Kits and Tools Grounding &
(pages C.54 C.62) (pages C.101 C.106) Bonding
N.
Industrial
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Patch Cabinets, Racks, and
8 Cords, Pigtails, and 11 Cable Management
Reference Cable Assemblies (pages L.1 L.74) O.
(C.63, C.71 and Labeling &
C.83 C.89) Identification
P.
Cable
QuickNet Hydra, Overhead and Management
9 Interconnect, MTP*, and 12 Underfloor Accessories
Traditional Trunk Cable Routing
Assemblies (pages J.1 J.80)
(pages C.91 C.100) Q.
Index
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.3
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Distribution Cable
C.
Fiber Used in intrabuilding backbone, building backbone, and Cable design and flexible buffer tubes allow for quick
Optic
Systems
horizontal installations for riser (OFNR), plenum (OFNP), breakout and ease of routing
and general-purpose environments 900m standards-based color-coded buffer coating
D. Available in 6, 12, and 24-fiber counts in a single jacket protects fibers during handling and allows for easy
Power design, and in 36, 48, 72, 96 and 144-fiber counts in a identification and stripping
over subunit design Opti-Core 10Gig Fiber Optic Cable is designed to
Ethernet
Multimode (OM4, OM3, OM2, and OM1) and singlemode support network transmission speeds up to 10 Gb/s for
(OS1/OS2) fiber available link lengths up to 300 meters for OM3 and up to 550
E. Sheath markings provide positive identification, quality meters for OM4 with an 850nm source per IEEE 802.3ae
Zone traceability, and length verification 10 GbE standard; backward compatible for use with all
Cabling 50/125m system requirements
F. Fiber
Wireless Part Number Part Description Count* Color
Opti-Core Riser Distribution Cable (OFNR) Multimode
FODRZ06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated 6 Aqua
G. distribution cable.
Outlets FODRZ12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated 12 Aqua
distribution cable.
FODRZ24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated 24 Aqua
H. distribution cable.
Media FODRZ36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated 36 Aqua
Distribution distribution cable; six subunits of six fibers each.
FODRZ06Y FODRX06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated 6 Aqua
distribution cable.
I.
Physical FODRX12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated 12 Aqua
Infrastructure distribution cable.
Management FODRX24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated 24 Aqua
distribution cable.
J. FODRX36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated 36 Aqua
Overhead & distribution cable; six subunits of six fibers each.
Underfloor FSDR506Y 6-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated 6 Orange
Routing distribution cable.
FSDR512Y 12-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated 12 Orange
K. distribution cable.
Surface FSDR524Y 24-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated 24 Orange
Raceway distribution cable.
FSDR536Y 36-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated distribution 36 Orange
L. FSDR606Y cable; six subunits of six fibers each.
Cabinets, FSDR606Y 6-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated 6 Orange
Racks & distribution cable.
Cable FSDR612Y 12-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated 12 Orange
Management distribution cable.
FSDR624Y 24-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated 24 Orange
M. distribution cable.
Grounding &
Bonding FSDR636Y 36-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated distribution 36 Orange
cable; six subunits of six fibers each.
Opti-Core Riser Distribution Cable (OFNR) Singlemode
FSDR906Y 6-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated 6 Yellow
N.
Industrial distribution cable.
FSDR912Y 12-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated 12 Yellow
distribution cable.
FSDR924Y 24-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated 24 Yellow
O. distribution cable.
Labeling &
FSDR948Y FSDR936Y 36-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated distribution 36 Yellow
Identification
cable; six subunits of six fibers each.
*For fiber counts greater than 36-fibers, replace 36 in part number with desired fiber count: 48, 72, 96, or 1A
P. (for 144-fibers).
Cable Contact Customer Service for minimum order quantities, availability, and additional product configurations. Options
Management include fiber counts, jacket colors, hybrid constructions (multiple fiber types within a single cable), flame ratings,
Accessories subunit counts, armoring, premium optical performance grades and ribbonized constructions.
Q.
Index
C.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Distribution Cable (continued)
C.
Fiber
Fiber Optic
Part Number Part Description Count* Color Systems
Opti-Core Plenum Distribution Cable (OFNP) Multimode
D.
FODPZ06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 6 Aqua Power
distribution cable. over
FODPZ12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 12 Aqua Ethernet
distribution cable.
FODPZ24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 24 Aqua
distribution cable. E.
Zone
FODPZ36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 36 Aqua Cabling
distribution cable; six subunits of six fibers each.
FODPX06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 6 Aqua
distribution cable.
FODPX12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 12 Aqua F.
distribution cable. Wireless
FODPX12Y
FODPX24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 24 Aqua
distribution cable.
FODPX36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 36 Aqua
G.
distribution cable; six subunits of six fibers each. Outlets
FSDP506Y 6-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated 6 Orange
distribution cable.
FSDP512Y 12-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated 12 Orange
distribution cable. H.
Media
FSDP524Y 24-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated 24 Orange
Distribution
distribution cable.
FSDP536Y 36-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated distribution 36 Orange
cable; six subunits of six fibers each. I.
FSDP606Y 6-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated 6 Orange Physical
distribution cable. Infrastructure
Management
FSDP606Y FSDP612Y 12-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated 12 Orange
distribution cable.
FSDP624Y 24-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated 24 Orange J.
distribution cable. Overhead &
Underfloor
FSDP636Y 36-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated 36 Orange Routing
distribution cable; six subunits of six fibers each.
Opti-Core Plenum Distribution Cable (OFNP) Singlemode
K.
FSDP906Y 6-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated 6 Yellow Surface
distribution cable. Raceway
FSDP912Y 12-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated 12 Yellow
distribution cable. L.
FSDP924Y 24-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated 24 Yellow Cabinets,
distribution cable. Racks &
FSDP936Y 36-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated 36 Yellow Cable
distribution cable; six subunits of six fibers each. Management
FSDP948Y *For fiber counts greater than 36-fibers, replace 36 in part number with desired fiber count: 48, 72, 96, or 1A
(for 144-fibers). M.
Contact Customer Service for minimum order quantities, availability, and additional product configurations. Options Grounding &
include fiber counts, jacket colors, hybrid constructions (multiple fiber types within a single cable), flame ratings, Bonding
subunit counts, armoring, premium optical performance grades and ribbonized constructions.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Fiber Count Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label P.
Cable
6 Management
12 S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
Accessories
24 S100X225YAJ S100X225VATY S100X225VAC T100X000CBC-BK
36
48 S100X650YAJ S100X650VATY S100X650VAC T100X000CBC-BK Q.
Index
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18.
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.5
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Indoor Interlocking Armored Cable
C.
Fiber Used in intrabuilding backbone, building backbone, and 900m standards-based color-coded buffer coating
Optic horizontal installations for riser (OFCR), plenum (OFCP), protects fibers during handling and allows for easy
Systems
and harsh environments identification and stripping
D.
Interlocking aluminum armor eliminates the need for inner Cable design and flexible buffer tubes allow for quick
Power duct or conduit to provide a smaller crush resistant breakout and ease of routing
over pathway for design flexibility and a lower installed cost Opti-Core 10Gig Fiber Optic Cable is designed to
Ethernet Available in 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, 72, 96 and 144-fiber counts support network transmission speeds up to 10 Gb/s for
Multimode (OM4, OM3, OM2, and OM1) and singlemode link lengths up to 300 meters for OM3 and up to 550
E. (OS1/OS2) fiber available optimized) fiber available meters for OM4 with an 850nm source per IEEE 802.3ae
Zone 10 GbE standard; backward compatible for use with all
Cabling Sheath markings provide positive identification, quality 50/125m system requirements
traceability, and length verification
F. Fiber
Wireless Part Number Part Description Count* Color
Opti-Core Riser Indoor Interlocking Armored Cable (OFCR) Multimode
FOPRZ06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated indoor 6 Aqua
G. interlocking armored cable.
Outlets FOPRZ12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated indoor 12 Aqua
interlocking armored cable.
FOPRZ24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated indoor 24 Aqua
H. interlocking armored cable.
Media FOPRZ36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated indoor 36 Aqua
Distribution interlocking armored cable.
FOPRX06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated indoor 6 Aqua
FSPR912Y interlocking armored cable.
I.
Physical FOPRX12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated indoor 12 Aqua
Infrastructure interlocking armored cable.
Management FOPRX24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated indoor 24 Aqua
interlocking armored cable.
J. FOPRX36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated indoor 36 Aqua
Overhead & interlocking armored cable.
Underfloor FSPR506Y 6-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated indoor 6 Orange
Routing interlocking armored cable.
FSPR512Y 12-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated indoor 12 Orange
K. interlocking armored cable.
Surface FSPR524Y 24-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated indoor 24 Orange
Raceway interlocking armored cable.
FSPR536Y 36-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated indoor 36 Orange
L. interlocking armored cable.
Cabinets, FSPR606Y 6-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated indoor 6 Orange
Racks & interlocking armored cable.
Cable FSPR612Y 12-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated indoor 12 Orange
Management
interlocking armored cable.
FSPR624Y 24-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated indoor 24 Orange
M. interlocking armored cable.
Grounding &
Bonding FSPR636Y 36-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated indoor 36 Orange
interlocking armored cable.
Opti-Core Riser Indoor Interlocking Armored Cable (OFCR) Singlemode
N. FSPR906Y 6-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated indoor 6 Yellow
Industrial interlocking armored cable.
FSPR912Y 12-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated indoor 12 Yellow
interlocking armored cable.
FSPR924Y 24-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated indoor 24 Yellow
O. interlocking armored cable.
Labeling &
Identification FSPR936Y 36-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated indoor 36 Yellow
interlocking armored cable.
*For fiber counts greater than 36-fibers, replace 36 in part number with desired fiber count: 48, 72, 96, or 1A
P. (for 144-fibers).
Cable Contact Customer Service for minimum order quantities, availability, and additional product configurations. Options
Management include fiber counts, jacket colors, hybrid constructions (multiple fiber types within a single cable), flame ratings,
Accessories subunit counts, armoring, premium optical performance grades and ribbonized constructions.
Q.
Index
C.6 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Indoor Interlocking Armored Cable (continued)
C.
Fiber Fiber
Part Number Part Description Count* Color Optic
Systems
Opti-Core Plenum Indoor Interlocking Armored Cable (OFCP) Multimode
FOPPZ06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 6 Aqua D.
indoor interlocking armored cable. Power
FOPPZ12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 12 Aqua over
Ethernet
indoor interlocking armored cable.
FOPPZ24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 24 Aqua
indoor interlocking armored cable. E.
FOPPZ36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 36 Aqua Zone
indoor interlocking armored cable. Cabling
FOPPX06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 6 Aqua
indoor interlocking armored cable.
FSPP912Y FOPPX12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 12 Aqua F.
indoor interlocking armored cable. Wireless
FOPPX24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 24 Aqua
indoor interlocking armored cable.
FOPPX36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 36 Aqua
indoor interlocking armored cable. G.
FSPP506Y 6-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated indoor 6 Orange Outlets
interlocking armored cable.
FSPP512Y 12-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated indoor 12 Orange
interlocking armored cable. H.
FSPP524Y 24-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated indoor 24 Orange Media
interlocking armored cable. Distribution
FSPP536Y 36-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated indoor 36 Orange
interlocking armored cable.
I.
FSPP606Y 6-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated indoor 6 Orange Physical
interlocking armored cable. Infrastructure
FSPP612Y 12-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated indoor 12 Orange Management
interlocking armored cable.
FSPP624Y 24-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated indoor 24 Orange J.
interlocking armored cable. Overhead &
FSPP636Y 36-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated indoor 36 Orange Underfloor
interlocking armored cable. Routing
Opti-Core Plenum Indoor Interlocking Armored Cable (OFCP) Singlemode
FSPP906Y 6-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated indoor 6 Yellow K.
interlocking armored cable. Surface
Raceway
FSPP912Y 12-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated indoor 12 Yellow
interlocking armored cable.
FSPP924Y 24-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated indoor 24 Yellow L.
interlocking armored cable. Cabinets,
Racks &
FSPP936Y 36-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated indoor 36 Yellow Cable
interlocking armored cable. Management
*For fiber counts greater than 36-fibers, replace 36 in part number with desired fiber count: 48, 72, 96, or 1A
(for 144-fibers). M.
Contact Customer Service for minimum order quantities, availability, and additional product configurations. Options Grounding &
include fiber counts, jacket colors, hybrid constructions (multiple fiber types within a single cable), flame ratings, Bonding
subunit counts, armoring, premium optical performance grades and ribbonized constructions.
O.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Labeling &
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E
Cougar LS9 Identification
Fiber Count Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
6 P.
12 S100X225YAJ S100X225VATY S100X225VAC T100X000CBC-BK
Cable
24 Management
36 Accessories
48
S100X650YAJ S100X650VATY S100X650VAC T100X000CBC-BK
72
96 Q.
144 Index
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18.
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.7
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Gel-Free Fiber Optic Indoor/Outdoor All-Dielectric Cable
C.
Fiber Allows installation using loose tube cable methods within Available in 6 and 12-fiber counts in central loose tube
Optic buildings and outdoor environments for transitional aerial design, and in 24, 36, 48, 72, 96 and 144-fiber counts
Systems and duct applications, and in entrance facilities that in a stranded loose tube design
require riser (OFNR) or plenum (OFNP) rated cable Multimode (OM4,OM3, OM2, and OM1) and singlemode
D.
Power Eliminates the need for building entrance transition point (OS1/OS2) fiber available
over All-dielectric cable construction requires no grounding Sheath markings provide positive identification, quality
Ethernet or bonding traceability, and length verification
UV resistant cable sheathing meets the light absorption 250m buffer coating protects fibers during handling
E. requirement defined by Telcordia GR-20, Issue 2 to and allows for ease of stripping
Zone withstand harsh outdoor environmental demands Opti-Core 10Gig Fiber Optic Cable is designed to
Cabling
Dry water-blocking technology allows rapid cable support network transmission speeds up to 10 Gb/s for
preparation and termination for lower termination costs link lengths up to 300 meters for OM3 and up to 550
and time (no messy gel required) meters for OM4 with an 850nm source per IEEE 802.3ae
F. 10 GbE standard; backward compatible for use with all
Wireless 50/125m system requirements
Fiber
Part Number Part Description Count* Color
G.
Outlets Opti-Core Gel-Free Riser Indoor/Outdoor All-Dielectric Cable (OFNR) Multimode
FOCRZ06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated 6 Black
indoor/outdoor central cable.
H. FOCRZ12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated 12 Black
Media indoor/outdoor central cable.
Distribution FONRZ24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated 24 Black
indoor/outdoor stranded cable.
FONRZ36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated 36 Black
I. indoor/outdoor stranded cable.
Physical
Infrastructure FOCRX06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated 6 Black
Management indoor/outdoor central cable.
FOCRX12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated 12 Black
indoor/outdoor central cable.
J.
Overhead &
FSCR606Y FONRX24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated 24 Black
Underfloor indoor/outdoor stranded cable.
Routing FONRX36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated 36 Black
indoor/outdoor stranded cable.
FSCR506Y 6-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated indoor/outdoor 6 Black
K.
Surface central cable.
Raceway FSCR512Y 12-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated indoor/outdoor 12 Black
central cable.
L. FSNR524Y 24-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated indoor/outdoor 24 Black
Cabinets, stranded cable.
Racks & FSNR536Y 36-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated indoor/outdoor 36 Black
Cable stranded cable.
Management FSCR606Y 6-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated 6 Black
indoor/outdoor central cable.
M. FSCR612Y 12-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated 12 Black
Grounding & indoor/outdoor central cable.
Bonding
FSNR624Y 24-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated 24 Black
indoor/outdoor stranded cable.
FSCR606Y
FSNR636Y 36-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated 36 Black
N. indoor/outdoor stranded cable.
Industrial Opti-Core Gel-Free Riser Indoor/Outdoor All-Dielectric Cable
(OFNR) Singlemode
FSCR906Y 6-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated 6 Black
O. indoor/outdoor central cable.
Labeling & FSCR912Y 12-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated 12 Black
Identification indoor/outdoor central cable.
FSNR924Y 24-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated 24 Black
P. indoor/outdoor stranded cable.
Cable FSNR936Y 36-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated 36 Black
Management indoor/outdoor stranded cable.6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m
Accessories (OM3) multimode plenum rated indoor/outdoor central cable.
*For fiber counts greater than 36-fibers, replace 36 in part number with desired fiber count: 48, 72, 96, or 1A
(for 144-fibers).
Q. Contact Customer Service for minimum order quantities, availability, and additional product configurations. Options
Index include fiber counts, jacket colors, hybrid constructions (multiple fiber types within a single cable), flame ratings,
subunit counts, armoring, premium optical performance grades and ribbonized constructions.
C.8 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Gel-Free Fiber Optic Indoor/Outdoor All-Dielectric
C.
Cable (continued) Fiber
Optic
Systems
Fiber
Part Number Part Description Count* Color
D.
Opti-Core Gel-Free Plenum Indoor/Outdoor All-Dielectric Cable Power
(OFNP) Multimode over
FOCPZ06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 6 Aqua Ethernet
indoor/outdoor central cable.
FOCPZ12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 12 Aqua E.
indoor/outdoor central cable. Zone
FONPZ24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 24 Aqua Cabling
indoor/outdoor stranded cable.
FONPZ36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 36 Aqua
indoor/outdoor stranded cable. F.
FOCPX06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 6 Aqua Wireless
FONPX24Y indoor/outdoor central cable.
FOCPX12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 12 Aqua
indoor/outdoor central cable.
FONPX24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 24 Aqua G.
indoor/outdoor stranded cable. Outlets
FONPX36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 36 Aqua
indoor/outdoor stranded cable.
FSCP506Y 6-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated 6 Orange H.
indoor/outdoor central cable. Media
FSCP512Y 12-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated 12 Orange Distribution
indoor/outdoor central cable.
FSNP524Y 24-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated 24 Orange
indoor/outdoor stranded cable. I.
Physical
FSNP536Y 36-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated 36 Orange Infrastructure
indoor/outdoor stranded cable. Management
FSCP606Y 6-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated 6 Orange
indoor/outdoor central cable. J.
FSCP612Y 12-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated 12 Orange Overhead &
FSCP606Y indoor/outdoor central cable. Underfloor
FSNP624Y 24-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated 24 Orange Routing
indoor/outdoor stranded cable.
FSNP636Y 36-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated 36 Orange K.
indoor/outdoor stranded cable. Surface
Opti-Core Gel-Free Plenum Indoor/Outdoor All-Dielectric Cable
Raceway
(OFNP) Singlemode
FSCP906Y 6-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated 6 Yellow L.
indoor/outdoor central cable. Cabinets,
Racks &
FSCP912Y 12-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated 12 Yellow
Cable
indoor/outdoor central cable. Management
FSNP924Y 24-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated 24 Yellow
indoor/outdoor stranded cable.
M.
FSNP936Y 36-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated 36 Yellow Grounding &
indoor/outdoor stranded cable. Bonding
*For fiber counts greater than 36-fibers, replace 36 in part number with desired fiber count: 48, 72, 96, or 1A
(for 144-fibers).
Contact Customer Service for minimum order quantities, availability, and additional product configurations. Options
include fiber counts, jacket colors, hybrid constructions (multiple fiber types within a single cable), flame ratings, N.
subunit counts, armoring, premium optical performance grades and ribbonized constructions. Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.9
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Labels for Opti-Core Gel-Free Fiber Optic Indoor/Outdoor
C.
Fiber All-Dielectric Cable
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
C.10 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Gel-Free Fiber Optic Indoor/Outdoor Interlocking
Armored Cable C.
Fiber
Allows installation using loose tube cable methods within Available in 6 and 12-fiber counts in central loose tube Optic
buildings and outdoor environments for transitional aerial design, and in 24, 36, 48, 72, 96 and 144-fiber counts Systems
and duct applications, and in entrance facilities that in a stranded loose tube design
require riser (OFCR) or plenum (OFCP) rated cable Multimode (OM4, OM3, OM2, and OM1) and singlemode D.
Eliminates the need for building entrance transition point (OS1/OS2) fiber available Power
over
Interlocking aluminum armor eliminates the need for inner Sheath markings provide positive identification, quality Ethernet
duct or conduit to provide a smaller crush resistant traceability, and length verification
pathway for design flexibility and a lower installed cost 250m buffer coating protects fibers during handling
UV resistant cable sheathing meets the light absorption and allows for ease of stripping E.
Zone
requirement defined by Telcordia GR-20, Issue 2 to Opti-Core 10Gig Fiber Optic Cable is designed to Cabling
withstand harsh outdoor environmental demands support network transmission speeds up to 10 Gb/s for
Dry water-blocking technology allows rapid cable link lengths up to 300 meters for OM3 and up to 550
preparation and termination for lower termination meters for OM4 with an 850nm source per IEEE 802.3ae
F.
costs and time (no messy gel required) 10 GbE standard; backward compatible for use with all Wireless
50/125m system requirements
Fiber
Part Number Part Description Count* Color G.
Opti-Core Gel-Free Riser Indoor/Outdoor Interlocking Armored Cable (OFCR) Outlets
Multimode
FOGRZ06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated 6 Aqua
indoor/outdoor interlocking armored central cable. H.
FOGRZ12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated 12 Aqua Media
indoor/outdoor interlocking armored central cable. Distribution
FOMRZ24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated 24 Aqua
FSGR606Y indoor/outdoor interlocking armored stranded cable. I.
FOMRZ36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode riser rated 36 Aqua Physical
indoor/outdoor interlocking armored stranded cable. Infrastructure
FOGRX06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated 6 Aqua Management
indoor/outdoor interlocking armored central cable.
FOGRX12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated 12 Aqua J.
indoor/outdoor interlocking armored central cable. Overhead &
Underfloor
FOMRX24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated 24 Aqua
Routing
indoor/outdoor interlocking armored stranded cable.
FOMRX36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode riser rated 36 Aqua
indoor/outdoor interlocking armored stranded cable. K.
FSGR506Y 6-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated indoor/outdoor 6 Black Surface
interlocking armored central cable. Raceway
FSGR512Y 12-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated indoor/outdoor 12 Black
FSGR606Y interlocking armored central cable. L.
FSMR524Y 24-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated indoor/outdoor 24 Black Cabinets,
interlocking armored stranded cable. Racks &
Cable
FSMR536Y 36-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode riser rated indoor/outdoor 36 Black Management
interlocking armored stranded cable.
FSGR606Y 6-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated indoor/outdoor 6 Black M.
interlocking armored central cable. Grounding &
FSGR612Y 12-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated indoor/outdoor 12 Black Bonding
interlocking armored central cable.
FSMR624Y 24-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated indoor/outdoor 24 Black
interlocking armored stranded cable.
N.
FSMR636Y 36-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode riser rated indoor/outdoor 36 Black Industrial
interlocking armored stranded cable.
Opti-Core Gel-Free Riser Indoor/Outdoor Interlocking Armored Cable (OFCR)
Singlemode
O.
FSGR906Y 6-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated indoor/outdoor 6 Black Labeling &
interlocking armored central cable. Identification
FSGR912Y 12-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated indoor/outdoor 12 Black
interlocking armored central cable.
FSMR924Y 24-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated indoor/outdoor 24 Black P.
interlocking armored stranded cable. Cable
Management
FSMR936Y 36-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode riser rated indoor/outdoor 36 Black Accessories
interlocking armored stranded cable.
*For fiber counts greater than 36-fibers, replace 36 in part number with desired fiber count: 48, 72, 96, or 1A (for 144-fibers).
Contact Customer Service for minimum order quantities, availability, and additional product configurations. Options include Q.
fiber counts, jacket colors, hybrid constructions (multiple fiber types within a single cable), flame ratings, subunit counts, Index
armoring, premium optical performance grades and ribbonized constructions.
Table continues on page C.12
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.11
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Gel-Free Fiber Optic Indoor/Outdoor Interlocking
C.
Fiber Armored Cable (continued)
Optic
Systems Fiber
Part Number Part Description Count* Color
D.
Power
Opti-Core Gel-Free Plenum Indoor/Outdoor Interlocking Armored Cable (OFCP)
over Multimode
Ethernet FOGPZ06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 6 Aqua
indoor/outdoor interlocking armored central cable.
FOGPZ12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 12 Aqua
E.
Zone indoor/outdoor interlocking armored central cable.
Cabling FOMPZ24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 24 Aqua
indoor/outdoor interlocking armored stranded cable.
FOMPZ36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode plenum rated 36 Aqua
indoor/outdoor interlocking armored stranded cable.
F.
Wireless
FOGPX06Y 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 6 Aqua
FOMPX24Y indoor/outdoor interlocking armored central cable.
FOGPX12Y 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 12 Aqua
indoor/outdoor interlocking armored central cable.
G. FOMPX24Y 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 24 Aqua
Outlets indoor/outdoor interlocking armored stranded cable.
FOMPX36Y 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode plenum rated 36 Aqua
indoor/outdoor interlocking armored stranded cable.
FSGP506Y 6-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated indoor/outdoor 6 Orange
H. interlocking armored central cable.
Media
Distribution FSGP512Y 12-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated indoor/outdoor 12 Orange
interlocking armored central cable.
FSMP524Y 24-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated indoor/outdoor 24 Orange
I. interlocking armored stranded cable.
Physical FSMP536Y 36-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode plenum rated indoor/outdoor 36 Orange
Infrastructure FSGP606Y
Management
interlocking armored stranded cable.
FSGP606Y 6-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated indoor/outdoor 6 Orange
interlocking armored central cable.
J.
Overhead & FSGP612Y 12-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated indoor/outdoor 12 Orange
Underfloor interlocking armored central cable.
Routing FSMP624Y 24-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated indoor/outdoor 24 Orange
interlocking armored stranded cable.
FSMP636Y 36-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode plenum rated indoor/outdoor 36 Orange
K. interlocking armored stranded cable.
Surface
Raceway Opti-Core Gel-Free Plenum Indoor/Outdoor Interlocking Armored Cable (OFCP)
Singlemode
L. FSGP906Y 6-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated 6 Yellow
Cabinets, indoor/outdoor interlocking armored central cable.
Racks & FSGP912Y 12-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated 12 Yellow
Cable indoor/outdoor interlocking armored central cable.
Management
FSMP924Y 24-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated 24 Yellow
indoor/outdoor interlocking armored stranded cable.
M. FSMP936Y 36-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode plenum rated 36 Yellow
Grounding &
indoor/outdoor interlocking armored stranded cable.
Bonding
*For fiber counts greater than 48-fibers, replace 48 in part number with desired fiber count: 72, 96, or 1A (for 144-fibers).
Contact Customer Service for minimum order quantities, availability, and additional product configurations. Options
include fiber counts, jacket colors, hybrid constructions (multiple fiber types within a single cable), flame ratings, subunit
N. counts, premium optical performance grades and ribbonized constructions.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
C.12 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Labels for Opti-Core Gel-Free Fiber Optic Indoor/Outdoor Interlocking
Armored Cable C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Zone
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 Cabling
Fiber Count Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
6 S100X225YAJ S100X225VATY S100X225VAC T100X000CBC-BK
12 F.
24 Wireless
36
48 S100X400YAJ S100X400VATY S100X400VAC T100X000CBC-BK
72
96 G.
144 Outlets
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18.
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.13
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Gel-Free Fiber Optic Outside Plant All-Dielectric Cable
C.
Fiber
Optic Allows installation using loose tube cable methods Available in 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, 72, 96 and 144-fiber counts
Systems for aerial and duct applications as a stranded loose tube design
Gel-free design with water swellable tape provides Medium density polyethylene jacket provides low
D. dry water blocking friction installation
Power
over All-dielectric construction provides a non-metallic design Multimode (OM4, OM3, OM2, and OM1) and singlemode
Ethernet that eliminates the need to bond or ground for aerial or (OS1/OS2) fiber available
duct applications, allowing easy access to cable for lower Sheath markings provide positive identification, quality
installation costs traceability, and length verification
E.
Zone UV resistant cable sheathing protects the cable and meets 250m buffer coating protects fibers during handling
Cabling or exceeds the performance requirements of Telcordia and allows for ease of stripping
GR-20, Issue 2 and ICEA 640 to withstand harsh outdoor
environmental demands Opti-Core 10Gig Fiber Optic Cable is designed to
support network transmission speeds up to 10 Gb/s
F. Tested in accordance with relevant EIA-455 series for link lengths up to 300 meters for OM3 and up to 550
Wireless FOTPs for fiber optic cables meters for OM4 with an 850nm source per IEEE 802.3ae
Complies with RUS 7 CFR 1755.900 requirements 10 GbE standard; backward compatible for use with all
for fiber optic service entrance cables 50/125m system requirements
G.
Outlets Fiber
Part Number Part Description Count* Color
Opti-Core Gel-Free Outside Plant All-Dielectric Cable Multimode
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18.
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.15
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Gel-Free Fiber Optic Outside Plant Armored Cable
C.
Fiber Allows installation using loose tube cable methods Medium density polyethylene jacket provides low friction
Optic for aerial, duct, and direct burial applications installation and excellent protection from environmental
Systems hazards to extend protection and reliability
Gel-free design with water swellable tape provides
dry water blocking Multimode (OM4, OM3, OM2, and OM1) and singlemode
D. (OS1/OS2) fiber available
Power Corrugated steel armor provides superior crush resistance
over for extended durability in direct burial applications Sheath markings provide positive identification, quality
Ethernet
UV resistant cable sheathing protects the cable and meets traceability, and length verification
or exceeds the performance requirements of Telcordia 250m buffer coating protects fibers during handling
E. GR-20, Issue 2 and ICEA 640 to withstand harsh outdoor and allows for ease of stripping
Zone environmental demands Opti-Core 10Gig Fiber Optic Cable is designed to
Cabling
Tested in accordance with relevant EIA-455 series support network transmission speeds up to 10 Gb/s for
FOTPs for fiber optic cables link lengths up to 300 meters for OM3 and up to 550
Complies with RUS 7 CFR 1755.900 requirements meters for OM4 with an 850nm source per IEEE 802.3ae
F. for fiber optic service entrance cables 10 GbE standard; backward compatible for use with all
Wireless 50/125m system requirements
Available in 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, 72, 96 and 144-fiber
counts as a stranded loose tube design
G. Fiber
Outlets
Part Number Part Description Count* Color
Opti-Core Gel-Free Outside Plant Armored Cable Multimode
H.
FOWNZ06 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode outside plant 6 Black
Media armored stranded cable.
Distribution FOWNZ12 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode outside plant 12 Black
armored stranded cable.
FOWNZ24 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode outside plant 24 Black
I. armored stranded cable.
Physical
Infrastructure FOWNZ36 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) multimode outside plant 36 Black
Management armored stranded cable.
FOWNX06 6-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode outside plant 6 Black
armored stranded cable.
J.
Overhead & FOWNX12 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode outside plant 12 Black
Underfloor armored stranded cable.
Routing FOWNX24 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode outside plant 24 Black
armored stranded cable.
FOWNX36 36-fiber 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) multimode outside plant 36 Black
K.
Surface armored stranded cable.
Raceway FSWN506 6-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode outside plant armored 6 Black
stranded cable.
L. FSWN512 12-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode outside plant armored 12 Black
Cabinets, stranded cable.
Racks & FSWN524 24-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode outside plant armored 24 Black
Cable stranded cable.
Management FSWN536 36-fiber 50/125m (OM2) multimode outside plant armored 36 Black
stranded cable.
M. FSWN606 6-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode outside plant armored 6 Black
Grounding & stranded cable.
Bonding
FSWN612 12-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode outside plant armored 12 Black
stranded cable.
FSWN624 24-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode outside plant armored 24 Black
N. stranded cable.
Industrial FSWN636 36-fiber 62.5/125m (OM1) multimode outside plant armored 36 Black
stranded cable.
Opti-Core Gel-Free Outside Plant Armored Cable Singlemode
O. FSWN906 6-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode outside plant armored 6 Black
Labeling & stranded cable.
Identification
FSWN912 12-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode outside plant armored 12 Black
stranded cable.
P. FSWN924 24-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode outside plant armored 24 Black
Cable stranded cable.
Management FSWN936 36-fiber 9/125m (OS1/OS2) singlemode outside plant armored 36 Black
Accessories stranded cable.
*For fiber counts greater than 36-fibers, replace 36 in part number with desired fiber count: 48, 72, 96, or 1A
(for 144-fibers).
Q. Contact Customer Service for minimum order quantities, availability, and additional product configurations. Options
Index include fiber counts, jacket colors, hybrid constructions (multiple fiber types within a single cable), flame ratings,
subunit counts, armoring, premium optical performance grades and ribbonized constructions.
C.16 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Labels for Opti-Core Gel-Free Fiber Optic Outside Plant
Armored Cable C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.17
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Interconnect Cable
C.
Fiber Used in interconnect and horizontal installations Small diameter and flexible jackets allow for routing in tight
Optic for riser (OFNR), plenum (OFNP), and spaces such as panels, cable trays, and fiber-to-the-desk
Systems
general-purpose environments (FTTD) applications
D. Multimode (OM4, OM3, OM2, and OM1) and singlemode Other diameters available to meet your application needs
Power (OS1/OS2) fiber available Opti-Core 10Gig Fiber Optic Cable is designed to
over Sheath markings provide positive identification, quality support network transmission speeds up to 10 Gb/s for
Ethernet
traceability, and length verification link lengths up to 300 meters for OM3 and 550 meters
Colored buffers for ease of identification for OM4 with an 850nm source per IEEE 802.3ae 10 GbE
E. standard; backward compatible for use with all 50/125m
Zone
High quality buffering offers ease of stripping while system requirements
Cabling maintaining optical performance
F. Fiber
Wireless
Part Number Part Description Count Color
Opti-Core Riser Interconnect Cable (OFNR) Multimode
M.
Grounding &
Bonding Labels for Opti-Core Fiber Optic Interconnect Cable
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling & Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Identification Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Fiber Count Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
P. S100X220YAJ S100X225VATY S100X220VAC
Cable 2 and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y T100X000CBC-BK
Management
Accessories For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18.
Q.
Index
C.18 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
LC OptiCam Fiber Optic Connectors Pre-Polished
Cam Termination C.
Fiber
Optic
TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-10 compatible connectors OptiCam Termination Tool simplifies tooling and Systems
Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements termination, and virtually eliminates operator error by
providing visual indication of proper termination after the D.
Connector backbone and boot colors follow cam step has been completed
TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested color identification scheme Power
Cable retention boot assemblies consistently provide over
Insertion loss: 0.3dB average (multimode and singlemode) higher than industry standard cable retention Ethernet
Return loss: >26dB (10Gig multimode), >20dB Non-optical disconnect maintains data transmission under
(multimode), >50dB (singlemode) tensile loads for jacketed cable E.
Spring-loaded Senior rear pivot latch LC connector Fiber cable size: accept 900m tight-buffered fiber with
Zone
Cabling
Quick installation; provide field termination in less than included boot(s); accept 1.6mm 2.0mm and 3.0mm
half the time of field polish connectors jacketed cable with available OptiCam Cable Retention
Patented re-termination capability provides yield rates Boot Assemblies (ten per package)
F.
approaching 100% For 250m coated fiber termination, use 250 micron fiber Wireless
Factory pre-polished fiber endface eliminates build-up tube kit or fan-out kits on pages C.27 C.28
time-consuming field polishing to reduce installation costs, Ferrule type: 1.25mm zirconia ceramic (highest durability
labor, scrap and the number of tools required for repeated matings)
Cam activated fiber and buffer clamp mechanisms provide G.
Use OptiCam Termination Kit (FCAMKIT) on page C.101 Outlets
superior fiber and buffer retention less sensitivity to fiber
tensile loading
Std. Std. H.
Pkg. Ctn. Media
Part Number Part Description Color Qty.* Qty. Distribution
LC OptiCam 10Gig OM3/OM4 50/125m Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors
FLCSMCXAQY LC OptiCam 10Gig 50/125m Multimode Simplex Fiber Aqua 1 10 I.
Optic Connector for 900m tight-buffered fiber installation. Physical
FLCDMCXAQY FLCDMCXAQY LC OptiCam 10Gig 50/125m Multimode Duplex Fiber Aqua 1 10 Infrastructure
Optic Connector for 900m tight-buffered fiber installation. Management
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.21
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
SC OptiCam Fiber Optic Connectors Pre-Polished
C.
Fiber Cam Termination
Optic TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-3 compliant connectors OptiCam Termination Tool simplifies tooling and
Systems termination, and virtually eliminates operator error by
Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements
providing visual indication of proper termination after the
D. Connector backbone and boot colors follow cam step has been completed
Power TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested color identification scheme
over Cable retention boot assemblies consistently provide
Insertion loss: 0.3dB average (multimode and singlemode) higher than industry standard cable retention
Ethernet
Return loss: >26dB (10Gig multimode), >20dB Non-optical disconnect maintains data transmission under
(multimode), >50dB (singlemode) tensile loads for jacketed cable
E.
Zone
Quick installation; provide field termination in less than Fiber cable size: accept 900m tight-buffered fiber with
Cabling half the time of field polish connectors included boot(s); accept 1.6mm 2.0mm and 3.0mm
Patented re-termination capability provides yield rates jacketed cable with available OptiCam Cable Retention
approaching 100% Boot Assemblies (ten per package) ten per package
F. Factory pre-polished fiber endface eliminates For 250m coated fiber termination, use 250 micron fiber
Wireless time-consuming field polishing to reduce installation costs, build-up tube kit or fan-out kits on pages C.27 C.28
labor, scrap and the number of tools required Ferrule type: 2.5mm zirconia ceramic (highest durability
Cam activated fiber and buffer clamp mechanisms provide for repeated matings) or composite to meet a variety of
G.
superior fiber and buffer retention less sensitivity to fiber application requirements
Outlets tensile loading Use OptiCam Termination Kit (FCAMKIT) on page C.101
Std. Std.
H. Pkg. Ctn.
Media Part Number Part Description Color Qty.* Qty.
Distribution
SC OptiCam 10Gig
OM3/OM4 50/125m Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors
FSCMCXAQ SC OptiCam 10Gig 50/125m OM3/OM4 Multimode Aqua 1 10
I. Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m tight-buffered
Physical fiber installation.
Infrastructure FSCDMCXAQ SC OptiCam 10Gig 50/125m OM3/OM4 Multimode Aqua 1 10
Management
FSCDMCXAQ Duplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m tight-buffered
fiber installation.
J.
Overhead & SC OptiCam OM2 50/125m Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors
Underfloor FSCMC5BL SC OptiCam 50/125m Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Black 1 10
Routing Connector for 900m tight-buffered fiber installation.
FSCDMC5BL SC OptiCam 50/125m Multimode Duplex Fiber Optic Black 1 10
Connector for 900m tight-buffered fiber installation.
K.
Surface SC OptiCam OM1 62.5/125m Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors
Raceway FSCDMC5BL FSCMC6EI SC OptiCam 62.5/125m Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Electric 1 10
Connector for 900m tight-buffered fiber installation. Ivory
L. FSCDMC6EI SC OptiCam 62.5/125m Multimode Duplex Fiber Optic Electric 1 10
Cabinets, Connector for 900m tight-buffered fiber installation. Ivory
Racks &
Cable SC OptiCam OS1/OS2 Singlemode Fiber Optic Connectors
Management FSCSCBU SC OptiCam Singlemode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector Blue 1 10
FSCSCBU for 900m tight-buffered fiber installation.
M. OptiCam 1.6/2.0mm Cable Retention Boot Assemblies
Grounding &
Bonding FMCBT2AQ-X OptiCam 10Gig OM3/OM4 1.6/2.0mm Cable Aqua 10 100
Retention Boot.
FMCBT2BL-X OptiCam OM2 Multimode 1.6/2.0mm Cable Retention Boot. Black 10 100
FMCBT2EI-X OptiCam OM1 Multimode 1.6/2.0mm Cable Electric 10 100
N. Retention Boot. Ivory
Industrial
FSCBT2BU-X OptiCam OS1/OS2 Singlemode 1.6/2.0mm Cable Blue 10 100
FMCBT3BL-X
Retention Boot.
OptiCam 3.0mm Cable Retention Boot Assemblies
O.
Labeling &
FMCBT3AQ-X OptiCam 10Gig OM3/OM4 3.0mm Cable Retention Boot. Aqua 10 100
Identification FMCBT3BL-X OptiCam OM2 Multimode 3.0mm Cable Retention Boot. Black 10 100
FMCBT3EI-X OptiCam OM1 Multimode 3.0mm Cable Retention Boot. Electric 10 100
Ivory
P.
Cable FSCBT3BU-X OptiCam OS1/OS2 Singlemode 3.0mm Cable Blue 10 100
Management Retention Boot.
Accessories FSCCLIP-L SC Duplex Clip
FSCCLIP-L SC duplex clip for duplexing two simplex Panduit SC Black 50
multimode or singlemode connectors.
Q.
*Simplex connectors are available in 100 count bulk packages by adding -C to the part number.
Index
C.22 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
ST OptiCam Fiber Optic Connectors Pre-Polished
Cam Termination C.
Fiber
TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-2 compliant connectors OptiCam Termination Tool simplifies tooling and Optic
Systems
Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements termination, and virtually eliminates operator error by
providing visual indication of proper termination after the
Connector backbone and boot colors follow cam step has been completed D.
TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested color identification scheme Power
Cable retention boot assemblies consistently provide over
Insertion loss: 0.3dB average (multimode and singlemode) higher than industry standard cable retention Ethernet
Return loss: >26dB (10Gig multimode), >20dB Fiber cable size: accept 900m tight-buffered fiber with
(multimode), >50dB (singlemode) included boot(s); accept 1.6mm 2.0mm and 3.0mm E.
Quick installation; provide field termination in less than jacketed cable with available OptiCam Cable Retention Zone
half the time of field polish connectors Boot Assemblies (ten per package) Cabling
Patented re-termination capability provides yield rates For 250m coated fiber termination, use 250 micron fiber
approaching 100% build-up tube kit or fan-out kits on pages C.27 C.28
Factory pre-polished fiber endface eliminates Ferrule type: 2.5mm zirconia ceramic (highest durability F.
time-consuming field polishing to reduce installation costs, Wireless
for repeated matings) or composite to meet a variety of
labor, scrap and the number of tools required application requirements
Cam activated fiber and buffer clamp mechanisms provide Use OptiCam Termination Kit (FCAMKIT) on page C.101
superior fiber and buffer retention less sensitivity to fiber G.
tensile loading Outlets
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn. H.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty.* Qty. Media
Distribution
ST OptiCam 10Gig OM3/OM4 50/125m Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors
FSTMCXAQ ST OptiCam 10Gig 50/125m OM3/OM4 Multimode Aqua 1 10
Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m tight-buffered I.
fiber installation. Physical
Infrastructure
FSTMCXAQ ST OptiCam OM2 50/125m Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors Management
FSTMC5BL ST OptiCam 50/125m Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Black 1 10
Connector for 900m tight-buffered fiber installation. J.
ST OptiCam OM1 62.5/125m Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors Overhead &
Underfloor
FSTMC6EI ST OptiCam 62.5/125m Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Electric 1 10 Routing
Connector for 900m tight-buffered fiber installation. Ivory
ST OptiCam OS1/OS2 Singlemode Fiber Optic Connectors
FSTMC5BL K.
FSTSCBU ST OptiCam Singlemode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector Blue 1 10 Surface
for 900m tight-buffered fiber installation. Raceway
OptiCam 1.6/2.0mm Cable Retention Boot Assemblies
FMCBT2AQ-X OptiCam 10Gig OM3/OM4 1.6/2.0mm Cable Aqua 10 100 L.
Retention Boot. Cabinets,
FMCBT2BL-X OptiCam OM2 Multimode 1.6/2.0mm Cable Black 10 100 Racks &
Retention Boot. Cable
FSTSCBU Management
FMCBT2EI-X OptiCam OM1 Multimode 1.6/2.0mm Cable Electric 10 100
Retention Boot. Ivory
M.
FSCBT2BU-X OptiCam OS1/OS2 Singlemode 1.6/2.0mm Cable Blue 10 100 Grounding &
Retention Boot. Bonding
OptiCam 3.0mm Cable Retention Boot Assemblies
FMCBT3AQ-X OptiCam 10Gig OM3/OM4 3.0mm Cable Aqua 10 100
Retention Boot. N.
FSCBT2BU-X FMCBT3BL-X OptiCam OM2 Multimode 3.0mm Cable Retention Boot. Black 10 100 Industrial
FMCBT3EI-X OptiCam OM1 Multimode 3.0mm Cable Retention Boot. Electric 10 100
Ivory
FSCBT3BU-X OptiCam OS1/OS2 Singlemode 3.0mm Cable Blue 10 100 O.
Retention Boot. Labeling &
Identification
*Simplex connectors are available in 100 count bulk packages by adding -C to the part number.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.23
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
LC Fiber Optic Connectors Field Polish Termination
C.
Fiber TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-10 compatible connectors LC duplex clip available separately for duplexing two
Optic
Systems Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements simplex Panduit LC Connectors
Connector housing and boot colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 Fiber cable type: tight-buffered recommended
D. suggested color identification scheme Fiber cable size: accept 1.6mm 2.0mm or 3.0mm
Power jacketed cable, or 900m buffered fiber (noted in
over Insertion loss: 0.10dB average (multimode
and singlemode) part description)
Ethernet
Return loss: >20dB (multimode), >40dB (singlemode) For 250m coated fiber termination, use 250 micron fiber
build-up tube kit or fan-out kits on pages C.27 C.28
E. Non-optical disconnect maintains data transmission under
Zone tensile loads for jacketed cable Ferrule type: 1.25mm zirconia ceramic (highest durability
Cabling for repeated matings)
Each simplex connector includes connector body/ferrule
assembly, crimp sleeve, one boot for 900m buffered fiber Field polish termination Panduit recommends
and one boot for 1.6mm 2.0mm jacketed cable and anaerobic adhesive on pages C.103, C.104
F. one dust cap; 3.0mm jacketed cable connectors are also Use field polish termination kit (FIELDKIT) on pages
Wireless available separately C.103, C.104
Each duplex connector includes two connector
body/ferrule assemblies, two crimp sleeves, two boots for
G. 1.6mm 2.0mm or 3.0mm jacketed cable or two boots for
Outlets 900m buffered fiber, two dust caps and one duplex clip
H.
Media Std. Std.
Distribution Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
I.
LC OM4/OM3/OM2 Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors
Physical FLCSMBLY LC multimode simplex fiber optic connector for 1.6mm Black 1 10
Infrastructure 2.0mm jacketed cable or 900m buffered fiber installation.
Management
FLCSM3.0BL LC multimode simplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Black 1 10
jacketed cable installation.
J. FLCSMBLY
Overhead & FLCDMBLY LC multimode duplex fiber optic connector for 1.6mm Black 1 10
Underfloor 2.0mm jacketed cable installation.
Routing FLCDM900BLY LC multimode duplex fiber optic connector for 900m Black 1 10
buffered fiber installation.
K. FLCDM3.0BL LC multimode duplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Black 1 10
Surface jacketed cable installation.
Raceway FLCDMBLY
LC OM1 Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors
L.
FLCSMEIY LC multimode simplex fiber optic connector for 1.6mm Electric 1 10
Cabinets, 2.0mm jacketed cable or 900m buffered fiber installation. Ivory
Racks & FLCSM3.0EI LC multimode simplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Electric 1 10
Cable jacketed cable installation. Ivory
Management
FLCDMEIY LC multimode duplex fiber optic connector for 1.6mm Electric 1 10
FLCDM3.0EI 2.0mm jacketed cable installation. Ivory
M.
Grounding & FLCDM900EIY LC multimode duplex fiber optic connector for 900m Electric 1 10
Bonding buffered fiber installation. Ivory
FLCDM3.0EI LC multimode duplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Electric 1 10
jacketed cable installation. Ivory
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
C.24 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
LC Fiber Optic Connectors Field Polish Termination (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Std. Std. Systems
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. D.
Power
LC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Fiber Optic Connectors over
FLCSSBUY LC singlemode simplex fiber optic connector for 1.6mm Blue 1 10 Ethernet
2.0mm jacketed cable or 900m buffered fiber installation.
FLCSS3.0BU LC singlemode simplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Blue 1 10 E.
jacketed cable installation. Zone
FLCSSBUY
FLCDSBUY LC singlemode duplex fiber optic connector for 1.6mm Blue 1 10 Cabling
2.0mm jacketed cable installation.
FLCDS900BUY LC singlemode duplex fiber optic connector for 900m Blue 1 10
buffered fiber installation. F.
FLCDS3.0BU LC singlemode duplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Blue 1 10 Wireless
jacketed cable installation.
FLCDSBUY LC 10Gig OM3/OM4 Field Polish Boots
FLCBT900AQ-X LC 10Gig OM3/OM4 Field Polish Boot for 900m Aqua 10 100 G.
buffered fiber. Outlets
FLCBT2AQ-X LC 10Gig OM3/OM4 Field Polish Boot for 1.6/2.0mm Aqua 10 100
jacketed cable.
FLCBT3AQ-X LC 10Gig OM3/OM4 Field Polish Boot for 3.0mm Aqua 10 100 H.
FLCDS3.0BU jacketed cable. Media
Distribution
LC Duplex Clip
FLCCLIP-L LC duplex clip for duplexing two simplex Panduit LC field White 50
I.
polish multimode or singlemode connectors. Physical
Infrastructure
Management
FLCCLIP-L J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.25
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
SC Fiber Optic Connectors Field Polish Termination
C.
Fiber TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-3 compliant connectors Each duplex connector includes two inner housing
Optic assemblies, two outer housings, two crimp sleeves, two
Systems Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements
boots for 3mm jacketed cable, two dust caps, and one
Connector outer housing and boot colors follow duplex clip
D. TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested color identification scheme
Power SC duplex clip available separately for duplexing two
Insertion loss: 0.10dB average (multimode), 0.15dB simplex Panduit SC Connectors
over
Ethernet average (singlemode)
Fiber cable type: tight-buffered recommended
Return loss: >20dB (multimode), >40dB (singlemode)
Fiber cable size: accept 900m buffered fiber, 3mm
E. Non-optical disconnect maintains data transmission jacketed cable or 1.6mm 2.0mm jacketed cable
Zone under tensile loads for jacketed cable (noted in part description)
Cabling Free floating housing ensures complete latching even For 250m coated fiber termination, use 250 micron fiber
when inserted by the boot, beneficial in high density build-up tube kit or fan-out kits on pages C.27 C.28
spacing applications
F.
Ferrule type: 2.5mm zirconia ceramic (highest durability
Pre-assembled inner housing simplifies assembly for repeated matings)
Wireless
Each simplex connector includes inner housing assembly, Field polish termination Panduit recommends anaerobic
outer housing, crimp sleeve, one boot for 900m buffered adhesive on pages C.103, C.104
fiber, one boot for 3mm jacketed cable, and one dust cap
Use field polish termination kit (FIELDKIT) on pages
G.
Outlets C.103, C.104
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
H. Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Media SC OM3/OM2 Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors
Distribution
FSCM5BL SC multimode simplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Black 1 10
jacketed cable or 900m buffered fiber installation.
I. FSCM2.05BL SC multimode simplex fiber optic connector for 1.6mm Black 1 10
Physical 2.0mm jacketed cable or 900m buffered fiber installation.
Infrastructure FSCM5BL
FSCDM5BL SC multimode duplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Black 1 10
Management
jacketed cable installation.
SC OM1 Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors
J.
Overhead & FSCMBL SC multimode simplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Black 1 10
Underfloor jacketed cable or 900m buffered fiber installation.
Routing FSCMRD SC multimode simplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Red 1 10
jacketed cable or 900m buffered fiber installation.
FSCMBL FSCM2.0BL SC multimode simplex fiber optic connector for 1.6mm Black 1 10
K.
Surface 2.0mm jacketed cable or 900m buffered fiber installation.
Raceway FSCM2.0RD SC multimode simplex fiber optic connector for 1.6mm Red 1 10
2.0mm jacketed cable or 900m buffered fiber installation.
L. FSCDM SC multimode duplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Red & 1 10
Cabinets, jacketed cable installation. Black
Racks & SC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Fiber Optic Connectors
Cable
Management FSCMRD FSCSBU SC singlemode simplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Blue 1 10
jacketed cable or 900m buffered fiber installation.
FSCS2.0BU SC singlemode simplex fiber optic connector for 1.6mm Blue 1 10
M.
Grounding & 2.0mm jacketed cable or 900m buffered fiber installation.
Bonding SC 900m Field Polish Boots
FSCBT900AQ-X SC 10Gig OM3 Field Polish Boot for 900m Aqua 10 100
buffered fiber.
N. FSCDM FSCBT900EI-X SC OM1 multimode field polish boot for 900m Electric 10 100
Industrial buffered fiber. Ivory
SC 1.6/2.0mm Field Polish Boots
FSCBT2BU-X OptiCam OS1/OS2 Singlemode 1.6/2.0mm Cable Blue 10 100
O. Retention Boot.
Labeling & SC 3.0mm Field Polish Boots
Identification
FSCBT3AQ-X SC 10Gig OM3 Field Polish Boot for 3.0mm Aqua 10 100
FSCSBU jacketed cable.
P. FSCBT3EI-X SC OM1 multimode field polish boot for 3.0mm Electric 10 100
Cable jacketed cable. Ivory
Management
Accessories SC Duplex Clip
FSCCLIP-L SC duplex clip for duplexing two simplex Panduit SC Black 50
multimode or singlemode connectors.
Q.
Index FSCCLIP-L
C.26 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
ST Fiber Optic Connectors Field Polish Termination
C.
TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-2 compatible connectors Fiber cable size: accept 3.0mm jacketed cable or 900m Fiber
buffered fiber Optic
Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements Systems
Insertion loss: 0.15dB average (multimode), 0.20dB For 250m coated fiber termination, use 250 micron fiber
average (singlemode) build-up tube kit or fan-out kits on pages C.27 C.28
D.
Return loss: >20dB (multimode), >40dB (singlemode) Ferrule type: 2.5mm zirconia ceramic (highest durability Power
for repeated matings) over
Each connector includes metal connector body/ferrule Ethernet
assembly, spring, metal bayonet, crimp sleeve, one boot Field polish termination Panduit recommends
for 900m buffered fiber, one boot for 3mm jacketed anaerobic adhesive on pages C.103, C.104
cable, and one dust cap Use field polish termination kit (FIELDKIT) on pages E.
Zone
Fiber cable type: tight-buffered recommended C.103, C.104 Cabling
Std. Std. F.
Pkg. Ctn. Wireless
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
FSTMABL ST Multimode Fiber Optic Connectors
FSTMABL ST multimode simplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Black 1 10 G.
jacketed cable or 900m buffered fiber installation. Outlets
FSTMARD Red 1 10
ST Singlemode Fiber Optic Connector
FSTMARD FSTSABU ST singlemode simplex fiber optic connector for 3.0mm Blue 1 10 H.
jacketed cable or 900m buffered fiber installation. Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
FSTSABU Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
250 Micron Fiber Build-Up Tube Kit Raceway
Includes 100 build-up tubes and supplemental instructions Used with 900m boots included with connectors and the L.
for terminating Panduit field polish, Opti-Crimp , or current fiber optic termination kit Cabinets,
OptiCam Fiber Optic Connectors onto 250m Racks &
coated fiber Cable
Management
Std.
Pkg. M.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Grounding &
Bonding
F250BT-C 250 micron fiber build-up tube kit; includes 100 build-up tubes and 100
supplemental installation instructions.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.27
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Furcation Kits
C.
Fiber Used to build up 900m fiber to 3mm jacketed fiber to Include furcation tubing with strength members and
Optic strengthen and protect the fiber heat shrink
Systems
Length: 1 meter
D.
Power Std. Std.
over Pkg. Ctn.
Ethernet Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
FK2BJ Build up 900m fiber to 3mm jacketed fiber; for two fibers. 1 10
E. FK4BJ Build up 900m fiber to 3mm jacketed fiber; for four fibers. 1 10
Zone
Cabling FK2BJ
Fan-Out Kits
F.
Wireless Used to build up 250m fiber to 900m loose buffered Include adhesive tape for mounting
coating size for connector termination Include TEFLON* powder for easy insertion of fibers
Include 900m hollow tubing and plastic housings Length: 1 meter (39.37")
G.
Outlets Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
FO6CB Build up 250m fiber to 900m loose buffered coating size; for 1 10
H. six fibers.
Media
Distribution FO12CB Build up 250m fiber to 900m loose buffered coating size; for 1 10
twelve fibers.
FO12CB
I. *TEFLON is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
LC Sr./Sr. Fiber Optic Adapters
J.
Overhead & TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-10 compatible adapters Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split
Underfloor Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia
Routing ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM3/OM4
Adapter housing colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications
color identification scheme
K. LC simplex and duplex adapters are also available in
Surface Sr./Sr. (Senior/Senior) adapters have a FOCIS-10 senior Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels on page C.39 and in
Raceway adapter interface at each end QuickNet Fiber Optic Cassettes on pages C.44 C.53
Accept FOCIS-10 compatible senior LC connectors to provide a complete LC system solution
L. LC duplex adapters are also available in Mini-Com
Cabinets,
Racks & Modules on pages C.32 C.33
Cable
Management
Split Std. Std.
Sleeve Pkg. Ctn.
M.
Grounding & Part Number Part Description Material Qty. Qty.
Bonding LC Sr./Sr. Fiber Optic Adapters 10Gig OM3/OM4 50/125m (Aqua)
FADSLCZAQ-L
FADSLCZAQ-L LC Sr./Sr. 10Gig SFF Duplex Multimode Fiber Optic Zirconia 50 100
Adapter with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Ceramic
N. FADSLCAQ-L LC Sr./Sr. 10Gig SFF Duplex Multimode Fiber Optic Phosphor 50 100
Industrial Adapter with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Bronze
LC Sr./Sr. Fiber Optic Adapters OM2 50/125m (Black)
FADSLCBL-L FADSLCBL-L LC Sr./Sr. SFF duplex multimode fiber optic adapter with Phosphor 50 100
O.
phosphor bronze split sleeves. Bronze
Labeling &
Identification LC Sr./Sr. Fiber Optic Adapters OM1 62.5m (Electric Ivory)
FADSLCEI-L LC Sr./Sr. SFF duplex multimode fiber optic adapter with Phosphor 50 100
P. phosphor bronze split sleeves. Bronze
Cable FADSLCEI-L LC Sr./Sr. Fiber Optic Adapters OS1/OS2 9/125m (Blue)
Management
Accessories FASSLCZBU-L LC Sr./Sr. SFF simplex singlemode fiber optic adapter Zirconia 50 100
with zirconia ceramic split sleeve. Ceramic
FADSLCZBU-L LC Sr./Sr. SFF duplex singlemode fiber optic adapter with Zirconia 50 100
Q. zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Ceramic
Index
FASSLCZBU-L
C.28 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
LC Sr./Jr. Fiber Optic Adapters
C.
TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-10 compatible adapters Accommodate tighter applications (inside wall); allowing Fiber
Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements easier access to LC connectors terminated on 900m Optic
buffered fiber Systems
Adapter housing colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested
color identification scheme Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split
sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia D.
Sr./Jr. (Senior/Junior) adapters have a FOCIS-10 senior ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM3/OM4 Power
adapter interface at one end and a FOCIS-10 junior multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications
over
adapter interface at the other end Ethernet
LC simplex and duplex adapters are also available in
Both ends accept FOCIS-10 compatible senior Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels on page C.39 and in
LC connectors QuickNet Fiber Optic Cassettes on pages C.44 C.53 E.
Zone
Junior end also accepts FOCIS-10 compatible junior to provide a complete LC system solution Cabling
(fixed ferrule/springless) LC connectors LC duplex adapters are also available in Mini-Com
Modules on page C.33
F.
Wireless
Split Std. Std.
Sleeve Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Material Qty. Qty.
LC Sr./Jr. Fiber Optic Adapters 10Gig OM3/OM4 50/125m (Aqua) G.
Outlets
FADJLCZAQ-L FADJLCZAQ-L
LC Sr./Jr. 10Gig SFF Duplex Multimode Fiber Optic Zirconia 50 100
Adapter with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Ceramic
FADJLCAQ-L LC Sr./Jr. 10Gig SFF Duplex Multimode Fiber Optic Phosphor 50 100
Adapter with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Bronze H.
Media
LC Sr./Jr. Fiber Optic Adapters OM2 50/125m (Black) Distribution
FADJLCBL-L FADJLCBL-L LC Sr./Jr. SFF duplex multimode fiber optic adapter with Phosphor 50 100
phosphor bronze split sleeves. Bronze
I.
LC Sr./Jr. Fiber Optic Adapters OM1 62.5/125m (Electric Ivory) Physical
Infrastructure
FADJLCEI-L LC Sr./Jr. SFF duplex multimode fiber optic adapter with Phosphor 50 100 Management
phosphor bronze split sleeves. Bronze
FADJLCEI-L LC Sr./Jr. Fiber Optic Adapters OS1/OS2 9/125m (Blue) J.
FASJLCZBU-L LC Sr./Jr. SFF simplex singlemode fiber optic adapter Zirconia 50 100 Overhead &
with zirconia ceramic split sleeve. Ceramic Underfloor
Routing
FADJLCZBU-L LC Sr./Jr. SFF duplex singlemode fiber optic adapter with Zirconia 50 100
zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Ceramic
K.
FASJLCZBU-L Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.29
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
SC Fiber Optic Adapters
C.
Fiber TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-3 compliant adapters Short flange design for improved modularity and higher
Optic density usage
Systems Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements
Adapter housing colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested Q.C. number and split sleeve material laser marked on
color identification scheme every adapter assures 100% traceability and quick and
D.
Power easy identification of split sleeve material
Integrated retention clip automatically adjusts for
over
FOCIS-3 compliant panel thickness variations, creating a SC simplex and duplex adapters are also available in
Ethernet Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels on pages C.41 C.42
snug fit to reduce rattles; no metal clips to become bent
or damaged and in QuickNet Fiber Optic Cassettes on pages
E. C.44 C.45 and C.47 C.48 to provide a complete
Improved protective cap fully surrounds split SC system solution
Zone
Cabling sleeve opening
SC simplex and duplex adapters are also available in
Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split Mini-Com Modules on page C.35
sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia
ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM3/OM4
F.
Wireless multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
C.30 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
ST Fiber Optic Adapters
C.
TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-2 compatible adapters ST simplex adapters are also available in Opticom Fiber Fiber
Optic
Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements Adapter Panels on page C.43 and in QuickNet MTP* Systems
Fiber Optic Cassettes on pages C.46 C.53 to provide
Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split a complete ST system solution
sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia D.
ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM3 ST simplex adapters are also available in Mini-Com Power
multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications Modules on page C.36 C.38 over
Ethernet
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
K.
No. of Std. Std. Surface
Module Module Pkg. Ctn. Raceway
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
CMMPOBLBL Module supplied with one MPO fiber 2 Black 1 10 L.
optic adapter. Cabinets,
Racks &
For MPO connector cleaning tools, see page C.105. Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.31
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
LC Sr./Sr. Mini-Com Fiber Optic Adapter Modules
C.
Fiber TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-10 compatible adapters Accept FOCIS-10 compatible senior LC connectors
Optic
Systems Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split
Adapter housing colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia
D. color identification scheme ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM3/OM4
Power multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications
Small form factor (SFF) duplex adapter design fits into
over Every adapter is laser marked with Q.C. number to assure
Ethernet single module space
100% traceability
Compatible with Mini-Com products for
complete modularity LC simplex and duplex adapters are also available
E. separately on pages C.28 C.29 and in patch panels
Zone Provide a FOCIS-10 senior adapter interface at each end or fiber adapter panels to provide a complete LC
Cabling system solution
F.
Wireless No. of Std. Std.
Module Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
G. LC Sr./Sr. Fiber Optic Adapter Modules 10Gig OM3/OM4 50/125m (Aqua Adapters)
Outlets CMDSAQLCZBL Module supplied with one LC Sr./Sr. 10Gig 1 Black 1 10
CMDSAQLCZ SFF Duplex Multimode Fiber Optic Adapter
(AQ) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
H. CMDSAQLCBL Module supplied with one LC Sr./Sr. 10Gig 1 Black 1 10
Media SFF Duplex Multimode Fiber Optic Adapter
Distribution (AQ) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
LC Sr./Sr. Fiber Optic Adapter Modules OM2 50/125m (Black Adapters)
I. CMDSBLLCBL Module supplied with one LC Sr./Sr. SFF duplex 1 Black 1 10
Physical CMDSBLLC multimode fiber optic adapter (BL) with
Infrastructure phosphor bronze split sleeves.
Management
LC Sr./Sr. Fiber Optic Adapter Modules OM1 62.5/125m (Electric Ivory Adapters)
J. CMDSLCEI Module supplied with one LC Sr./Sr. SFF duplex 1 Electric 1 10
Overhead & multimode fiber optic adapter (EI) with phosphor Ivory
Underfloor bronze split sleeves.
Routing LC Sr./Sr. Fiber Optic Adapter Modules OS1/OS2 9/125m (Blue Adapters)
CMDSLC CMDSLCZBU Module supplied with one LC Sr./Sr. SFF duplex 1 Blue 1 10
K. singlemode fiber optic adapter (BU) with
Surface zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
Raceway
For other colors module colors, replace suffix BL (Black), EL (Electric Ivory), or BU (Blue) with EI (Electric Ivory),
BU (Blue), BL (Black), IW (Off White) or AW (Arctic White). 10Gig Aqua Adapters are available in black
L. modules only.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable CMDSLCZ
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
C.32 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
LC Sr./Jr. Mini-Com Fiber Optic Adapter Modules
C.
TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-10 compatible adapters Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split Fiber
sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia Optic
Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements Systems
ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM3/OM4
Adapter housing colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications
color identification scheme D.
Every adapter is laser marked with Q.C. number to assure Power
Small form factor (SFF) duplex adapter design fits into 100% traceability over
single module space Ethernet
LC simplex and duplex adapters are also available
Compatible with Mini-Com products for separately on pages C.28 C.29 and in patch panels
complete modularity or fiber adapter panels to provide a complete LC E.
Accept FOCIS-10 compatible senior LC connectors at system solution Zone
either end and FOCIS-10 junior LC connectors at the Cabling
inside end for behind the wall applications
F.
Wireless
No. of Std. Std.
Module Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
LC Sr./Jr. Fiber Optic Adapter Modules 10Gig OM3/OM4 50/125m (Aqua Adapters) G.
CMDJAQLCZBL Module supplied with one LC Sr./Jr. 10Gig 1 Black 1 10 Outlets
CMDJAQLCZ SFF Duplex Multimode Fiber Optic Adapter
(AQ) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
CMDJAQLCBL Module supplied with one LC Sr./Jr. 10Gig 1 Black 1 10 H.
SFF Duplex Multimode Fiber Optic Adapter Media
(AQ) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Distribution
LC Sr./Jr. Fiber Optic Adapter Modules OM2 50/125m (Black Adapters)
CMDJBLLCBL Module supplied with one LC Sr./Jr. SFF duplex 1 Black 1 10 I.
CMDJBLLC multimode fiber optic adapter (BL) with Physical
phosphor bronze split sleeves. Infrastructure
Management
LC Sr./Jr. Fiber Optic Adapter Modules OM1 62.5/125m (Electric Ivory Adapters)
CMDJLCEI Module supplied with one LC Sr./Jr. SFF duplex 1 Electric 1 10
J.
multimode fiber optic adapter (EI) with phosphor Ivory Overhead &
bronze split sleeves. Underfloor
LC Sr./Jr. Fiber Optic Adapter Modules OS1/OS2 9/125m (Blue Adapters) Routing
CMDJLC CMDJLCZBU Module supplied with one LC Sr./Jr. SFF duplex 1 Blue 1 10
singlemode fiber optic adapter (BU) with K.
zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Surface
For other colors module colors, replace suffix BL (Black), EL (Electric Ivory), or BU (Blue) with EI (Electric Ivory), Raceway
BU (Blue), BL (Black), IW (Off White) or AW (Arctic White). 10Gig Aqua Adapters are available in black
modules only. L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
CMDJLCZ Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.33
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed LC Mini-Com Fiber Optic Adapter Modules
C.
Fiber Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements Provide a keyed senior adapter interface at each end for
Optic keyed LC connectivity
Systems Include color-specific keys with positive and negative
keying features to visually and mechanically distinguish Include zirconia ceramic split sleeves for superior
D. connections to prevent unauthorized mating with unlike performance and reliability
Power keyed or non-keyed connectors or patch cords Every adapter is laser marked with Q.C. number to assure
over Part of a complete keyed LC system that includes 100% traceability
Ethernet Opti-Core Patch Cords and Pigtails, OptiCam Keyed LC adapters are also available in Keyed LC
Pre-Polished Cam Connectors, Opticom Fiber Adapter QuickNet Fiber Optic Cassettes on pages C.49 C.53,
E. Panels (FAPs), and Mini-Com Adapter Modules or Keyed LC Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels (FAPs)
Zone Small form factor (SFF) keyed LC duplex adapter design on page C.40, to provide a complete keyed LC
Cabling
fits into single module space system solution
Compatible with Mini-Com products for
complete modularity
F.
Wireless
No. of Key Type Std. Std.
Module and Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Color Qty. Qty.
G. CMDABLLCZIW Module supplied with one LC (keyed 1 Keyed A Off 1 10
Outlets A black) Sr./Sr. SFF duplex fiber Black White
optic adapter with zirconia ceramic
split sleeves.
CMDBRDLCZIW Module supplied with one LC (keyed 1 Keyed B Off 1 10
H. B red) Sr./Sr. SFF duplex fiber Red White
Media
Distribution optic adapter with zirconia ceramic
CMDABLLCZ CMDBRDLCZ split sleeves.
CMDCGRLCZIW Module supplied with one LC (keyed 1 Keyed C Off 1 10
I. C green) Sr./Sr. SFF duplex fiber Green White
Physical optic adapter with zirconia ceramic
Infrastructure split sleeves.
Management
CMDDYLLCZIW Module supplied with one LC (keyed 1 Keyed D Off 1 10
D yellow) Sr./Sr. SFF duplex fiber Yellow White
J. optic adapter with zirconia ceramic
Overhead &
CMDCGRLCZ CMDDYLLCZ split sleeves.
Underfloor
Routing CMDEORLCZIW Module supplied with one LC (keyed 1 Keyed E Off 1 10
E orange) Sr./Sr. SFF duplex fiber Orange White
optic adapter with zirconia ceramic
K. split sleeves.
Surface
Raceway CMDFDBLCZIW Module supplied with one LC (keyed 1 Keyed F Off 1 10
F dark blue) Sr./Sr. SFF duplex Dark White
fiber optic adapter with zirconia Blue
L. ceramic split sleeves.
CMDEORLCZ CMDFDBLCZ
Cabinets,
Racks & For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with AW (Arctic White), BL (Black), BU (Blue) or EI (Electric Ivory).
Cable The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with
Management color-specific keyed connectivity.
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
C.34 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
SC Mini-Com Fiber Optic Adapter Modules
C.
TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-3 compliant adapters Every adapter is laser marked with Q.C. number to assure Fiber
100% traceability Optic
Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements Systems
Adapter housing colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested Mini-Com SC Simplex Adapter Modules are commonly
color identification scheme used with Mini-Com Patch Panels, Faceplates, and
D.
Surface Mount Boxes Power
Compatible with Mini-Com products for
complete modularity SC simplex and duplex adapters are also available over
separately on page C.30 and in patch panels Ethernet
Improved protective cap fully surrounds split or fiber adapter panels to provide a complete SC
sleeve opening system solution E.
Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split Zone
sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia Cabling
ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM3/OM4
multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications
F.
No. of Std. Std. Wireless
Module Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
SC Fiber Optic Adapter Modules 10Gig OM3/OM4 50/125m (Aqua Adapters)
CMSAQSCZBL Module supplied with one SC 10Gig Simplex 1 Black 1 10 G.
Outlets
Multimode Fiber Optic Adapter (AQ) with
zirconia ceramic split sleeve.
CMSAQSCBL Module supplied with one SC 10Gig Simplex 1 Black 1 10
Multimode Fiber Optic Adapter (AQ) with H.
phosphor bronze split sleeve. Media
CMDAQSCZBL Module supplied with one SC 10Gig Duplex 2 Black 1 10 Distribution
CMDAQSC Multimode Fiber Optic Adapter (AQ) with
zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
I.
CMDAQSCBL Module supplied with one SC 10Gig Duplex 2 Black 1 10 Physical
Multimode Fiber Optic Adapter (AQ) with Infrastructure
phosphor bronze split sleeves. Management
SC Fiber Optic Adapter Modules OM2 50/125m (Black Adapters)
CMSBLSCBL Module supplied with one SC simplex 1 Black 1 10 J.
multimode fiber optic adapter (BL) with Overhead &
CMDBLSC Underfloor
phosphor bronze split sleeve. Routing
CMDBLSCBL Module supplied with one SC duplex multimode 2 Black 1 10
fiber optic adapter (BL) with phosphor bronze
split sleeves. K.
SC Fiber Optic Adapter Modules OM1 62.5/125m (Electric Ivory Adapters) Surface
Raceway
CMSEISCEI Module supplied with one SC simplex 1 Electric 1 10
multimode fiber optic adapter (EI) with phosphor Ivory
L.
bronze split sleeve. Cabinets,
CMDEISC
CMDEISCEI Module supplied with one SC duplex multimode 2 Electric 1 10 Racks &
fiber optic adapter (EI) with phosphor bronze Ivory Cable
split sleeves. Management
SC Fiber Optic Adapter Modules OS1/OS2 9/125m (Blue Adapters)
CMSBUSCZBU Module supplied with one SC simplex 1 Blue 1 10 M.
singlemode fiber optic adapter (BU) with Grounding &
Bonding
zirconia ceramic split sleeve.
CMSBUSCZ CMDBUSCZBU Module supplied with one SC duplex 2 Blue 1 10
singlemode fiber optic adapter (BU) with
zirconia ceramic split sleeves. N.
Industrial
SC Fiber Optic Adapter Modules APC OS1/OS2 9/125m (Green Adapters)
CMSAGSCZBL Module supplied with one SC APC simplex 1 Black 1 10
singlemode fiber optic adapter (AG) with
zirconia ceramic split sleeve. O.
CMDAGSCZBL Module supplied with one SC APC duplex 2 Black 1 10 Labeling &
singlemode fiber optic adapter (AG) with Identification
CMSAGSCZ
zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
For other colors module colors, replace suffix BL (Black), EL (Electric Ivory), or BU (Blue) with EI (Electric Ivory), P.
BU (Blue), BL (Black), IW (Off White) or AW (Arctic White). 10Gig and APC Adapters are available in black Cable
modules only. Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.35
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
ST Mini-Com Fiber Optic Adapter Modules
C.
Fiber TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-2 compatible adapters Mini-Com ST Simplex Adapter Modules are commonly
Optic used with Mini-Com Patch Panels
Systems Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements
Compatible with Mini-Com products for ST simplex adapters are also available separately, and
D. complete modularity in patch panels or fiber adapter panels to provide a
Power complete ST system solution
Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split
over
Ethernet sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia
ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM3/OM4
multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications
E.
Zone
Cabling No. of Std. Std.
Module Module Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
F. CMSTZBU Module supplied with one ST singlemode fiber 1 Blue 1 10
Wireless optic adapter with zirconia ceramic split sleeve.
CMSTEI Module supplied with one ST multimode fiber 1 Electric 1 10
optic adapter with phosphor bronze split sleeve. Ivory
G. CMSTZ
For other colors replace suffix BU (Blue) or EI (Electric Ivory) with EI (Electric Ivory), BU (Blue), BL (Black),
Outlets IW (Off White) or AW (Arctic White).
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Mini-Com Fiber Cable Strain Relief Module
Infrastructure
Management Provides pass-thru access and patented strain relief Commonly used with MDU installations on pages
protection of fiber cable H.1 H.5 and IndustrialNet 8-port DIN Rail Fiber
J. Compatible with Mini-Com products for Optic Enclosure
Overhead & complete modularity
Underfloor
Routing
No. of Std. Std.
Module Module Pkg. Ctn.
K. Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
Surface CMCSRIW Fiber cable strain relief module. 1 Off White 1 10
Raceway
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with BL (Black), BU (Blue), EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International
L. Gray) or WH (White).
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Mini-Com Blank Module
M.
Grounding & Secures opening to prevent tampering Compatible with Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels,
Bonding Faceplates, and Surface Mount Boxes
No. of Std. Std.
Module Pkg. Ctn.
N.
Industrial
Part Number Part Description Spaces Color Qty. Qty.
CMBBL-X 1-position, reserves space for future use. 1 Black 10 50
For other colors replace suffix BL (Black) with IW (Off White), EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White) or
O. IG (International Gray).
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
C.36 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet Fiber Optic Migration Adapter Panels (FAPs)
C.
Fiber
Factory assembled, and 100% tested Significantly reduce installation time and labor by Optic
Compatible with QuickNet Patch Panels eliminating field connector terminations Systems
Adapter housing colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each
color identification scheme fiber adapter panel D.
Power
over
Std. Std. Ethernet
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
E.
QuickNet
Fiber Optic Migration Adapter Panels (FAPs) Zone
FQMAP45BL QuickNet Fiber Optic Migration Adapter Panel 4 Black 1 10 Cabling
MPO key-up/key-down adapters.
FQMAP45BL FQMAP65BL QuickNet Fiber Optic Migration Adapter Panel 6 Black 1 10
MPO key-up/key-down adapters. F.
FQMAP85BL QuickNet Fiber Optic Migration Adapter Panel 8 Black 1 10 Wireless
MPO key-up/key-down adapters.
QuickNet Fiber Optic Migration Adapter Panels are also available in Charcoal Gray (CG). Ex: FQMAP45BL
to FQMAP46CG
G.
FQMAP65BL Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
FQMAP85BL I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.37
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opticom MPO Fiber Optic Adapter Panels (FAPs)
C.
Fiber Loaded with TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-5 compliant adapters Snap quickly into the front of all Opticom and Opticom
Optic
Systems Exceed TIA/EIA-568-C.3 requirements QuickNet Components
Screen printed for horizontal or vertical orientation Can be used with Opticom Zero RU Cable Management
D. Solutions and QuickNet Hydra Cable Assemblies to
Power
Designed for multimode or singlemode MPO connectors, facilitate connection to the active equipment
over patch cords, or cable assemblies
Ethernet
Std. Std.
E. Pkg. Ctn.
Zone
Cabling
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Opticom MPO Fiber Optic Adapter Panels (FAPs)
FAPH0412BLMPO Opticom MPO FAP loaded with four (4) Black 1 10
F. key-up/key-up MPO fiber optic adapters; oriented
Wireless horizontally for Opticom or Opticom QuickNet
FAPH0412BLMPO Patch Panels and Fiber Enclosures.
FAPH0612BLMPO Opticom MPO FAP loaded with six (6) Black 1 10
key-up/key-up MPO fiber optic adapters; oriented
G. horizontally for Opticom or Opticom QuickNet
Outlets Patch Panels and Fiber Enclosures.
FAPH0812BLMPO Opticom MPO FAP loaded with eight (8) Black 1 10
key-up/key-up MPO fiber optic adapters; oriented
horizontally for Opticom or Opticom QuickNet
H. FAPH0612BLMPO Patch Panels and Fiber Enclosures.
Media
Distribution FAPH1212BLMPO Opticom MPO FAP loaded with twelve (12) Black 1 10
key-up/key-up MPO fiber optic adapters; oriented
horizontally for Opticom or Opticom QuickNet
I. Patch Panels and Fiber Enclosures.
Physical FAPH1612BLMPO Opticom MPO FAP loaded with sixteen (16) Black 1 10
Infrastructure key-up/key-up MPO fiber optic adapters; oriented
Management
horizontally for Opticom or Opticom QuickNet
FAPH0812BLMPO Patch Panels and Fiber Enclosures.
J. FAPH1812BLMPO Opticom MPO FAP loaded with eighteen (18) Black 1 10
Overhead &
key-up/key-up MPO fiber optic adapters; oriented
Underfloor
Routing horizontally for Opticom or Opticom QuickNet
Patch Panels and Fiber Enclosures.
FAPV0412BLMPO Opticom MPO FAP loaded with four (4) Black 1 10
K. key-up/key-up MPO fiber optic adapters; oriented
Surface vertically for Opticom or Opticom QuickNet
Raceway FAPH1212BLMPO Patch Panels and Fiber Enclosures.
FAPV0612BLMPO Opticom MPO FAP loaded with six (6) Black 1 10
L. key-up/key-up MPO fiber optic adapters; oriented
Cabinets, vertically for Opticom or Opticom QuickNet
Racks & Patch Panels and Fiber Enclosures.
Cable
Management FAPV0812BLMPO Opticom MPO FAP loaded with eight (8) Black 1 10
key-up/key-up MPO fiber optic adapters; oriented
vertically for Opticom or Opticom QuickNet
M. FAPH1612BLMPO Patch Panels and Fiber Enclosures.
Grounding &
Bonding MPO Fiber Optic Adapter Panels are also available in Charcoal Gray (CG). Ex: FAPH0412BLMPO
to FAPH0412CGMPO.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling & FAPV0612BLMPO
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
FAPV0812BLMPO
C.38 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
LC Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels (FAPs)
C.
Loaded with TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-10 compatible adapters Junior end also accepts FOCIS-10 compatible junior Fiber
(fixed ferrule/springless) LC connectors Optic
Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements Systems
Adapter housing colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split
color identification scheme sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia D.
ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM3/OM4 Power
Snap quickly into the front of all Opticom components multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications over
LC fiber adapter panels are Sr./Jr. to conserve Every adapter is laser marked with Q.C. number to Ethernet
enclosure space assure 100% traceability
Accept FOCIS-10 compatible senior LC connectors at LC adapters are also available in QuickNet Fiber Optic E.
either end and FOCIS-10 junior LC connectors at the Cassettes on pages C.44 C.48, Mini-Com Modules on Zone
inside end for behind the wall applications page C.33, or separately on pages C.28 C.29 to provide Cabling
Both ends accept FOCIS-10 compatible senior a complete LC system solution
LC connectors
F.
Std. Std. Wireless
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
LC Fiber Adapter Panels 10Gig
OM3/OM4 50/125m (Aqua Adapters)
G.
FAP6WAQDLCZ LC 10Gig FAP loaded with six LC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10 Outlets
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
FAP6WAQDLC LC 10Gig FAP loaded with six LC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
H.
FAP8WAQDLCZ LC 10Gig FAP loaded with eight LC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10 Media
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Distribution
FAP12WAQDLCZ
FAP8WAQDLC LC 10Gig FAP loaded with eight LC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. I.
FAP12WAQDLCZ LC 10Gig FAP loaded with twelve LC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10 Physical
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with zirconia ceramic Infrastructure
split sleeves. Management
FAP12WAQDLC LC 10Gig FAP loaded with twelve LC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
LC Fiber Adapter Panels OM2 50/125m (Black Adapters) Routing
FAP6WBLDLC LC FAP loaded with six LC duplex multimode fiber optic adapters 1 10
FAP8WBLDLC
(Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
K.
FAP8WBLDLC LC FAP loaded with eight LC duplex multimode fiber optic 1 10 Surface
adapters (Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Raceway
FAP12WBLDLC LC FAP loaded with twelve LC duplex multimode fiber optic 1 10
adapters (Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. L.
Cabinets,
LC Fiber Adapter Panels OM1 62.5/125m (Electric Ivory Adapters) Racks &
FAP6WEIDLC LC FAP loaded with six LC duplex multimode fiber optic adapters 1 10 Cable
(Electric Ivory) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Management
FAP8WEIDLC LC FAP loaded with eight LC duplex multimode fiber optic 1 10
FAP6WEIDLC adapters (Electric Ivory) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. M.
Grounding &
FAP12WEIDLC LC FAP loaded with twelve LC duplex multimode fiber optic 1 10 Bonding
adapters (Electric Ivory) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
LC Fiber Adapter Panels OS1/OS2 9/125m (Blue Adapters)
FAP12WBULCZ LC FAP loaded with twelve LC simplex singlemode fiber optic 1 10 N.
adapters (Blue) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Industrial
FAP6WBUDLCZ LC FAP loaded with six LC duplex singlemode fiber optic 1 10
adapters (Blue) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
FAP8WBUDLCZ LC FAP loaded with eight LC duplex singlemode fiber optic 1 10 O.
FAP12WBULCZ adapters (Blue) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Labeling &
Identification
FAP12WBUDLCZ LC FAP loaded with twelve LC duplex singlemode fiber optic 1 10
adapters (Blue) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.39
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed LC Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels (FAPs)
C. Include color-specific keys with positive and negative Provide a keyed senior adapter interface at
Fiber keying features to visually and mechanically distinguish each end for keyed LC connectivity
Optic connections to prevent unauthorized mating with unlike
Systems Include zirconia ceramic split sleeves for superior
keyed or non-keyed connectors and patch cords performance and reliability
Part of a complete keyed LC system that includes Every adapter is laser marked with Q.C. number to assure
D.
Power Opti-Core Patch Cords and Pigtails, OptiCam 100% traceability
over Pre-Polished Cam Connectors, Opticom Fiber Adapter
Ethernet Panels (FAPs), and Mini-Com Adapter Modules Keyed LC adapters are also available in Keyed LC
QuickNet Fiber Optic Cassettes on pages C.49 C.53,
Snap quickly into the front of all Opticom components or Keyed LC Mini-Com Modules on page C.34 to provide
E. a complete keyed LC system solution
Zone
Cabling Key Type Std. Std.
and Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
F.
Keyed LC Fiber Adapter Panels Six Adapters
Wireless FAP6WABLDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with six LC (keyed A black) duplex Keyed A 1 10
fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Black
FAP6WBRDDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with six LC (keyed B red) duplex Keyed B 1 10
fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Red
G. FAP6WCGRDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with six LC (keyed C green) duplex Keyed C 1 10
Outlets
fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Green
FAP6WDYLDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with six LC (keyed D yellow) Keyed D 1 10
FAP6WBRDDLCZ duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Yellow
H. split sleeves.
Media FAP6WEORDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with six LC (keyed E orange) Keyed E 1 10
Distribution duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Orange
split sleeves.
I. FAP6WFDBDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with six LC (keyed F dark blue) Keyed F 1 10
Physical duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Dark
Infrastructure split sleeves. Blue
Management Keyed LC Fiber Adapter Panels Eight Adapters
FAP8WABLDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with eight LC (keyed A black) Keyed A 1 10
J. FAP8WEORDLCZ duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Black
Overhead &
Underfloor
split sleeves.
Routing FAP8WBRDDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with eight LC (keyed B red) duplex Keyed B 1 10
fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Red
FAP8WCGRDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with eight LC (keyed C green) Keyed C 1 10
K. duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Green
Surface split sleeves.
Raceway
FAP8WDYLDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with eight LC (keyed D yellow) Keyed D 1 10
duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Yellow
L. split sleeves.
Cabinets,
Racks & FAP12WDYLDLCZ FAP8WEORDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with eight LC (keyed E orange) Keyed E 1 10
Cable duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Orange
Management split sleeves.
FAP8WFDBDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with eight LC (keyed F dark blue) Keyed F 1 10
M. duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Dark
Grounding & split sleeves. Blue
Bonding Keyed LC Fiber Adapter Panels Twelve Adapters
FAP12WABLDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with twelve LC (keyed A black) Keyed A 1 10
duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Black
N. split sleeves.
Industrial FAP12WBRDDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with twelve LC (keyed B red) Keyed B 1 10
duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Red
split sleeves.
O. FAP12WCGRDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with twelve LC (keyed C green) Keyed C 1 10
Labeling & duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Green
Identification split sleeves.
FAP12WDYLDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with twelve LC (keyed D yellow) Keyed D 1 10
duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Yellow
P. split sleeves.
Cable
Management
FAP12WEORDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with twelve LC (keyed E orange) Keyed E 1 10
Accessories duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Orange
split sleeves.
FAP12WFDBDLCZ Keyed LC FAP loaded with twelve LC (keyed F dark blue) Keyed F 1 10
Q. duplex fiber optic adapters with zirconia ceramic Dark
Index split sleeves. Blue
The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with color-specific keyed connectivity.
For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com.
C.40 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
SC Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels (FAPs)
Loaded with TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-3 compliant adapters Q.C. number and split sleeve material laser marked on C.
Fiber
Exceed TIA/EIA-568-C.3 requirements every adapter assures 100% traceability and quick and Optic
easy identification of split sleeve material Systems
Adapter housing colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested
color identification scheme SC adapters are also available in QuickNet Fiber Optic
Cassettes on pages C.46 C.53, Mini-Com Modules on D.
Snap quickly into the front of all Opticom components page C.35, or separately on page C.30 to provide a Power
Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split complete SC system solution over
sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia Ethernet
ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM3/OM4
multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications E.
Zone
Std. Std. Cabling
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
SC Fiber Adapter Panels 10Gig OM3/OM4 50/125m (Aqua Adapters) F.
Wireless
FAP6WAQSCZ
SC 10Gig FAP loaded with
six SC 10Gig Simplex Multimode 1 10
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
FAP6WAQDSCZ FAP6WAQSC SC 10Gig FAP loaded with six SC 10Gig Simplex Multimode 1 10
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. G.
FAP2WAQDSCZ SC 10Gig FAP loaded with two SC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10 Outlets
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
FAP3WAQDSCZ SC 10Gig FAP loaded with three SC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. H.
FAP4WAQDSCZ SC 10Gig FAP loaded with four SC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10 Media
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Distribution
FAP4WBLDSC FAP6WAQDSCZ SC 10Gig FAP loaded with six SC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. I.
FAP2WAQDSC SC 10Gig FAP loaded with two SC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10 Physical
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Infrastructure
Management
FAP3WAQDSC SC 10Gig FAP loaded with three SC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
FAP4WAQDSC J.
SC 10Gig FAP loaded with four SC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10
Overhead &
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Underfloor
FAP3WEIDSC FAP6WAQDSC SC 10Gig FAP loaded with six SC 10Gig Duplex Multimode 1 10 Routing
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
SC Fiber Adapter Panels OM2 50/125m (Black Adapters) K.
FAP6WBLSC SC FAP loaded with six SC simplex multimode fiber optic 1 10 Surface
adapters (Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Raceway
FAP12WBLSC SC FAP loaded with twelve SC simplex multimode fiber optic 1 10
adapters (Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. L.
FAP2WBLDSC SC FAP loaded with two SC duplex multimode fiber optic adapters 1 10 Cabinets,
Racks &
(Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Cable
FAP3WBLDSC SC FAP loaded with three SC duplex multimode fiber optic 1 10 Management
adapters (Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
FAP4WBLDSC SC FAP loaded with four SC duplex multimode fiber optic 1 10 M.
adapters (Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Grounding &
FAP6WBLDSC SC FAP loaded with six SC duplex multimode fiber optic adapters 1 10 Bonding
(Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
SC Fiber Adapter Panels OM1 62.5/125m (Electric Ivory Adapters)
FAP6WEISC SC FAP loaded with six SC simplex multimode fiber optic 1 10 N.
Industrial
adapters (Electric Ivory) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
FAP12WEISC SC FAP loaded with twelve SC simplex multimode fiber optic 1 10
adapters (Electric Ivory) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
FAP2WEIDSC SC FAP loaded with two SC duplex multimode fiber optic adapters 1 10 O.
(Electric Ivory) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Labeling &
Identification
FAP3WEIDSC SC FAP loaded with three SC duplex multimode fiber optic 1 10
adapters (Electric Ivory) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
FAP4WEIDSC SC FAP loaded with four SC duplex multimode fiber optic 1 10 P.
adapters (Electric Ivory) with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Cable
Management
FAP6WEIDSC SC FAP loaded with six SC duplex multimode fiber optic adapters 1 10 Accessories
(Electric Ivory) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.41
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
SC Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels (FAPs) (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic Std. Std.
Systems Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
D. SC Fiber Adapter Panels OS1/OS2 9/125m (Blue Adapters)
Power
over FAP6WBUSCZ SC FAP loaded with six SC simplex singlemode fiber optic 1 10
Ethernet adapters (Blue) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
FAP12WBUSCZ SC FAP loaded with twelve SC simplex singlemode fiber optic 1 10
adapters (Blue) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
E.
Zone FAP12WBUSCZ FAP2WBUDSCZ SC FAP loaded with two SC duplex singlemode fiber optic 1 10
Cabling adapters (Blue) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
FAP3WBUDSCZ SC FAP loaded with three SC duplex singlemode fiber optic 1 10
adapters (Blue) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
FAP4WBUDSCZ SC FAP loaded with four SC duplex singlemode fiber optic 1 10
F.
Wireless adapters (Blue) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
FAP6WBUDSCZ SC FAP loaded with six SC duplex singlemode fiber optic 1 10
adapters (Blue) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
SC Fiber Adapter Panels APC OS1/OS2 9/125m (Green Adapters)
G. FAP4WBUDSCZ
FAP6WAGSCZ SC APC FAP loaded with six SC APC simplex singlemode fiber 1 10
Outlets
optic adapters (Green) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
FAP12WAGSCZ SC APC FAP loaded with twelve SC APC simplex singlemode 1 10
fiber optic adapters (Green) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
H. FAP2WAGDSCZ SC APC FAP loaded with two SC APC duplex singlemode fiber 1 10
Media optic adapters (Green) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
Distribution
FAP3WAGDSCZ SC APC FAP loaded with three SC APC duplex singlemode fiber 1 10
optic adapters (Green) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
I. FAP12WAGSCZ
FAP4WAGDSCZ SC APC FAP loaded with four SC APC duplex singlemode fiber 1 10
Physical optic adapters (Green) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
Infrastructure
Management FAP6WAGDSCZ SC APC FAP loaded with six SC APC duplex singlemode fiber 1 10
optic adapters (Green) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
C.42 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
ST Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels (FAPs)
C.
Loaded with TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-2 compatible adapters Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split Fiber
Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia Optic
ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM3 Systems
Snap quickly into the front of all Opticom components multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications
ST adapters are also available in Mini-Com Modules on D.
pages C.36 C.38, or separately on page C.31 to provide Power
over
a complete ST system solution Ethernet
Std. Std.
E.
Pkg. Ctn. Zone
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. Cabling
FAP6WSTZ ST FAP loaded with six ST simplex singlemode fiber optic adapters 1 10
with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
FAP8WSTZ ST FAP loaded with eight ST simplex singlemode fiber optic 1 10 F.
FAP6WSTZ adapters with zirconia ceramic split sleeves. Wireless
FAP6WST ST FAP loaded with six ST simplex multimode fiber optic adapters 1 10
with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
FAP6WSTA ST FAP (angled) loaded with six ST simplex multimode fiber optic 1 10 G.
adapters with phosphor bronze split sleeves. Outlets
FAP8WST ST FAP loaded with eight ST simplex multimode fiber optic adapters 1 10
with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
H.
FAP6WSTA Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Opticom Multimedia Modular Panel (FMP) Management
Allows customization of installation for multimedia Snaps quickly into the front of all Opticom components
J.
applications requiring integration of fiber optic and Overhead &
copper cables Underfloor
Routing
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. K.
Surface
FMP6 Unloaded panel accepts up to six Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber 1 10 Raceway
optic, and audio/video applications.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Opticom Blank Fiber Adapter Panel (FAP)
Reserves fiber adapter panel space for future use Snaps quickly into the front of all Opticom components N.
Industrial
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
O.
FAPB Blank fiber adapter panel reserves space for future use. 1 10 Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.43
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet SFQ Series MTP* Fiber Optic Cassettes
C. Compatible with QuickNet Patch Panels for up to 96 Factory terminated, assembled and 100% tested
Fiber fiber connections in 1RU with QAPP48HDBL QuickNet
Optic Insertion loss data provided on every fiber cassette
Systems
48-port Angled Patch Panel
Return loss data provided on all singlemode
Low insertion loss of 0.5dB max. per cassette and 1.0dB fiber cassettes
D. max. per standard cassette; ensures system meets IEEE
802.3ae max. channel loss specification of <2.6dB Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on
Power
over each fiber cassette
Return loss: >26dB (10Gig multimode), >20dB
Ethernet
(multimode), >55dB (singlemode) 10Gig OM4 50/125m Fiber Cassettes are tested per
IEEE 802.3ae 10 GbE to support network transmission
Connect together with high-density female MTP* cable speeds up to 10 Gb/s for link lengths up to 550 meters
E. assemblies as interconnecting network segments for
Zone at 850nm; backward compatible with all 50/125m (OM2)
Cabling
deploying a remote or data center location in minutes MPO or MTP* system requirements
Significantly reduce installation time and labor by
eliminating field connector terminations
F.
Wireless Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Optimized 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) Multimode SFQ Series MTP* Cassettes
G.
Outlets FQZO-12-10 Optimized OM4 10Gig 50/125m Six LC duplex adapters to one 1 10
male MTP*; 12-fiber optimized pre-terminated MTP* rear mount
cassette provides low insertion loss of 0.5dB max. per fiber.
Method A.
H.
Media FQZO-12-10B Optimized OM4 10Gig 50/125m Six LC duplex adapters to one 1 10
Distribution male MTP*; 12-fiber optimized pre-terminated MTP* rear mount
FQXO-12-10 cassette provides low insertion loss of 0.5dB max. per fiber.
Method A, pair flipped.
I. FQZO-6-3 Optimized OM4 10Gig 50/125m Three SC duplex adapters to 1 10
Physical one male MTP*; 12-fiber optimized pre-terminated MTP* rear
Infrastructure
Management
mount cassette provides low insertion loss of 0.5dB max. per fiber.
Method A.
J. 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) Multimode SFQ Series MTP* Cassettes
Overhead & FQZ-12-10 Six LC duplex adapters to one male MTP*; 12-fiber pre-terminated 1 10
Underfloor MTP* rear mount cassette provides low insertion loss of 1.0dB
Routing FQX-6-3
max. per fiber; 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) fiber. Method A.
FQZ-12-10B Six LC duplex adapters to one male MTP*; 12-fiber pre-terminated 1 10
K. MTP* rear mount cassette provides low insertion loss of 1.0dB max.
Surface per fiber; 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) fiber. Method A, pair flipped.
Raceway FQZ-6-3 OM4 10Gig 50/125m Three SC duplex adapters to one male 1 10
MTP*; 6-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount cassette provides
L. low insertion loss of 1.0dB max. per fiber. Method A.
Cabinets, Optimized 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) Multimode SFQ Series MTP* Cassettes
Racks &
Cable FQXO-12-10 Optimized OM3 10Gig 50/125m Six LC duplex adapters to one 1 10
Management male MTP*; 12-fiber optimized pre-terminated MTP* rear mount
cassette provides low insertion loss of 0.5dB max. per fiber.
M. Method A.
Grounding & FQXO-12-10B Optimized OM3 10Gig 50/125m Six LC duplex adapters to one 1 10
Bonding male MTP*; 12-fiber optimized pre-terminated MTP* rear mount
cassette provides low insertion loss of 0.5dB max. per fiber.
Method A, pair flipped.
N. FQXO-6-3 Optimized 10Gig 50/125m OM3 Three SC duplex adapters to 1 10
Industrial one male MTP*; 6-fiber optimized pre-terminated MTP* rear mount
cassette provides low insertion loss of 0.5dB max. per fiber.
10Gig 50/125m (OM3) Multimode SFQ Series MTP* Cassettes
O. FQX-12-10 OM3 10Gig 50/125m Six LC duplex adapters to one male 1 10
Labeling & MTP*; 12-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount SFQ cassette
Identification provides low insertion loss of 1.0dB max. per fiber.
FQX-12-10B OM3 10Gig 50/125m Six LC duplex adapters to one male MTP*; 1 10
P. 12-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount SFQ cassette provides low
Cable insertion loss of 1.0dB max. per fiber. Method A, pair flipped.
Management FQX-6-3 OM3 10Gig 50/125m Three SC duplex adapters to one male 1 10
Accessories MTP*; 6-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount cassette provides
low insertion loss of 1.0dB max. per fiber.
Please refer to Product Bulletin number WW-FBCB35 for complete part number ordering information.
Q. *MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
Index
C.44 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet SFQ Series MTP* Fiber Optic Cassettes (continued)
C.
Fiber
Std. Std. Optic
Systems
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
D.
50/125m (OM2) Multimode SFQ Series MTP* Cassettes Power
FQ5-12-10 OM2 50/125m Six LC duplex adapters to one male MTP*; 1 10 over
12-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount cassette provides low Ethernet
insertion loss of 1.0dB max. per fiber.
FQ5-6-3 OM2 50/125m Three SC duplex adapters to one male MTP*; 1 10 E.
6-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount cassette provides low Zone
insertion loss of 1.0dB max. per fiber. Cabling
FQ6-6-3 62.5/125m (OM1) Multimode SFQ Series MTP* Cassettes
FQ6-12-10 OM1 62.5/125m Six LC duplex adapters to one male MTP*; 1 10
12-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount cassette provides low F.
insertion loss of 1.0dB max. per fiber. Wireless
FQ6-6-3 OM1 62.5/125m Three SC duplex adapters to one male MTP*; 1 10
6-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount cassette provides low
insertion loss of 1.0dB max. per fiber.
G.
9/125m (OS1/OS2) Singlemode SFQ Series MTP* Cassettes Outlets
FQ9-12-10 OS1/OS2 Singlemode Six LC duplex adapters to one male MTP*; 1 10
FQ9-12-10
12-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount cassette provides low
insertion loss of 1.0dB max. per fiber.
H.
FQ9-6-3 OS1/OS2 singlemode Three SC duplex adapters to one male 1 10 Media
MTP*; 6-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount cassette provides Distribution
low insertion loss of 1.0dB max. per fiber.
Please refer to Product Bulletin number WW-FBCB35 for complete part number ordering information.
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd. I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
QuickNet High Density SFQ Small Form Factor Cable Assemblies
Unique industry-leading proprietary MTP* Factor verified optical performance provides channel K.
polishing process to channel consistency and reliability for improved Surface
network integrity Raceway
Identical copper and fiber cassette form factor offers
design flexibility, easy maintenance and upgrade enabling Pre-terminated modular cassette system provides quick
a unified, highly scalable pre-terminated solution deployment that reduces installation time and cost. L.
Cabinets,
High-density design maximizes density with up to 72 Product is compatible with QuickNet Patch Panels and Racks &
fibers in one cassette, 576 in 1RU; combination of design uses the same cassette form factor as Copper QuickNet Cable
features provide a lower total cost of ownership Patch Panels (or cable assemblies) Management
MTP* 12-fiber connector provides reduced overall Product identification with data labels and QC numbers
M.
insertion loss with low channel to channel variability which are supplied with each product for quick port Grounding &
100% tested with test data provided for each product identification and 100% traceability Bonding
N.
Std. Std. Industrial
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
High Density SFQ Small Form Factor Cable Assemblies
O.
FQPX48VVM050N 48 Fiber 10Gig plenum rated high density Female MTP SFQ 1 1 Labeling &
Cassette to Female MTP SFQ Cassette cable assembly 50m Identification
FQPX48VVM050N
QuickNet LC/SC SFQ Small Form Factor Cable Assemblies are also available in 72 and 96 fiber solutions.
Please refer to Product Bulletin number WW-FBCB35 for complete part number ordering information. P.
* MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec LTD. Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.45
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Quicknet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassettes
C. Mounts to standard 19" rack rails Significantly reduce installation time and labor by
Fiber eliminating field connector termination
Optic Low insertion loss of 0.5dB max, per optimized cassette
Systems and 0.75dB max. per standard cassette; ensures system Factory terminated, assembled, and 100% tested
meets IEEE 802.3ae max. channel loss specification Insertion loss data provided on every fiber cassette
D. of = 26dB
Power
Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number
Adapter housing colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3
over
suggested color identification scheme 10Gig OM4 50/125um fiber cassettes are tested per IEEE
Ethernet 802.3ae 10 GbE to support network transmission speeds
Connect together with high-density female MTP* cable up to 10 Gb/s for link lengths up to 550 meters at 850 nm;
assemblies as interconnection network backward compatible with all 50/125um (OM2) MPO or
E.
Zone MTP system requirements
Cabling
Std. Std.
F. Pkg. Ctn.
Wireless Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
F1RBZN QuickNet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassette - B Type
F1RBZN-9608-10^ QuickNet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassette; 1RU 1
G. 96-fiber B-type labeling; 10Gb OM4 8-fiber MTP to LC pre-
Outlets terminated standard polarity.
F1RBZN-9608-10^ QuickNet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassette; 1RU 1
96-fiber B-type labeling; 10Gb OM4 8-fiber MTP to LC pre-
terminated flipped polarity.
H.
Media Quicknet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassette - C Type
Distribution F1RCZN F1RCZN-9612-10^ QuickNet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassette; 1RU 1
96-fiber C-type labeling; 10Gb OM4 12-fiber MTP to LC pre-
I. terminated standard polarity.
Physical F1RCZN-9612-10^ QuickNet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassette; 1RU 1
Infrastructure 96-fiber C-type labeling; 10Gb OM4 12-fiber MTP to LC pre-
Management terminated flipped polarity.
Quicknet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassette - Angled
J. F1ASZN-9612-10^ QuickNet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassette; 1RU- 1
Overhead & F1ASZN
Underfloor
Angled 96-fiber S-type labeling; 10Gb OM4 12-fiber MTP to LC
Routing pre-terminated standard polarity.
F1ASZN-9612-10^ QuickNet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassette; 1RU- 1
Angled 96-fiber S-type labeling; 10Gb OM4 12-fiber MTP to LC
K. pre-terminated flipped polarity.
Surface Quicknet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassette - S Type
Raceway
F1RSZN-9612-10^ QuickNet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassette; 1RU 1
96-fiber C-type labeling; 10Gb OM4 12-fiber MTP to LC pre-
L. terminated, standard polarity.
Cabinets,
Racks & F1RSZO-9612-10^ QuickNet optimized HDQ Series high density fiber optic 1
Cable cassette; 1 RU 96-fiber S-type labeling; 10Gig OM4 12-fiber MTP
Management F1RSZN to LC pre-terminated, standard polarity
F1RSXN-9612-10^ QuickNet HDQ Series high density fiber optic cassette; 1 RU 96- 1
M. fiber S-type labeling; 10Gig OM3 12-fiber MTP to LC pre-
Grounding & terminated, standard polarity
Bonding F1RSXO-9612-10^ QuickNet optimized HDQ Series high density fiber optic 1
cassette; 1 RU 96-fiber S-type labeling; 10Gig OM3 12-fiber MTP
to LC pre-terminated, standard polarity
N. Quicknet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassette Singlemode - S Type
Industrial F1AS9N-1A12-10F QuickNet HDQ Series high density fiber optic cassette, 144-fiber 1
S-type labeling, singlemode, 12-fiber MPO to LC pre-terminated,
flipped polarity.
O. F1AS9N-1A12-10S QuickNet HDQ Series high density fiber optic cassette, 144-fiber 1
Labeling & S-type labeling, singlemode, 12-fiber MPO to LC pre-terminated,
Identification
F1AS9N standard polarity.
For OM3 cassettes, replace Z with X; for OM4 cassettes, replace X with Z. For optimized cassettes, replace
N with O.
P. ^ Use S for Standard Polarity and F for Flipped Polarity.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
C.46 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
Quicknet HDQ Series High Density Fiber Optic Cassettes (continued)
Std. Std. C.
Fiber
Pkg. Ctn. Optic
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. Systems
QuickNet Rear Cable Manager
FQCRCM FQCRCM QuickNet Cassette Rear Cable Manager manages up to one 1 10 D.
meter of slack for each of 16 MTP* Interconnect Cables in support Power
of QuickNet SFQ Cassettes, QuickNet HDQ Cassettes, or over
QuickNet MTP Cassettes. Intended for Panduit 2-Post Racks Ethernet
ONLY. Not intended for 4-post racks, server cabinets or
network cabinets. E.
QuickNet Fiber Patch Field Protection Cover Zone
FPFPC1 Cabling
FPFPC1 1RU Fiber Patch Field Protection Cover protects front patch field, 1
minimizing potential for connector damage and fiber attenuation.
Includes a labeling card for identification of ports and D-rings to
provide physical support to fiber and control bend radius. F.
Not compatible with Opticom Angled and QuickNet Wireless
Angled Patch Panels
For OM3 cassettes, replace Z with X; for OM4 cassettes, replace X with Z. For optimized cassettes, replace
N with O.
^ Use S for Standard Polarity and F for Flipped Polarity. G.
Outlets
QuickNet MTP* Fiber Optic Cassettes
Compatible with Opticom QuickNet Rack Mount Fiber Significantly reduce installation time and labor by
Cassette Enclosures on page C.54, Opticom Zero RU eliminating field connector terminations H.
Cable Management Solutions on page C.57, and Media
Factory terminated, assembled, and 100% tested Distribution
Opticom Wall Mount Enclosures on page C.60,
for up to 96 fiber connections in 1RU Insertion loss data provided on every fiber cassette
Low insertion loss of 0.5dB max. per optimized cassette Return loss data provided on all singlemode I.
and 1.0dB max. per standard cassette; ensures system fiber cassettes Physical
Infrastructure
meets IEEE 802.3ae max. channel loss specification Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on Management
of <2.6dB each fiber cassette
Return loss: >26dB (10Gig multimode), >20dB 10Gig OM3 50/125m Fiber Cassettes are tested per J.
(multimode), >55dB (singlemode) IEEE 802.3ae 10 GbE to support network transmission Overhead &
speeds up to 10 Gb/s for link lengths up to 300 meters Underfloor
Adapter housing colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested Routing
color identification scheme and up to 550 meters for OM4 at 850nm; backward
compatible with all 50/125m (OM2) MPO or MTP*
Connect together with high-density female MTP* cable system requirements
assemblies as interconnecting network segments for K.
Surface
deploying a remote or data center location in minutes Raceway
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn. L.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. Cabinets,
Racks &
Optimized 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) Multimode MTP* Cassettes Cable
FCZO-12-10Y Optimized OM4 10Gig QuickNet six LC duplex adapters to one 1 10 Management
male MTP* connector. Method A.
FCZO-12-10BY Optimized OM4 10Gig QuickNet six LC duplex adapters to one 1 10 M.
male MTP* connector. Modified Method A pair flipped Grounding &
FCXO-24-10Y wiring scheme. Bonding
FCZO-24-10Y Optimized OM4 10Gig QuickNet twelve LC duplex adapters to 1 10
two male MTP* connectors. Method A.
FCZO-24-10BY Optimized OM4 10Gig QuickNet twelve LC duplex adapters to 1 10 N.
two male MTP* connectors. Modified Method A pair flipped Industrial
wiring scheme.
FCZO-12-3Y Optimized OM4 10Gig QuickNet six SC duplex adapters to one 1 10
male MTP* connector. Method A.
O.
Optimized 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) Multimode MTP* Cassettes Labeling &
FCX-12-3SY Identification
FCXO-12-10Y Optimized OM3 10Gig 50/125m six LC duplex adapters to one
1 10
male 12-fiber pre-terminated MTP*connector.
FCXO-12-10BY Optimized OM3 10Gig QuickNet six LC duplex adapters to one 1 10 P.
male MTP* connector. Modified Method A pair flipped Cable
wiring scheme. Management
FCXO-24-10Y Optimized OM3 10Gig 50/125m twelve LC duplex adapters to two 1 10 Accessories
male 12-fiber pre-terminated MTP*connectors.
FCXO-24-10BY Optimized OM3 10Gig QuickNet twelve LC duplex adapters to 1 10
two male MTP* connectors. Modified Method A pair flipped Q.
FCX-12-3Y wiring scheme. Index
Table continues on page C.48
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.47
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet MTP* Fiber Optic Cassettes (continued)
C.
Fiber Std. Std.
Optic
Systems Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
D. FCXO-12-3Y Optimized OM3 10Gig 50/125m six SC duplex adapters to one 1 10
Power male 12-fiber pre-terminated MTP* connector.
over 10Gig 50/125m (OM4) Multimode MTP* Cassettes
Ethernet
FCZ-12-10Y OM4 10Gig QuickNet six LC duplex adapters to one male MTP* 1 10
connector. Method A.
E. FC6-12-10Y FCZ-12-10BY OM4 10Gig QuickNet six LC duplex adapters to one male MTP* 1 10
Zone connector. Modified Method A pair flipped wiring scheme.
Cabling FCZ-24-10Y OM4 10Gig QuickNet twelve LC duplex adapters to two male 1 10
MTP* connectors. Method A.
FCZ-24-10BY OM4 10Gig QuickNet twelve LC duplex adapters to two male 1 10
F. MTP* connectors. Modified Method A pair flipped wiring scheme.
Wireless FCZ-12-3Y OM4 10Gig QuickNet six SC duplex adapters to one male MTP* 1 10
connector. Method A.
FC6-24-10Y
10Gig 50/125m (OM3) Multimode SFQ Series MTP* Cassettes
FCX-12-10Y OM3 10Gig 50/125m six LC duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber 1 10
G.
Outlets
pre-terminated MTP*connector.
FCX-12-10BY OM3 10Gig QuickNet six LC duplex adapters to two male MTP* 1 10
connectors. Modified Method A, pair flipped wiring scheme.
FCX-24-10Y OM3 10Gig 50/125m twelve LC duplex adapters to two male 12- 1 10
H. fiber pre-terminated MTP* connectors.
Media
FCX-24-10BY OM3 10Gig QuickNet twelve LC duplex adapters to two male 1 10
Distribution
MTP* connectors. Modified Method A, pair flipped wiring scheme.
FCX-12-3SY OM3 10Gig 50/125m six SC simplex adapters to one male 12- 1 10
I. fiber pre-terminated MTP* connector.
Physical FCX-12-3Y OM3 10Gig 50/125m six SC duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber 1 10
Infrastructure pre-terminated MTP* connector.
Management
50/125m (OM2) Multimode MTP* Cassettes
J. FC5-12-10Y OM2 50/125m six LC duplex adapters to one male MTP*; 12-fiber 1 10
Overhead & pre-terminated MTP* cassette provides low insertion loss of 1.0dB
Underfloor max. per fiber.
Routing FC5-24-10Y OM2 50/125m twelve LC duplex adapters to two male 12-fiber pre- 1 10
terminated MTP*connectors.
FC5-12-3SY OM2 50/125m twelve SC simplex adapters to one male 12-fiber 1 10
K.
pre-terminated MTP* connector.
Surface
Raceway FC5-12-3Y OM2 50/125m six SC simplex adapters to one male 12-fiber pre- 1 10
terminated MTP* connector.
L. 62.5/125m (OM1) Multimode MTP* Cassettes
Cabinets, FC6-12-10Y OM1 62.5/125m six LC duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber pre- 1 10
Racks & terminated MTP* connector.
Cable
Management FC6-24-10Y OM1 62.5/125m twelve LC duplex adapters to two male 12-fiber 1 10
pre-terminated MTP*connectors.
FC6-12-3SY OM1 62.5/125m six SC simplex adapters to one male 12-fiber pre- 1 10
M. terminated MTP* connector.
Grounding &
Bonding FC6-12-3Y OM1 62.5/125m six SC duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber pre- 1 10
terminated MTP* connector.
FC6-6-3 OM1 62.5/125m three SC duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber 1 10
pre-terminated MTP* connector.
N.
Industrial 9/125m (OS1/OS2) Singlemode MTP* Cassettes
FC9-12-10Y OS1/OS2 Singlemode six LC duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber 1 10
pre-terminated MTP* connector.
FC9-24-10Y OS1/OS2 Singlemode twelve LC duplex adapters to two male 12- 1 10
O. fiber pre-terminated MTP*connectors.
Labeling &
Identification FC9-12-3SY OS1/OS2 Singlemode six SC simplex adapters to one male 12-fiber 1 10
pre-terminated MTP* connector.
FC9-12-3Y OS1/OS2 Singlemode six SC duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber 1 10
P. pre-terminated MTP* connector.
Cable FC9-6-3 OS1/OS2 Singlemode three SC duplex adapters to one male 12- 1 10
Management
Accessories
fiber pre-terminated MTP* connector.
For MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools, see page C.107.
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
Q.
Index
C.48 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed LC QuickNet MTP* Fiber Optic Cassettes
C.
Include color-specific keys with positive and negative Connect together with high-density female MTP* cable Fiber
keying features to visually and mechanically distinguish assemblies as interconnecting network segments for Optic
Systems
connections to prevent unauthorized mating with unlike deploying a remote or data center location in minutes
keyed or non-keyed connectors and patch cords Significantly reduce installation time and labor by D.
Part of a complete keyed LC system that includes eliminating field connector terminations Power
Opti-Core Patch Cords and Pigtails, OptiCam Factory terminated, assembled, and 100% tested over
Pre-Polished Cam Connectors, Opticom Fiber Adapter Ethernet
Panels (FAPs), and Mini-Com Adapter Modules Insertion loss data provided on every fiber cassette
Compatible with Opticom QuickNet Rack Mount Fiber Return loss data provided on all singlemode
E.
Cassette Enclosures on page C.54, Opticom Zero RU fiber cassettes Zone
Cable Management Solutions on page C.57, and Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on Cabling
Opticom Wall Mount Enclosures on page C.60, for up to each fiber cassette
96 fiber connections in 1RU 10Gig OM3 50/125m Fiber Cassettes are tested per
Low insertion loss of 0.5dB max. per optimized cassette IEEE 802.3ae 10 GbE to support network transmission F.
and 1.0dB max. per standard cassette; ensures system speeds up to 10 Gb/s for link lengths up to 300 meters Wireless
meets IEEE 802.3ae max. channel loss specification at 850nm; backward compatible with all 50/125m (OM2)
of <2.6dB MPO or MTP* system requirements
Return loss: >26dB (10Gig multimode), >20dB G.
(multimode), >55dB (singlemode) Outlets
Key Type Std. Std.
and Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. H.
Keyed LC Optimized 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) Multimode MTP* Cassettes Media
Distribution
FCXO-12-10ABL Optimized OM3 10Gig 50/125m Six LC (keyed A Keyed A 1 10
black) duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber optimized Black
pre-terminated MTP* connector. I.
Physical
FCXO-24-10ABL FCXO-12-10BRD Optimized OM3 10Gig 50/125m Six LC (keyed B Keyed B 1 10 Infrastructure
red) duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber optimized Red Management
pre-terminated MTP* connector.
J.
FCXO-12-10CGR Optimized OM3 10Gig 50/125m Six LC (keyed C Keyed C 1 10 Overhead &
Underfloor
green) duplex adapters to one male 12-fiber optimized Green
Routing
pre-terminated MTP* connector.
Q.
Index
C.50 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed LC QuickNet MTP* Fiber Optic Cassettes (continued)
C.
Fiber
Key Type Std. Std. Optic
and Pkg. Ctn. Systems
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Keyed LC 50/125m (OM2) Multimode MTP* Cassettes D.
Power
FC5-12-10ABL OM2 50/125m Six LC (keyed A black) duplex Keyed A 1 10 over
adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Black Ethernet
MTP* connector.
E.
FC5-12-10BRD OM2 50/125m Six LC (keyed B red) duplex Keyed B 1 10
Zone
adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Red Cabling
MTP* connector.
FC5-24-10DYL
FC5-12-10CGR OM2 50/125m Six LC (keyed C green) duplex Keyed C 1 10
adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Green F.
MTP* connector. Wireless
L.
FC5-24-10DYL OM2 50/125m Twelve LC (keyed D yellow) duplex Keyed D 1 10
Cabinets,
adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Yellow Racks &
MTP* connectors. Cable
Management
FC5-24-10EOR OM2 50/125m Twelve LC (keyed E orange) duplex Keyed E 1 10
adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Orange M.
MTP* connectors. Grounding &
Bonding
FC5-24-10FDB OM2 50/125m Twelve LC (keyed F dark blue) Keyed F 1 10
duplex adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Dark Blue
MTP* connectors. N.
Industrial
For MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools, see page C.107.
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with O.
color-specific keyed connectivity. For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com. Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Table continues on page C.52
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.51
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed LC QuickNet MTP* Fiber Optic Cassettes (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic Key Type Std. Std.
Systems and Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
D.
Power
Keyed LC 62.5/125m (OM1) Multimode MTP* Cassettes
over FC6-12-10ABL OM1 62.5/125m Six LC (keyed A black) duplex Keyed A 1 10
Ethernet adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Black
MTP* connector.
E.
Zone FC6-12-10BRD OM1 62.5/125m Six LC (keyed B red) duplex Keyed B 1 10
Cabling adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Red
MTP* connector.
FC6-24-10EOR
FC6-12-10CGR OM1 62.5/125m Six LC (keyed C green) duplex Keyed C 1 10
F. adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Green
Wireless
MTP* connector.
K.
FC6-24-10CGR OM1 62.5/125m Twelve LC (keyed C green) duplex Keyed C 1 10
Surface
Raceway adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Green
MTP* connectors.
L.
Cabinets, FC6-24-10DYL OM1 62.5/125m Twelve LC (keyed D yellow) duplex Keyed D 1 10
Racks & adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Yellow
Cable MTP* connectors.
Management
FC6-24-10EOR OM1 62.5/125m Twelve LC (keyed E orange) duplex Keyed E 1 10
M. adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Orange
Grounding & MTP* connectors.
Bonding
FC6-24-10FDB OM1 62.5/125m Twelve LC (keyed F dark blue) Keyed F 1 10
duplex adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Dark Blue
N. MTP* connectors.
Industrial
For MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools, see page C.107.
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
O. The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with
Labeling & color-specific keyed connectivity. For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com.
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
C.52 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed LC QuickNet MTP* Fiber Optic Cassettes (continued)
C.
Fiber
Key Type Std. Std. Optic
and Pkg. Ctn. Systems
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
D.
Keyed LC 9/125m (OS1/OS2) Singlemode Pre-Terminated MTP* Cassettes Power
FC9-12-10ABL OS1/OS2 9/125m Six LC (keyed A black) duplex Keyed A 1 10 over
adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Black Ethernet
MTP* connector.
E.
FC9-12-10BRD OS1/OS2 9/125m Six LC (keyed B red) duplex Keyed B 1 10 Zone
adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Red Cabling
MTP* connector.
FC9-24-10FDB
FC9-12-10CGR OS1/OS2 9/125m Six LC (keyed C green) duplex Keyed C 1 10
adapters to one male 12-fiber pre-terminated Green F.
Wireless
MTP* connector.
K.
FC9-24-10CGR OS1/OS2 9/125m Twelve LC (keyed C green) Keyed C 1 10
Surface
duplex adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Green Raceway
MTP* connectors.
L.
FC9-24-10DYL OS1/OS2 9/125m Twelve LC (keyed D yellow) Keyed D 1 10 Cabinets,
duplex adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Yellow Racks &
MTP* connectors. Cable
Management
FC9-24-10EOR OS1/OS2 9/125m Twelve LC (keyed E orange) Keyed E 1 10
duplex adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Orange M.
MTP* connectors. Grounding &
Bonding
FC9-24-10FDB OS1/OS2 9/125m Twelve LC (keyed F dark blue) Keyed F 1 10
duplex adapters to two male 24-fiber pre-terminated Dark Blue
MTP* connectors. N.
Industrial
For MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools, see page C.107.
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with O.
color-specific keyed connectivity. For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com. Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.53
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opticom QuickNet Rack Mount Fiber Cassette Enclosures
C.
Fiber Mount to standard EIA 19" rack rails Integral bend radius control and cable management for
Optic fiber optic patch cords
Systems Hold QuickNet Fiber Optic Cassettes on pages
C.44 C.53, QuickNet or Opticom Fiber Adapter Innovative rear cable management for proper
Panels on pages C.38 C.43, and Opticom Fiber Optic slacking/spooling of trunk cable break-outs and
D.
Power Splice Modules on page C.62 interconnect cables
over Suitable for all pre-terminated, field terminated, or Multiple trunk cable entry locations
Ethernet field-splice applications Include fiber optic cable routing kit (grommets, cable ties,
Up to four cassettes or FAPs per rack unit for maximum spools, strain relief bracket, and ID/caution labels) for
E. patch field density various cable management solutions
Zone
Cabling
Slide-out, tilt-down drawer provides full front access to all
fibers and cables
F. No. of Std.
Wireless Rack Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty.
FCE1U Holds up to four QuickNet Cassettes, FAP adapter panels, or FOSM 1 1
splice modules.
G.
Dimensions: 1.73"H x 17.60"W x 16.30"D
Outlets
(43.9mm x 447.0mm x 414.0mm)
FCE1UA Open access version of FCE1U enclosure. Holds up to four 1 1
FCE1U QuickNet Cassettes, FAP adapter panels, or FOSM splice modules.
H. Dimensions: 1.73"H x 17.60"W x 16.30"D
Media
(43.9mm x 447.0mm x 414.0mm)
Distribution
FCE2U Holds up to eight QuickNet Cassettes, FAP adapter panels, or 2 1
FOSM splice modules.
I. Dimensions: 3.48"H x 17.60"W x 16.30"D
Physical (88.4mm x 447.0mm x 414.0mm)
Infrastructure
Management FCE4U Holds up to twelve QuickNet Cassettes, FAP adapter panels, or 4 1
FOSM splice modules.
J. Dimensions: 6.98"H x 17.60"W x 16.30"D
Overhead & FCE2U (177.0mm x 447.0mm x 414.0mm)
Underfloor
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.5mm).
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable FCE4U
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
C.54 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opticom Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures
C.
Mount to standard 19" or 23" EIA rack or cabinet Integral bend radius control and cable management for Fiber
fiber patch cords Optic
Hold QuickNet or Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels Systems
(FAPs) on pages C.38 C.43, and Opticom Fiber Multiple trunk cable entry locations
Optic Splice Modules on page C.62 Include fiber optic cable routing kit (grommets, cable ties, D.
Front and rear access on all models via durable saddle clips, strain relief bracket, and ID/caution labels) Power
molded-hinge doors for various cable management solutions over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
No. of Std. Cabling
Rack Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty.
FRME1U Holds up to three FAP or FMP adapter panels or FOSM splice 1 1 F.
modules. Bidirectional sliding drawers provides front and rear access Wireless
to fibers.
Dimensions: 1.74"H x 17.00"W x 14.20"D
(44.0mm x 432.0mm x 361.0mm)
FRME1U
FRME2U Holds up to six FAP or FMP adapter panels or FOSM splice 2 1 G.
modules. Bidirectional sliding drawers provides front and rear access Outlets
to fibers.
Dimensions: 3.48"H x 17.00"W x 14.20"D
(88.0mm x 432.0mm x 361.0mm)
H.
FRME3 Holds up to nine FAP or FMP adapter panels. Fixed bulkhead design. 3 1 Media
Dimensions: 5.00"H x 17.16"W x 11.80"D Distribution
(127.0mm x 433.3mm x 292.1mm)
FRME3
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
FRME4
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.55
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opticom Rack Mount Fiber Trays
C.
Fiber Mount to standard EIA 19" rack rails Multiple trunk cable entry locations provided on rear and
Optic sides of enclosure
Systems Standard front or angled front options
Use with Opticom Fiber Adapter Patch Panels (below) to Include fiber optic cable routing kit (grommets, cable ties,
protect fibers and terminations spools, strain relief bracket and ID/caution labels) for
D.
Power various cable management solutions
Can be used as a back box for select Mini-Com
over Patch Panels For fiber optic splicing solutions see page C.67
Ethernet
Removable top cover provides access to connections,
fibers, and slack storage in rear of tray
E.
Zone
Cabling No. of Std.
Rack Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty.
F. Standard Fiber Mount Trays
Wireless FMT1 FMT1 Mount with CFAPPBL1 fiber adapter patch panel to hold up to 1 1
four QuickNet Cassettes, FAP, and FMP adapter panels.
Dimensions: 1.75"H x 17.16"W X 11.16"D
(44.4mm x 433.3mm x 283.5mm)
G.
Outlets FMT2 Mount with CFAPPBL2 fiber adapter patch panel to hold up to 2 1
eight QuickNet Cassettes, FAP, or FMP adapter panels.
Dimensions: 3.48"H x 17.16"W x 11.16"D
(88.3mm x 433.3mm x 283.5mm)
H. FMT2
Media Angled Fiber Mount Trays
Distribution FMT1A Mount with CFAPPBL1A angled fiber adapter patch panel to 1 1
hold up to four FAP or FMP adapter panels.
I. Dimensions: 1.75"H x 17.16"W X 11.16"D
Physical (44.4mm x 433.3mm x 283.5mm)
Infrastructure FMT1A FMT2A Mount with CFAPPBL2A angled fiber adapter patch panel to 2 1
Management hold up to eight FAP or FMP adapter panels.
Dimensions: 3.48"H x 17.16"W x 11.16"D
J. (88.3mm x 433.3mm x 283.5mm)
Overhead &
Underfloor ^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
Routing All product color is black.
K. FMT2A
Surface
Raceway
Opticom Fiber Adapter Patch Panels
L.
Cabinets, Mount to standard EIA 19" rack rails Angled version holds Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels
Racks & Standard version holds both QuickNet Fiber Optic and matches Mini-Com Angled Patch Panel profile
Cable Cassettes and Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels Use with Opticom Rack Mount Fiber Trays (above) to
Management
protect fibers and terminations
M.
Grounding & No. of Std.
Bonding Rack Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty.
CFAPPBL1
Standard Fiber Adapter Patch Panels
N. CFAPPBL1 Flat fiber patch panel. Holds up to four FAP or FMP 1 1
Industrial adapter panels.
CFAPPBL2 Flat fiber patch panel. Holds up to eight FAP or FMP 2 1
CFAPPBL2 adapter panels.
O.
Labeling & Angled Fiber Adapter Patch Panels
Identification CFAPPBL1A Angled fiber patch panel. Holds up to four FAP or FMP 1 1
adapter panels.
P. CFAPPBL1A CFAPPBL2A Angled fiber patch panel. Holds up to eight FAP or FMP 2 1
Cable adapter panels.
Management
Accessories ^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
All product color is black.
Q. CFAPPBL2
Index
C.56 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opticom Zero RU Cable Management Solutions
C.
Fiber
Mount directly to rack or enclosure to provide location, Can be used with QuickNet MPO/MTP* Fiber Adapter Optic
connection, and quick deployment of QuickNet or Panels on page C.31 and QuickNet Hydra Cable Systems
Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels (pages C.39 C.43) or Assemblies on page C.91 to facilitate connection to the
QuickNet MTP* Cassettes (pages C.47 C.53) without active equipment D.
using additional rack space Angled bracket includes adhesive foam tape and magnetic Power
strip for mounting to rack over
Ethernet
Standard straight bracket screws directly to rack
or enclosure
E.
Zone
Std. Std. Cabling
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
FEABRUA Zero RU adhesive or magnetic mount 90 angle fiber enclosure 1 10 F.
adapter panel bracket. Wireless
FEABRU Zero RU screw mount fiber enclosure adapter panel bracket. 1 10
K.
Surface
Raceway
FQCBRUA
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
FQCRCM
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
FPFPC1
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.57
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet Patch Panels and Accessories
C. Accept QuickNet Copper Cable Assemblies and Optional patch panel adapter (QPPABL) accepts all
Fiber QuickNet SFQ Series MTP* Fiber Optic Cassettes Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic, and
Optic
Systems which snap in and out with one hand audio/visual applications
High-density patch panels conserve valuable rack space Optional patch panel blank (QPPBBL) promotes proper
D. Angled patch panels facilitate proper bend radius control airflow and cooling
Power and minimize the need for horizontal cable managers Label/label cover kit (QPPLC24) provides port and panel
over
Ethernet All metal patch panels accept shielded cassettes, no identification for 24-port patch panels
additional grounding kit required Optional retrofit grounding kit (QNSMRRT) required to
Pre-printed numbers above each port for ground shielded cassettes to QuickNet Modular
E. Patch Panels
Zone easy identification
Cabling Mount to standard EIA 19" racks or 23" racks with QuickNet All Metal Modular Patch Panels accept
optional extender brackets shielded cassettes, with no additional grounding
kit required
Zero RU brackets accept fiber adapter panels or
F. pre-terminated cassettes by mounting directly to rack
Wireless or enclosure without utilizing additional rack space
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
G. Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
Outlets
QuickNet Angled Patch Panels
QAPP24BL 24-port angled patch panel which accepts QuickNet 1 1 10
QAPP24BL
Pre-Terminated Cassettes and Patch Panel Adapters.
H.
Media QASP24BL 24-port, all metal angled patch panel which accepts 1 1 10
Distribution QuickNet Pre-Terminated Shielded Cassettes and
Patch Panel Adapters.
QASP24BL
I.
QAPP48HDBL 48-port angled patch panel which accepts QuickNet 1 1 10
Physical Pre-Terminated Cassettes and Patch Panel Adapters.
Infrastructure QAPP48HDVNSBL 48-port angled patch panel which accepts QuickNet 1 1 10
Management Pre-Terminated Cassettes and Patch Panel Adapters.
QAPP48HDBL Numbering sequence is top to bottom across
J. patch panel.
Overhead &
Underfloor QASP48HDBL 48-port, all metal angled patch panel which accepts 1 1 10
Routing QuickNet Pre-Terminated Shielded Cassettes and
QASP48HDBL Patch Panel Adapters.
K.
QuickNet Flat Patch Panels
Surface QPP24BL 24-port patch panel which accepts QuickNet 1 1 10
Raceway QPP24BL Pre-Terminated Cassettes and Patch Panel Adapters.
QSP24BL 24-port, all metal patch panel which accepts 1 1 10
L. QuickNet Pre-Terminated Shielded Cassettes and
Cabinets, QSP24BL Patch Panel Adapters.
Racks &
Cable QPP48HDBL 48-port patch panel which accepts QuickNet 1 1 10
Management Pre-Terminated Cassettes and Patch Panel Adapters.
QPP48HDBL QPP48HDVNSBL 48-port patch panel which accepts QuickNet 1 1 10
M. Pre-Terminated Cassettes and Patch Panel Adapters.
Grounding & Numbering sequence is top to bottom across
Bonding patch panel.
Patch Panel Adapter
QPPABL QuickNet Patch Panel Adapter which accepts 1 10
N. Mini-Com Modules for UTP, fiber optic, and
Industrial QPPABL
audio/visual applications.
QSP48HDBL 48-port, all metal patch panel which accepts 1 1 10
QuickNet Pre-Terminated Shielded Cassettes
O. and Patch Panel Adapters.
Labeling &
Identification Patch Panel Blank
QSP48HDBL QPPBBL QuickNet Patch Panel Blank reserves space for 1 10
future use and promotes proper airflow and cooling.
P.
Cable Patch Panel Label Kit
Management
Accessories QPPLC24 Label/label cover kit for 24-port QuickNet Patch 1 10
Panels. Each kit contains four labels and four clear
label covers per bag.
QPPBBL
Q. *MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd. ^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). M6 and #12-24 mounting
Index screws included. QuickNet Pre-Terminated Cable Assemblies available on pages B.4 B.5. QuickNet SFQ
Series MTP* Fiber Optic Cassettes available on page C.51.
C.58 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Modular Faceplate Patch Panels
C.
Angled patch panels facilitate proper bend radius control Label versions available for easy port identification; Fiber
and minimize the need for horizontal cable managers replacement label/label covers available Optic
Systems
Accept Mini-Com Modules for fiber optic, UTP, and Mount to standard EIA 19" racks or 23" racks with
audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, adds, optional extender brackets on page L.40
D.
and changes Power
over
No. of Std. Std. Ethernet
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
E.
CPPLA24WBLY Mini-Com Angled Modular Patch Panels with Labels Zone
Cabling
CPPLA24WBLY 24-port angled patch panel with labels, supplied with 1 1 10
six factory installed CFFPL4 type front removable
snap-in faceplates.
CPPLA48WBLY 48-port angled patch panel with labels, supplied with 2 1 10 F.
CPPLA48WBLY twelve factory installed CFFPL4 type front removable Wireless
snap-in faceplates.
Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels with Labels
CPPL24WBLY CPPL24WBLY 24-port patch panel with labels, supplied with six 1 1 10 G.
factory installed CFFPL4 type front removable Outlets
snap-in faceplates.
CPPL48WBLY 48-port patch panel with labels, supplied with twelve 2 1 10
factory installed CFFPL4 type front removable
H.
snap-in faceplates.
CPPL48WBLY Media
Replacement Labels for Mini-Com Modular Patch Panels Distribution
C4PPLK Replacement label/label cover kit for Mini-Com 1 10
Modular Patch Panels with Labels (CPPL24WBLY, I.
CPPL48WBLY, CPPL24WRBLY, CPPL48WRBLY) and Physical
Mini-Com Modular Furniture Faceplates with Labels Infrastructure
(CFFPL4, CFPHSL4, CFFPEBSL4). Each kit contains Management
six labels and six clear label covers per bag.
C4PPLK ^ One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). J.
M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included. Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Patch Panel Part Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
N.
Industrial
All Patch Panels
C261X035Y1J C261X035Y1T C261X035Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
on this Page
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18. O.
For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label. Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.59
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opticom Wall Mount Enclosures
C.
Fiber Holds Opticom Fiber Adapter Panels (FAPs) Separate doors for service side and user side with
Optic optional keyed locks for added security
Systems Rugged all metal construction for fiber protection and
secure mounting Include fiber optic cable routing kit (grommets, cable ties,
Compact design allows installation in tight areas spools, strain relief bracket and ID/caution labels) for
D.
Power various cable management solutions
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone Std.
Cabling Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
Fiber Wall Mount Enclosures
F.
Wireless FWME2 Holds up to two QuickNet Cassettes, FAP, or FMP panels. 1
Dimensions: 12.00"W x 10.18"H x 2.32"D
(304.8mm x 258.6mm x 59.1mm)
FWME4 Holds up to four QuickNet Cassettes, FAP, or FMP panels. 1
G. Dimensions: 16.11"W x 12.25"H x 3.52"D
Outlets FWME2 (409.2mm x 311.0mm x 89.4mm)
FWME8 Holds up to eight QuickNet Cassettes, FAP, or FMP panels. 1
Dimensions: 16.11"W x 16.11"H x 5.00"D
H. (409.2mm x 409.2mm x 127.0mm)
Media
Distribution Fiber Accessories
FELS Fiber enclosure lock for service side. 1
I. FELU Fiber enclosure lock for user side. 1
Physical
All product color is black.
Infrastructure FWME4
Management *MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway FWME8
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
C.60 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opticom Fiber Slack Management Accessories
C.
Slack management and cable routing accessories Maintain minimum bend radius and ensure proper Fiber
for use in Opticom Rack Mount and Wall Mount cable management Optic
Fiber Enclosures Systems
Smooth rounded edges on all surfaces eliminate potential
for snagging and stress on fiber optic cables
D.
Power
over
Std. Std. Ethernet
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Fiber Slack Management Spools E.
Zone
FMS1
Spools and manages fiber slack in Opticom 1RU Rack Mount Fiber 1 10 Cabling
Enclosures. Features fiber retention tabs and fingers. Comes with
two spools and adhesive mounts.
Dimensions: 1.00"H x 4.00" dia.
(25.4mm x 100.0mm) F.
FMS1
Wireless
FMS2
Spools and manages fiber slack in Opticom 2RU or 4RU Rack 1 10
Mount Fiber Enclosures. Features fiber retention tabs and fingers.
Comes with two spools and adhesive mounts.
Dimensions: 1.60"H x 4.00"dia. G.
(40.6mm x 100.0mm) Outlets
FMSS Top-hat style fiber slack spool for Opticom Wall Mount Enclosures. 1 10
FMSS Single spool with adhesive mount.
Dimensions: 1.25"H x 2.50" dia. spool, 3.25" dia. flange
(31.8mm x 63.5mm spool, 82.6mm flange) H.
Media
Bend Radius Control Accessories Distribution
FEBRC Fiber enclosure bend radius control clip for use with Opticom 1RU 1
and 2RU Rack Mount Enclosures. Maintains proper bend radius I.
control of fiber patch cords from patch field to vertical fiber manager; Physical
FEBRC includes two bend radius control clips. Infrastructure
Dimensions: 1.50"H x .09"W x 3.10"D Management
(79.8mm x 21.8mm x 39.1mm)
FMFIN Fiber manager fin; individual fiber management fin with NyLatch 1 J.
fastener for attachment to FCE4U Opticom Fiber Cassette Overhead &
Underfloor
Enclosure front patch cord manager. Routing
Dimensions: 3.60"H x 1.00"dia.
FMFIN (92.1mm x 25.4mm)
PZBR3.5 Bend Radius Post Kit for use with FCE4U Opticom Fiber Cassette 1 10 K.
Surface
Enclosure; 3.5" (89mm) long. Maintains proper bend radius control of Raceway
fiber patch cords within patch field; includes two bend radius posts
and hardware.
L.
Accessories For Rack Mount Enclosures Cabinets,
VWS106-C Single saddle clip for fiber slack management and fiber patch cord 100 500 Racks &
VWS106 Cable
routing. Accepts up to 1.06" dia (26.9mm) cable bundle. Nylon 6.6 Management
material, natural color. Push mount into 0.18" (4mm) pre-drilled holes
in Opticom Fiber Enclosures.
M.
VWSDC-C Dual saddle clip for fiber slack management and fiber patch cord 100 500 Grounding &
routing. Accepts two cable bundles up to 1.06" dia (26.9mm) each. Bonding
Nylon 6.6 material, natural color. Push mount into 0.18" (4mm)
pre-drilled holes in Opticom Fiber Enclosures.
VWSDC
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.61
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opticom Splice Modules, Trays, and Holders
C.
Fiber
Optic Std. Std.
Systems Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
D. Fiber Optic Splice Modules
Power
over FOSMF Fiber optic splice module holds and protects up to 24 fusion splices. 1 10
Ethernet Self-stacking modules with integral cable management and fiber
slacking/spooling features. Black plastic base and clear plastic hinged
cover. For use with Panduit Opticom FCE*U, FRME*U, and FMT
E. series enclosures.
Zone Dimensions: 0.30"H x 14.03"W x 5.28"D
Cabling FOSMF (7.6mm x 356.4mm x 134.1mm)
FOSMM Fiber optic splice module holds and protects up to 12 mechanical 1 10
splices. Self-stacking modules with integral cable management and fiber
F. slacking/spooling features. Black plastic base and clear plastic hinged
Wireless cover. For use with Panduit Opticom FCE*U, FRME*U, and FMT
series enclosures.
Dimensions: 0.30"H x 14.03"W x 5.28"D
(7.6mm x 356.4mm x 134.1mm)
G. FOSMH1U Fiber optic splice module holder, 1 RU. Holds up to four FOSM splice 1 10
Outlets FST24 modules. For use with FCE1U or FCE1UA fiber cassette enclosure.
Dimensions: 1.41"H x 0.72"W x 2.61"D (35.9mm x 18.3mm x 66.4mm)
FOSMH2U Fiber optic splice module handler, 2 RU. Holds up to eight FOSM splice 1 10
H. modules. For use with FCE2U fiber cassette enclosure.
Media Dimensions: 2.91"H x 0.72"W x 2.61"D (74.0mm x 18.3mm x 66.4mm)
Distribution FOSMH4U Fiber optic splice module holder, 4 RU. Holds up to twelve FOSM splice 1 0
modules. For use with FCE4U fiber cassette enclosure.
Dimensions: 5.50"H x10.42"W x 5.41"D
I.
Physical (139.7mm x 264.7mm x 137.4mm)
FST6
Infrastructure Metal Splice Tray and Holder 24-Splice Increment
Management
FST24 Fiber splice tray kit for up to 24 mechanical or fusion splices or 144 1 10
ribbon fusion splices. Fits in Panduit FRME3 and FRME4 rack mount
J. enclosures. Stacks up to three high using FST24H3 stacking unit.
Overhead & Dimensions: 0.37"H x 4.38"W x 11.75"L
Underfloor (9.4mm x 111.3mm x 298.5mm)
Routing
FST24H3 Stacking holder for FST24 fiber splice tray with built in fiber spooling. 1 10
Holds and secures one to three splice trays with Panduit Tak-Ty
K. Cable Ties. Mounting hardware included. For use with FRME3 and
Surface FSTK FRME4 rack mount enclosures.
Raceway Dimensions: 2.07"H x 4.56"W x 11.61"L
(52.6mm x 115.8mm x 294.9mm)
L. Metal Splice Tray and Holder 12-Splice Increment
Cabinets,
Racks & FST6 Fiber splice tray kit for up to twelve mechanical or fusion splices. Fits in 1 10
Cable Panduit FMT, FWME4, and FWME8 series enclosures. Stack up to four
Management high using FSTHE stacking unit in rack mount enclosures or using
FST6H4 stacking unit in wall mount enclosures.
M. Dimensions: 0.40"H x 4.42"W x 7.90"L (10.2mm x 112.3mm x 200.7mm)
FSC24
Grounding & FSTHE Stacking holder for FST6 fiber splice tray. Holds and secures one to four 1 10
Bonding splice trays (FST6) with Panduit Tak-Ty Cable Ties. Mount with
included adhesive strips or mounting screws.
Dimensions: 1.75"H x 4.56"W x 8.06"L (44.5mm x 115.8mm x 204.7mm)
N. Metal Splice Tray and Holder 6-Splice Increment
Industrial FSTK Fiber splice tray kit for up to six mechanical or fusion splices. Stack up 1 10
to two high using FSTHS stacking holder. For use in FWME2 wall
mount enclosure.
O. Dimensions: 0.40"H x 3.40"W x 6.60"L (10.2mm x 86.4mm x 167.6mm)
Labeling & FSTHS Stacking holder for FSTK fiber splice tray with built-in fiber spooling. 1 10
Identification Holds and secures one/two splice tray(s) with Panduit Tak-Ty Cable
Ties. Mount with existing enclosure hardware. For use in FWME2 wall
mount enclosure.
P. Dimensions: 1.62"H x 3.50"W x 6.50"L (41.1mm x 88.9mm x 167.6mm)
Cable
Management Fiber Splice Chip
Accessories
FSC24 Accommodates and protects up to 24 fusion splices. Comes with label, 1 10
clear cover, and adhesive mount. For use with any Panduit
Opticom Enclosure.
Q. Dimensions: 0.50"H x 3.12"W x 2.47"D (12.7mm x 79.4mm x 62.7mm)
Index
C.62 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core 50/125m (OM3/OM4) Patch Cords and Pigtails
Available in riser (OFNR) or plenum (OFNP) flame ratings; Backward compatible for use with all 50/125m C.
part numbers listed are for OFNR (FXE10-10M1Y) system requirements Fiber
Optic
For OFNP, place a P after the X in the part number Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss Systems
and drop the Y (FXPE10-10M1) Insertion loss data recorded for every multimode
Patch cords are tested to support network transmission patch cord D.
speeds up to 10 Gb/s for link lengths up to 300 Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number Power
meters with an 850nm source per IEEE 802.3ae over
on each patch cord Ethernet
10 GbE standard
Highest quality flame retardant fiber optic cable
Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements with tight-buffered coating on each optical fiber
LC and SC connector housing and boot colors follow Patch cords are tested to support network E.
Zone
TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested color identification scheme transmission speeds up to 10 Gb/s for link lengths Cabling
Insertion loss per connection: 0.10dB typical; up to 550 meters with an 850nm source per IEEE
0.30dB maximum 802.3ae 10 GbE standard
Std. Std. F.
Length Pkg. Ctn. Wireless
Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty.
LC to LC OM4 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
FZE10-10M1 LC to LC Patch Cord, Standard OM4, Riser, 0.25 dB IL Loss, Duplex, 1 1 10 G.
FZE10-10M* 1.6mm jacketed cable, 1m Outlets
LC to Pigtail OM4 Multimode Simplex Pigtails 900m Buffered Fiber
FZB10-NM1 LC to Pigtail Patch Cord, Standard OM4, Riser, 0.25 dB IL Loss, 1 1 10
Simplex Pigtails, 900 Buffered Fiber, 1m H.
SC to SC OM4 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable Media
FZD3-3M1 SC to SC Patch Cord, Standard OM4, Riser, 0.25 dB IL Loss, Duplex, 1 1 10 Distribution
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing Cable Self-Laminating Labels for Opti-Core 50/125m (OM3) Fiber Optic
Patch Cords and Pigtails
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Management
Patch Cord Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
M. Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Grounding & S100X160YAJ S100X150VATY S100X160VAC T100X000CBC-BK
All FZE/FXE parts
Bonding and NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y
All FZD/FXD parts S100X220YAJ S100X225VATY S100X220VAC T100X000CBC-BK
and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y
N.
Industrial For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18.
For complete information on fiber optic cable identification solutions, reference page C.92.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
C.64 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Multimode 62.5/125m (OM1) or 50/125m (OM2) Fiber Optic
Patch Cords and Pigtails C.
Fiber
Available in riser (OFNR) or plenum (OFNP) flame ratings; Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss Optic
part numbers listed are for OFNR (F6E10-10M1Y) Systems
Insertion loss data recorded for every multimode
For OFNP, place a P after the 6 (or 5) in the part number patch cord
D.
and drop the Y (F6PE10-10M1) Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each Power
Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements patch cord over
Ethernet
LC and SC connector housing and boot colors follow Highest quality flame retardant fiber optic cable with
TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested color identification scheme tight-buffered coating on each optical fiber
Insertion loss per connection: 0.10dB typical; To order standard 50/125m performance (orange cable) E.
Zone
0.30dB maximum patch cords, replace the 6 in the part number (F6D3-3M1) Cabling
with a 5 (F5D3-3M1)
Std. Std.
Length Pkg. Ctn. F.
Wireless
Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty.
LC to LC OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
F6E10-10M*Y F6E10-10M1Y LC to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable 1 1 10
(one duplex LC connector on each end) 62.5/125m. G.
Outlets
LC to LC OM1 Multimode Simplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
F6F10-10M1Y LC to LC multimode simplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable 1 1 10
(one LC connector on each end) 62.5/125m.
H.
F6F10-10M*Y Media
LC to Pigtail OM1 Multimode Simplex Pigtails 900m Buffered Fiber
Distribution
F6B10-NM1Y LC to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 900m buffered fiber 1 1 10
(one LC connector on one end and open on the other
end) 62.5/125m. I.
Physical
SC to SC OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable Infrastructure
F6B10-NM*Y F6D3-3M1Y SC to SC multimode duplex patch cord, 3mm jacketed cable 1 1 10 Management
(one duplex SC connector on each end) 62.5/125m.
SC to SC OM1 Multimode Simplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable J.
Overhead &
F6S3-3M1Y SC to SC multimode simplex patch cord, 3mm jacketed cable 1 1 10 Underfloor
(one SC connector on each end) 62.5/125m. Routing
Q.
Index
F6D6P-6PM*Y F6D6J-NM*Y Table continues on page C.66
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.65
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Multimode 62.5/125m (OM1) or 50/125m (OM2) Fiber Optic
C.
Fiber Patch Cords and Pigtails (continued)
Optic
Systems Std. Std.
Length Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty.
D.
Power FJ Jack Module to Pigtail OM1 Multimode Duplex Pigtails 900m Buffered Fiber
over F6B6J-NM1Y FJ Jack Module to pigtail multimode duplex pigtail, 900m buffered 1 1 10
Ethernet
F6B6J-NM*Y fiber (one FJ Jack Module on one end and open on the other
end) 62.5/125m.
E. MT-RJ to MT-RJ OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.8mm Jacketed Cable
Zone
Cabling F6Z12-12M1 Female MT-RJ to female MT-RJ multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
1.8mm jacketed cable (one female MT-RJ connector on each
end) 62.5/125m.
F6Z12-12M SC to LC OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
F.
Wireless F6E3-10M1Y SC to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable 1 1 10
(one duplex SC connector on one end and one duplex LC
connector on the other end) 62.5/125m.
ST to SC OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable
G.
Outlets F6D2-3M1Y ST to SC multimode duplex patch cord, 3mm jacketed cable 1 1 10
F6E3-10M*Y (two ST connectors on one end and one duplex SC connector on
the other end) 62.5/125m.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management F6Z2-12M F6Z6P-12M
Accessories
Q.
Index
C.66 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
Cable Self-Laminating Labels for Opti-Core Multimode 62.5/125m
(OM1) or 50/125m (OM2) Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Ethernet
Patch Cord Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label E.
All F6S, F6E, F5S and S100X160YAJ S100X150VATY S100X160VAC and T100X000CBC-BK Zone
F5E parts and NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y Cabling
All F6D, F6Z, F5D and S100X220YAJ S100X225VATY S100X220VAC T100X000CBC-BK
F5Z parts and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18. F.
For complete information on fiber optic cable identification solutions, reference page C.92. Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.67
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Singlemode 9/125m (OS1/OS2) Fiber Optic Patch Cords
C.
Fiber and Pigtails
Optic Available in riser (OFNR) or plenum (OFNP) flame ratings; Typical insertion loss per connection: 0.25dB
Systems part numbers listed are for OFNR (F9E10-10M1Y) UPC polished (55dB minimum return loss)
For OFNP, place a P after the X in the part number and Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss and
D.
Power drop the Y (F9PE10-10M1) return loss
over Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements Insertion loss and return loss data recorded for every
Ethernet
LC and SC connector housing and boot colors follow singlemode patch cord
TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested color identification scheme Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each
E. 100% factory inspected end face geometry in compliance patch cord
Zone
Cabling
with Telcordia GR-326-CORE, Issue 3 Highest quality flame retardant fiber optic cable with
tight-buffered coating on each optical fiber
Std. Std.
F. Length Pkg. Ctn.
Wireless Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty.
M.
ST to Pigtail OS1/OS2 Singlemode Simplex Pigtails 900m Buffered Fiber
Grounding & F9B3-NM*Y F9B2-NM1Y ST to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail, 900m buffered fiber 1 1 10
Bonding (one ST connector on one end and open on the other
end) 9/125m.
FJ Plug to FJ Plug OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable
N. F9D6P-6PM1Y FJ Plug to FJ Plug singlemode duplex patch cord, 3mm 1 1 10
Industrial jacketed cable (one FJ Plug on each end) 9/125m.
F9D2-2M*Y
FJ Jack Module to Pigtail OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Pigtails 3mm Jacketed Cable
F9D6J-NM1Y FJ Jack Module to pigtail singlemode duplex pigtail, 3mm 1 1 10
O. jacketed cable (one FJ Jack Module on one end and open on
Labeling & the other end) 9/125m.
Identification
^Additional lengths and availability: Patch cords are available in 1 10 meter lengths in 1 meter increments, and 15, 20,
25 and 30 meter lengths. Pigtails are available in 1, 2, and 3 meter lengths. To order lengths other than 1 meter, replace
P. the 1 after the M (F9D3-3M1Y) with the desired length (F9D3-3M2Y for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock
Cable F9S2-2M*Y items. For other lengths, contact Customer Service for actual lead time.
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
F9B2-NM*Y F9D6P-6PM*Y F9D6J-NM*Y
C.68 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Singlemode 9/125m (OS1/OS2) Fiber Optic Patch Cords
and Pigtails (continued) C.
Fiber
Optic
Std. Std. Systems
Length Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty. D.
FJ Jack Module to Pigtail OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Pigtails 900m Buffered Fiber Power
over
F9B6J-NM*Y F9B6J-NM1Y FJ Jack Module to pigtail singlemode duplex pigtail, 900m 1 1 10 Ethernet
buffered fiber (one FJ Jack Module on one end and open on
the other end) 9/125m.
E.
SC to LC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable Zone
F9E3-10M1Y SC to LC singlemode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed 1 1 10 Cabling
cable (two SC connectors on one end and one duplex LC
connector on the other end) 9/125m.
F9E3-10M*Y SC to LC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Simplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable F.
F9F3-10M1Y SC to LC singlemode simplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed 1 1 10 Wireless
cable (one SC connector on one end and one LC connector
on the other end) 9/125m.
ST to SC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable G.
F9D2-3M1Y ST to SC singlemode duplex patch cord, 3mm jacketed cable 1 1 10 Outlets
(two ST connectors on one end and two SC connectors on the
F9F3-10M*Y other end) 9/125m.
ST to SC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Simplex Patch Cord 3mm Jacketed Cable H.
F9S2-3M1Y ST to SC singlemode simplex patch cord, 3mm jacketed cable 1 1 10 Media
Distribution
(one ST connector on one end and one SC connector on the
other end) 9/125m.
FJ Plug to LC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable I.
Physical
F9E6P-10M1Y FJ Plug to LC singlemode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed 1 1 10 Infrastructure
F9D2-3M*Y cable (one FJ Plug on one end and one duplex LC connector Management
on the other end) 9/125m.
FJ Plug to SC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable J.
F9D6P-3M1Y Overhead &
FJ Plug to SC singlemode duplex patch cord, 3mm jacketed 1 1 10
Underfloor
cable (one FJ Plug on one end and two SC connectors on Routing
the other end) 9/125m.
^Additional lengths and availability: Patch cords are available in 1 10 meter lengths in 1 meter increments, and 15, 20,
25 and 30 meter lengths. Pigtails are available in 1, 2, and 3 meter lengths. To order lengths other than 1 meter, replace K.
F9S2-3M*Y the 1 after the M (F9D3-3M1Y) with the desired length (F9D3-3M2Y for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock Surface
items. For other lengths, contact Customer Service for actual lead time. Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Cable Self-Laminating Labels for Opti-Core Singlemode 9/125m Management
(OS1/OS2) Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Patch Cord Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label O.
S100X160YAJ and S100X150VATY and S100X160VAC and T100X000CBC-BK Labeling &
All F9F parts Identification
NWSLC-2Y NWSLC-2Y NWSLC-2Y and NWSLC-2Y
All F9S and S100X160YAJ and S100X150VATY and S100X160VAC and T100X000CBC-BK
F9E parts NWSLC-3Y NWSLC-3Y NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y P.
Cable
All F9D parts S100X220YAJ and S100X225VATY and S100X220VAC and T100X000CBC-BK Management
NWSLC-7Y NWSLC-7Y NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y Accessories
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18
For complete information on fiber optic cable identification solutions, reference page C.92.
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.69
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core LC Patch Cords with mSFP Duplex Clip
C.
Fiber
Optic 5.25mm center line LC duplex clip enables mating to the Ease of installation
Systems
mSFP form factor transceiver Extends life of the LC connector latch and the longevity of
D. It extends the reach of Panduits LC connector line to a the connector
Power new, high-density application New strain relief boot with reduced outside diameter
over Rear pivot LC latch prevents connector bundles from fish enables mating to the mSFP form factor transceiver
Ethernet hooking other connectors This product is used exclusively on Brocade* FC8-64 for
Decreases amount of deflection required to mate the DCX switch frame
E. and unmate
Zone
Cabling
Std. Std.
Length Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description (m) Qty. Qty.
F.
Wireless mSFP to LC OM4 Multimode Patch Cords Riser Rated (OFNR)
FZNLCMLE2RM001 mSFP to LC, OM4, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed 1 1 10
cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
factor transceiver.
G. FZNLCMLE2RM002 mSFP to LC, OM4, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed 2 1 10
Outlets cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
factor transceiver.
FZNLCMLE2RM00* FZNLCMLE2RM003 mSFP to LC, OM4, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed 3 1 10
H. cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
Media factor transceiver.
Distribution FZNLCMLE2RM005 mSFP to LC, OM4, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed 5 1 10
cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
factor transceiver.
I.
Physical FZNLCMLE2RM010 mSFP to LC, OM4, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed 10 1 10
Infrastructure cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
Management factor transceiver.
mSFP to mSFP OM4 Multimode Patch Cords Riser Rated (OFNR)
J.
FZNMLMLE2RM001 mSFP to mSFP, OM4, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm 1 1 10
Overhead &
Underfloor jacketed cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP
Routing form factor transceiver.
FZNMLMLE2RM002 mSFP to mSFP, OM4, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm 2 1 10
jacketed cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP
K. form factor transceiver.
Surface
Raceway FZNMLMLE2RM00* mSFP to LC OM3 Multimode Patch Cords Riser Rated (OFNR)
FXNLCMLE2RM001 mSFP to LC, OM3, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed 1 1 10
L. cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
Cabinets, factor transceiver.
Racks & FXNLCMLE2RM002 mSFP to LC, OM3, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed 2 1 10
Cable cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
Management factor transceiver.
FXNLCMLE2RM003 mSFP to LC, OM3, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed 3 1 10
M. FXNLCMLE2RM00* cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
Grounding & factor transceiver.
Bonding
FXNLCMLE2RM005 mSFP to LC, OM3, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed 5 1 10
cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
factor transceiver.
N. FXNLCMLE2RM010 mSFP to LC, OM3, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed 10 1 10
Industrial
cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
factor transceiver.
mSFP to mSFP OM3 Multimode Patch Cords Riser Rated (OFNR)
O.
FXNMLMLE2RM001 mSFP to mSFP, OM3, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm 1 1 10
Labeling &
Identification jacketed cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP
form factor transceiver.
FXNMLMLE2RM002 mSFP to mSFP, OM3, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm 2 1 10
P. jacketed cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP
Cable form factor transceiver.
Management
Accessories FXNMLMLE2RM00* * Brocade is a trademark of Brocade Communications Systems, Inc.
* Opti-Core LC Patch Cords with mSFP Duplex Clip are available in lengths of 1, 2, 3, 5, and 10 meters for LC to
mSFP and 1 and 2 meters for mSFP to mSFP.
Q.
Index
C.70 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core APC 9/125m (OS1/OS2) Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails
C.
Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss and Fiber
return loss Optic
SC connector housing and boot colors follow Systems
TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested color identification scheme Insertion loss and return loss data recorded for every
100% factory inspected end face geometry in compliance APC patch cord
D.
with Telcordia GR-326-CORE, Issue 3 Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each Power
Typical insertion loss per connection: 0.15dB patch cord over
Ethernet
APC polished (65dB minimum return loss) Highest quality flame retardant fiber optic cable with
tight-buffered coating on each optical fiber
E.
Std. Std. Zone
Length Pkg. Ctn. Cabling
Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty.
SC APC to SC APC APC OS1/OS2 Simplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable
F9S3A-3AM F9S3A-3AM1 SC APC to SC APC singlemode simplex patch cord, 1 1 10 F.
3mm jacketed cable (one SC APC connector on each Wireless
end) 9/125m.
SC APC to SC APC APC OS1/OS2 Simplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
H.
F9F3A-3AM1 SC APC to SC APC singlemode simplex patch cord, 1 1 10 Media
1.6mm jacketed cable (one SC APC connector on each Distribution
end) 9/125m.
F9F3A-3AM SC APC to Pigtail APC OS1/OS2 Simplex Pigtails 1.6mm Jacketed Cable I.
F9F3A-NM1 SC APC to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail, 1.6mm 1 1 10 Physical
jacketed cable (one SC APC connector on one end and Infrastructure
Management
open on the other end) 9/125m.
SC APC to SC APC APC OS1/OS2 Simplex Patch Cords 900m Buffered Fiber J.
F9B3A-3AM1 SC APC to SC APC singlemode simplex patch cord, 1 1 10 Overhead &
F9F3A-NM Underfloor
900m buffered fiber (one SC APC connector on each
Routing
end) 9/125m.
M.
F9B3A-NM Grounding &
Bonding
O.
Labeling &
Identification
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Patch Cord Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label P.
Cable
All F9F parts S100X160YAJ and S100X150VATY and S100X160VAC and T100X000CBC-BK Management
NWSLC-2Y NWSLC-2Y NWSLC-2Y and NWSLC-2Y Accessories
All F9S parts S100X160YAJ and S100X150VATY and S100X160VAC and T100X000CBC-BK
NWSLC-3Y NWSLC-3Y NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y
Q.
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18. Index
For complete information on fiber optic cable identification solutions, reference page C.92.
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.71
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed Opti-Core 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) Fiber Optic Patch
C.
Fiber Cords and Pigtails
Optic
Systems Patch cords are tested to support network transmission Part of a complete keyed LC system that includes
speeds up to 10 Gb/s for link lengths up to 300 Opti-Core Patch Cords and Pigtails, OptiCam
D.
meters with an 850nm source per IEEE 802.3ae Pre-Polished Cam Connectors, Opticom Fiber Adapter
Power 10 GbE standard Panels (FAPs) and Mini-Com Adapter Modules
over Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements Backward compatible for use with all 50/125m
Ethernet system requirements
Insertion loss per connection: 0.10dB typical;
0.30dB maximum Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss
E. Include color-specific keys with positive and negative Insertion loss data recorded for every multimode
Zone
Cabling keying features to visually and mechanically distinguish patch cord
connections to prevent unauthorized mating with unlike Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each
keyed or non-keyed adapters patch cord
F. Highest quality flame retardant fiber optic cable with
Wireless tight-buffered coating on each optical fiber
Std. Std.
Length Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty.
G.
Outlets Keyed LC to Keyed LC 10Gig OM3 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm
Jacketed Cable
FXE10A-10AM1 LC (keyed A black) to LC (keyed A black) multimode 1 1 10
H. duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed
Media LC connector on each end) 10Gig 50/125m.
Distribution
FXE10B-10BM1 LC (keyed B red) to LC (keyed B red) multimode duplex 1 1 10
patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC
I. connector on each end) 10Gig 50/125m.
Physical FXE10C-10CM1 LC (keyed C green) to LC (keyed C green) multimode 1 1 10
Infrastructure FXE10B-10BM duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed
Management LC connector on each end) 10Gig 50/125m.
FXE10D-10DM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to LC (keyed D yellow) multimode 1 1 10
J. duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex
Overhead &
keyed D yellow LC connector on each
Underfloor
Routing end) 10Gig 50/125m.
FXE10E-10EM1 LC (keyed E orange) to LC (keyed E orange) multimode 1 1 10
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed
K. LC connector on each end) 10Gig 50/125m.
Surface
Raceway FXE10F-10FM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to LC (keyed F dark blue) 1 1 10
multimode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable
(one duplex keyed LC connector on each
L. end) 10Gig 50/125m.
Cabinets,
Racks & Keyed LC to Pigtail 10Gig OM3 Multimode Simplex Pigtail 900m Buffered Fiber
Cable FXB10A-NM1 LC (keyed A black) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10
Management
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end
and open on the other end) 10Gig 50/125m.
M. FXB10B-NM1 LC (keyed B red) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10
Grounding &
Bonding 900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end
and open on the other end) 10Gig 50/125m.
FXB10C-NM1 LC (keyed C green) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10
FXB10C-NM 900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end
N. and open on the other end) 10Gig 50/125m.
Industrial
FXB10D-NM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end
and open on the other end) 10Gig 50/125m.
O. FXB10E-NM1 LC (keyed E orange) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10
Labeling & 900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end
Identification and open on the other end) 10Gig 50/125m.
FXB10F-NM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10
P. 900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end
Cable and open on the other end) 10Gig 50/125m.
Management
Accessories ^Additional lengths and availability: Keyed LC patch cords and pigtails are available in 1m 10m lengths in 1m
increments, and 15m, 20m, and 30m lengths. Keyed FJ Plug Patch Cords and Pigtails are available in 1m, 2m,
3m, 5m and 10m lengths. To order lengths other than 1m, replace the 1 after the M (FXE10A-10AM1) with the
desired length (FXE10A-10AM2 for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For other lengths, contact
Q. Customer Service for actual lead times.
Index The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with
color-specific keyed connectivity. For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com.
C.72 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed Opti-Core 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) Fiber Optic Patch Cords
C.
and Pigtails (continued) Fiber
Optic
Std. Std. Systems
Length Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty. D.
Power
Keyed LC to Pigtail 10Gig OM3 Multimode Duplex Plenum Pigtail 1.6mm
over
Jacketed Cable Ethernet
FXPE10A-NM1 LC (keyed A black) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum 1 1 10
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC
connector on one end and open on the other E.
Zone
end) 10Gig 50/125m.
Cabling
FXPE10B-NM1 LC (keyed B red) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum 1 1 10
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC
FXPE10D-NM connector on one end and open on the other
end) 10Gig 50/125m. F.
Wireless
FXPE10C-NM1 LC (keyed C green) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum 1 1 10
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC
connector on one end and open on the other
end) 10Gig 50/125m.
G.
FXPE10D-NM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum 1 1 10 Outlets
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC
connector on one end and open on the other
end) 10Gig 50/125m.
H.
FXPE10E-NM1 LC (keyed E orange) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum 1 1 10
Media
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC Distribution
connector on one end and open on the other
end) 10Gig 50/125m.
FXPE10F-NM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum 1 1 10 I.
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC Physical
connector on one end and open on the other Infrastructure
end) 10Gig 50/125m. Management
Keyed LC to LC 10Gig OM3 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable J.
FXE10A-10M1 LC (keyed A black) to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10 Overhead &
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on Underfloor
one end and one duplex LC connector on the other Routing
end) 10Gig 50/125m.
FXE10B-10M1 LC (keyed B red) to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10 K.
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on Surface
FXE10E-10M one end and one duplex LC connector on the other Raceway
end) 10Gig 50/125m.
FXE10C-10M1 LC (keyed C green) to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10 L.
10 GbE, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC Cabinets,
connector on one end and one duplex LC connector on the Racks &
other end) 10Gig 50/125m. Cable
Management
FXE10D-10M1 LC (keyed D yellow) to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on
one end and one duplex LC connector on the other M.
end) 10Gig 50/125m. Grounding &
Bonding
FXE10E-10M1 LC (keyed E orange) to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on
one end and one duplex LC connector on the other
end) 10Gig 50/125m. N.
FXE10F-10M1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to LC multimode duplex patch 1 1 10 Industrial
cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector
on one end and one duplex LC connector on the other
end) 10Gig 50/125m. O.
^Additional lengths and availability: Keyed LC patch cords and pigtails are available in 1m 10m lengths in 1m Labeling &
increments, and 15m, 20m, and 30m lengths. Keyed FJ Plug Patch Cords and Pigtails are available in 1m, 2m, Identification
3m, 5m and 10m lengths. To order lengths other than 1m, replace the 1 after the M (FXE10A-10AM1) with the
desired length (FXE10A-10AM2 for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For other lengths, contact
Customer Service for actual lead times. P.
Cable
The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with Management
color-specific keyed connectivity. For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com. Accessories
Q.
Index
Table continues on page C.74
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.73
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed Opti-Core 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) Fiber Optic Patch Cords
and Pigtails (continued)
C. Std. Std.
Fiber Length Pkg. Ctn.
Optic Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty.
Systems
SC to Keyed LC 10Gig OM3 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
D. FXE3-10AM1 SC to LC (keyed A black) multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
Power 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one
over end and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
Ethernet end) 10Gig 50/125m.
FXE3-10BM1 SC to LC (keyed B red) multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one
E. end and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
Zone
end) 10Gig 50/125m.
Cabling
FXE3-10CM1 SC to LC (keyed C green) multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
FXE3-10FM
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one
end and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
F. end) 10Gig 50/125m.
Wireless FXE3-10DM1 SC to LC (keyed D yellow) multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one
end and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
end) 10Gig 50/125m.
G. FXE3-10EM1 SC to LC (keyed E orange) multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
Outlets FXD6PW-3M*Y
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one
end and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
end) 10Gig 50/125m.
H. FXE3-10FM1 SC to LC (keyed F dark blue) multimode duplex patch 1 1 10
Media cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on
Distribution one end and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
end) 10Gig 50/125m.
FXD6PX-3M*Y
I. Keyed FJ Plug to SC 10Gig OM3 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm
Physical Jacketed Cable
Infrastructure FXD6PW-3M1Y FJ Plug (keyed W black) to SC multimode duplex patch 1 1 10
Management cord, 3mm jacketed cable (one keyed FJ Plug on one
end and one duplex SC connector on the other
J. end) 10Gig 50/125m.
Overhead & FXD6PY-3M*Y FXD6PX-3M1Y FJ Plug (keyed X red) to SC multimode duplex patch 1 1 10
Underfloor cord, 3mm jacketed cable (one keyed FJ Plug on one
Routing
end and one duplex SC connector on the other
end) 10Gig 50/125m.
K. FXD6PY-3M1Y FJ Plug (keyed Y orange) to SC multimode duplex patch 1 1 10
Surface cord, 3mm jacketed cable (one keyed FJ Plug on one
Raceway end and one duplex SC connector on the other
FXD6PZ-3M*Y end) 10Gig 50/125m.
L. FXD6PZ-3M1Y FJ Plug (keyed Z yellow) to SC multimode duplex patch 1 1 10
Cabinets, cord, 3mm jacketed cable (one keyed FJ Plug on one
Racks & end and one duplex SC connector on the other
Cable end) 10Gig 50/125m.
Management
^Additional lengths and availability: Keyed LC patch cords and pigtails are available in 1m 10m lengths in 1m
increments, and 15m, 20m, and 30m lengths. Keyed FJ Plug Patch Cords and Pigtails are available in 1m, 2m,
M. 3m, 5m and 10m lengths. To order lengths other than 1m, replace the 1 after the M (FXE10A-10AM1) with the
Grounding & desired length (FXE10A-10AM2 for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For other lengths, contact
Bonding Customer Service for actual lead times.
The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with
color-specific keyed connectivity. For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com.
N.
Industrial Cable Self-Laminating Labels for Keyed Opti-Core 10Gig 50/125m
(OM3) Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails
O.
Labeling &
Identification
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
P. Patch Cord Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Cable Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Management
Accessories All FXE parts S100X160YAJ S100X150VATY S100X160VAC T100X000CBC-BK
and NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y
All FXD parts S100X220YAJ S100X225VATY S100X220VAC T100X000CBC-BK
Q. and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y
Index For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18.
For complete information on fiber optic cable identification solutions, reference page C.92.
C.74 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed Opti-Core Multimode 62.5/125m (OM1) or 50/125m (OM2)
C.
Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails Fiber
Optic
Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss Systems
Insertion loss per connection: 0.10dB typical; Insertion loss data recorded for every multimode
0.30dB maximum patch cord D.
Power
Include color-specific keys with positive and negative Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each over
keying features to visually and mechanically distinguish patch cord Ethernet
connections to prevent unauthorized mating with unlike Highest quality flame retardant fiber optic cable with
keyed or non-keyed adapters tight-buffered coating on each optical fiber E.
Part of a complete keyed LC system that includes Zone
Opti-Core Patch Cords and Pigtails, OptiCam Cabling
Pre-Polished Cam Connectors, Opticom Fiber Adapter
Panels (FAPs) and Mini-Com Adapter Modules
F.
Std. Std. Wireless
Length Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty.
Keyed LC to Keyed LC OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable G.
F6E10A-10AM1 LC (keyed A black) to LC (keyed A black) multimode 1 1 10 Outlets
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed
LC connector on each end) 62.5/125m.
F6E10B-10BM1 LC (keyed B red) to LC (keyed B red) multimode duplex 1 1 10
H.
patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC Media
connector on each end) 62.5/125m. Distribution
F6E10B-10BM
F6E10C-10CM1 LC (keyed C green) to LC (keyed C green) multimode 1 1 10
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed
LC connector on each end) 62.5/125m. I.
Physical
F6E10D-10DM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to LC (keyed D yellow) multimode 1 1 10 Infrastructure
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed Management
LC connector on each end) 62.5/125m.
F6E10E-10EM1 LC (keyed E orange) to LC (keyed E orange) multimode 1 1 10 J.
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed Overhead &
LC connector on each end) 62.5/125m. Underfloor
F6E10F-10FM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to LC (keyed F dark blue) 1 1 10 Routing
multimode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one
duplex keyed LC connector on each end) 62.5/125m.
K.
Keyed LC to Pigtail OM1 Multimode Simplex Pigtail 900m Buffered Fiber Surface
Raceway
F6B10A-NM1 LC (keyed A black) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end
and open on the other end) 62.5/125m. L.
Cabinets,
F6B10B-NM1 LC (keyed B red) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10 Racks &
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end Cable
and open on the other end) 62.5/125m. Management
F6B10C-NM F6B10C-NM1 LC (keyed C green) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end M.
and open on the other end) 62.5/125m. Grounding &
F6B10D-NM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10 Bonding
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end
and open on the other end) 62.5/125m.
F6B10E-NM1 LC (keyed E orange) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10 N.
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end Industrial
and open on the other end) 62.5/125m.
F6B10F-NM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end
O.
and open on the other end) 62.5/125m. Labeling &
To order standard OM2 50/125m performance (orange cable) patch cords, replace the 6 in the part number Identification
(F6E10A-10AM1) with a 5 (F5E10A-10AM1).
^Additional lengths and availability: Keyed LC patch cords and pigtails are available in 1m 10m lengths in 1m
increments, and 15m, 20m, and 30m lengths. Keyed FJ Plug Patch Cords and Pigtails are available in 1m, 2m, P.
3m, 5m and 10m lengths. To order lengths other than 1m, replace the 1 after the M (F6E10A-10AM1) with the Cable
desired length (F6E10A-10AM2 for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For other lengths, contact Management
Customer Service for actual lead times. Accessories
The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with
color-specific keyed connectivity. For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com.
Q.
Index
Table continues on page C.76
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.75
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed Opti-Core Multimode 62.5/125m (OM1) or 50/125m (OM2) Fiber
C.
Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails (continued)
Optic
Systems Std. Std.
Length Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty.
D.
Power Keyed LC to Pigtail OM1 Multimode Duplex Plenum Pigtail 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
over
Ethernet F6PE10A-NM1 LC (keyed A black) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum 1 1 10
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector
on one end and open on the other end) 62.5/125m.
E. F6PE10B-NM1 LC (keyed B red) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum 1 1 10
Zone pigtail,1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector
Cabling on one end and open on the other end) 62.5/125m.
F6PE10D-NM F6PE10C-NM1 LC (keyed C green) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum 1 1 10
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector
F. on one end and open on the other end) 62.5/125m.
Wireless F6PE10D-NM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum 1 1 10
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector
on one end and open on the other end) 62.5/125m.
F6PE10E-NM1 LC (keyed E orange) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum 1 1 10
G.
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector
Outlets
on one end and open on the other end) 62.5/125m.
F6PE10F-NM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum 1 1 10
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector
H. on one end and open on the other end) 62.5/125m.
Media
Distribution Keyed LC to LC OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
F6E10A-10M1 LC (keyed A black) to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on
I. one end and one duplex LC connector on the other
Physical end) 62.5/125m.
Infrastructure
Management F6E10B-10M1 LC (keyed B red) to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on
F6E10E-10M one end and one duplex LC connector on the other
J.
Overhead & end) 62.5/125m.
Underfloor F6E10C-10M1 LC (keyed C green) to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
Routing 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on
one end and one duplex LC connector on the other
end) 62.5/125m.
K.
Surface F6E10D-10M1 LC (keyed D yellow) to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
Raceway 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on
one end and one duplex LC connector on the other
end) 62.5/125m.
L.
Cabinets, F6E10E-10M1 LC (keyed E orange) to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
Racks & 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on
Cable one end and one duplex LC connector on the other
Management end) 62.5/125m.
F6E10F-10M1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to LC multimode duplex patch 1 1 10
M. cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector
Grounding & on one end and one duplex LC connector on the other
Bonding end) 62.5/125m.
To order standard OM2 50/125m performance (orange cable) patch cords, replace the 6 in the part number
(F6E10A-10AM1) with a 5 (F5E10A-10AM1).
N. ^Additional lengths and availability: Keyed LC patch cords and pigtails are available in 1m 10m lengths in 1m
Industrial increments, and 15m, 20m, and 30m lengths. Keyed FJ Plug Patch Cords and Pigtails are available in 1m, 2m,
3m, 5m and 10m lengths. To order lengths other than 1m, replace the 1 after the M (F6E10A-10AM1) with the
desired length (F6E10A-10AM2 for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For other lengths, contact
Customer Service for actual lead times.
O. The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with
Labeling & color-specific keyed connectivity. For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com.
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
C.76 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed Opti-Core Multimode 62.5/125m (OM1) or 50/125m (OM2) Fiber
Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails (continued) C.
Fiber
Std. Std. Optic
Length Pkg. Ctn. Systems
Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty.
D.
SC to Keyed LC OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable Power
F6E3-10AM1 SC to LC (keyed A black) multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10 over
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one Ethernet
end and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
end) 62.5/125m.
E.
F6E3-10BM1 SC to LC (keyed B red) multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10 Zone
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one Cabling
end and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
end) 62.5/125m.
F6E3-10FM F6E3-10CM1 SC to LC (keyed C green) multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one F.
end and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other Wireless
end) 62.5/125m.
F6E3-10DM1 SC to LC (keyed D yellow) multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one
G.
end and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
Outlets
end) 62.5/125m.
F6E3-10EM1 SC to LC (keyed E orange) multimode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one
end and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other H.
end) 62.5/125m. Media
Distribution
F6D6PW-3M*Y F6E3-10FM1 SC to LC (keyed F dark blue) multimode duplex patch 1 1 10
cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on
one end and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other I.
end) 62.5/125m. Physical
Keyed FJ Plug to SC OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable Infrastructure
Management
F6D6PW-3M1Y FJ Plug (keyed W black) to SC multimode duplex patch 1 1 10
cord, 3mm jacketed cable (one keyed FJ Plug on one
end and one duplex SC connector on the other J.
F6D6PX-3M*Y Overhead &
end) 62.5/125m.
Underfloor
F6D6PX-3M1Y FJ Plug (keyed X red) to SC multimode duplex patch 1 1 10 Routing
cord, 3mm jacketed cable (one keyed FJ Plug on one
end and one duplex SC connector on the other
end) 62.5/125m. K.
F6D6PY-3M1Y FJ Plug (keyed Y orange) to SC multimode duplex patch 1 1 10 Surface
cord, 3mm jacketed cable (one keyed FJ Plug on one Raceway
F6D6PY-3M*Y end and one duplex SC connector on the other
end) 62.5/125m. L.
F6D6PZ-3M1Y FJ Plug (keyed Z yellow) to SC multimode duplex patch 1 1 10 Cabinets,
cord, 3mm jacketed cable (one keyed FJ Plug on one Racks &
Cable
end and one duplex SC connector on the other Management
end) 62.5/125m.
To order standard OM2 50/125m performance (orange cable) patch cords, replace the 6 in the part number
F6D6PZ-3M*Y (F6E10A-10AM1) with a 5 (F5E10A-10AM1). M.
^Additional lengths and availability: Keyed LC patch cords and pigtails are available in 1m 10m lengths in 1m Grounding &
increments, and 15m, 20m, and 30m lengths. Keyed FJ Plug Patch Cords and Pigtails are available in 1m, 2m, 3m, Bonding
5m and 10m lengths. To order lengths other than 1m, replace the 1 after the M (F6E10A-10AM1) with the desired
length (F6E10A-10AM2 for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For other lengths, contact
Customer Service for actual lead times.
The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with N.
color-specific keyed connectivity. For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com. Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.77
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Cable Self-Laminating Labels for Keyed Opti-Core Multimode 62.5/125m
C.
Fiber (OM1) or 50/125m (OM2) Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
E. Patch Cord Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Zone Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Cabling All F6E and S100X160YAJ S100X150VATY S100X160VAC and T100X000CBC-BK
F5E parts and NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y
All F6D and S100X220YAJ S100X225VATY S100X220VAC T100X000CBC-BK
F. F5D parts and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y
Wireless
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18.
For complete information on fiber optic cable identification solutions, reference page C.92.
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
C.78 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Keyed Opti-Core Singlemode 9/125m (OS1/OS2) Copper
Systems
Patch Cords and Pigtails
Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements Part of a complete keyed LC system that C.
Fiber
100% factory inspected end face geometry in compliance includes Opti-Core Patch Cords and Pigtails, Optic
with Telcordia GR-326-CORE, Issue 3 OptiCam Pre-Polished Cam Connectors, Opticom Fiber Systems
Adapter Panels (FAPs) and Mini-Com Adapter Modules
Typical insertion loss per connection: 0.25dB
Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss and D.
UPC polished (55dB minimum return loss) return loss Power
Include color-specific keys with positive and negative over
Insertion loss and return loss data recorded for every Ethernet
keying features to visually and mechanically distinguish singlemode patch cord
connections to prevent unauthorized mating with unlike
keyed or non-keyed adapters Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each
E.
patch cord Zone
Highest quality flame retardant fiber optic cable with Cabling
tight-buffered coating on each optical fiber
Std. Std.
Length Pkg. Ctn. F.
Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty. Wireless
Keyed LC to Keyed LC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
F9E10A-10AM1 LC (keyed A black) to LC (keyed A black) singlemode 1 1 10
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC G.
connector on each end) 9/125m. Outlets
F9E10B-10BM1 LC (keyed B red) to LC (keyed B red) singlemode duplex 1 1 10
patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC
connector on each end) 9/125m.
H.
F9E10C-10CM1 LC (keyed C green) to LC (keyed C green) singlemode 1 1 10
Media
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC Distribution
connector on each end) 9/125m.
F9E10B-10BM
F9E10D-10DM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to LC (keyed D yellow) singlemode 1 1 10
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC I.
connector on each end) 9/125m. Physical
F9E10E-10EM1 LC (keyed E orange) to LC (keyed E orange) singlemode 1 1 10 Infrastructure
Management
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC
connector on each end) 9/125m.
F9E10F-10FM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to LC (keyed F dark blue) 1 1 10 J.
singlemode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one Overhead &
Underfloor
duplex keyed LC connector on each end) 9/125m. Routing
Keyed LC to Pigtail OS1/OS2 Singlemode Simplex Pigtail 900m Buffered Fiber
F9B10A-NM1 LC (keyed A black) to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10
K.
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end and
Surface
open on the other end) 9/125m. Raceway
F9B10B-NM1 LC (keyed B red) to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail, 900m 1 1 10
buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end and open
L.
on the other end) 9/125m. Cabinets,
F9B10C-NM1 LC (keyed C green) to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10 Racks &
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end and Cable
F9B10C-NM
open on the other end) 9/125m. Management
F9B10D-NM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end and M.
open on the other end) 9/125m. Grounding &
F9B10E-NM1 LC (keyed E orange) to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10 Bonding
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end and
open on the other end) 9/125m.
F9B10F-NM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail, 1 1 10 N.
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end and Industrial
open on the other end) 9/125m.
Keyed LC to Pigtail OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Plenum Pigtail 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
F9PE10A-NM1 LC (keyed A black) to pigtail singlemode duplex plenum 1 1 10 O.
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector Labeling &
on one end and open on the other end) 9/125m. Identification
F9PE10B-NM1 LC (keyed B red) to pigtail singlemode duplex plenum pigtail, 1 1 10
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on one
end and open on the other end) 9/125m. P.
Cable
^Additional lengths and availability: Keyed LC patch cords and pigtails are available in 1m 10m lengths in 1m Management
increments, and 15m, 20m, and 30m lengths. Keyed FJ Plug Patch Cords and Pigtails are available in 1m, 2m, 3m, Accessories
5m and 10m lengths. To order lengths other than 1m, replace the 1 after the M (F9E10A-10AM1) with the desired
length (F9E10A-10AM2 for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For other lengths, contact Customer
Service for actual lead times.
The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with Q.
color-specific keyed connectivity. For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com. Index
Table continues on page C.80
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.79
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Keyed Opti-Core Singlemode 9/125m (OS1/OS2) Patch Cords
and Pigtails (continued)
C. Std. Std.
Fiber Length Pkg. Ctn.
Optic Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty.
Systems
F9PE10C-NM1 LC (keyed C green) to pigtail singlemode duplex plenum 1 1 10
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector
D.
Power
on one end and open on the other end) 9/125m.
over F9PE10D-NM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to pigtail singlemode duplex plenum 1 1 10
Ethernet pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector
on one end and open on the other end) 9/125m.
F9PE10E-NM1 LC (keyed E orange) to pigtail singlemode duplex plenum 1 1 10
E. pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector
Zone F9PE10D-NM on one end and open on the other end) 9/125m.
Cabling
F9PE10F-NM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to pigtail singlemode duplex plenum 1 1 10
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector
on one end and open on the other end) 9/125m.
F. Keyed LC to LC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
Wireless
F9E10A-10M1 LC (keyed A black) to LC singlemode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on one
end and one duplex LC connector on the other
end) 9/125m.
G.
Outlets F9E10B-10M1 LC (keyed B red) to LC singlemode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm 1 1 10
jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on one end and
one duplex LC connector on the other end) 9/125m.
F9E10C-10M1 LC (keyed C green) to LC singlemode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
H. F9E10E-10M 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on one
Media end and one duplex LC connector on the other
Distribution end) 9/125m.
F9E10D-10M1 LC (keyed D yellow) to LC singlemode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
I. 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on one
Physical end and one duplex LC connector on the other
Infrastructure end) 9/125m.
Management F9E10E-10M1 LC (keyed E orange) to LC singlemode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on one
J. end and one duplex LC connector on the other
Overhead & end) 9/125m.
Underfloor F9E10F-10M1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to LC singlemode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
Routing
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on one
end and one duplex LC connector on the other
K. end) 9/125m.
Surface SC to Keyed LC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
Raceway F9E3-10AM1 SC to LC (keyed A black) singlemode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one end
L. and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
Cabinets, end) 9/125m.
Racks &
F9E3-10BM1 SC to LC (keyed B red) singlemode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
Cable
Management 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one end
and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
end) 9/125m.
M. F9E3-10FM
Grounding & F9E3-10CM1 SC to LC (keyed C green) singlemode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
Bonding 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one end
and one duplex keyed C LC connector on the other
end) 9/125m.
F9E3-10DM1 SC to LC (keyed D yellow) singlemode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
N. 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one end
Industrial and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
end) 9/125m.
F9E3-10EM1 SC to LC (keyed E orange) singlemode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
O. 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one end
Labeling & and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
Identification end) 9/125m.
F9E3-10FM1 SC to LC (keyed F dark blue) singlemode duplex patch cord, 1 1 10
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one end
P. and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
Cable
Management
end) 9/125m.
Accessories ^Additional lengths and availability: Keyed LC patch cords and pigtails are available in 1m 10m lengths in 1m
increments, and 15m, 20m, and 30m lengths. Keyed FJ Plug Patch Cords and Pigtails are available in 1m, 2m, 3m,
5m and 10m lengths. To order lengths other than 1m, replace the 1 after the M (F9E10A-10AM1) with the desired
length (F9E10A-10AM2 for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For other lengths, contact Customer
Q. Service for actual lead times.
Index
The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with
color-specific keyed connectivity. For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com.
C.80 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Cable Self-Laminating Labels for Keyed Opti-Core Singlemode 9/125m
C.
(OS1/OS2) Patch Cords and Pigtails Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Patch Cord Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 E.
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Zone
S100X160YAJ and S100X150VATY and S100X160VAC and T100X000CBC-BK Cabling
All F9E parts
NWSLC-3Y NWSLC-3Y NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18
For complete information on fiber optic cable identification solutions, reference page C.92. F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.81
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
LC Lock-In Duplex Clip
C.
Fiber
Optic Used with Opti-Core LC and Keyed LC Patch Cords to Installation/removal tool allows connectors to be locked
Systems prevent unauthorized removal of cable or other networking into or released from adapters in modules, FAPs,
equipment or critical connection cassettes, or patch panels for enhanced physical security
D. Secures connections to reduce network downtime, data Limits access of an LC or Keyed LC System that includes
Power security breaches, and hardware replacement due to theft Opti-Core Patch Cords and Pigtails, Opticom Fiber
over
Ethernet Adapter Panels (FAPs), and Mini-Com Adapter Modules
E. Std. Std.
Zone Pkg. Ctn.
Cabling Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
FLCCLIW-X Package of ten LC duplex lock-in clips and one Off White 10 100
removal tool.
F.
Wireless
G.
LC Duplex Adapter Blockout Device
Outlets
TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-10 compliant device fits all LC duplex Also functions as dust plug to mechanically protect the
adapters for a variety of applications and installations LC adapter optics and render it eye-safe
Tamper-resistant design blocks unauthorized access to LC Removal tool allows only authorized personnel to
H.
Media
duplex ports to reduce the risk of damage, saving time release the device, ensuring safety and security of your
Distribution and money associated with downtime, repairs, and network infrastructure
hardware replacement Available in multiple colors to match or contrast adapter
Compact, low profile design allows installation or removal colors for easy identification of blocked out adapters
I.
Physical without disturbing adjacent ports or installed patch cords
Infrastructure in high-density applications
Management Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
J. Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Overhead & PSL-LCAB* Package of ten LC duplex adapter blockout devices and Red 1 20
Underfloor one removal tool.
Routing
*For other colors, add -AQ for Aqua, -BL for Black, -BU for Blue, or -EI for Electric Ivory. Also available in bulk
packages of 100 devices and five removal tools. To order bulk package, add -C to the end of the part number.
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
SC Adapter Blockout Device
Cable
Management
TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-3 compliant device fits all SC Also functions as dust plug to mechanically protect the
adapters for a variety of applications and installations SC adapters/receptacle optics and renders it eye-safe
M.
Grounding & Tamper-resistant design blocks unauthorized access to to prevent exposure to laser radiation and contamination
Bonding SC switch and HBA/NIC ports, switch uplinks and user on dust sensitive transceivers
outlets, saving time and money associated with data Removal tool allows only authorized personnel to
security breaches, network downtime, repairs, and release the device, ensuring safety and security of your
N. hardware replacement network infrastructure
Industrial Compact, low profile design allows installation or removal Available in multiple colors for visual identification
without disturbing adjacent ports or installed patch cords or aesthetics
in high-density applications
O.
Labeling & Std. Std.
Identification Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
P.
PSL-SCBD* Package of ten SC adapter blockout devices and one Red 1 20
Cable removal tool.
Management *For other colors, add -AQ for Aqua, -BL for Black, -BU for Blue, -EI for Electric Ivory, or -AG for Green to the end
Accessories of the part number. Also available in bulk packages of 100 devices and five removal tools. To order bulk package,
add -C to the end of the part number.
Q.
Index
C.82 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Reference Cable Assembly Kits
C.
Reference and master grade cable assemblies pass all 10Gig 50/125m (gray) or 62.5/125m (black) mandrels Fiber
TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements are provided to allow mode conditioning and stripping for Optic
Systems
100% factory-inspected endface geometry in compliance testing fiber to applicable standards requirements
with Telcordia GR-326-CORE, Issue 3 Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss and D.
Insertion loss per connection: 0.10dB maximum return loss; data supplied with each reference and master Power
(multimode and singlemode) cable assembly over
Provide superior measurement capability to maximize Ethernet
Return loss: 40dB minimum, PC polished (multimode);
58dB minimum, UPC polished (singlemode) link reliability
Include 2-meter cable assemblies: standard grade to Controlled ferrule endface geometry is documented and E.
supplied, assuring repeatable high performance physical Zone
reference grade reference cable assemblies, and standard Cabling
grade to reference grade master cable assemblies, contact of fiber connectors under test
zirconia ceramic adapters, and a set of mandrels Hybrid reference cords available for use in testing
(multimode kits) permanent links with connectors that differ from test
set connectors F.
Master cable assemblies provide in-field qualification of Wireless
reference cable assemblies for test use Reference quality connectors on both ends of cable
Available in multimode (10Gig OM3 and OM1) and assemblies allow both ends to be used to mate to the
singlemode (OS1/OS2) fiber types for link testing and permanent link for loss measurements
diagnostic troubleshooting flexibility G.
Outlets
Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty. H.
Media
10Gig OM3 Multimode Reference Cable Assembly Kits Distribution
FR1XS1-R1KIT Simplex LC-LC/SC-LC 10Gig 50/125m multimode reference cable 1
assembly kit, includes:
2 simplex std. grade LC to ref. grade LC reference cables (2m) I.
2 simplex std. grade SC to ref. grade LC reference cables (2m) Physical
Infrastructure
2 simplex std. grade LC to ref. grade LC master cables (2m) Management
2 LC duplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves)
2 mandrels (50/125m)
J.
FR2XSS-RSKIT Duplex SC-SC 10Gig 50/125m multimode reference cable assembly 1 Overhead &
FR2XS2-RSKIT kit, includes: Underfloor
2 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade SC reference cables (2m) Routing
1 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade SC master cable (2m)
2 SC duplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves)
2 mandrels (50/125m) K.
FR2XS2-RSKIT Duplex ST-SC 10Gig 50/125m multimode reference cable assembly kit, 1 Surface
includes: Raceway
2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade SC reference cables (2m)
1 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade SC master cable (2m) L.
2 SC duplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves) Cabinets,
2 mandrels (50/125m) Racks &
Cable
FR2XSS-RLKIT Duplex SC-LC 10Gig 50/125m multimode reference cable assembly kit, 1 Management
includes:
2 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade LC reference cables (2m)
1 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade LC master cable (2m) M.
2 LC duplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves) Grounding &
Bonding
2 mandrels (50/125m)
FR1XS2-R2KIT Simplex SC-ST/ST-ST 10Gig 50/125m multimode reference cable 1
assembly kit, includes:
2 simplex std. grade SC to ref. grade ST reference cables (2m) N.
2 simplex std. grade ST to ref. grade ST reference cables (2m) Industrial
2 simplex std. grade ST to ref. grade ST master cables (2m)
4 ST simplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves)
2 mandrels (50/125m)
O.
FR2XS2-R2KIT Duplex ST-ST 10Gig 50/125m multimode reference cable assembly 1 Labeling &
kit, includes: Identification
2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade ST reference cables (2m)
2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade ST master cables (2m)
4 ST simplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves) P.
2 mandrels (50/125m) Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Table continues on page C.84
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.83
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Reference Cable Assembly Kits (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
D.
Power FR2XS2-RLKIT Duplex ST-LC 10Gig 50/125m multimode reference cable assembly 1
over kit, includes:
Ethernet 2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade LC reference cables (2m)
2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade LC master cables (2m)
2 LC duplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves)
E. 2 mandrels (50/125m)
Zone
Cabling FR2XSS-R2KIT Duplex SC-ST 10Gig 50/125m multimode reference cable assembly 1
kit, includes:
2 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade ST reference cables (2m)
2 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade ST master cables (2m)
F. 4 ST simplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves)
Wireless 2 mandrels (50/125m)
OM1 Multimode Reference Cable Assembly Kits
FR16S1-R1KIT Simplex LC-LC/SC-LC 62.5/125m multimode reference cable assembly 1
G. kit, includes:
Outlets 2 simplex std. grade LC to ref. grade LC reference cables (2m)
2 simplex std. grade SC to ref. grade LC reference cables (2m)
2 simplex std. grade LC to ref. grade LC master cables (2m)
2 LC duplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves)
H. 2 mandrels (62.5/125m)
Media FR26SS-RSKIT Duplex SC-SC 62.5/125m multimode reference cable assembly 1
Distribution
kit, includes:
2 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade SC reference cables (2m)
I. 1 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade SC master cable (2m)
Physical 2 SC duplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves)
Infrastructure 2 mandrels (62.5/125m)
Management FR26S2-RSKIT Duplex ST-SC 62.5/125m multimode reference cable assembly 1
kit, includes:
J. 2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade SC reference cables (2m)
Overhead & 1 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade SC master cable (2m)
Underfloor 2 SC duplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves)
Routing 2 mandrels (62.5/125m)
FR26SS-RLKIT Duplex SC-LC 62.5/125m multimode reference cable assembly 1
kit, includes:
K. 2 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade LC reference cables (2m)
Surface
Raceway 1 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade LC master cable (2m)
2 LC duplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves)
2 mandrels (62.5/125m)
L. FR16S2-R2KIT Simplex SC-ST/ST-ST 62.5/125m multimode reference cable assembly 1
Cabinets,
Racks &
kit, includes:
Cable 2 simplex std. grade SC to ref. grade ST reference cables (2m)
Management 2 simplex std. grade ST to ref. grade ST reference cables (2m)
2 simplex std. grade ST to ref. grade ST master cables (2m)
4 ST simplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves)
M. 2 mandrels (62.5/125m)
Grounding &
Bonding FR26S2-R2KIT Duplex ST-ST 62.5/125m multimode reference cable assembly 1
kit, includes:
2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade ST reference cables (2m)
2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade ST master cables (2m)
N. 4 ST simplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves)
Industrial 2 mandrels (62.5/125m)
FR26S2-RLKIT Duplex ST-LC 62.5/125m multimode reference cable assembly 1
kit, includes:
O. 2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade LC reference cables (2m)
Labeling & 2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade LC master cables (2m)
Identification 2 LC duplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves)
2 mandrels (62.5/125m)
FR26SS-R2KIT Duplex SC-ST 62.5/125m multimode reference cable assembly 1
P.
kit, includes:
Cable
Management 2 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade ST reference cables (2m)
Accessories 2 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade ST master cables (2m)
4 ST simplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves)
2 mandrels (62.5/125m)
Q.
Index
C.84 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Reference Cable Assembly Kits (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Std. Systems
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
D.
OS1/OS2 Singlemode Reference Cable Assembly Kits Power
over
FR19S1-R1KIT Simplex LC-LC/SC-LC 9m singlemode reference cable assembly 1
Ethernet
kit, includes:
2 simplex std. grade LC to ref. grade LC reference cables (2)
2 simplex std. grade SC to ref. grade LC reference cables (2) E.
2 simplex std. grade LC to ref. grade LC master cables (2) Zone
2 LC duplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves) Cabling
FR29SS-RSKIT Duplex SC-SC 9m singlemode reference cable assembly kit, includes: 1
2 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade SC reference cables (2m)
1 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade SC master cable (2m)
F.
2 SC duplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves) Wireless
FR29S2-RSKIT Duplex ST-SC 9m singlemode reference cable assembly kit, includes: 1
2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade SC reference cables (2m)
1 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade SC master cable (2m)
2 SC duplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves) G.
FR29SS-RLKIT Duplex SC-LC 9m singlemode reference cable assembly kit, includes: 1 Outlets
2 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade LC reference cables (2m)
1 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade LC master cable (2m)
2 LC duplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves)
H.
FR19S2-R2KIT Simplex SC-ST/ST-ST 9m singlemode reference cable assembly 1 Media
kit, includes: Distribution
2 simplex std. grade SC to ref. grade ST reference cables (2m)
2 simplex std. grade ST to ref. grade ST reference cables (2m)
2 simplex std. grade ST to ref. grade ST master cables (2m) I.
4 ST simplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves) Physical
Infrastructure
FR29S2-R2KIT Duplex ST-ST 9m singlemode reference cable assembly kit, includes: 1 Management
2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade ST reference cables (2m)
2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade ST master cables (2m)
4 ST simplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves) J.
Overhead &
FR29S2-RLKIT Duplex ST-LC 9m singlemode reference cable assembly kit, includes: 1 Underfloor
2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade LC reference cables (2m) Routing
2 duplex std. grade ST to ref. grade LC master cables (2m)
2 LC duplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves)
K.
FR29SS-R2KIT Duplex SC-ST 9m singlemode reference cable assembly kit, includes: 1 Surface
2 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade ST reference cables (2m) Raceway
2 duplex std. grade SC to ref. grade ST master cables (2m)
4 ST simplex adapters (zirconia ceramic split sleeves)
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.85
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Reference Cable Assemblies
C.
Fiber
Optic Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements Provide superior measurement capability to maximize
Systems 100% factory inspected endface geometry in compliance link reliability
with Telcordia GR-326-CORE, Issue 3 Controlled ferrule endface geometry is documented and
D.
Power Insertion loss per connection: 0.10dB maximum supplied, assuring repeatable high performance physical
over (multimode and singlemode) contact of fiber connectors under test
Ethernet
Return loss: 40dB minimum, PC polished (multimode); Hybrid reference cords are available for use in testing
58dB minimum, UPC polished (singlemode) permanent links with connectors that differ from test
E. set connectors
Zone Standard grade to reference grade riser (OFNR) rated
Cabling cable assemblies are available in 2 meter lengths in Reference quality connectors on both ends of cable
multimode (10Gig OM3 50m and OM1 62.5m) and assembly allow both ends to be used to mate to the
singlemode (OS1/OS2 9m) fiber types for link testing and permanent link for loss measurements
F. diagnostic troubleshooting flexibility Opti-Core Fiber Optic Reference Cable Assembly Kits
Wireless are also available for in-field qualification of reference cord
Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss and
return loss; data recorded and supplied with each for test use
reference cable assembly
G.
Outlets Std. Std.
Length Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description (m) Qty. Qty.
H. 10Gig OM3 Multimode Duplex Reference Cable Assemblies
Media
Distribution FR2XSL-RLM02 Duplex standard grade LC to reference grade LC 2 1 10
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig 50/125m.
I. FR2XSL-RSM02 Duplex standard grade LC to reference grade SC 2 1 10
Physical reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
Infrastructure cable 10Gig 50/125m.
Management
FR2XSS-R2M02 FR2XSL-R2M02 Duplex standard grade LC to reference grade ST 2 1 10
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
J.
cable 10Gig 50/125m.
Overhead &
Underfloor FR2XSS-RSM02 Duplex standard grade SC to reference grade SC 2 1 10
Routing reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig 50/125m.
FR2XSS-RLM02 Duplex standard grade SC to reference grade LC 2 1 10
K.
Surface reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
Raceway cable 10Gig 50/125m.
FR2XSS-R2M02 Duplex standard grade SC to reference grade ST 2 1 10
L. reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
Cabinets, cable 10Gig 50/125m.
Racks & FR2XS2-R2M02 Duplex standard grade ST to reference grade ST 2 1 10
Cable reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
Management cable 10Gig 50/125m.
FR2XS2-RLM02 Duplex standard grade ST to reference grade LC 2 1 10
M. reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
Grounding & cable 10Gig 50/125m.
Bonding
FR2XS2-RSM02 Duplex standard grade ST to reference grade SC 2 1 10
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig 50/125m.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
C.86 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Reference Cable Assemblies (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Std. Std. Systems
Length Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description (m) Qty. Qty.
D.
10Gig OM3 Multimode Simplex Reference Cable Assemblies Power
FR1XS1-R1M02 Simplex standard grade LC to reference grade LC 2 1 10 over
Ethernet
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig 50/125m.
FR1XS1-R3M02 Simplex standard grade LC to reference grade SC 2 1 10 E.
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed Zone
cable 10Gig 50/125m. Cabling
FR1XS1-R2M02 Simplex standard grade LC to reference grade ST 2 1 10
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig 50/125m. F.
FR1XS3-R3M02 Simplex standard grade SC to reference grade SC 2 1 10 Wireless
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig 50/125m.
FR1XS3-R1M02 Simplex standard grade SC to reference grade LC 2 1 10
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed G.
cable 10Gig 50/125m. Outlets
FR1XS3-R2M02 Simplex standard grade SC to reference grade ST 2 1 10
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig 50/125m. H.
FR1XS2-R2M02 Simplex standard grade ST to reference grade ST 2 1 10 Media
Distribution
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig 50/125m.
FR1XS2-R1M02 Simplex standard grade ST to reference grade LC 2 1 10 I.
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed Physical
cable 10Gig 50/125m. Infrastructure
Management
FR1XS2-R3M02 Simplex standard grade ST to reference grade SC 2 1 10
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig 50/125m. J.
Overhead &
OM1 Multimode Duplex Reference Cable Assemblies Underfloor
FR26SL-RLM02 Duplex standard grade LC to reference grade LC 2 1 10 Routing
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
K.
FR26SL-RSM02 Duplex standard grade LC to reference grade SC 2 1 10 Surface
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm Raceway
jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
FR26SL-R2M02 Duplex standard grade LC to reference grade ST 2 1 10 L.
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm Cabinets,
jacketed cable 62.5/125m. Racks &
Cable
FR26SS-RSM02 Duplex standard grade SC to reference grade SC 2 1 10
Management
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
M.
FR26SS-RLM02 Duplex standard grade SC to reference grade LC 2 1 10 Grounding &
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm Bonding
jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
FR26SS-R2M02 Duplex standard grade SC to reference grade ST 2 1 10
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 62.5/125m. N.
Industrial
FR26S2-R2M02 Duplex standard grade ST to reference grade ST 2 1 10
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
FR26S2-RLM02 Duplex standard grade ST to reference grade LC 2 1 10 O.
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm Labeling &
Identification
jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
FR26S2-RSM02 Duplex standard grade ST to reference grade SC 2 1 10
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm P.
jacketed cable 62.5/125m. Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Table continues on page C.88
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.87
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Reference Cable Assemblies (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std. Std.
Length Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description (m) Qty. Qty.
D.
Power OM1 Multimode Simplex Reference Cable Assemblies
over FR16S1-R1M02 Simplex standard grade LC to reference grade LC 2 1 10
Ethernet
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
E. FR16S1-R3M02 Simplex standard grade LC to reference grade SC 2 1 10
Zone multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
Cabling jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
FR16S1-R2M02 Simplex standard grade LC to reference grade ST 2 1 10
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
F. jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
Wireless FR16S3-R3M02 Simplex standard grade SC to reference grade SC 2 1 10
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
FR16S3-R1M02 Simplex standard grade SC to reference grade LC 2 1 10
G. multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
Outlets jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
FR16S3-R2M02 Simplex standard grade SC to reference grade ST 2 1 10
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
H. jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
Media FR16S2-R2M02 Simplex standard grade ST to reference grade ST 2 1 10
Distribution
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
I. FR16S2-R1M02 Simplex standard grade ST to reference grade LC 2 1 10
Physical multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
Infrastructure jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
Management
FR16S2-R3M02 Simplex standard grade ST to reference grade SC 2 1 10
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
J. jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
Overhead &
Underfloor OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Reference Cable Assemblies
Routing FR29SL-RLM02 Duplex standard grade LC to reference grade LC 2 1 10
singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 9/125m.
K.
Surface FR29SL-RSM02 Duplex standard grade LC to reference grade SC 2 1 10
Raceway singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 9/125m.
L. FR29SL-R2M02 Duplex standard grade LC to reference grade ST 2 1 10
Cabinets, singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
Racks & jacketed cable 9/125m.
Cable
FR29SS-RSM02 Duplex standard grade SC to reference grade SC 2 1 10
Management
singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 9/125m.
M.
Grounding & FR29SS-RLM02 Duplex standard grade SC to reference grade LC 2 1 10
Bonding singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 9/125m.
FR29SS-R2M02 Duplex standard grade SC to reference grade ST 2 1 10
singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
N. jacketed cable 9/125m.
Industrial
FR29S2-R2M02 Duplex standard grade ST to reference grade ST 2 1 10
singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 9/125m.
O. FR29S2-RLM02 Duplex standard grade ST to reference grade LC 2 1 10
Labeling & singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
Identification
jacketed cable 9/125m.
FR29S2-RSM02 Duplex standard grade ST to reference grade SC 2 1 10
P. singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
Cable jacketed cable 9/125m.
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
C.88 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Fiber Optic Reference Cable Assemblies (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Std. Std. Systems
Length Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description (m) Qty. Qty.
D.
OS1/OS2 Singlemode Simplex Reference Cable Assemblies Power
FR19S1-R1M02 Simplex standard grade LC to reference grade LC 2 1 10 over
Ethernet
singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 9/125m.
FR19S1-R3M02 Simplex standard grade LC to reference grade SC 2 1 10 E.
singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm Zone
jacketed cable 9/125m. Cabling
FR19S1-R2M02 Simplex standard grade LC to reference grade ST 2 1 10
singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 9/125m. F.
FR19S3-R3M02 Simplex standard grade SC to reference grade SC 2 1 10 Wireless
singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 9/125m.
FR19S3-R1M02 Simplex standard grade SC to reference grade LC 2 1 10
singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm G.
jacketed cable 9/125m. Outlets
FR19S3-R2M02 Simplex standard grade SC to reference grade ST 2 1 10
singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 9/125m. H.
FR19S2-R2M02 Simplex standard grade ST to reference grade ST 2 1 10 Media
Distribution
singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 9/125m.
FR19S2-R1M02 Simplex standard grade ST to reference grade LC 2 1 10 I.
singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm Physical
jacketed cable 9/125m. Infrastructure
Management
FR19S2-R3M02 Simplex standard grade ST to reference grade SC 2 1 10
singlemode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 9/125m. J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.89
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
LabelCore Fiber Optic Cable Identification System
C.
Fiber Provides a larger labeling surface on small cables allowing Locate sleeve on straight section of cable at least 2.00"
Optic legends to be clearly seen from fiber boot
Systems
Sleeve is made of flexible PVC material
D.
Power Std. Std.
over Pkg. Ctn.
Ethernet Part Number Part Description Qty.* Qty.
NWSLC-2Y Yellow, cable identification sleeve for 2mm simplex fiber cable. 100 1000
E. NWSLC-3Y Orange, cable identification sleeve for 3mm simplex fiber cable. 100 1000
Zone NWSLC-7Y White, cable identification sleeve for 3mm duplex fiber cable. 100 1000
Cabling
*Order number of sleeves required.
F.
Wireless Self-Laminating Labels for Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Printers Supplied on
8.50" x 11.00" Sheets
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
Apply LabelCore Wrap self-laminating label
Sleeve to cable around LabelCore Sleeve
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Self-Laminating Labels for LabelCore Fiber Optic Cable
J. Identification System
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Management LabelCore Sleeve Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
M. NWSLC-2Y
Grounding & S100X160YAJ S100X150VATY S100X160VAC T100X000CBC-BK
Bonding NWSLC-3Y
NWSLC-7Y S100X220YAJ S100X225VATY S100X220VAC T100X000CBC-BK
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
C.90 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet Hydra Cable Assemblies
C.
Connectivity meets or exceeds TIA/EIA-568-B.3 and Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss Fiber
ISO/IEC 11801 performance requirements (test data supplied with each assembly); singlemode and Optic
10Gig Multimode Hydra Cable Assemblies also tested Systems
LC and SC connector housing and boot colors follow
TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested color identification scheme for return loss
D.
Jacketed cable is compliant with NFPA 262 (OFNP) TIA/EIA-568-B.1-7 standards based polarity supports 10 Power
flame rating Gb/s, multimode, and singlemode fiber types, and allows over
infrastructure backwards compatibility for component Ethernet
MTP* (12-fiber) connectors are FOCIS-5 compliant interchangeability and a lower cost of ownership
Insertion loss per mated pair: 0.50dB typical, 0.75dB max. 10Gig laser optimized fiber is tested per IEEE 802.3ae E.
Panduit proprietary MTP* polishing provides low 10 GbE to support network transmission speeds up to Zone
insertion loss and high return loss, minimizing variability 10 Gb/s for link lengths up to 300 meters at 850nm Cabling
for improved channel link loss performance Application specific designs available to tailor
Traditional connectors (Panduit LC, SC, and ST) configuration, reach, and breakout construction to
provide design flexibility throughout the data center application requirements; for more information contact F.
Insertion loss per mated pair: 0.10dB typical, 0.30dB max. Panduit or visit www.panduit.com Wireless
(multimode); 0.25dB typical, 0.50dB max. (singlemode)
Std.
Length Pkg. G.
Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Outlets
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
E. Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Zone Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Cabling
S100X160YAJ S100X150VATY S100X160VAC T100X000CBC-BK and
All FHP parts
and NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y and NWSLC-3Y NWSLC-3Y
F. For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18.
Wireless For complete information on fiber optic cable identification solutions, reference page C.92.
G.
Outlets
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
C.92 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Cable Labels for QuickNet MTP* Interconnect
C.
Cable Assemblies Multimode 10Gig 50/125m (OM3) Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
Std. Std. J.
Length Pkg. Ctn. Overhead &
Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty. Underfloor
Routing
F512D5-5M1Y Female MTP* to female MTP* 12-fiber interconnect cable 1 1 10
assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end on
ribbon interconnect cable) 50/125m. K.
Surface
^Additional lengths and availability: Interconnect cable assemblies are available in 1 10 meter lengths in 1 meter Raceway
increments, and 15, 20, 25 and 30 meter lengths. To order lengths other than 1 meter, replace the 1 after the M
(F512D5-5M1Y) with the desired length (F512D5-5M2Y for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For
other lengths or male MTPs*, contact Customer Service for actual lead times. L.
For MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools, see page C.107. Cabinets,
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd. Racks &
Cable
Management
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Identification
Cable Assembly Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label P.
Cable
S100X220YAJ S100X225VATY S100X220VAC T100X000CBC-BK Management
F512D5-5M*Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y Accessories
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18.
For complete information on fiber optic cable identification solutions, reference page C.92. Q.
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd. Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.93
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet MTP* Interconnect Cable Assemblies
C.
Fiber Multimode 62.5/125m (OM1)
Optic Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements Insertion loss data recorded for every multimode
Systems cable assembly
FOCIS-5 compliant
Insertion loss per mated pair: 0.50dB typical; 0.75dB max. Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each
D. cable assembly
Power Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss
over
Ethernet
Std. Std.
Length Pkg. Ctn.
E. Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty.
Zone
Cabling 4-Fiber Interconnect Cable Assembly Female MTP* to Female MTP*
F64D5-5M1Y Female MTP* to female MTP* 4-fiber interconnect cable 1 1 10
assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end
on ribbon interconnect cable) 62.5/125m.
F. Outside diameter: 5mm x 2.5mm.
Wireless
6-Fiber Interconnect Cable Assembly Female MTP* to Female MTP*
F66D5-5M1Y Female MTP* to female MTP* 6-fiber interconnect cable 1 1 10
assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end
G. F612D5-5M*Y on ribbon interconnect cable) 62.5/125m.
Outlets Outside diameter: 5mm x 2.5mm.
8-Fiber Interconnect Cable Assembly Female MTP* to Female MTP*
F68D5-5M1Y Female MTP* to female MTP* 8-fiber interconnect cable 1 1 10
H. assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end
Media on ribbon interconnect cable) 62.5/125m.
Distribution Outside diameter: 5mm x 2.5mm.
12-Fiber Interconnect Cable Assembly Female MTP* to Female MTP*
I. F612D5-5M1Y Female MTP* to female MTP* twelve strand fiber optic cable 1.0 1 10
Physical assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end
Infrastructure on ribbon interconnect cable) 62.5/125m.
Management Outside diameter: 5mm x 2.5mm.
^Additional lengths and availability: 12-fiber interconnect cable assemblies are available in 1 10 meter lengths in
J. 1 meter increments, and 15, 20, 25 and 30 meter lengths. All other cable assemblies above are available in 1, 2, 3
Overhead & and 10 meter lengths. To order lengths other than 1 meter, replace the 1 after the M (F612D5-5M1Y) with the
Underfloor desired length (F612D5-5M2Y for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For other lengths or male
Routing MTPs*, contact Customer Service for actual lead times.
For MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools, see page C.107.
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Cable Labels for QuickNet MTP* Interconnect Cable
Grounding &
Bonding
Assemblies Multimode 62.5/125m (OM1)
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling & Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Identification Cable Assembly Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8 Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
P. All MTP* Interconnect S100X220YAJ and S100X225VATY and S100X220VAC and T100X000CBC-BK
Cable Cable Assemblies on
Management NWSLC-7Y NWSLC-7Y NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y
this page
Accessories
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18.
For complete information on fiber optic cable identification solutions, reference page C.92.
Q. *MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
Index
C.94 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet MTP* Interconnect Cable Assemblies
Singlemode 9/125m (OS1/OS2) C.
Fiber
Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss and Optic
return loss Systems
FOCIS-5 compliant
100% factory inspected end face geometry (SC, ST, and Insertion loss and return loss data recorded for every
singlemode cable assembly D.
FJ end faces are 100% inspected in compliance with Power
Telcordia GR-326-CORE, Issue 3) Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each over
cable assembly Ethernet
Insertion loss per mated pair: 0.50dB typical; 0.75dB max.
8-degree APC polish (55dB minimum Return Loss) on
singlemode MTP* and UPC polish (55dB minimum Return E.
Loss) on singlemode SC, ST, and FJ satisfy high-speed Zone
Cabling
network application requirements
Std. Std.
Length Pkg. Ctn. F.
Part Number Part Description (m)^ Qty. Qty. Wireless
4-Fiber Interconnect Cable Assembly Female MTP* to Female MTP*
F94D5-5M1Y Female MTP* to female MTP* 4-fiber interconnect cable 1 1 10
assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end G.
on ribbon interconnect cable) 9/125m. Outlets
Outside diameter: 5mm x 2.5mm.
6-Fiber Interconnect Cable Assembly Female MTP* to Female MTP*
F96D5-5M1Y Female MTP* to female MTP* 6-fiber interconnect cable 1 1 10 H.
assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end Media
on ribbon interconnect cable) 9/125m. Distribution
Outside diameter: 5mm x 2.5mm.
8-Fiber Interconnect Cable Assembly Female MTP* to Female MTP*
F912D5-5M*Y I.
F98D5-5M1Y Female MTP* to female MTP* 8-fiber interconnect cable 1 1 10 Physical
assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end Infrastructure
on ribbon interconnect cable) 9/125m. Management
Outside diameter: 5mm x 2.5mm.
12-Fiber Interconnect Cable Assembly Female MTP* to Female MTP* J.
F912D5-5M1Y Female MTP* to female MTP* twelve strand fiber optic cable 1.0 1 10 Overhead &
assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end Underfloor
Routing
on ribbon interconnect cable) 9/125m.
Outside diameter: 5mm x 2.5mm.
^Additional lengths and availability: 12-fiber interconnect cable assemblies are available in 1 10 meter lengths in K.
1 meter increments, and 15, 20, 25 and 30 meter lengths. All other cable assemblies above are available in 1, 2, 3 Surface
and 10 meter lengths. To order lengths other than 1 meter, replace the 1 after the M (F912D5-5M1Y) with the Raceway
desired length (F912D5-5M2Y for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For other lengths or male
MTPs*, contact Customer Service for actual lead times.
L.
For MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools, see page C.107. Cabinets,
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd. Racks &
Cable
Management
Cable Labels for QuickNet MTP* Interconnect M.
Cable Assemblies Singlemode 9/125m (OS1/OS2) Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Labeling &
Cable Assembly Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E
Cougar LS9 Identification
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
All MTP* S100X220YAJ and S100X225VATY and S100X220VAC and T100X000CBC-BK P.
Interconnect NWSLC-7Y NWSLC-7Y NWSLC-7Y and NWSLC-7Y Cable
Cable Assemblies Management
Accessories
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18.
For complete information on fiber optic cable identification solutions, reference page C.92.
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd. Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.95
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet MTP* Interconnect Round Cable Assemblies
C.
Fiber Multimode 10Gig 50/125m (OM3 and OM4)
Optic
Systems Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements Backward compatible with all 50/125um (OM2) MPO or
FOCIS-5 compliant MTP* system requirements
D. Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss
Power Insertion loss per mated pair: 0.50dB typical; 0.75dB max.
over Tested per IEEE 802.3ae 10 GbE to support network Insertion loss and return loss data recorded for every
Ethernet transmission speeds up to 10 Gb/s for link lengths 10Gig Multimode Interconnect Round Cable Assembly
up to 300 meters for OM3 and up to 550 meters for Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each
E. OM4 at 850nm with 50/125um (OM3 and OM4) laser cable assembly
Zone optimized fiber
Cabling
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
F.
Wireless MTP* Interconnect Round Cable Assemblies 10Gig OM4
FZN0505RTPM001 12-fiber OM4 plenum rated female Aqua 1 10
MTP*/MPO female MTP*/MPO interconnect
round cable assembly.
G. MTP* Interconnect Round Cable Assemblies 10Gig OM3
Outlets
FXN0505RTPM* FXN0505RTPM001 12-fiber OM3 plenum rated female Aqua 1 10
MTP*/MPO female MTP*/MPO interconnect
round cable assembly.
H. Optimized MTP* Interconnect Round Cable Assemblies 10Gig OM4
Media
Distribution FZP0505RTPM001 12-fiber OM4 optimized plenum rated female Aqua 1 10
MTP*/MPO female MTP*/MPO interconnect
round cable assembly.
I. Optimized MTP* Interconnect Round Cable Assemblies 10Gig OM3
Physical
Infrastructure FXP0505RTPM001 12-fiber OM3 optimized plenum rated female Aqua 1 10
Management MTP*/MPO female MTP*/MPO interconnect
round cable assembly.
J. *Additional lengths and availability: Interconnect round cable assemblies are available from 1 to 100ft. in 1ft.
Overhead & increments and available from 1 to 50m in 1m increments. To order lengths other than 1ft or meter, replace the 1
Underfloor after the F or M with the desired length. Ex: FZN0505RTPM001 to FZN0505RTPM002 for 2 meter length.
Routing Interconnect round cable assemblies are also available in LSZH (low smoke zero halogen).
For MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools, see page C.105.
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
K.
Surface
Raceway
QuickNet MTP* Interconnect Round Cable Assemblies
L.
Cabinets, Singlemode 9m (OS1/OS2)
Racks &
Cable Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss and
Management FOCIS-5 compliant return loss
100% factory inspected end face geometry is 100% Insertion loss and return loss data recorded for every
M. inspected in compliance with Telcordia GR-326-CORE, singlemode cable assembly
Grounding &
Bonding Issue 3) Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on
Insertion loss per mated pair: 0.50dB typical; 0.75dB max. each cable assembly
8-degree APC polish (55dB minimum Return Loss) on
N. singlemode MTP* satisfies high-speed network
Industrial application requirements
Std. Std.
O. Pkg. Ctn.
Labeling & Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Identification
MTP* Interconnect Round Cable Assemblies Singlemode 9m OS1/OS2
F9N0505RTPM001 12-fiber 9m plenum rated female Yellow 1 10
P. MTP*/MPO female MTP*/MPO interconnect
Cable round cable assembly.
Management *Additional lengths and availability: Interconnect round cable assemblies are available from 1 to 100ft. in 1ft.
Accessories increments and available from 1 to 50m in 1m increments. To order lengths other than 1ft or meter, replace the 1
after the F or M with the desired length. Ex: F9N0505RTPM001 to F9N0505RTPM002 for 2 meter length.
Interconnect round cable assemblies are also available in LSZH (low smoke zero halogen).
Q. For MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools, see page C.105.
Index *MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
C.96 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet MTP* Trunk Cable Assemblies
C.
Connectivity meets or exceeds TIA/EIA-568-B.3 and TIA/EIA-568-B.1-7 (Method A) standards based polarity Fiber
ISO/IEC 11801 performance requirements supports 10 Gb/s, multimode, and singlemode fiber types, Optic
and allows infrastructure backwards compatibility for Systems
Jacketed cable is compliant with NFPA 262 (OFNP)
flame rating component interchangeability and a lower cost
of ownership D.
MTP* (12-fiber) connectors are FOCIS-5 compliant Power
10Gig laser optimized fiber is tested per IEEE 802.3ae over
Insertion loss per mated pair: 0.50dB typical, 0.75dB max. 10 GbE to support network transmission speeds up to 10 Ethernet
Panduit proprietary MTP* polishing provides low Gb/s for link lengths up to 300 meters at 850nm
insertion loss and high return loss, minimizing variability Application specific designs available to tailor
for improved channel link loss performance E.
configuration, reach, and breakout construction to Zone
Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss application requirements; for more information contact Cabling
(test data supplied with each assembly); singlemode and Panduit or visit www.panduit.com
10Gig Multimode Trunk Cable Assemblies are also
tested for return loss
F.
Wireless
Std.
Length Pkg.
Part Number Part Description (Ft.)^ Qty.
G.
Female MTP* to Female MTP* 10Gig OM3 Multimode Plenum Trunk Outlets
Cable Assemblies
FSPX1255F100A Female MTP* to female MTP* 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 100 1
Multimode Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye
H.
on one end. Media
FSPX1255F150A Female MTP* to female MTP* 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3
150 1 Distribution
Multimode Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye
FSPX2455F***A on one end.
I.
FSPX1255F200A Female MTP* to female MTP* 12-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 200 1 Physical
Multimode Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye Infrastructure
on one end. Management
FSPX2455F100A Female MTP* to female MTP* 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 100 1
Multimode Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye J.
on one end. Overhead &
Underfloor
FSPX2455F150A Female MTP* to female MTP* 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 150 1 Routing
Multimode Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye
on one end.
FSPX2455F200A Female MTP* to female MTP* 24-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 200 1 K.
Surface
Multimode Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye
Raceway
on one end.
FSPX4855F100A Female MTP* to female MTP* 48-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 100 1 L.
Multimode Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye Cabinets,
on one end. Racks &
FSPX4855F150A Female MTP* to female MTP* 48-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 150 1 Cable
Multimode Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye Management
on one end.
M.
FSPX4855F200A Female MTP* to female MTP* 48-fiber 10Gig 50/125m OM3 200 1 Grounding &
Multimode Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye Bonding
on one end.
^Additional lengths and availability: The above lengths and configurations are stock items. For other lengths or
configurations, contact Customer Service for actual lead times.
For MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools, see page C.109. N.
Industrial
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
Additional lengths and availability: Trunk cable assemblies are available from 40 to 200 ft. in 5 ft. increments in
OM3 and OM4 plenum rated. Ex: FSPX1255F040A (40ft. length) to FSPX1255F100A 100ft. length.) O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Table continues on page C.98
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.97
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
QuickNet MTP* Trunk Cable Assemblies (continued)
C.
Fiber Std.
Optic
Length Pkg.
Systems
Part Number Part Description (Ft.)^ Qty.
D. Female MTP* to Female MTP* OM2 Multimode Plenum Trunk Cable Assemblies
Power FSP51255F100A Female MTP* to female MTP* 12-fiber 50/125m OM2 100 1
over multimode plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye
Ethernet on one end.
FSP51255F150A Female MTP* to female MTP* 12-fiber 50/125m OM2 150 1
E. multimode plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye
Zone on one end.
Cabling
FSP51255F200A Female MTP* to female MTP* 12-fiber 50/125m OM2 200 1
FSP52455F***A multimode plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye
on one end.
F. FSP52455F100A Female MTP* to female MTP* 24-fiber 50/125m OM2 100 1
Wireless multimode plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye
on one end.
FSP52455F150A Female MTP* to female MTP* 24-fiber 50/125m OM2 150 1
G.
multimode plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye
Outlets on one end.
FSP52455F200A Female MTP* to female MTP* 24-fiber 50/125m OM2 200 1
multimode plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye
on one end.
H.
Media FSP54855F100A Female MTP* to female MTP* 48-fiber 50/125m OM2 100 1
Distribution multimode plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye
on one end.
C.98 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Traditional Trunk Cable Assemblies
C.
Connectivity meets or exceeds TIA/EIA-568-B.3 and Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss Fiber
ISO/IEC 11801 performance requirements (test data supplied with each assembly); singlemode and Optic
10Gig Multimode Trunk Cable Assemblies are also Systems
LC and SC connector housing and boot colors follow
TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested color identification scheme tested for return loss
D.
Jacketed cable is compliant with UL1666 (OFNR) or NFPA 10Gig laser optimized fiber is tested per IEEE 802.3ae Power
262 (OFNP) flame rating 10 GbE to support network transmission speeds up to over
10 Gb/s for link lengths up to 300 meters at 850nm Ethernet
Insertion loss per mated pair: 0.10dB typical, 0.30dB max.
(multimode); 0.25dB typical, 0.50dB max. (singlemode) Application specific designs available to tailor
configuration, reach, and breakout construction to E.
Traditional connectors (Panduit LC, SC, and ST) provide application requirements; for more information contact Zone
design flexibility throughout the data center Panduit or visit www.panduit.com Cabling
Std. F.
Length Pkg. Wireless
Part Number Part Description (Ft.)^ Qty.
LC to LC Simplex 10Gig OM3 Multimode Plenum Trunk Cable Assemblies
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Table continues on page C.100
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.99
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opti-Core Traditional Trunk Cable Assemblies (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std.
Length Pkg.
Part Number Part Description (Ft.)^ Qty.
D.
Power LC to LC Simplex OM2 Multimode Plenum Trunk Cable Assemblies
over FSP51211F100A LC to LC simplex 12-fiber 50/125m OM2 multimode plenum 100 1
Ethernet
rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
FSP51211F150A LC to LC simplex 12-fiber 50/125m OM2 multimode plenum 150 1
E. rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
Zone
Cabling FSP51211F200A LC to LC simplex 12-fiber 50/125m OM2 multimode plenum 200 1
rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
FSP52411F100A LC to LC simplex 24-fiber 50/125m OM2 multimode plenum 100 1
F. rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
Wireless FSP52411F150A LC to LC simplex 24-fiber 50/125m OM2 multimode plenum 150 1
rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
FSP52411F200A LC to LC simplex 24-fiber 50/125m OM2 multimode plenum 200 1
G.
rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
Outlets FSP54811F100A LC to LC simplex 48-fiber 50/125m OM2 multimode plenum 100 1
rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
FSP54811F150A LC to LC simplex 48-fiber 50/125m OM2 multimode plenum 150 1
H. rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
Media
Distribution FSP54811F200A LC to LC simplex 48-fiber 50/125m OM2 multimode plenum 200 1
rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
I.
LC to LC Simplex OS1/OS2 Singlemode Plenum Trunk Cable Assemblies
Physical FSP91211F100A LC to LC simplex 12-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 singlemode 100 1
Infrastructure plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
Management
FSP91211F150A LC to LC simplex 12-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 singlemode 150 1
plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
J.
Overhead & FSP91211F200A LC to LC simplex 12-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 singlemode 200 1
Underfloor plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
Routing
FSP92411F100A LC to LC simplex 24-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 singlemode 100 1
plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
K. FSP92411F150A LC to LC simplex 24-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 singlemode 150 1
Surface plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
Raceway
FSP92411F200A LC to LC simplex 24-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 singlemode 200 1
L. plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
Cabinets, FSP94811F100A LC to LC simplex 48-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 singlemode 100 1
Racks & plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
Cable
Management FSP94811F150A LC to LC simplex 48-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 singlemode 150 1
plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
M. FSP94811F200A LC to LC simplex 48-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2 singlemode 200 1
Grounding & plenum rated trunk cable assembly with pulling eye on one end.
Bonding
^Additional lengths and availability: The above lengths and configurations are stock items. For other lengths or
configurations, contact Customer Service for actual lead times.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
C.100 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
OptiCam Pre-Polished Cam Fiber Optic Termination Kits
For termination of all Panduit OptiCam No adhesive or electricity required for termination C.
Fiber
Pre-Polished Connectors Include installation instructions and stripping templates for Optic
OptiCam Termination Tool simplifies tooling and all Panduit OptiCam Pre-Polished Connectors; also Systems
termination, and virtually eliminates operator error by available on www.panduit.com
providing visual indication of proper termination after D.
the cam step has been completed Power
over
Std. Ethernet
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
E.
OptiCam Pre-Polished Cam Termination Kit Zone
FCAMKIT Tools, consumables, installation instructions and stripping templates 1 Cabling
necessary for termination of all Panduit OptiCam Pre-Polished
Cam Connectors.
OptiCam Conversion Kit Converts Opti-Crimp Termination Kit for F.
OptiCam Termination Wireless
FPPKIT-CVY Converts Opti-Crimp Termination Kits with the additional tools, 1
installation instructions, and stripping templates required for termination
FCAMKIT of all Panduit OptiCam Pre-Polished Cam Connectors; includes
OptiCam Termination Tool and cradles, and FVFLPC-2.5SMY and G.
FVFLPC-1.25SMY patch cords. Outlets
Cleaning Consumables Kit
FCLEANKIT Replenishes the cleaning consumables required for termination of all 1
fiber optic connectors; includes all of the same cleaning consumable H.
items that are included in all Panduit termination kits. Media
Distribution
Field Polish Kit Upgrade for OptiCam Connector Termination
FIELDKITUPG Upgrades FIELDKIT with the additional tools, consumables, installation 1
instructions and stripping templates required for termination of all I.
FPPKIT-CVY Physical
Panduit OptiCam Pre-Polished Cam Connectors.
Infrastructure
For field polish termination kits, see page C.103, C.104. Management
J.
Components for OptiCam Pre-Polished Cam Termination Kits Overhead &
Underfloor
Std. Std. Routing
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
K.
Tools (included in FCAMKIT) Surface
Raceway
FKITCASE Case for fiber termination kits. 1
CST115 Fiber cable jacket stripper. 1
L.
FALC Alcohol bottle (empty). 1 10 Cabinets,
FBFSP Fiber buffer stripper. 1 10 Racks &
FSCDVR Screwdriver. 1 50 Cable
FGLS Safety glasses. 1 10 Management
OCTT FTWZR Tweezers. 1 10
FWBTL Water bottle (empty). 1 10 M.
FKS Fiber Kevlar shears. 1 10 Grounding &
Bonding
FWRKMAT Fiber safe workmat. 1 10
Tools (included in FCAMKIT and FIELDKITUPG)
FJQCVR Fiber cleaver tool. 1 10 N.
OCTT OptiCam Termination Tool; includes batteries, pouch, and two 1 Industrial
cradles for each OptiCam Connector LC, SC, and ST (patch
cords available separately).
FVFLPC-2.5SMY Patch cord for all OptiCam 2.5mm ferrule connectors (SC & ST). 1 10
O.
FVFLPC-1.25SMY Patch cord for all OptiCam 1.25mm ferrule connectors (LC). 1 10 Labeling &
Cleaning Consumables (included in FCAMKIT and FCLEANKIT) Identification
FWP-C Lint-free wipes. 100 1000
FSWB-C Cleaning swabs. 100 1000 P.
FSTY Safety stickers for fiber scraps. 1 10 Cable
PFX-0 Permanent marking pen, fine tip, black ink (one included in each kit). 12 144 Management
Accessories
Replacement Parts
FJQCVRB Replacement blade for FJQCVR. 1 10
FSCC Tool cradles for SC OptiCam Connectors (two per package). 1 Q.
FLCC Tool cradles for LC OptiCam Connectors (two per package). 1 Index
FSTC Tool cradles for ST OptiCam Connectors (two per package). 1
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.101
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Field Polish Fiber Optic Termination Kits
C.
Fiber For termination of all Panduit field polish connectors Include installation instructions and stripping templates for
Optic all Panduit field polish connectors; also available on
Systems Fast acting adhesive; no long curing epoxy required
for termination www.panduit.com
D. Kit provides consumables for terminating up to 200 field
Power polish connectors
over
Ethernet
Std.
Pkg.
E. Part Number Part Description Qty.
Zone Field Polish Termination Kits
Cabling
FIELDKIT Tools, consumables, installation instructions and stripping templates 1
necessary for termination of all Panduit field polish connectors; includes
FHSCT heat shrink curing tool 110VAC, 60Hz.
F.
Wireless FIELDKIT-G Tools, consumables, installation instructions and stripping templates 1
necessary for termination of all Panduit field polish connectors; includes
FHSCT-W heat shrink curing tool 230VAC, 50Hz.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
C.102 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Components for Field Polish Fiber Optic Termination Kits
C.
Fiber
Optic
Std. Std. Systems
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
D.
Tools (included in FIELDKIT and FIELDKIT-G) Power
over
FKITCASE Case for fiber termination kits. 1
Ethernet
CST115 Fiber cable jacket stripper. 1
FALC Alcohol bottle (empty). 1 10
FBFSP Fiber buffer stripper. 1 10 E.
FSCDVR Screwdriver. 1 50 Zone
Cabling
FGLS Safety glasses. 1 10
FTWZR Tweezers. 1 10
FWBTL Water bottle (empty). 1 10
FKS Fiber Kevlar shears. 1 10 F.
Wireless
FWRKMAT Fiber safe workmat. 1 10
Tools (included in FIELDKIT, FIELDKIT-G, FCAMKITUPG and FCAMKITUPG-G)
FSCRIBE Carbide scribe. 1 10
FLCASCP 1.25mm adapter for FSCOPE. 1 G.
Outlets
FLOUPEX10 Eye loupe (10x). 1
FCRP5 Crimp tool (hex sizes: 0.048", 0.100", 0.128", 0.151", 0.190"). 1
FLPT Crimp tool required for 1.6mm/2.0mm jacketed 1
cable termination. H.
Media
FJPKGU Universal polishing puck (2.5mm ferrule). 1 10
Distribution
FLCPK LC polishing puck (1.25mm ferrule). 1
FPAD Fiber polishing pad (70 durometer). 1 10
FLCPAD Polishing pad and plate (85 durometer). 1 10 I.
FHSCT Heat shrink curing tool (110VAC, 60Hz) required for 1 Physical
Infrastructure
1.6mm/2.0mm jacketed cable termination (included in
Management
FIELDKIT and FCAMKITUPG).
FHSCT-W Heat shrink curing tool (230VAC, 50Hz) required for 1 J.
1.6mm/2.0mm jacketed cable termination (included in Overhead &
FIELDKIT-G and FCAMKITUPG-G). Underfloor
Field Polish Consumables (included in FIELDKIT, FIELDKIT-G, FIELDKITRFB, Routing
FCAMKITUPG and FCAMKITUPG-G)
FSYR-X Syringes with needle tips. 10 50 K.
FPWIRE Piano wire. 1 10 Surface
LJSL4-Y3-2.5 Cable labels. 1 10 Raceway
FJPMR Primer (50ml). 1 10
FJPXY Anaerobic adhesive (10ml). 1 10 L.
Cabinets,
FPP5-L 5m polishing paper (AL2O3). 50 250 Racks &
Cable
FPF1-V 1m diamond polishing film. 5 50
Management
FLCFPLF-X 0.05m lapping film. 10
Cleaning Consumables (included in FIELDKIT, FIELDKIT-G, FIELDKITRFB M.
and FCLEANKIT) Grounding &
FWP-C Lint-free wipes. 100 1000 Bonding
FSWB-C Cleaning swabs. 100 1000
FSTY Safety stickers for fiber scraps. 1 10
PFX-0 Permanent marking pen fine tip (one included in each kit). 12 144 N.
Replacement Parts Industrial
FSCRBLD Replacement blade for carbide scribe. 1 10
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.103
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools
C.
Fiber All tools feature a dry cloth cleaning system with an QuickNet Cassette MTP* Connector Cleaning Tool is
Optic ultra clean micro-fiber cloth that captures debris designed to clean MTP* connectors inside QuickNet
Systems
and contamination Cassettes, adapters, faceplates or bulkheads
D.
Anti-static cloth minimizes additional debris from being QuickNet Cassette MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools
Power attracted to connector surfaces unique design enables cleaning of male (with pins) or
over Densely woven, robust cloth doesnt fray or leave fibrous female (without pins) MTP* connectors
Ethernet materials behind All tools and refills can be used to clean 400 MTP* or
Easy-to-install replacement reels are available for reel MPO connectors
E. type MTP* connector cleaning tools (FMTPFCT and
Zone FMTPMFCT) for continuous cleaning without the need
Cabling for tool replacement
Std.
F.
Pkg.
Wireless Part Number Part Description Qty.
Reel Type MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools
FMTPFCT Reel type MTP* connector cleaning tool for cleaning MTP* female 1
connectors (without pins).
G.
Outlets FMTPMFCT Reel type MTP* connector cleaning tool for cleaning MTP* male 1
FMTPFCT connectors (with pins).
QuickNet Cassette MTP* Connector Cleaning Tool
H. FIBCCT QuickNet Cassette MTP* connector cleaning tool for cleaning MTP* 1
Media connectors inside QuickNet Cassettes, adapters, faceplates
Distribution or bulkheads.
Cleaning Reel Refill for Reel Type MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools
I. FMTPRR6 Cleaning reel refill for FMTPFCT and FMTPMFCT reel type MTP* 1
Physical
Infrastructure
connector cleaning tools (includes six reels).
FMTPMFCT
Management *MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K. FIBCCT
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management FMTPRR6
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Patch Cord Removal Tool
Tool arms allow the installer to pass over cabling which Compatible with copper and fiber patch cords in adapter
N.
interferes with accessibility panels, pre-terminated cassettes, and enclosures
Industrial Optional flashlight kit (KPCRT-FL) attaches to top of tool
Std.
O. Pkg.
Labeling & Part Number Part Description Qty.
Identification PCRT1 Easily removes copper and fiber patch cords in dense rack installations. 1
PCRT1 KPCRT1-FL Flashlight kit for patch cord removal tool (PCRT1). 1
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q. KPCRT-FL
Index
C.104 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Opticom High-Density Connector and Patch Cord Removal Tool
C.
Provides easy access for inserting and removing Tool includes end effectors for LC connectors and a Fiber
connectors to minimize adjacent connector disturbance, carrying case for storage and transportation Optic
Systems
especially in high-density applications Removable end effectors for SC or LC connectors
Used with simplex and duplex LC and SC connectors and LED light for working in dimly lit areas are D.
in fiber adapter panels, pre-terminated cassettes, available separately Power
and enclosures over
Ethernet
Std.
Pkg. E.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Zone
Cabling
Opticom High-Density Connector Removal Tool
HDCRT High-density connector removal tool includes end effector for simplex and 1
HDCRT duplex LC connectors.
F.
Accessories Wireless
KHDCRT-FL Flashlight kit for HDCRT tool. 1
KHDCRT-SCE End effector for simplex and duplex SC connectors. 1
KHDCRT-LCE Replacement end effector for simplex and duplex LC connectors. 1 G.
Outlets
H.
KHDCRT-FL Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
KHDCRT-SCE
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). C.105
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
NOTES
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
C.106 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
G.
Outlets
Space-saving designs allow for deployment in
space-constrained locations
Enable network modularity and scalability to H.
Media
grow a network as needed Distribution
user interface
K.
Surface
Raceway
Panduit DPoE Power over Ethernet Systems utilize DPoE Patch Panels in various port and data L.
capability designs and DPoE Compact 8 Midspan with 2X power (up to 32 watts) for increased Cabinets,
Racks &
capabilities.The DPoE Power System provides high efficiency power supplies that can be Cable
Management
hot-swapped for field upgrades or for replacement without taking the entire system down.
The DPoE Element Manager Software automatically locates and provides visibility of all powered M.
Grounding &
ports across the network and allows multiple site management with a single graphical user Bonding
interface. As a result, Panduit DPoE Power over Ethernet Systems take an innovative approach
toward providing scalable and ample power injection for maximum reliability and lower total N.
Industrial
cost of ownership.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). D.1
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Power over Ethernet Systems Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic 2 7
Systems
4
D.
Power
over 6
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
1
F.
Wireless 3
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J. 5
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
N.
Industrial
DPoE Power Supply
5 DPoE Element Manager 6 (page D.5)
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P. PanZone In-Ceiling
Cable 7 Enclosures
Management
Accessories (page E.3)
Q.
Index
D.2
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
DPoE Power Patch Panel
Deliver reliable, cost-effective Power over Ethernet for Offer RJ45 terminations with LEDs on front of panels to C.
permanent installations indicate port powering or port status and 110 punchdown Fiber
Optic
Combine patching and power in a single device, occupying terminations on rear of panel for networking management Systems
only one rack space connections
Support 15.4 watts to every port Dissipate significantly less heat than comparable network D.
equipment Power
Fully compliant with IEEE 802.3af standards over
Require 48V DC power supply Ethernet
Eliminate power budget load balancing
E.
Zone
No. of Std. Cabling
Rack Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty.
DPOE24U1XG 24-port UTP 1 GbE 10/100/1000 patch panel supporting 1 1 F.
IEEE 802.3af-2003 and legacy PoE power protocols. Wireless
Includes Element Manager software CD, rack mount
screws, grounding strap, and lug.
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). G.
Strain relief bars for mounting can be found on page B.70. Outlets
Power supply and/or power system sold separately.
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Component Labels for DPoE Power Patch Panel Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Surface
Patch Panel Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 Raceway
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
L.
DPOE24U1XG UILJ6 UILS8BW UILS8BW Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
For complete Ultimate ID Labeling Solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.11 and O.19.
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). D.3
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
DPoE Power Midspan
C. Delivers reliable, cost-effective Power over Ethernet to Dissipates significantly less heat than comparable
Fiber
Optic
new or existing networks network equipment
Systems Supports up to 32 watts (2X Power) to every port Scalable to grow network as needed
Fully compliant with IEEE 802.3af standards Requires 48V DC power supply
D.
Power Compact, modular design allows up to three units to fit
over horizontally across one rack space
Ethernet
E. No. of Std.
Zone Rack Pkg.
Cabling Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty.
DPOE8S2XG DPOE8S2XG 8-port STP 10/100/1000 midspan supporting IEEE 1 1
802.3af-2003 and legacy PoE protocols. Option for table
F. top mounting, wall bracket, or 1 RU shelf. Includes Element
Wireless Manager software CD.
DPOE8KIT Compact 8 midspan kit includes individual unit, 120 watt 1 1
power supply, and 15 A conductor power cord.
G. DPOEWM8B Wall mount bracket for DPOE8S2XG. 1 1
Outlets
DPOEPL8BU 8-port passive patch panel module. 1 1
DPOE8KIT
DPOESHELF 1 RU shelf for DPOE8S2XG. 1 1
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management Component Labels for DPoE Power Midpsan
M. Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Grounding & Patch Panel Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Bonding Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
O.
Labeling & For complete Ultimate ID Labeling Solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.11 and O.19.
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
D.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
DPoE Power Supply
Provides up to 120 watts of regulated power Removes AC to DC power conversion heat from power C.
patch panels due to isolation Fiber
Offers flexible placement inside of rack Optic
LED indicates when power is being supplied to the panel Systems
D.
Power
Std. over
Pkg. Ethernet
Part Number Part Description Qty.
DPOEPWRB120Y 120 watt power supply. Suitable for single unit power installations with 1
E.
low power needs or a mixture of active and passive devices.
Zone
DPOEPWRB120Y-J 120 watt power supply for use in Japan. Suitable for single unit power 1 Cabling
installations with low power needs or a mixture of active and passive
devices. Kit includes Japan power supply and cord.
DPOEPWRB120Y Power supply requires proper A/C country-specific power cord (CORD-A for Australia, CORD-E for Europe, F.
CORD-S15 for North America, or CORD-U for United Kingdom), must be ordered separately. Japan Power Supply Wireless
(DPOEPWRB120Y-J) includes CORD-J15 for use in Japan.
G.
Outlets
J.
No. of Std. Overhead &
Rack Pkg. Underfloor
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Routing
DPOEPWRCU Power system chassis. Utilized for supplying power to 1 1
single and multiple power patch panels when equipped K.
with the appropriate DPoE Power Rectifiers. Surface
DPOEPWRCU Raceway
DPOEPWRR1250 1250 watt power rectifier supplies power for multiple 1
power patch panels. A combination of three rectifiers will
support up to fourteen panels. Used with DPOEPWRCU. L.
Cabinets,
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). Racks &
Power system chassis requires proper A/C country-specific power cord, (CORD-A for Australia, CORD-E for Cable
Europe, CORD-S15 for United States, CORD-J15 for Japan, or CORD-U for United Kingdom), must be ordered Management
separately.
M.
Grounding &
DPOEPWRR1250 Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). D.5
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
NOTES
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
D.6
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
and efficiency. Utilizing a distributed network and a zone cabling topology for your physical
E.
infrastructure can solve telecommunication room congestion. In addition, centralized fiber Zone
Cabling
backbone cables can be integrated into the solution in order to extend the reach of your network
beyond copper limitations.
F.
Consolidation points, MuTOA, zone distribution Wireless
Panduit zone cabling products are completely modular, accepting all Mini-Com Modules for M.
Grounding &
STP and UTP, fiber optic, and audio/video applications. Zone cabling products accommodate Bonding
multimedia solutions and can be used in floor, ceiling, and wall mount applications while
providing a complete end-to-end network solution.With a zone cabling topology in place, IT N.
Industrial
managers provide themselves with a scalable physical network infrastructure that meets their
needs today as well as the flexibility to deploy the technology of tomorrow.
O.
Labeling &
*Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc. Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). E.1
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
8
2
E. 7
Zone
Cabling 3 1
F.
Wireless
7
G.
Outlets 5
H. 5
Media
Distribution
6 4 7 9
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
PanZone Net-Access
Cabinets,
Racks &
1 In-Ceiling Enclosures
6 Server Cabinet
Cable (page E.3) (pages L.19 L.22)
Management
M.
PanZone PanZone
Grounding &
Bonding
2 Wall Mount Cabinet 7 Cable Assemblies
(page E.4) (page E.9)
N.
Industrial PanZone PanZone
3 Building Automation 8 Wireless Access
Systems Enclosure Point Enclosures
O. (page E.5) (pages F.4 F.5)
Labeling &
Identification
PanZone Racks and
4 Raised Floor Enclosure 9 Cable Management
P. (page E.7) (pages L.59 L.84)
Cable
Management
Accessories
PanZone Overhead
5 Distribution Racks
Q. (page E.6)
Index
E.2 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
PanZone In-Ceiling Enclosures
C.
Designed to accept up to 2 RU of active electronics as Mount in 2' x 2', 2' x 4', and 2' x 6' drop ceilings Fiber
deep as 17.5" and up to 6 RU of standard 19" passive Optic
50 pound door weight capacity Systems
connectivity (PZICEA only)
Include door plate, equipment mounting bracket,
Designed to accept up to 8 RU standard 19" passive integrated horizontal cable slack manager D.
connectivity (PZICE only) Power
AC power ready receptacle not included (PZICEA only) over
Thermal management design optimizes air flow for Ethernet
improved heat dissipation; ideal for high heat load Includes low decibel 60 CFM fan (PZICEA only)
PoE enabled switch applications
E.
Zone
Cabling
No. of Std.
Rack Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty.
PanZone In-Ceiling Enclosures F.
Wireless
PZICEA Fully assembled in-ceiling active enclosure. Accepts up to 2 RU 5 1
of active network equipment and up to 6 RU of passive product.
Includes mounting brackets, integrated horizontal slack manager,
AC power provisions, fan assembly, air dam, and electrical G.
junction box. Outlets
External dimensions: 13.50"H x 25.50"W x 27.50"D
PZICEA (342.9mm x 647.7mm x 698.5mm).
Internal dimensions: 11.49"H x 22.31"W x 22.46"D
(291.8mm x 566.7mm x 570.5mm). H.
Media
PZICE Fully assembled in-ceiling enclosure. Accepts up to 8 RU of 1 Distribution
standard 19" patch panels. Includes mounting brackets and
integrated horizontal slack manager.
External dimensions: 13.50"H x 25.50"W x 27.50"D I.
(342.9mm x 647.7mm x 698.5mm). Physical
Internal dimensions: 11.49"H x 22.31"W x 22.46"D Infrastructure
(291.8mm x 566.7mm x 570.5mm). Management
PanZone Accessories
J.
PZICFK-E In-ceiling enclosure fan kit power conversion for european 1 Overhead &
regions. Converts fan within in-ceiling active enclosure (PZICEA Underfloor
with 60 CFM fan) to accept 220 VAC/50 Hz power. Includes fan Routing
PZICE
assembly with Shuko plug, air dam, and electrical junction box.
PZICFRK Filter replacement kit, includes five pairs of air inlet filters. 1 K.
StructuredGround Grounding Kit Surface
Raceway
PZICGK Grounding and bonding kit includes all components to properly 1
ground enclosure and two network switches.
L.
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
PZICFK-E Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). E.3
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
PanZone Wall Mount Cabinets
C.
Fiber Hold 12 RU of active and passive network equipment plus Working load rating of 250 lbs.
Optic two additional RU for power strips and small electronic Adjustable rails mount at 1" increments to accommodate
Systems devices (modems, routers, etc.) various depths of network equipment including
D.
Structurally engineered to swing freely even under PoE switches
Power maximum load capacity Individual rack spaces are identified for ease of
over
Ethernet
Thermal management design (vents, perforated doors, equipment mounting
and optional fan) optimizes air flow for improved heat
dissipation; ideal for high heat load PoE enabled
E. switch applications
Zone
Cabling
No. of Std.
Rack Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty.
F.
Wireless PanZone Wall Mount Cabinets
PZC12S Wall mount cabinet with a solid front door; black. 12 1
Dimensions: 25.81"H x 25.00"W x 22.85"D
(655.6mm x 635.0mm x 580.4mm).
G. PZC12S
Outlets PZC12P Wall mount cabinet with perforated front door; black. 12 1
Dimensions: 25.81"H x 25.00"W x 22.85"D
(655.6mm x 635.0mm x 580.4mm).
PZC12W Wall mount cabinet with windowed front door; black. 12 1
H.
Media
Dimensions: 25.81"H x 25.00"W x 22.85"D
Distribution (655.6mm x 635.0mm x 580.4mm).
PanZone Cable Management Options
I. PZCHSM2 Wall mount cabinet horizontal slack manager; black. 2 2
Physical Dimensions: 3.50"H x 19.00"W x 13.00"D
Infrastructure PZC12P (88.9mm x 482.6mm x 330.2mm).
Management
PZBR3 Cable bend radius post, 3" length.
J. PZBR4 Cable bend radius post, 4" length.
Overhead &
Underfloor PanZone Accessories
Routing PZCFK Wall mount cabinet fan kit; kit includes one 115 VAC fan rated 1
at 112 CFM.
PZCFK-E Wall mount cabinet fan kit european version, 220 VAC with 1
K.
Surface Shuko plug.
Raceway
PZC12W PZCFR Wall mount filter replacement kit. 1
StructuredGround Grounding Kit
L.
Cabinets, PZCGK Grounding and bonding kit; includes all components to properly 1
Racks & ground cabinet.
Cable
Management ^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
M.
Grounding &
Bonding PZCHSM2
N.
Industrial
O. PZBR4
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
PZCGK
Q.
Index
E.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
PanZone Active Wall Mount Enclosure
C.
Fiber
Holds up to 3 RU of passive product and up to 3 RU of Design accepts all standard 19" patch panels Optic
active equipment Door can be assembled to hinge on either the right or left Systems
Provides optimal cable management by allowing adequate side providing flexibility and easy access for any
space to route and manage patch cords mounting location D.
Power
Patch panel bracket rotates 90 and accepts 19" rack Front cover has standard padlock feature; optional keyed over
mountable product allowing easy installation locks available Ethernet
Provides multiple cable entry/exit points via knockouts Vented design and optional fan provides thermal
management for switches and power supplies E.
Zone
Cabling
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
F.
PanZone Active Wall Mount Enclosure Wireless
PZAEWM3 Active wall mount enclosure includes mounting 6 1
template for quick installation.
Dimensions: 38.50"H x 27.92"W x 8.61"D
(977.9mm x 709.2mm x 218.7mm). G.
PZAEWM3
Outlets
PanZone Air Exchange Fan
PZAEFAN Wall mount enclosure fan kit. Kit includes one 115 VAC 1
fan rated at 112 CFM. Enclosure accepts up to two
fan kits. H.
Media
PZAEFK-E Wall mount enclosure fan kit european version, 1 Distribution
220 VAC with Shuko plug. Fan rated at 112 CFM.
Enclosure accepts up to two fan kits.
I.
PanZone Accessories Physical
PZAELOCK Optional keyed lock set; includes two locks with keys. 1 10 Infrastructure
Management
StructuredGround Grounding Kit
PZAEGK One tin-plated copper bracket; 3.92"L x .56"W x .79"H 1 J.
(99.6mm x 14.2mm x 20.1mm); provided with four Overhead &
#12-24 screws, one each #10-32 and #10-24 hex nut, Underfloor
#10 split lock washer, grounding washer, and ESD Routing
protection sticker.
All product color is gray. K.
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
PanZone Building Automation Systems Enclosure
M.
Integrates data communications and Building Automation Eliminates redundant cable runs Grounding &
Systems (BAS) by converging the infrastructure into a Bonding
Provides optimal cable routing and management of patch
single ethernet network cords and electrical components
Minimizes installation costs by consolidating BAS Vented design and optional fan provides thermal N.
equipment into a single enclosure management for network equipment and power supplies Industrial
No. of Std.
Rack Pkg. O.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Color Qty. Labeling &
Identification
PZBASE3 Building automation systems enclosure. Includes 3 White 1
perforated panel 32.00"H x 22.50"W
(812.8mm x 571.5mm) for mounting BAS devices. P.
Dimensions: 48.50"H x 35.00"W x 8.60"D Cable
(1231.9mm x 889.0mm x 218.4mm). Management
Accessories
PZBASE3 PZBASELK Optional keyed lock set; includes two locks with keys. 1
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). E.5
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Consolidation Point Boxes
C.
Fiber
Optic Suitable for wall mount and underfloor applications Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic,
Systems UL 2043 approved for use in air-handling spaces for and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves,
copper applications adds, and changes
D. Supplied with cable management accessories
Power
over Optional fiber conversion kit available
Ethernet
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
E. Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Zone
CUFMB24BL 24-port aluminum underfloor consolidation point box includes 1
Cabling
pre-printed numbered labels with writable surface on back when
pre-numbered labels are not applicable.
Dimensions: 1.69"H x 10.85"W x 10.67"L
F. CUFMB24BL (42.9mm x 275.6mm x 271.0mm).
Wireless
CUFB48BL 48-port underfloor consolidation point box made of 16 gauge rugged 1
steel for long term durability.
Dimensions: 1.63"H x 10.00"W x 14.88"L
(41.4mm x 254.0mm x 378.0mm).
G.
Outlets CUFF-KIT Optional fiber conversion kit to be used with CUFB48BL and 1 10
CUFMB24BL. Kit includes: four Panduit Pan-Ty Cable Ties, four
wire saddles, two adhesive fiber spools, two support brackets to hold
CUFB48BL fiber cable, one grounding lug, one laser warning label, one fiber
H. warning label and two rubber grommets.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
PanZone Work Area Raised Floor Consolidation
Management Point Enclosures
J. Work with standard office raised floor tiles Accept field terminated or pre-terminated
Overhead &
Underfloor Include Cool Boot Raised Floor Air Sealing Grommet for
connectivity solutions
Routing quick moves, adds, and changes Secure lockable cover
Accept all Mini-Com Modules
K.
Surface Std.
Raceway Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
L. ACE48 Fully assembled office raised floor consolidation point enclosure mounts in 1
Cabinets, 10.5" x 10.5" cutout in one raised floor tile; black finish. Support 48 copper
Racks & cables or up to 96 fiber cables, accepts Mini-Com Modules.
Cable Dimensions: 12.37"H x 12.45"W x 7.88"D
Management (314mm x 316mm x 200mm)
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
PanZone Overhead Distribution Racks
Ideal solution for adding more rack spaces above racks or Multiple mounting configurations
N. cabinets in data centers or telecommunication rooms
Industrial 40/60/80 lbs. load rating
Universal mounting bracket can be mounted to most Optional cable management solutions (PZBR4
industry ladder racks, wire basket, or suspended by and CMVDR2)
threaded rod from ceiling
O.
Labeling & Std.
Identification Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
P. PZLRB2U 2 RU ladder rack bracket. Bracket fits Wyr-Grid Overhead Cable Tray. 1
Cable Dimensions: 8.75"H x 20.26"W x 3.26"D (222.3mm x 514.6mm x 82.8mm)
Management PZLRB4U 4 RU ladder rack bracket. Bracket fits Wyr-Grid Overhead Cable Tray. 1
Accessories Dimensions: 12.25"H x 20.26"W x 3.26"D (311.2mm x 514.6mm x 82.8mm)
PZLRB6U 6 RU ladder rack bracket. Bracket fits Wyr-Grid Overhead Cable Tray. 1
PZLRB6U Dimensions: 15.75"H x 20.26"W x 3.26"D (400.1mm x 514.6mm x 82.8mm)
Q.
Index One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
E.6 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
PanZone Raised Floor Enclosures
C.
Fiber
Work with standard office raised floor tiles Compatible with 7/8" square, 1" diameter, 1 1/2" diameter, Optic
Include Cool Boot Raised Floor Air Sealing Grommet for and 2" diameter raised floor pedestals Systems
quick moves, adds, and changes
D.
Accept all Mini-Com Modules Power
Accept field terminated or pre-terminated over
Ethernet
connectivity solutions
Secure lockable cover
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
No. of Std. Wireless
Rack Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty.
PZRFE4U Fully assembled raised floor enclosure requires 6" minimum 4 1
raised floor depth; black finish. Accepts 4 RU of standard patch G.
Outlets
panels or 2 RU of QuickNet Pre-Terminated Assemblies
or Cassettes.
UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 22.62"H x 22.62"W x 5.0"D H.
PZRFE4U (575mm x 575mm x 127mm). Media
PZRFE8U Fully assembled raised floor enclosure requires 9.5" minimum 8 1 Distribution
raised floor depth; black finish. Accepts 8 RU of standard patch
panels or 4 RU of QuickNet Pre-Terminated Assemblies I.
or Cassettes. Physical
UL and c-UL Listed. Infrastructure
Dimensions: 22.62"H x 22.62"W x 8.5"D Management
(575mm x 575mm x 216mm).
PZRFE12U Fully assembled raised floor enclosure requires 13" minimum 12 1 J.
raised floor depth; black finish. Accepts 12 RU of standard patch Overhead &
panels or 6 RU of QuickNet Pre-Terminated Assemblies Underfloor
or Cassettes. Routing
PZRFE8U UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 22.6"H x 22.6"W x 12.0"D
(575mm x 575mm x 305mm). K.
Surface
PZRFC Lockable cover for PanZone Raised Floor Enclosures, includes
1 Raceway
two keys.
Dimensions: 24.0"H x 24.0"W x .75"D L.
(610mm x 610mm x 19.05mm). Cabinets,
Racks &
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
Cable
Management
M.
PZRFE12U Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
PZRFC Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). E.7
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Punchdown Consolidation Point Enclosures
C.
Fiber UL 2043 approved for use in air-handling spaces Mount to wall, above ceiling, and/or below floor
Optic
Systems Meet ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 standard
D. Std.
Power
over Pkg.
Ethernet Part Number Part Description Qty.
WMCPE Punchdown consolidation point enclosure. UL2043 approved for use in air 1
handling spaces. Punchdown kit sold separately.
E. Dimensions: 3.44"H x 9.47"W x 13.22"L
Zone (87.4mm x 240.5mm x 335.8mm).
Cabling
WMCPE GPB24-X All product color is black.
Punchdown Bases
F. GPB24-X Positions and holds UTP wire for termination with Category 6 10
Wireless connecting blocks.
GPB144-X Positions and holds UTP wire for termination with Category 6 punchdown 10
connecting blocks.
G. P110B100-X Positions and holds UTP cable for termination with Pan-Punch 110 10
GPB144-X P110B100-X
Outlets Connecting Blocks. For frame or rack mount wiring behind bases.
Image reflects standard density punchdown base.
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
PanZone Wall Mount Consolidation Point Enclosures
Management
Can be directly mounted to a wall or recessed into a wall Conduit knockouts of 1 3/4" 2" are available on top
J. Include grommet edging, labels, and Tak-Ty Hook & and bottom; conduit knockouts of 1 1/2" are available
Overhead & Loop Cable Ties on the sides
Underfloor
Routing Accommodate up to four 100-pair punchdown bases or Option of flat cover or hinged lockable door
optional patch panel bracket (PZBPPB) can be used to (each sold separately)
accommodate up to 2 RU of standard 19" patch panels
K.
Surface
Raceway
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
L. Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Cabinets,
Racks & PanZone Wall Mount Consolidation Point Enclosure
Cable PZB4 Enclosure, door not included; select PZB4-HC or PZB4FC. 1
Management Dimensions: 25.00"H x 14.50"W x 4.65"D
(635.0mm x 368.3mm x 118.1mm).
M. PZB4 PZB4-HC
Grounding & PZB4-HC Hinged door to be used with PanZone Enclosure (PZB4) when 1
Bonding recessed in a wall. Reversible door can hinge from either side and
includes lock with tab release.
PZB4-FC Flat cover to be used with PanZone Enclosure (PZB4) when 1
N. mounting to wall.
Industrial
PanZone Enclosure Bracket
PZBPPB Patch panel bracket accommodates up to 2 RU of standard 19" 1 10
patch panels. Includes one pair of brackets.
O.
PZB4-FC PZBPPB One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
E.8 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
PanZone Cable Assemblies
C.
Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 and ISO 11801 standards Available in plug to jack module and plug to Fiber
Optic
for permanent link performance plug configurations Systems
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at Available in plenum or riser
for PoE applications T568B wired D.
PanZone Category 6 and Category 6A Cable Power
100% performance tested to permanent link limits over
Assemblies for use in zone cabling applications Ethernet
Std. Std. E.
Length Cable Cable Pkg. Ctn. Zone
Part Number Part Description (Ft.) Type Color Qty. Qty. Cabling
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). E.9
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Cable Labels for PanZone Cable Assemblies
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Ethernet Cable Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
E. All Pan-Zone Cable S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
Zone Assemblies
Cabling
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.22.
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
E.10 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
WIRELESS SOLUTIONS C.
Fiber
Optic
Panduit and Cisco Systems have collaborated to develop a complete solution that cost-effectively Systems
addresses wireless deployment, security management, and control issues facing enterprises by
D.
enabling application interoperability between wired and wireless networks. Panduit physical Power
over
infrastructure systems complement the Cisco Unified Wireless Network to provide a reliable platform Ethernet
that guards against threats to the wireless local area network (WLAN) and provides protection for
E.
critical network elements. Zone
Cabling
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). F.1
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Wireless Solution Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
1
Cabling
3 4
F. 2
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical 5
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management Indoor Wireless Access PanZone
1 Point Enclosures 4 In-Ceiling Enclosures
M. (Shown) (page E.3)
Grounding & (pages F.3 F.4)
Bonding
Racks and
5 Cable Management
N.
Industrial
(pages L.59 L.84)
PanZone
2 Wall Mount Cabinet
(page E.4)
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable PanZone
Management 3 Building Automation
Accessories Systems Enclosure
(page E.5)
Q.
Index
F.2
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosures
C.
Specifically designed for use with Cisco^ and other Optional ceiling bracket kit allows WAP to be mounted Fiber
popular Wireless Access Points in-ceiling for design flexibility for optimum Optic
Lockable enclosure protects against tampering, vandalism, wireless coverage Systems
and theft 2' x 2' ceiling bracket eliminates cutting the ceiling tile by
replacing a standard 2' x 2' ceiling tile D.
Knockouts allow multiple antenna configurations Power
Integrated ceiling bezel allows unit to replace 2' x 2' over
ceiling tile Ethernet
E.
Zone
Std. Cabling
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty.
Wireless Enclosures Designed for Use with Cisco Aironet^ Series Wireless Access Points F.
PZWC35E PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosure for surface mount or for use in White 1 Wireless
suspended ceilings with optional in-ceiling mounting bracket. Accommodates
Cisco Aironet^ 1260 and 3500E Series Wireless Access Points.
PZWC35E UL 2043 rated.
Dimensions: 13.75"H x 12.0"W x 3.1"D (349.8 mm x 304.8 mm x 78.0mm) G.
Outlets
PZWC35I PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosure; accommodates Cisco Aironet^ White 1
1140 and 3500 Series Wireless Access Points.
UL 2043 rated.
Dimensions: 23.8"H x 23.8"W x 3.1"D H.
(603mm x 603mm x 78mm). Media
Distribution
PZWC35I PZWC35 PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosure for surface mount or for use in White 1
suspended ceilings with optional in-ceiling mounting bracket. Accommodates
Cisco Aironet^ 1140 and 3500 Series Wireless Access Points. I.
UL 2043 rated. Physical
Infrastructure
Dimensions: 13.75"H x 12.0"W x 3.1"D
Management
PZWIFIEN PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosure; accommodates Cisco Aironet^ White 1
1250 Series Wireless Access Points. J.
UL 2043 rated. Overhead &
Dimensions: 13.75"H x 12.00"W x 4.75"D Underfloor
PZWC35 Routing
(349.8mm x 304.8mm x 120.6mm).
PZWIFIENA PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosure; compatible with all Cisco White 1
Aironet^ 1250 Series WAPs when used with Cisco Patch Antennas (AIR- K.
ANT5140V-R and/or AIR-ANT2430V-R). Surface
UL 2043 rated. Raceway
Dimensions: 13.75"H x 12.00"W x 4.75"D
(349.8mm x 304.8mm x 120.6mm). L.
Cabinets,
PZWIFIEN PZWIFIED PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosure; accommodates Cisco Aironet^
White 1 Racks &
1230 and 1240 Series Wireless Access Points. Cable
UL 2043 rated. Management
Dimensions: 13.75"H x 12.00"W x 3.06"D
(349.8mm x 304.8mm x 77.7mm). M.
PZWIFIEA PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosure; compatible with all Cisco White 1 Grounding &
Bonding
Aironet^ 1200, 1230, and 1240 Series WAPs when used with Cisco Patch
Antennas (AIR-ANT5145V-R and/or AIR-ANT5959).
PZWIFIENA UL 2043 rated.
Dimensions: 13.75"H x 12.00"W x 3.06"D N.
(349.8mm x 304.8mm x 77.7mm). Industrial
PZWIFIE PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosure; accommodates Cisco Aironet^ White 1
1200 Series Wireless Access Points.
UL 2043 rated. O.
Dimensions: 12.00"H x 12.00"W x 2.31"D Labeling &
(304.8mm x 304.8mm x 58.7mm). Identification
PZWIFIED ^Cisco, SMARTnet, and Aironet are registered trademarks of Cisco Technology, Inc.
For shielded versions of PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosures, add suffix "S" to part number.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PZWIFIE
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). F.3
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosures (continued)
C.
Fiber Std.
Optic Pkg.
Systems Part Number Part Description Color Qty.
Wireless Enclosures Designed for Use with Cisco Aironet^ Series Wireless Access Points
D. (continued)
Power
over PZWIFIEW PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosure with windowed front door; White 1
Ethernet accommodates Cisco Aironet^ 1130 Series Wireless Access Points.
Dimensions: 12.00"H x 12.00"W x 2.31"D
(304.8mm x 304.8mm x 58.7mm).
E.
Zone
PZWIFIER PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosure; accommodates Aruba AP-124 White 1
Cabling PZWIFIEW and AP-125 Wireless Access Point.
UL 2043 rated.
Dimensions: 13.75"H x 12.00"W x 3.06"D
(349.8mm X 304.8mm X 77.7mm)
F.
Wireless PZWRKA PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosure Retrofit Kit for PZWIFIEA and White 1
PZWIFIED enclosures to upgrade to Cisco^ 1140, 3500 802.11/n access
points.
Internal Bracket Dimensions: 5.8"H x 5.8"W x 1.7"D (147mm x 147mm x
G.
44mm)
Outlets PZWRKA Door Dimension: 13.6"H x 11.9"W x .3"D (346mm x 303mm x 8mm)
Wireless Enclosure Designed for HP, Foundry Networks, Enterasys Networks^^, and
Aruba^^^ Wireless Access Points
H. PZWIFIEH PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosure; accommodates HP ProCurve* White 1
Media 420, Foundry IP200, and Enterasys^^ RBT-4102 Wireless Access Points.
Distribution
UL 2043 rated.
Dimensions: 13.75"H X 12.00"W X 3.06"D
I. (349.8mm X 304.8mm X 77.7mm).
Physical PZWIFIEH
Infrastructure In-Ceiling Mounting Bracket Kits
Management PZWIFICB PanZone Wireless Enclosure In-Ceiling Mounting Bracket Kit for PZWIFIE White 1
and PZWIFIEW.
J. Dimensions: 3.31"H x 13.62"W x .75"D
Overhead & (84.1mm x 345.9mm x 19.0mm).
Underfloor
Routing PZWIFIDCB PanZone Wireless Enclosure In-Ceiling Mounting Bracket Kit for White 1
PZWIFIDCB PZWIFIEN, PZWIFIENA, PZWIFIED, PZWIFIEA and PZWIFIEH.
Dimensions: 4.06"H x 13.73"W x .81"D
K. (103.1mm x 348.7mm x 20.6mm).
Surface
PZW2X2CB PanZone Wireless Enclosure 2x2 ft. In-Ceiling Mounting Bracket Kit for White 1
Raceway
PZWIFIE and PZWIFIEW.
Dimensions: 3.19"H x 23.75"W x 23.75"D
L. (81.1mm x 603.3mm x 603.3mm).
Cabinets,
Racks & PZW2X2DCB PanZone Wireless Enclosure 2x2 ft. In-Ceiling Mounting Bracket Kit for White 1
Cable PZWIFIEN, PZWIFIENA, PZWIFIED, PZWIFIEA, and PZWIFIEH.
Management Dimensions: 3.94"H x 23.75"W x 23.75"D
(100.1mm x 603.3mm x 603.3mm).
M.
Grounding & ^Cisco, SMARTnet, and Aironet are registered trademarks of Cisco Technology, Inc.
Bonding *ProCurve is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
Foundry is a registered trademark of Foundry Networks, Inc.
^^Enterasys is a registered trademark of Enterasys Networks, Inc.
^^^Aruba is a registered trademark of Aruba Networks, Inc.
N. For shielded versions of PanZone Wireless Access Point Enclosures, add suffix "S" to part number.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
F.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
PanZone NEMA 4X/IP66 Rated Wireless Access Point Enclosures
C.
NEMA 4X and IP66 rating protects against corrosion, Include pre-configured mounting template Fiber
windblown dust and rain, splashing water and Provisions for padlocks to protect against tampering and Optic
hose-directed water theft Systems
Universal design accommodates the most popular Optional NEMA 4X rated fittings available in various sizes
Wireless Access Points including Cisco Aironet^ 1200, D.
1230, 1240, 1250, 1300, 1142, and 3500 Series and Optional NEMA 4X drain and vent kit Power
Connectivity accessory kit (included): 2-position outlet box, over
Aruba^^^ 92, 105 and 134 Ethernet
Fiberglass construction and aluminum mounting plate Mini-Com TX6 PLUS Jack Module, TX6 PLUS Patch
allow quick and easy access point installation Cord, silicone sealant and grounding cable
Shielded connectivity accessory kit also available E.
UL508A Listed and approved Zone
Cabling
Std.
Pkg.
F.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Wireless
PanZone NEMA 4X/IP66 Rated Wireless Access Point Enclosures
PZNWE12 Wireless enclosure designed for Power over Ethernet applications. 1
Includes UTP connectivity kit.
G.
External dimensions: 13.56"H x 13.47"W x 6.56"D
Outlets
(344.4mm x 342.1mm x 166.6mm).
PZNWE12 Internal dimensions: 11.70"H x 11.70"W x 6.29"D
(297.2mm x 297.2mm x 159.8mm).
H.
PZNWE12S Wireless enclosure designed for Power over Ethernet applications. 1 Media
Includes shielded connectivity kit. Distribution
External dimensions: 13.56"H x 13.47"W x 6.56"D
(344.4mm x 342.1mm x 166.6mm).
Internal dimensions: 11.70"H x 11.70"W x 6.29"D I.
(297.2mm x 297.2mm x 159.8mm). Physical
Infrastructure
PZNWE14 Wireless enclosure designed for traditional AC power applications. 1 Management
Includes UTP connectivity kit.
External dimensions: 15.50"H x 13.50"W x 6.25"D J.
PZNWE14 (393.7mm x 342.9mm x 158.8mm). Overhead &
Internal dimensions: 13.53"H x 11.55"W x 5.94"D Underfloor
(343.7mm x 293.4mm x 150.9mm). Routing
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). F.5
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
NOTES
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
F.6 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
OUTLETS C.
Fiber
Optic
Panduit offers the most comprehensive selection of communication outlets to extend your copper, Systems
audio/video, and fiber cabling system to the work area. From a standard work station configuration to
D.
a MuTOA application, Panduit has a solution to support your requirements. Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
Completely modular, accepting all
Mini-Com Modules for copper, fiber, and
audio/video applications F.
Wireless
Superior design provides lower profile, higher
density outlet products, creating a cost-effective
solution for easy moves, adds, and changes G.
Outlets
Aesthetically pleasing solution to compliment all
types of work areas
H.
Ultimate ID components are part of a Media
Distribution
complete system for identification designed
to efficiently support TIA/EIA-606-A standard I.
labeling requirements Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Work area outlets products are easily installed and provide a broad range of solutions. Outlets K.
solutions consist of a variety of faceplate styles and port densities, including tamper resistant and Surface
Raceway
water resistant options. Surface mount boxes are available in shuttered and non-shuttered versions.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). G.1
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Workstation Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
3
F.
Wireless
3
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
1
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
2
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
G.2
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Ultimate ID Classic Series Faceplates
Components are part of a complete system for Can be clearly identified with the PanTher LS8E or C.
Fiber
identification designed to efficiently support TIA/EIA-606-A Cougar LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers Optic
standard labeling requirements Non-adhesive computer printable label sheets for desktop Systems
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, printers and write-on labels available
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Replacement screw covers and label covers available D.
adds, and changes Power
Optional icons available over
Supplied with color coordinated screw cover and clear Ethernet
station and port label covers, labels sold separately
E.
Zone
Std. Std. Cabling
Labels Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Required* Qty. Qty.
UICFP2IW Single gang, vertical faceplate holds up to Off One 1-Port 1 10
F.
two Mini-Com Modules. White One 2-Port Wireless
UICFP4IW Single gang, vertical faceplate holds up to Off One 1-Port 1 10
four Mini-Com Modules. White Two 2-Port
UICFP6IW Single gang, vertical faceplate holds up to Off One 1-Port 1 10 G.
UICFP2IW UICFP4IW six Mini-Com Modules. Requires minimum White Two 3-Port Outlets
1.9" wide in-wall box or wallboard adapter
for proper installation.
UICFPH2IW Single gang, horizontal faceplate holds up Off One 1-Port 1 10 H.
to two Mini-Com Modules. White One 2-Port Media
Distribution
UICFPH4IW Single gang, horizontal faceplate holds up Off One 1-Port 1 10
to four Mini-Com Modules. White One 4-Port
UICFPH2IW I.
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or WH (White). Physical
All faceplates supplied with mounting screws. Infrastructure
*Ultimate ID Labels can be found on pages O.11 and O.21. Management
UICFP6IW
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
UICFPH4IW
K.
Surface
Raceway
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). G.3
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Component Labels for Mini-Com Classic Series Faceplates with Label
C.
Fiber and Label Cover
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
I. Std. Std.
Physical Pkg. Ctn.
Infrastructure Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Management CFPSL2IWY Single gang, sloped vertical faceplate accepts two Off 1 10
Mini-Com Modules. White
J.
Overhead & CFPSL4IWY Single gang, sloped vertical faceplate accepts four Off 1 10
Underfloor Mini-Com Modules. White
Routing CFPSL2IWY CFPSL4IWY CFPSL6IWY Single gang, sloped vertical faceplate accepts six Off 1 10
Mini-Com Modules. Requires minimum 1.9" wide electrical White
box for proper mounting.
K.
Surface CFPHSL4IW Single gang, sloped horizontal faceplate accepts four Off 1 10
Raceway Mini-Com Modules. White
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), or IG (International Gray).
L.
All faceplates supplied with mounting screws.
Cabinets,
Racks & CFPHSL4IW
Cable
Management CFPSL6IWY
M.
Grounding & Component Labels for Mini-Com Classic Series Sloped Faceplates with
Bonding
Label and Label Cover
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
TDP43ME Thermal
P. Faceplate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Cable Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Management All CFPSL Parts C195X040Y1J C195X040Y1T C195X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
Accessories
All CFPHSL4 Parts C261X035Y1J C261X035Y1T C261X035Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
Q. For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Index For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label.
G.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Classic Series Faceplates
C.
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, Optional adhesive labels available Fiber
Optic
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Systems
adds, and changes
D.
Std. Std. Power
over
Pkg. Ctn. Ethernet
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
CFP1IW Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts one Off 1 10
Mini-Com Module. White E.
Zone
CFP2IW Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts two Off 1 10 Cabling
Mini-Com Modules. White
CFP1IW CFP2IW CFP4IW CFP4IW Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts four Off 1 10
Mini-Com Modules. White F.
CFPH2IW Single gang, horizontal faceplate accepts two Off 1 10 Wireless
Mini-Com Modules. White
CFPH4IW Single gang, horizontal faceplate accepts four Off 1 10
Mini-Com Modules. White G.
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), or IG (International Gray).
Outlets
CFPH2IW CFPH4IW All faceplates supplied with mounting screws.
H.
Media
Component Labels for Mini-Com Classic Series Faceplates Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Underfloor
Routing
TDP43ME Thermal
Faceplate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label K.
CFP1 C061X030FJJ C061X030YPT C061X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK Surface
Raceway
CFP2
CFP4 C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
L.
CFPH2 Cabinets,
Racks &
CFPH4 C252X030FJJ C252X030YPT C252X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK Cable
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25. Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Mini-Com Classic Series Faceplate Kits
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, Inserts are front releasable N.
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Optional adhesive labels available Industrial
adds, and changes
Std. Std.
O.
Pkg. Ctn.
Labeling &
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. Identification
CFPS4IW Single gang, vertical faceplate frame and two sloped Off 1 10
inserts (two module spaces each). Accepts four White
Mini-Com Modules. P.
Cable
CFPF12IW-2G Double gang, vertical faceplate frame and six flat Off 1 10 Management
CFPS4IW CFPF12IW-2G inserts (two module spaces each). Accepts twelve White Accessories
Mini-Com Modules.
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), or IG (International Gray).
All faceplates supplied with mounting screws. Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). G.5
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Component Labels for Mini-Com Classic Series Faceplate Kits
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
E. TDP43ME Thermal
Zone Faceplate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Cabling
Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
All CFPS4 Parts C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
F. For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Wireless
Std. Std.
J.
Overhead & Labels Pkg. Ctn.
Underfloor Part Number Part Description Color Required* Qty. Qty.
Routing UICFPSE2IW Single gang, vertical sloped faceplate Off One 1-Port 1 10
holds up to two Mini-Com Modules. White One 2-Port
K. UICFPSE4IW Single gang, vertical sloped faceplate Off One 1-Port 1 10
Surface
UICFPSE2IW UICFPSE4IW holds up to four Mini-Com Modules. White Two 2-Port
Raceway UICFPSE6IW Single gang, vertical sloped faceplate Off One 1-Port 1 10
holds up to six Mini-Com Modules. White Two 3-Port
L. Requires minimum 1.9" wide in-wall
Cabinets, box or wallboard adapter for
Racks & proper installation.
Cable
Management UICFPSE8IW-2G Double gang, vertical faceplate holds up Off Four 4-Port 1 10
UICFPSE6IW UICFPSE8IW-2G to eight Mini-Com Modules. White
M. UICFPHSE2IW Single gang, horizontal sloped faceplate Off One 1-Port 1 10
Grounding & holds up to two Mini-Com Modules. White One 2-Port
Bonding UICFPHSE4IW Single gang, horizontal sloped faceplate Off One 1-Port 1 10
holds up to four Mini-Com Modules. White One 4-Port
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray), or BL
N. UICFPHSE2IW UICFPHSE4IW (Black).
Industrial All faceplates supplied with mounting screws.
*Ultimate ID Labels can be found on pages O.11 and O.21.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
G.6 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Executive Series Faceplates
C.
Fiber
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, Include label/label covers for easy port identification Optic
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Raised rail design for aesthetic appeal Systems
adds, and changes
D.
Std. Std. Power
Pkg. Ctn. over
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. Ethernet
CFPE1IWY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts one Off 1 10
Mini-Com Module. White E.
Zone
CFPE1IWY CFPE2IWY CFPE4IWY CFPE2IWY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts two Off 1 10 Cabling
Mini-Com Modules. White
CFPE4IWY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts four Off 1 10
Mini-Com Modules. White F.
Wireless
CFPE6IWY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts six Mini-Com Modules. Off 1 10
Requires minimum 1.9" wide electrical box for proper mounting. White
CFPE10IW-2GY Double gang, vertical faceplate accepts ten Mini-Com Modules. Off 1 10
White G.
CFPE6IWY CFPE10IW-2GY Outlets
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), or IG (International Gray).
All faceplates supplied with mounting screws.
H.
Media
Component Labels for Mini-Com
Executive Series Faceplates Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Routing
TDP43ME Thermal
Faceplate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label K.
Surface
CFPE1**Y Raceway
CFPE2**Y
C195X040Y1J C195X040Y1T C195X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
CFPE4**Y L.
Cabinets,
CFPE6**Y Racks &
CFPE10**-2GY C288X040Y1J C288X040Y1T C288X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK Cable
Management
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label.
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Mini-Com Sloped Executive Series Faceplate Kit
N.
Accepts Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, Sloped inserts are front releasable Industrial
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Includes label/label covers for easy port identification
adds, and changes
Raised rail design for aesthetic appeal
O.
Std. Std. Labeling &
Pkg. Ctn. Identification
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
CFPSE4IWY Single gang, vertical faceplate frame and two sloped Off 1 10 P.
inserts (two module spaces each). Accepts four White Cable
Mini-Com Modules. Management
Accessories
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), or IG (International Gray).
All faceplates supplied with mounting screws.
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). G.7
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Component Labels for Mini-Com Sloped Executive Series Faceplate Kits
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
TDP43ME Thermal
E. Faceplate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Zone Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Cabling CFPSE4**Y C195X040Y1J C195X040Y1T C195X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label.
F.
Wireless
Mini-Com Executive Series Faceplate Kits with Jack Modules
Accept Mini-Com Category 6 (CJ688TG), Category 5e Convenience of having a faceplate with all the
G.
(CJ5E88TG), or Category 3 (CJ66U) Modules, which components to complete the outlet, in one package
Outlets snap in and out for easy moves, adds, and changes
Std. Std.
H. Pkg. Ctn.
Media Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Distribution
Two Module Space Single Gang Faceplate Kit
CFKE2A5U5J Includes 2-port executive faceplate with two Off White 1 10
I.
Mini-Com Category 5e Jack Modules (BU, OR).
Physical
Infrastructure CFKE2A6U6J Includes 2-port executive faceplate with two Off White 1 10
Management CFKE2 Mini-Com Category 6 Jack Modules (BU, OR).
CFKE2A5U3A Includes 2-port executive faceplate with one Off White 1 10
J. Mini-Com Category 5e Jack Module (BU) and
Overhead & one Mini-Com Category 3 Jack Module (IW).
Underfloor
Routing CFKE2A6U3A Includes 2-port executive faceplate with one Off White 1 10
Mini-Com Category 6 Jack Module (BU) and
one Mini-Com Category 3 Jack Module (IW).
K.
Surface
CFKE2F5U5J Includes 2-port executive faceplate with two Electric 1 10
Raceway Mini-Com Category 5e Jack Modules (BU, OR). Ivory
CFKE2F6U6J Includes 2-port executive faceplate with two Electric 1 10
L. CFKE4 Mini-Com Category 6 Jack Modules (BU, OR). Ivory
Cabinets, CFKE2F5U3F Includes 2-port executive faceplate with one Electric 1 10
Racks & Mini-Com Category 5e Jack Module (BU) and Ivory
Cable one Mini-Com Category 3 Jack Module (EI).
Management
CFKE2F6U3F Includes 2-port executive faceplate with one Electric 1 10
Mini-Com Category 6 Jack Module (BU) and Ivory
M.
Grounding & one Mini-Com Category 3 Jack Module (EI).
Bonding Four Module Space Single Gang Faceplate Kit with Blanks
CFKE4A5U5J3AMA Includes 4-port executive faceplate with two Off White 1 10
Mini-Com Category 5e Jack Modules (BU, OR),
N. one Mini-Com Category 3 Jack Module (IW),
Industrial and a blank.
CFKE4A6U6J5AMA Includes 4-port executive faceplate with two Off White 1 10
Mini-Com Category 6 Jack Modules (BU, OR),
O. one Mini-Com Category 5e Jack Module (IW),
Labeling & and a blank.
Identification CFKE4F5U5J3FMF Includes 4-port executive faceplate with two Electric 1 10
Mini-Com Category 5e Jack Modules (BU, OR), Ivory
one Mini-Com Category 3 Jack Module (EI),
P. and a blank.
Cable
Management CFKE4F6U6J5FMF Includes 4-port executive faceplate with two Electric 1 10
Accessories Mini-Com Category 6 Jack Modules (BU, OR), Ivory
one Mini-Com Category 5e Jack Module (EI),
and a blank.
Q. Faceplate colors IW (Off White) or EI (Electric Ivory).
Index Jack module colors BU (Blue), OR (Orange), IW (Off White), EI (Electric Ivory).
Blank matches color of faceplate.
G.8 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Component Labels for Mini-Com Executive Series Faceplate Kits with
C.
Jack Modules Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
G.
Outlets
Mini-Com Ultimate ID Tamper Resistant Faceplate Kit
Ultimate ID components are part of a complete system Supplied with color coordinated screw cover
H.
for identification designed to efficiently support TIA/EIA- Can be clearly identified with the PanTher LS8E or Media
606-A standard labeling requirements Cougar LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers Distribution
Includes tamper resistant screw to prevent unauthorized Non-adhesive computer printable label sheets for desktop
access to the connections printers and write-on labels available I.
Front accessible inserts are recessed and provide a 30 Replacement screw covers and label covers available Physical
slope to provide proper bend radius control Infrastructure
Optional icons available Management
Requires minimum in-wall box depth of 2.125"
Accepts Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, J.
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Overhead &
adds, and changes Underfloor
Routing
Std. Std.
Labels Pkg. Ctn. K.
Part Number Part Description Color Required* Qty. Qty. Surface
Raceway
UICFPRTR4IW Tamper resistant faceplate kit includes Off One 1-Port 1 10
faceplate frame, two recessed modular White Two 2-Port
inserts, faceplate cover with additional L.
outlet station identifier and tamper Cabinets,
Racks &
resistant screw. Holds up to four Cable
Mini-Com Modules. Management
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or WH (White).
All faceplates supplied with mounting screws. M.
T8 Torx driver required for installation of tamper resistant screw. Grounding &
*Ultimate ID Labels can be found on pages O.11 and O.21. Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). G.9
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Tamper Resistant Faceplates
C.
Fiber Include two tamper resistant screws to prevent Two-piece hinged design
Optic unauthorized access to the connections
Systems Mount to single gang opening
(combo head screws also included)
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber
D. Sloped design improves bend radius control optic, and audio/video, which snap in and out for
Power Made of impact resistant material easy moves, adds, and changes
over
Ethernet Optional icons available
E. Std. Std.
Zone Pkg. Ctn.
Cabling Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
CFPTR4IW Single gang, vertical tamper resistant faceplate accepts Off White 1 10
four Mini-Com Modules. Dimensions 5.8"H x 3.1"W x
F. 1.5"D (147.32mm x 78.74mm x 38.10mm).
Wireless
CFPTR2BEI Single gang, vertical tamper resistant faceplate with two Electric 1 10
encased sloped ports and two accessible breakout ports Ivory
in the base; accepts up to four Mini-Com Modules.
Dimensions 5.8"H x 3.1"W x 1.5"D (147.32mm x
G. 78.74mm x 38.10mm).
Outlets
CFPTR4IW CFPTR2BEI
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray),
BL (Black), CIG (International Gray base with Clear cover), or CL (Clear base and cover).
All faceplates supplied with mounting screws.
H.
Fiber modules are not recommended for use in bottom two module spaces due to bend radius control
Media
requirements.
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Component Labels for Mini-Com Tamper Resistant Faceplates
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Management TDP43ME Thermal
Faceplate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
M. Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Grounding &
Bonding All CFPTR Parts C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
G.10 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Water Resistant Faceplate
C.
Includes unique gaskets that prevent water from entering Two-piece hinged design Fiber
and damaging connections Mounts to single gang opening Optic
Systems
Meets the level of protection required for an IP56 Includes combo head screws to secure cover to base
enclosure (tamper resistant screws also included) D.
Sloped design improves bend radius control Accepts Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, Power
Made of impact resistant material and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, over
adds, and changes Ethernet
Optional icons available
Std. Std. E.
Zone
Pkg. Ctn. Cabling
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
CFPWR4CIG Single gang, vertical water resistant faceplate International 1 10
accepts four Mini-Com Modules. Gray Base
Dimensions 5.8"H x 3.1"W x 1.5"D and Clear F.
(147.32mm x 78.74mm x 38.10mm). Cover Wireless
For other colors replace suffix CIG (International Gray base with Clear cover) with CL (Clear base and cover),
IG (International Gray), IW (Off White), BL (Black), EI (Electric Ivory), or WH (White).
All faceplates supplied with mounting screws. G.
Fiber modules are not recommended for use in bottom two module spaces due to bend radius control Outlets
requirements.
H.
Component Labels for Mini-Com Water Resistant Faceplate Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Overhead &
TDP43ME Thermal Underfloor
Faceplate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9 Routing
Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
CFPWR4CIG C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK K.
Surface
Raceway
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
L.
Cabinets,
Mini-Com Ultimate ID Stainless Steel Faceplates
Racks &
Cable
Ultimate ID components are part of a complete system Supplied with coordinated screw cover and clear station Management
for identification designed to efficiently support and port label covers, labels sold separately
TIA/EIA-606-A standard labeling requirements Impact-resistant 304 stainless steel suitable for light M.
Grounding &
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, industrial environments Bonding
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves,
adds, and changes
N.
Std. Std. Industrial
Labels Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Required* Qty. Qty.
UICFP2S Single gang, vertical faceplate holds up to two One 1-Port 1 10 O.
Mini-Com Modules. One 2-Port Labeling &
UICFP4S Single gang, vertical faceplate holds up to four One 1-Port 1 10 Identification
H. CFPL6SY CFPL4S-2GY
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead & CFPL6S-2GY CFPL8S-2GY
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets, CFPL10S-2GY
Racks &
Cable
Management Component Labels for Mini-Com Stainless Steel Faceplates with Labels
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
TDP43ME Thermal
Faceplate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
O.
Labeling & Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Identification CFPL2SY
CFPL4SY C195X040Y1J C195X040Y1T C195X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
P. CFPL6SY
Cable
CFPL4S-2GY
Management
Accessories CFPL6S-2GY
C288X040Y1J C288X040Y1T C288X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
CFPL8S-2GY
Q.
CFPL10S-2GY
Index For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label.
G.12 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Stainless Steel Faceplates
C.
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, Impact-resistant 304 stainless steel suitable for light Fiber
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, industrial environments Optic
Systems
adds, and changes
Optional adhesive labels available D.
Power
over
Std. Std. Ethernet
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
E.
CFP2SY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts two Mini-Com Modules. 1 10 Zone
CFP4SY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts four Mini-Com Modules. 1 10 Cabling
Requires minimum 1.9" wide electrical box for proper mounting.
CFP6SY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts six Mini-Com Modules. 1 10
CFP2SY CFP4SY Requires minimum 1.9" wide electrical box for proper mounting. F.
Wireless
CFP4S-2GY Double gang, vertical faceplate accepts four Mini-Com Modules.
1 10
CFP8S-2GY Double gang, vertical faceplate accepts eight Mini-Com Modules. 1 10
CFP10S-2GY Double gang, vertical faceplate accepts ten Mini-Com Modules. 1 10
G.
All faceplates include mounting screws. Outlets
H.
Media
CFP6SY CFP4S-2GY Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
CFP8S-2GY CFP10S-2GY Routing
K.
Surface
Component Labels for Mini-Com Stainless Steel Faceplates Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
TDP43ME Thermal
Faceplate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label N.
Industrial
CFP2SY
CFP4SY C061X030FJJ C061X030YPT C061X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CFP4S-2GY O.
C188X030FJJ C188X030YPT C188X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK Labeling &
CFP6SY Identification
CFP8S-2GY C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CFP10S-2GY C315X030FJJ C315X030YPT C315X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
P.
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25. Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). G.13
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Classic and Executive Faceplate Frames
C.
Fiber Accept inserts which snap in and out of faceplate frames Optional adhesive labels available
Optic
Systems All inserts are front releasable Executive faceplates frames have raised rail design for
Allow custom installations with your choice of inserts aesthetic appeal
D.
Power
over
Ethernet Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
E.
Zone Classic Faceplate Frames
Cabling CBIW Single gang faceplate frame accepts two 1/2 size module Off 1 10
inserts or three 1/3 size module inserts. White
CBIW CBIW-2G CBIW-2G Double gang faceplate frame accepts up to four 1/2 size Off 1 10
F. module inserts or six 1/3 size module inserts. White
Wireless
Executive Faceplate Frames
CBEIWY Single gang faceplate frame accepts up to two 1/2 size Off 1 10
module inserts or three 1/3 size module inserts. Supplied White
G. with labels and label cover/screw covers.
Outlets
CBEIW-2GY Double gang faceplate frame accepts up to four 1/2 size Off 1 10
module inserts or six 1/3 size module inserts. Supplied with White
labels and label cover/screw covers.
H.
Media CBEIWY CBEIW-2GY For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray), or
Distribution BL (Black).
All faceplate frames supplied with mounting screws.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway Component Labels for Mini-Com Classic and Executive Faceplate Frames
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
TDP43ME Thermal
Frame Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
N. Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Industrial
CBE**Y C195X040Y1J C195X040Y1T C195X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
CBE**-2GY C288X040Y1J C288X040Y1T C288X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
O. For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Labeling & For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label.
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
G.14 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Inserts
C.
Fiber
Compatible with classic and executive faceplate frames Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic,
Optic
Front releasable and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Systems
adds, and changes
D.
Power
Std. Std. over
Pkg. Ctn. Ethernet
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
CHS2IW-X Two module space, 1/2 size, sloped insert accepts two Off 10 50
E.
Mini-Com Modules. White Zone
CHS2SIW-X Two module space, 1/2 size, sloped shuttered insert Off 10 50 Cabling
CHS2IW-X CHS2SIW-X accepts two Mini-Com Modules. Shutters are spring White
loaded and rotate out of the way for cable connections. Not
suitable for use with any audio/video or fiber connector F.
module that protrudes beyond the face of the insert. Wireless
CHF2IW-X Two module space, 1/2 size, flat insert accepts two Off 10 50
Mini-Com Modules. White
CHSRE2IW-X Two module space, 1/2 size, 30 sloped recessed insert Off 10 50 G.
CHF2IW-X CHSRE2IW-X
accepts two Mini-Com Modules. White Outlets
CHS1SIW-X One module space, 1/2 size, sloped shuttered insert Off 10 50
accepts one Mini-Com Module. Not suitable for use with White
any audio/video or fiber connector module that protrudes H.
beyond the face of the insert. Media
Distribution
CHB2IW-X 1/2 blank insert. Reserves space for future upgrades. Off 10 50
White
CHS1SIW-X CHB2IW-X
CHF2MIW-X Two module space, 1/3 size, flat insert accepts two Off 10 50 I.
Physical
Mini-Com Modules. White Infrastructure
CHB2MIW-X 1/3 blank insert. Reserves space for future upgrades. Off 10 50 Management
White
J.
CHLS2SIW-X Sloped module insert with protective shutters and Off 10 50 Overhead &
label/label cover accepts up to two Mini-Com Modules White Underfloor
CHF2MIW-X CHB2MIW-X and accommodates up to 1/2 of a single gang bezel. Routing
Shutters are spring loaded and rotate out of the way for
cable connections. Depth to rear modules: 16.5mm. Not
suitable for use with any audio/video or fiber connector K.
module that protrudes beyond the face of the insert. Surface
Raceway
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray), or
BL (Black). L.
CHLS2SIW-X Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Component Labels for Mini-Com Inserts
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). G.15
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com In-Wall Fiber Spool
C.
Fiber Maintains 1" internal bend radius Stores up to 12 meters of unjacketed fiber cable or two
Optic Cable entry/exit from rear, top, and bottom helps maintain meters of jacketed fiber cable
Systems
external bend radius 3.65" (92.7mm) depth from rear of faceplate, not for use
Designed for use with single or double gang wall board with in-wall boxes or in shallow walls
D.
Power adapter
over Std. Std.
Ethernet
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
E. CFS2IW In-wall fiber spool for use with Mini-Com Faceplates, Off 1 10
Zone Faceplate Frames, Inserts and Modular Patch Panels. White
Cabling
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray), or
BL (Black).
F. Standards: TIA/EIA-568-B
Wireless requires a minimum 1 meter
slack and a fiber spool for
in-wall installations.
G.
Outlets Mini-Com GFCI Decora Module Frames
Mount behind any standard GFCI electrical faceplate Optional adhesive labels available
H. Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic,
Media and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves,
Distribution
adds, and changes
I. Std. Std.
Physical Pkg. Ctn.
Infrastructure Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Management
CFG1IW Module frame accepts one Mini-Com Module. Off 1 10
White
J.
Overhead &
CFG2IW Module frame accepts two Mini-Com Modules. Off 1 10
Underfloor White
Routing CFG4IW Module frame accepts four Mini-Com Modules. Off 1 10
CFG1IW CFG2IW White
CFG6IW Module frame accepts six Mini-Com Modules. Off 1 10
K.
Surface White
Raceway For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray), or
BL (Black).
All frames include mounting screws.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
CFG4IW CFG6IW
M.
Grounding &
Bonding Component Labels for Mini-Com GFCI Decora Module Frames
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
P. TDP43ME Thermal
Cable Frame Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Management Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Accessories CFG1
C061X030FJJ C061X030YPT C061X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CFG2
Q. CFG4 C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
Index
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
G.16 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
H.
Std. Std.
Media
Pkg. Ctn. Distribution
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
KWP5EY Stainless steel phone plate with Giga-TX Style Category 5e 1 10
Keystone Jack Module. I.
Physical
KWP6PY Stainless steel phone plate with Giga-TX Style Category 6
1 10 Infrastructure
Keystone Jack Module. Management
Contact technical support to verify mounting holes when using IP or console type telephones. J.
All faceplates supplied with mounting screws. Overhead &
Wall mount faceplate kits above only accept wall mountable phones with short patch cord connections to the Underfloor
jack module. Routing
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
TDP43ME Thermal M.
Grounding &
Phone Plate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Transfer Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Bonding
Part Number Printer Label Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
All KWP parts C061X030FJJ C061X030YPT C061X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25. N.
Industrial
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). G.17
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
In-Wall Box Adapters
C.
Fiber Allow horizontal or vertical mounting
Optic
Systems
Std. Std.
D. Pkg. Ctn.
Power Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
over MIWBAIW Allows mounting of Mini-Com Single Gang Faceplates and Off 1 10
Ethernet Surface Mount Boxes to double gang in-wall boxes and White
box eliminators.
E.
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), or IG (International Gray).
Zone
Cabling Adapters supplied with mounting screws.
F.
Wireless
Tombstone Floor Box Adapter Plate
G. Allows Mini-Com Snap-On Modular Furniture Faceplates Faceplate opening accepts Panduit CFFPL4, CFFP4, and
Outlets to be mounted to Walker* floor box CFFPE3 snap-on modular furniture faceplates
Std. Std.
H. Pkg. Ctn.
Media Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Distribution MSP500W Stainless steel adapter plate mounts to Walker* floor box service 1 10
fitting (Walker* part no. 525).
I. *Walker is a trademark of The Wiremold Co.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor Mini-Com Ultimate ID Modular Furniture Faceplate
Routing
Ultimate ID components are part of a complete system Can be clearly identified with the PanTher LS8E or
for identification designed to efficiently support Cougar LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers
K. TIA/EIA-606-A standard labeling requirements Computer printable label sheets for desktop printers and
Surface
Raceway Accepts Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, write-on labels available
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Replacement label covers available
adds, and changes
L. Optional icons available
Cabinets, Supplied with clear station and port label covers, labels
Racks & sold separately Fits standard furniture openings
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding & Std. Std.
Bonding Labels Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Required * Qty. Qty.
UICFFP4BL Faceplate snaps into standard knockouts Black One 1-Port 1 10
N.
found on modular furniture. Holds up to One 4-Port
Industrial four Mini-Com Modules. See panel
cutout requirement.
For other colors replace suffix BL (Black) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or IW (Off White).
*Ultimate ID Labels can be found on pages O.11 and O.19.
O.
Labeling &
Identification Panel Cutout Requirement:
P. 1.34" to 1.40"
Cable (34.20mm to 35.70mm)
Management
Accessories
2.67" to 2.75"
(67.82mm to 69.85mm)
Q.
Index
G.18 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Snap-On Modular Furniture Faceplates
C.
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, Optional adhesive labels available Fiber
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Optic
Select faceplates feature label/label covers for easy Systems
adds, and changes port identification
D.
Std. Std. Power
over
Pkg. Ctn. Ethernet
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Four Module Space Modular Furniture Snap-On Faceplate with Labels
E.
CFFPL4 CFFP4 CFFPL4BL Faceplate snaps into industry standard knockouts found Black 1 10 Zone
on modular furniture. Accepts up to four Mini-Com Cabling
Modules. Supplied with write-on label and label cover.
Four Module Space Modular Furniture Snap-On Faceplate
CFFP4BL Faceplate snaps into industry standard knockouts found on Black 1 10 F.
modular furniture. Accepts up to four Mini-Com Modules. Wireless
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
H. For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Media For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label.
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Mini-Com Round Faceplates
Management
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, Optional adhesive labels available
J. and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves,
Overhead & adds, and changes
Underfloor
Routing
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
K. Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Surface CRFPA2BL Two module space, 2" round in-floor outlet adapter. Black 1 10
Raceway
CFFPR1BL-X One module space, 1.57" round furniture faceplate Black 1 10
with screw.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks & CRFPA2BL CFFPR1BL-X
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding Component Labels for Mini-Com Round Faceplates
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
P.
Faceplate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Cable Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Management CRFPA2BL C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
Accessories
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Q.
Index
G.20 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com One Position Adapters
C.
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, Allow a single module to be mounted in a variety of Fiber
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, applications, from custom openings to specific Optic
adds, and changes brand products Systems
Snap into plastic or metal opening (size identified in
part description) D.
Power
over
Std. Std. Ethernet
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. E.
CMNZABL-X Adapter snaps into 0.827" x 0.827" (21mm x 21mm) Black 10 50 Zone
opening and accepts one Mini-Com Module. For snug Cabling
CMNZABL-X fit, panel thickness should be 0.046" to 0.056" (11.7mm
to 14.2mm).
CMAA1IW-X Adapter snaps into 1" x 1" (25mm x 25mm) opening and Off White 10 100 F.
accepts one Mini-Com Module. For snug fit, panel Wireless
thickness should be 0.06" to 0.08" (1.5mm to 2.0mm).
CBTAL1WH-X Adapter with label pocket accepts one Mini-Com White 10 50
Module, for Bticino Light series faceplates.
CMAA1IW-X G.
CBTA1WH-X Adapter accepts one Mini-Com Module, for Bticino White 10 50 Outlets
Light series faceplates.
CBTAL1BL-X Adapter with label pocket accepts one Mini-Com Black 10 50
Module, for Bticino Living International series faceplates.
H.
CBTA1BL-X Adapter accepts one Mini-Com Module, for Bticino Black 10 50 Media
Living International series faceplates. Distribution
CADIN1IG Mini-Com DIN Rail Mount Adapter mounts to standard International 1 10
CBTAL1WH-X 35mm DIN rail and accepts any single port Mini-Com Gray I.
Module. Includes a label and label cover. Physical
For other colors substitute suffix BL (Black) or IW (Off White) with WH (White). Infrastructure
*Bticino is a division of Legrand Group. Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
CBTA1WH-X
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
CBTAL1BL-X Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
CBTA1BL-X
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
CADIN1IG Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). G.21
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Ultimate ID Hybrid Box
C.
Fiber Ultimate ID components are part of a complete system Manages up to 12 meters of buffered fiber optic cable that
Optic for identification designed to efficiently support is secured in place by cable tie mounting loops
Systems TIA/EIA-606-A standard labeling requirements and Cover snaps to base and is secured with a screw;
TIA/EIA-568-B MUTOA requirements includes a 6-position Ultimate ID Label Pocket to identify
D.
Power Accepts Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, fiber optic connections; a clear screw cover is included for
over and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, station identification
Ethernet adds, and changes Can be clearly identified with PanTher LS8E or Cougar
Provides independent access to copper and fiber optic LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers
E. connections Non-adhesive computer printable label sheets for printers
Zone Mounts to single gang, double gang, or DIN opening and write-on labels available
Cabling
A retention block snaps to the base and accepts any Optional cover extension provides additional security of
single gang faceplate (up to six ports) fiber connections
Base accepts up to six Mini-Com Fiber Optic Modules Heat shrink tubing included
F.
Wireless
Used with Std. Std.
Labels Pan-Way Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Required* Raceway Qty. Qty.
G. UICBXH6IW-A Hybrid box with cover accepts Off One LD3, LD5 1 10
Outlets up to six Mini-Com Modules White 1-Port
in a single gang Mini-Com One
Faceplate, and up to six 6-Port
Mini-Com Fiber Optic Modules
H. in the base.
Media
Distribution UICBXH6IW-A UICBXHECIW UICBXHC6IW-A Hybrid box with cover and cover Off One LD3, LD5 1 10
extension accepts up to six White 1-Port
Mini-Com Modules in a single One
I. gang Mini-Com Faceplate, and 6-Port
Physical up to six Mini-Com Fiber Optic
Infrastructure Modules in the base.
Management
UICBXHECIW Cover extension for hybrid box. Off 1 10
White
J.
Overhead & For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or WH (White).
Underfloor
*Ultimate ID Labels can be found on pages O.11 and O.21.
Routing
N.
Industrial
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets, CBXS6IW-AY CBXSD6IW-AY
Racks &
Cable
Management
Component Labels for Mini-Com Shuttered Surface Mount Boxes
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
G.24 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Mini-Com Ultimate ID Multi-Media/Fiber Surface Mount Box
C.
Ultimate ID components are part of a complete system Mounts easily with supplied mounting screws, adhesive Fiber
for identification designed to efficiently support tape, or optional magnet (CSBM-X) Optic
Systems
TIA/EIA-606-A standard labeling requirements Supplied with clear station and port label covers, labels
Accepts Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, sold separately D.
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, Can be clearly identified with the PanTher LS8E or Power
adds, and changes Cougar LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers over
Ethernet
Features twelve ports, six on each side, angled to improve Non-adhesive computer printable label sheets for desktop
bend radius control printers and write-on labels available
Includes two knockouts which are compatible with Replacement label covers available E.
Panduit LD5 and LD10 raceway Zone
Optional icons available Cabling
Mounts to single or double gang opening
F.
Wireless
Std. Std.
Labels Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Required* Qty. Qty.
UICBXA12IW-A Multi-media surface mount box accepts up to Off Two 1 10 G.
twelve Mini-Com Modules and includes White 4-Port Outlets
built-in figure eight spool to help manage Two
fiber cable. 6-Port
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or WH (White). H.
Media
All surface mount boxes supplied with mounting screws.
Distribution
*Ultimate ID Labels can be found on pages O.11 and O.21.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Mini-Com Multi-Media/Fiber Surface Mount Boxes Management
J.
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP, fiber optic, Unique built-in fiber spool design secures cable in place Overhead &
and audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, and stores up to 78.8 feet (24 meters) of buffered fiber Underfloor
adds, and changes optic cable Routing
Mount easily with supplied mounting screws or Cable entry from side and rear knockouts and from
adhesive tape opening in bottom of base K.
Cable tie slots for improved cable management Optional adhesive labels available Surface
Raceway
Tamper resistant screw for added security Combination label/label cover for custom
outlet identification
L.
Cabinets,
Used with Std. Std. Racks &
Pan-Way Pkg. Ctn. Cable
Part Number Part Description Color Raceway Qty. Qty. Management
CBXF6IW-AY Surface mount box accepts up to six Off LD3/LD5 1 10
Mini-Com Modules. Icon slots available for White M.
optional icons. 0.99"H x 4.71"W x 6.67"L Grounding &
Bonding
(25mm x 120mm x 170mm)
CBXF12IW-AY Surface mount box accepts up to twelve Off LD3/LD5/L 1 10
CBXF6IW-AY Mini-Com Modules. 1.81"H x 4.71"W x 6.67"L White D10
(46mm x 120mm x 170mm). N.
Industrial
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray),
or BL (Black).
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
CBXF12IW-AY Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). G.25
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Component Labels for Mini-Com Multi-Media/Fiber Surface Mount Boxes
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
G.
Outlets
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Management
Accessories Faceplate Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
CM6PIW C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
Q.
Index For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
G.26 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Optional Magnets
C.
Used to mount surface mount boxes to metal surfaces Fiber
Optic
Std. Std. Systems
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. D.
CBM-X Magnet for non-shuttered version surface mount boxes. 10 100 Power
over
CSBM-X Magnet for shuttered version surface mount boxes. 10 100 Ethernet
CBM-X
E.
Zone
Cabling
CSBM-X
F.
Wireless
Ultimate ID Icons G.
Outlets
Provide port identification of data and voice applications Mount flush with Ultimate ID Label Pocket
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Ultimate ID Replacement Label Covers and Screw Covers
For use with Ultimate ID Faceplates, Patch Panels, Hook Ultimate ID components are part of a complete system M.
and Loop Marker Ties, and Surface Mount Boxes for identification designed to efficiently support Grounding &
Bonding
TIA/EIA-606-A standard labeling requirements
N.
Industrial
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. O.
UILC1CL-X 1-port label or screw cover. Clear 10 100 Labeling &
Identification
UILC2CL-X 2-port label cover. Clear 10 100
UILC3CL-X 3-port label cover. Clear 10 100
P.
UILC4CL-X 4-port label cover. Clear 10 100 Cable
UILC6CL-X 6-port label cover. Clear 10 100 Management
Accessories
For other colors replace CL (Clear) with appropriate color designation to match Ultimate ID component.
See pages G.28 and G.29 for Mini-Com Replacement Screw Covers and Replacement Label Covers.
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). G.27
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Ultimate ID Write-On Labels
C.
Fiber Write-on labels for use with Ultimate ID Faceplates, Ultimate ID components are part of a complete
Optic Surface Mount Boxes, and Patch Panels system for identification designed to efficiently support
Systems TIA/EIA-606-A standard labeling requirements
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
E. Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Zone
Cabling UIWOL1-L 1-port, white non-adhesive polyester write-on label. White 50 250
UIWOL2-L 2-port, white non-adhesive polyester write-on label. White 50 250
UIWOL3-L 3-port, white non-adhesive polyester write-on label. White 50 250
F. UIWOL2
UIWOL4-L 4-port, white non-adhesive polyester write-on label. White 50 250
Wireless
UIWOL6-L 6-port, white non-adhesive polyester write-on label. White 50 250
The TIA/EIA-606-A standard states that all labels shall be mechanically generated, write-on labels are not
standard compliant.
G.
Outlets
H. Icons
Media
Distribution Provide port identification of data and voice installations Snap into dedicated slot of select Mini-Com
Offered in a variety of colors for color coding requirements Modules, Surface Mount Boxes, and Faceplates
I.
Physical
Std. Std.
Infrastructure
Management Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
J. CIPIW-C Plastic snap-in icon with phone image. Off 100 1000
Overhead & White
Underfloor
Routing
CIDIW-C Plastic snap-in icon with data image. Off 100 1000
White
K. For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray),
Surface BL (Black), OR (Orange), RD (Red), BU (Blue), GR (Green), YL (Yellow), or VL (Violet).
Raceway Icons with lettering available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Replacement Screw Cover
For use in place of clear label covers for select surface mount boxes and single gang faceplates
M.
Grounding &
Bonding Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
CSCIW-X Screw cover has a textured surface and blends with the Off 10 100
N. faceplates and surface mount boxes for White
Industrial
improved aesthetics.
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray), or
BL (Black).
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
G.28 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Replacement Label/Label Cover Kits
C.
For use with Mini-Com Executive and Classic Series Faceplates with Labels and select Mini-Com Surface Fiber
Mount Boxes Optic
Systems
Std. Std. D.
Pkg. Ctn. Power
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. over
Ethernet
Label/Label Cover Kit
CSGLLC-L Single gang Mini-Com Label/Label Cover Kit. Each kit contains 50 50 250
labels and 50 clear label covers. E.
CSGLLC-L Zone
Label/Label Cover Kits with Screws Cabling
EFPK-XY Single gang label/label cover and two screws. Also works with 10 50
select surface mount boxes.
EFPK102G-XY Double gang label/label cover and four screws. 10 50 F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
Low Voltage Mounting Brackets
Choose design styles for new install or retrofit install Available in both single and double gang configurations
H.
Media
Std. Distribution
Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
I.
LV-S-1G Low voltage integral mounting bracket for new installations, single gang 25 Physical
stud bracket. Infrastructure
LV-S-2G Low voltage integral mounting bracket for new installations, double gang 25 Management
stud bracket.
LV-W-1G Low voltage mounting bracket for retrofit installations; single gang box 100 J.
with screws; suitable for wall material thicknesses of 1/2" to 1 1/2". Overhead &
Underfloor
LV-W-2G Low voltage mounting bracket for retrofit installations; double gang box 50 Routing
with screws; suitable for wall material thicknesses of 1/2" to 1 1/2".
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). G.29
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper Depth to Rear of Module Reference Guide
Systems All TG Style TX Style
Modules Modules Leadframe Modules
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm
C.
Fiber Mini-Com Classic Series Faceplates with Label and Label Cover
Optic CFPL2**Y, CFPL3**Y, CFPL4**Y, CFPL6**Y 1.23 31.2 1.16 29.5 1.11 28.2
Systems Mini-Com Classic Series Dedicated Sloped Faceplates
CFPHS2**, CFPSL2**, CFPHSL4**, CFPSL4**, CFPSL6** 0.95 24.1 0.76 19.3 0.80 20.3
Mini-Com Classic Series Vertical Faceplates
D. CFP1**, CFP2**, CFP4** 1.24 31.5 1.17 29.7 1.12 28.4
Power
Mini-Com Classic Series Horizontal Faceplates
over
CFPH2**, CFPH4** 1.24 31.5 1.17 29.7 1.12 28.4
Ethernet
Mini-Com Classic Series Faceplate Kits
CFPS4** 0.80 20.3 0.80 20.3 0.80 20.3
E. CFPF12**-2G 1.24 31.5 1.17 29.7 1.12 28.4
Zone Mini-Com Executive Series Faceplates
Cabling CFPE1**Y, CFPE2**Y, CFPE4**Y, CFPE6**Y, CFPE10**-2GY 0.99 25.1 0.92 23.4 0.87 22.1
Mini-Com Executive Series Faceplate Kit
CFPSE4**Y 0.66 16.8 0.66 16.8 0.63 16.0
Mini-Com Industrial Faceplates
F. CFPWR4**, CFPTR4**, CFPTR2** 1.26 32.0 1.17 29.7 1.29 32.8
Wireless Mini-Com Faceplate Frames for Sloped, Flat, and Blank Module Inserts
CB**, CB**-2G
Flat 1.24 31.5 0.76 19.3 1.12 28.4
Sloped 0.80 20.3 0.80 20.3 0.80 20.3
G. Recessed 1.36 34.5 1.36 34.5 1.33 33.8
Outlets 30 degree insert 1.79 45.5 1.79 45.5 1.77 45.0
CBE**, CBE**-2GY
Flat 0.99 25.1 0.92 23.4 0.87 22.1
Sloped 0.66 16.8 0.66 16.8 0.63 16.0
H. Recessed 1.46 37.1 1.46 37.1 1.43 36.3
Media 30 degree insert 1.54 39.1 1.54 39.1 1.52 38.6
Distribution Mini-Com 106 Duplex Module Frames
CF1062**Y 1.24 31.5 1.17 29.7 1.12 28.4
CF1064**Y 1.26 32.0 1.19 30.2 1.14 28.9
I. Mini-Com GFCI Decora Module Frames
Physical CFG1, CFG2, CFG4, and CFG6 1.26 32.0 1.18 29.9 1.07 27.1
Infrastructure Executive Series Faceplates
Management ECPG**, ECPG**-2G 0.97 24.6 0.90 22.9 0.85 21.6
Stainless Steel Faceplates including Ultimate ID Faceplates
J. CFP(L)2SY, UICFP2S 1.26 32.0 1.19 30.2 1.14 29.0
Overhead & CFP(L)4SY, UICFP4S 1.26 32.0 1.19 30.2 1.14 29.0
Underfloor CFP(L)6SY, UICFP6S 1.26 32.0 1.19 30.2 1.14 29.0
Routing CFP(L)4S-2GY 1.26 32.0 1.19 30.2 1.14 29.0
CFP(L)6S-2GY 1.26 32.0 1.19 30.2 1.14 29.0
CFP(L)8S-2GY 1.26 32.0 1.19 30.2 1.14 29.0
K. CFP(L)10S-2GY 1.26 32.0 1.19 30.2 1.14 29.0
Surface In-Wall Box Adapter
Raceway MIWBA** Subtract .22" or 5.6mm from depth to rear of module modular furniture faceplate measurement
Mini-Com Snap-On Modular Furniture Faceplates
L. CFFPL4** CFFP4** 1.10 27.9 1.01 25.7 0.96 24.4
Cabinets, CFFPA2** 0.86 21.8 0.77 19.6 0.60 15.2
Racks & MFFPE** Subtract .50" or 12.7mm from depth to rear of module modular furniture faceplate measurement
Cable CFFPHM4** 1.09 27.7 1.01 25.7 0.96 24.4
Management CFFPEBSL4** 0.49 12.4 0.49 12.4 0.44 11.2
CFFPLA** 0.90 22.9 0.73 18.5 0.72 18.2
M. CFFPE3** 0.49 12.4 0.41 10.4 0.39 9.8
Grounding & CFFPKE3** 0.25 6.3 0.15 3.7 0.14 3.6
Bonding Round Faceplates
CRFPA2** 1.49 37.8 1.42 36.1 1.37 34.8
CFFPR1**-X 1.50 38.1 1.43 36.3 1.38 35.1
Mini-Com Ultimate ID Executive Series Faceplates
G.30
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
The media distribution system includes enclosures, voice and data hubs, patch panel, video splitters,
J.
and multiple accessories, providing flexibility and choice to meet individual cabling needs. Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
The Panduit media distribution system complements an extensive line of Panduit offerings (including
A/V modules, faceplates, copper cabling and jacks, patch panels, and cable management) to enable a K.
complete network infrastructure from the building demarcation point to the end users network outlet. Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). H.1
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Media Distribution Enclosures System Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic 6
Systems
D.
8
Power
over 9
Ethernet
10
E.
Zone 1
Cabling
2
F.
Wireless 3
4 6
G.
5 7
Outlets
6
8
7
H. 9
Media
Distribution 8
10
I. 9
Physical
Infrastructure 10 10
Management
J. 9
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing 11
K.
Surface
Raceway
Enclosures Faceplates
L. 1 (page H.3) 6 (page G.3 G.14)
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Voice (Phone) Hubs A/V Modules
M. 2 (page H.4) 7 (pages B.58 B.64)
Grounding &
Bonding
Jack Modules
(pages B.16, B.17, B.20,
N. Video Splitters
Industrial 3 (page H.4)
8 B.21, B.28, B.29, B.36, B.37,
B.40 - B.42, B.48, B.49,
B.55, and B.58 B.64)
O. Fiber Optic
Labeling &
Identification Data Hubs 9 Adapter Modules
4 (page H.5) (pages C.31 C.36)
P.
Cable Patch Cords
Management 10 (pages B.18, B.25, B.34,
Accessories Accessories B.46, and B.50)
5 (page H.5)
Modular Patch Panels
Q. 11 (pages B.66 B.73)
Index
H.2 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Media Distribution Enclosures
C.
1" grid pattern in base provides mounting and flexibility for Cantilever mounting slots flex to Fiber
the hubs accommodate misaligned studs Optic
Multiple 2.5" knockouts at top and bottom for cable entry Shear forms along sidewalls to help route and secure Systems
and exit cable in place
Include two single gang power knockouts Drywall positioning slots D.
Power
over
Std. Ethernet
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty. E.
Advanced Enclosures Zone
Cabling
MS14B 14" x 14" media distribution enclosure base. 14.25"H x 14.25"W x 4.00"D 1
MS14B (362.0mm x 362.00mm x 101.6mm).
MS14HD 14" x 14" hinged door with lock and key. 15.81"H x 15.75"W x .87"D 1
(401.6mm x 400.00mm x 22.1mm). F.
Wireless
MS14BHD 14" x 14" frameless hinged door with slam latch. 15.75"H x 15.75"W x 1
0.63"D (400mm x 400mm x 15.9mm).
MS24B 14" x 24" media distribution enclosure base. 24.25"H x 14.25"W x 4.00"D 1
(616.0mm x 362.00mm x 101.6mm). G.
Outlets
MS14HD
MS24HD 14" x 24" hinged door with lock and key. 25.81"H x 15.75"W x .87"D 1
(655.6mm x 400.00mm x 22.1mm).
MS24BHD 14" x 24" frameless hinged door with slam latch. 15.75"H x 25.75"W x 1 H.
0.63"D (400mm x 654mm x 15.9mm). Media
Distribution
Basic Enclosures
MS14BHD MSB14E 14" x 14" media distribution basic enclosure with screw down door. 1
14.25"H x 14.25"W x 4.00"D (362.0mm x 362.00mm x 101.6mm). I.
Physical
MSB24E 14" x 24" media distribution basic enclosure with screw down door. 1 Infrastructure
24.25"H x 14.25"W x 4.00"D (616.0mm x 362.00mm x 101.6mm). Management
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
MS24HD Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
MS24BHD Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
MSB14E
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
MSB24E
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). H.3
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Media Distribution Voice Hubs
C.
Fiber
Manage up to four incoming lines and distribute service to Provide stackability feature to save space and increase
Optic eight outlets per line the density of an installation
Systems Offer built-in cable mounts to help organize and Snap directly onto grid patterns within enclosures to
route cable simplify installations and allow easy moves, adds,
D. and changes
Power
over
Ethernet Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
E. MS8PD Phone distribution hub that includes test ports and a built-in 1 10
Zone security interface switch that can override phone service in
Cabling
emergency situations.
MS8PE Phone expansion hub that adds up to eight additional phone 1 10
connections per line.
F. MS8PD
Wireless All product color is black.
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution MS8PE
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
O.
Labeling &
Identification
MS8S1G
P.
Cable and
Management MS8S2G
Accessories
Q.
Index
H.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Media Distribution Data Hub
C.
Distributes media and data service Provides stackability feature to save space Fiber
Allows for fast and effective terminations and increase the density of an installation Optic
Snaps directly onto grid patterns within enclosures to Systems
Offers built-in cable mounts to help organize and
route cable simplify installations and allow easy moves, adds,
and changes D.
Power
over
Std. Std. Ethernet
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
E.
MS5E6PP Media distribution data hub with Category 5e performance that 1 10 Zone
distributes media and data to up to six different locations; includes Cabling
front-side 110 punchdown terminations.
All product color is black.
F.
Wireless
L.
MSCM-KIT Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
MSGRD-KIT N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
MSCLK
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
MSCMR
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). H.5
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
NOTES
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
H.6
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Panduit provides complete visibility of the data center and extended enterprise through E.
intelligent devices and software-based automation, change management, and related Zone
Cabling
documentation that integrates with higher-level network management and services desk platforms.
This combined approach helps optimize data center operations as enterprises embark on virtualization
F.
and cloud computing initiatives. Wireless
The Physical Infrastructure Manager (PIM ) Software Platform is an enterprise class Data Center
Infrastructure Management (DCIM) tool that combines connectivity management data with asset G.
Outlets
tracking, allocation, and utilization information, enabling you to reclaim and repurpose IT assets
effectively. PIM Software centralizes the collection and representation of a rich set of asset attributes,
H.
such as connectivity, space/port availability, and power/environmentals, to ensure that your physical Media
Distribution
infrastructure supports mission-critical applications, and enables effective optimization of your data
centers space, power, and cooling resources. I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Provide real-time information on network status and monitor connectivity Management
between a network switch and monitored PanView iQ Patch Panels, delivering enhanced port secu-
rity.This configuration is particularly beneficial in data center applications where rack space optimiza- O.
Labeling &
tion is critical.The PanView iQ System can also support cross-connect configurations to implement a Identification
protected patch field where each switch and server port is represented via a port on a PanView iQ
P.
Patch Panel. Cable
Management
Accessories
Additional information on the Physical Infrastructure Manager (PIM ) Software Platform and
PanView iQ System can be found in the solutions brochures SA-PVCB24 and SA-PVCB20, and on the
Q.
Panduit website at http://www.panduit.com/pim. Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). I.1
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
PanView iQ Interconnect Solution for the Enterprise
C.
Fiber Switch
Optic
Systems Eliminates the need for scanner
units and the rack spaces that
D. these units occupy
Power Eliminates the need for
over PanView iQ
Ethernet Interconnect attachment cables and stick-on
Patch Cords strips which mount to switches
PanView iQ Patch Panel
E.
Zone
Cabling Switch
F. Horizontal Links
Wireless
Attachment
with peel-off Attachment
G. adhesive cable
Outlets strip
K. PanView iQ PanView iQ
Surface Patch Panels Patch Panels
Raceway
L. PanView iQ PanView iQ
Cabinets, Interconnect Interconnect
Racks & Patch Cords Patch Cords
Cable
Management
Detects connections and
M. disconnections made between
Grounding & the switch and PanView iQ
Bonding Patch Panels
Detects connections and
disconnections made between
N.
Industrial the server and PanView iQ
Patch Panels
Enables asset tracking of
O. devices from the logical layer
Labeling & to the physical layer
Identification
Switch Servers
P.
Cable
Management
PanView iQ PanView iQ
Accessories
Patch Panel Patch Panel
Switch Server
Q. PanView iQ Horizontal Cabling PanView iQ
Index Interconnect Interconnect
Patch Cord Patch Cord
I.2
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
PanView iQ Cross-Connect Solution for the Enterprise
C.
Switch Fiber
Optic
Enables asset tracking of Systems
devices from the logical layer
Standard Plug to the physical layer D.
to Jack Cabling
PanView iQ Patch Panels Power
over
will confirm: double-ended Ethernet
connections (both ends
connected), and single-ended
E.
PanView iQ connections (remote Zone
PanView iQ
Cross-Connect end disconnected) Cabling
Patch Cords Patch Panels
The PanView iQ System
can automatically map the
cross-connect patch field F.
and monitor all connections Wireless
Horizontal Links for continuous security. The
system also guides moves,
adds, and changes G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
VoIP Computer Printer Infrastructure
Management
PanView iQ Standard
Patch Panels K.
Patch Panels Surface
PanView iQ Raceway
Cross-Connect
Patch Cords Standard
Patch Cords L.
PanView iQ Cabinets,
Patch Panels Racks &
Helps prevent damage to switch Cable
Standard and server ports by creating Management
Plug to protected patch field between
Jack Cabling PanView iQ Patch Panels. Each M.
switch and server port is Grounding &
Bonding
represented at the patch
panel level
PanView iQ Cross-Connect N.
Patch Cords guarantee switch Industrial
to server traceability to
support critical moves, adds,
and changes O.
Labeling &
PanView iQ Patch Panels detect Identification
and send notifications of connect
Switch Servers and disconnect status for event
recording and security purposes P.
PanView iQ PanView iQ Standard Cable
Patch Panel Patch Panel Patch Panel Management
Accessories
Switch Server
Standard PanView iQ Horizontal Cabling Standard
Plug to Jack Cross-Connect Patch Cord Q.
Cabling Patch Cord Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). I.3
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
PanView iQ Hardware
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems PanView iQ Hardware Exploded View PanView iQ Interface Unit
D. PanView iQ Intelligence Module: Panel Manager or Expansion Module
Power
over MAC Mode Mode Status Indicator
Ethernet Mounting
Bracket Indicator
Trace
Mode
E. Indicator
Zone
Cabling Mini-Com
Jack Module
Confirmation Next
Key Key
F.
Wireless
System
Status
PanView iQ PanView iQ Indicator
G. Interface Unit Patch Panel
Outlets
H. PanView iQ
Media Patch Cord
Distribution Port for Interconnect Provisioning
PanView iQ Intelligence Module is supplied with the matching interface unit. Interface unit shown for PanView iQ Panel Manager (PM).
I. Interface unit for PanView iQ Expansion Manager (EM) does not
Physical contain provisioning port.
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Recommended PanView iQ 96-Port Configuration (Rear View)
This recommended 96-port configuration delivers optimum efficiency and scalability for large installations.
K.
Surface
Raceway
PanView iQ
L. Expansion
Cabinets,
Modules (EM)
Racks &
Cable
Management
PanView iQ Patch Panels with
Expansion Port Cables PanView iQ Expansion Modules (EM)
M. carry power and data
Grounding & Up to three PanView iQ
Bonding Included with PanView iQ Expansion Modules (EM) can
Expansion Module (EM). be connected to a single
PanView iQ Panel Manager (PM).
N.
Industrial
Q.
Index
I.4
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Physical Infrastructure Management System Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
1 Outlets
2
3 H.
Media
4 6 Distribution
7
I.
8 Physical
Infrastructure
Management
5
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
M.
Grounding &
PanView iQ PanView iQ Bonding
2 Patch Panels 6 Copper and Fiber
(page I.7) Patch Cords
(pages I.10 and I.11) N.
Industrial
PanView iQ Horizontal O.
3 Power Supply 7 Cable Managers Labeling &
Identification
(page I.9) (page L.76)
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Power Outlet Units Ultimate ID Labels
4 (page L.35 L.55) 8 (pages O.11 and O.21)
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). I.5
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
E. Std.
Zone Pkg.
Cabling Part Number Part Description Qty.
PIM-MEDIA Physical Infrastructure Manager Software, support tools, 1
and documentation.
F.
Wireless PIM-BASE Base module of the PIM Software Solution. 1
H. PIM-POWER* Power outlet unit monitoring module of the PIM Software Solution. 1
Media
Distribution
PIM-ENT Enterprise connectivity management module of the PIM 1
Software Solution.
I.
Physical PIM-CONNECT* Connectivity module of the PIM Software Solution. 1
Infrastructure
Management
PIM-DASHBOARD* Dashboards and reports module of the PIM Software Solution. 1
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor PIM-IBMINT* IBM^ Tivoli connector module of the PIM Software Solution. 1
Routing
PIM-MSFTINT* Microsoft^^ System Center Operations Manager 2007 Management 1
K. Pack for the PIM Software Solution.
Surface
Raceway PIM-AYAINT AyaNova** work order integration module of the PIM 1
Software Solution.
L. PIM-BMCINT* BMC Remedy*** work order integration module of the PIM 1
Cabinets,
Software Solution.
Racks &
Cable
Management Always check with a sales representative for latest software updates.
*To order this module, add the appropriate letter to the end of the part number, based on the size of the installation: -S (<50
racks); -M (50-199 racks); -L (200-399 racks); -X (400+ racks). For example, the part number for the Connectivity Management
M. Module for 250 racks is PIM-CONNECT-L.
Grounding &
^IBM and Tivoli are registered trademarks of IBM Corporation.
Bonding
^^Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
**AyaNova is a registered trademark of Ground Zero Tech-Works.
***BMC is a registered trademark of BMC Software, Inc.
N. Advanced Dashboard and Reports Module is powered by Pentaho.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
I.6 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
PVQ-MIQAPCVR
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). I.7
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
E. Patch Panel Laser/Ink Jet Desktop PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Zone Part Number Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label
Cabling All Patch Panels
on Page I.7 UILJ6 UILS8BW UILS8BW
For complete Ultimate ID Labeling Solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.11 and O.21.
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
PanView iQ Fiber Trays
I. Provides real-time physical layer management to the fiber Provides the capability to map and monitor the fiber
Physical channels in the network channels to efficiently manage resources and
Infrastructure substantially reduce network operations cost
Management Enhances usability and maintainability through an
enclosure and drawer design that allows for easy Provides the capability to automate network
access to the fiber connectivity documentation and maintenance procedures for
J.
Overhead & An easily-accessible integrated mechanism for the physical layer, which in turn supports improved
Underfloor mounting a PM or EM module simplifies installation reliability, security, and increased overall network
Routing and maintenance management efficiency
Installable in a 19" standard TIA/EIA rack or cabinet
K. utilizing 1RU of space
Surface
Raceway No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
L. Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
Cabinets, 24-port PanView iQ Fiber Tray with no
Racks & PVQ-FMT 1 1 1
Cable
fiber adapters.
Management PViQ 24-Port OM3 MTP Fiber Tray including 24
PVQ-FMTMTP-ZX 1 1 1
(CMDSAQLCZBL) LC SR./SR. 10Gig SFF Duplex
M. Multimode Aqua Adapters with Zirconia Ceramic
Grounding & PVQ-FMT Split Sleeves.
Bonding
PVQ-FMTMTP-ZZ PViQ 24-Port OM4 MTP Fiber Tray including 24 1 1 1
(CMDSAQLCZBL) LC SR./SR. 10Gig SFF Duplex
Multimode Aqua Adapters with Zirconia Ceramic
N. Split Sleeves.
Industrial
PVQ-FMTMTP-9 PViQ 24-Port, Single-Mode Fiber Tray including 24 1 1 1
(CMDSLCZBU) LC SR./SR. SFF Duplex Singlemode
Blue Adapters with Zirconia Ceramic Split Sleeves.
O.
Labeling & ^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
I.8 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Std.
Pkg. G.
Outlets
Part Number Part Description Qty.
PVQ-PM Panel manager (includes mounting bracket, 1.5' (0.5m) RJ45 patch cord, and
interface unit). 1
PVQ-PM H.
PVQ-EM Expansion module (includes mounting bracket, 7" expansion port cable, and Media
interface unit). 1
Distribution
PVQ-EPC14* PanView iQ Expansion Port Cable, 14", (0.36m).
1
*For lengths of 20, 28, 35 or 43 inches, change the 14 in the part number to the desired length.
I.
Physical
PanView iQ Panel Manager requires proper country-specific power supply (PVQ-PS12VDC-S for North America,
PVQ-EM Infrastructure
PVQ-PS12VDC-E for Europe, PVQ-PS12VDC-J for Japan, PVQ-PS12VDC-C for China, or PVQ-PS12VDC-U for Management
United Kingdom) which must be ordered separately.
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
M.
Grounding &
Std. Bonding
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
PVQ-PS12VDC-S 30W power supply for North America. 1 N.
PVQ-PS12VDC-E 30W power supply for Europe. 1 Industrial
PVQ-PS12VDC-U 30W power supply for UK. 1
PVQ-PS12VDC-J 30W power supply for Japan. 1
O.
PVQ-PS12VDC-C 30W power supply for China. 1 Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). I.9
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
J. Std. Std.
Overhead & Length Cable Pkg. Ctn.
Underfloor Part Number Part Description Ft. m Color Qty. Qty.
Routing
Copper Interconnect Patch Cords Enhanced
PVQ-EU6AC3BU* 10Gig UTP Enhanced Interconnect Patch 3 Blue 1 10
K. Cord for use with PanView iQ Patch Panel,
Surface
Raceway Communications (CM rated).
PVQ-EU6AC1MBU^ 10Gig UTP Enhanced Interconnect Patch 1 Blue 1 10
L. PVQ-ES6X3BU Cord for use with PanView iQ Patch Panel,
Cabinets, Communications (CM rated).
Racks & PVQ-ES6X3BU* 10Gig STP Enhanced Interconnect Patch 3 Blue 1 10
Cable Cord for use with PanView iQ Patch Panel,
Management dual rated.
PVQ-ES6X1MBU^ 10Gig STP Enhanced Interconnect Patch 1 Blue 1 10
M. Cord for use with PanView iQ Patch Panel,
Grounding &
Bonding
dual rated.
Additional lengths and colors available:
*For lengths of 5, 7, 10, 14, or 20 feet, change the length designation in the part number to the desired length. For
standard cable color other than BU (Blue), replace BU in the part number with WH (White). For example, the part
N. number for a white, 5-foot patch cord is PVQ-EU6AC5WH.
Industrial ^For lengths of 2, 3, 5, or 10 meters, change the length designation in the part number to the desired length. For
standard cable color other than BU (Blue), replace BU with WH (White). For example, the part number for a white
2-meter patch cord is PVQ-ES6X2MWH.
Contact Panduit Customer Service for lead times and for non-standard lengths and colors.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
I.10 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
G.
Outlets
Std. Std.
Length^ Pkg. Ctn.
H.
Part Number Part Description Ft. m Qty. Qty. Media
Cross-Connect Patch Cords Distribution
^Additional lengths available: PVUTPSPC3BBUY also available in lengths of 5, 7, 9, 14, and 20 feet.
PVUTPSPC1MBBUY also available in lengths of 2, 3, 5, 7, and 10 meters. PVSTP6X1MBBU also available in K.
PVSTP6X*MBBU lengths of 2, 3, 5, and 10 meters. PVF9L10-10M0.5Y and PVFXL10-10M0.5Y also available in 1/2-meter Surface
increments up to 10 meters. Raceway
Contact Panduit Customer Service for lead times.
Consult www.panduit.com/pim for additional colors and lengths available. L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
PVF9L10-10M*Y
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
O.
Labeling &
Identification
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Patch Cord Laser/Ink Jet Desktop TDP43ME Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Part Number Printer Label Desktop Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label Hand-Held Printer Label P.
Cable
All Patch Cords Management
on Page I.10 and I.11 S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK Accessories
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25. Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). I.11
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
NOTES
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
I.12
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
The FiberRunner 24x4, 12x4, 6x4, 4x4, and 2x2 Routing Systems are comprised of channel, couplers,
N.
fittings, and brackets designed to segregate, route, and protect fiber optic and high performance Industrial
copper cabling.
O.
Labeling &
As part of the Panduit Data Center Solution, FiberRunner Routing Systems offers secure, reliable Identification
system integration and risk management within the physical infrastructure.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.1
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
24x4 Routing System Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over 8 14
Ethernet
13
7
E.
Zone
Cabling
F. 4
Wireless
5
G.
6
Outlets
10
H.
Media
Distribution 1
2
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
12
Management 9
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
3 11
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
24x4 FiberRunner Mounting Brackets
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
FRTBWG30BL - Wyr-Grid F2PCLB12 -Two-Piece Ladder FRAFC58 - Two Piece Framing
Mounting Bracket for Rack Bracket for Attaching Clip for Attaching 5/8" Threaded
Q. FiberRunner System Threaded Rod to 1 1/2" 2" Rod to 2" x 9/16" C-Channel
Index
(page J.9) Ladder Rack (page J.9) Auxiliary Framing Bars (page J.9)
J.2 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
FR24X4**10 24x4 FROV4524X4** 24x4 Outside
1 FiberRunner Channel
8 Vertical 45 Angle Fitting and
D.
Power
(page J.4) FROV45CV24** Optional Cover over
(page J.6) Ethernet
E.
Zone
FRCV24**10 24x4 Snap-On FREC24X4** 24x4 End Cap Cabling
2 Cover (page J.4)
9 Fitting (page J.5)
F.
Wireless
H.
Media
Distribution
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
FRT24X4W12** 24x4 FRSPJ4X4** Spill-Over
5 Horizontal Tee with 12x4 Exit
12 Junction with 4x4 Exit
Routing
L.
FRFWC24X4** 24x4 4-Way FRRF2412** 24x4 to 12x4 Cabinets,
6 Cross Fitting and FRFWCCV24**
13 FiberRunner Reducer Fitting Racks &
Cable
Optional Cover (page J.5) and FRRF2412CV** Optional Management
Cover (page J.6)
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
FRIV4524X4** 24x4 Inside FRFWC24X4W12** 24x4 4-Way
7 Vertical 45 Angle Fitting
14 Cross Fitting with 12x4 Exits and
(page J.6) FRFWCCV24W12** Optional N.
Industrial
Cover (page J.5)
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.3
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
24x4 FiberRunner Routing System
C.
Fiber Cable Fills for 24x4 FiberRunner Routing System
Optic The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable fill installation methods,
Systems
straightness of cables, etc.
D. 24x4 FiberRunner Cable Routing System
Power Fiber Optic
over Ribbon Category Category Category
Ethernet Interconnect 6A (SD) 6A 6
Diameter Diameter Diameter Cable Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter
Internal 1.6mm 2.0mm 3.0mm 5.20mm 6.1mm 7.6mm 6.1mm
E. Fill/Pile Up Area (in2) 0.063" 0.079" 0.118" 0.205" 0.240" 0.300" 0.240"
Zone
Cabling 40% Fill
25.38 2" Pile Up 48.1 6174 3951 1756 583 425 272 425
(644.6mm) 3" Pile Up 72.4 9293 5947 2643 877 640 410 640
A = 96.8 in.2 (63613mm2) 4" Pile Up 98.6 12656 8099 3600 1195 872 558 872
F.
Wireless 50% Fill
2" Pile Up 48.1 7718 4939 2195 729 532 340 532
4.48
(114mm) 3" Pile Up 72.4 11616 7434 3304 1097 800 512 800
4" Pile Up 98.6 15820 10124 4500 1494 1090 697 1090
G. 60% Fill
Outlets 2" Pile Up 48.1 9261 5927 2634 874 638 408 638
3" Pile Up 72.4 13940 8921 3965 1316 960 615 960
4" Pile Up 98.6 18984 12149 5400 1792 1308 837 1308
H. Channel cutting instructions: For optimum results, use a miter box and saw. For larger quantities use a plastic cutting saw blade
Media for clean, burr-free cuts. Recommend: Carbide 80T and 100T; .090" thickness, .125" kerf.
Distribution
The above cable diameters represent the nominal Panduit cable diameter per performance level.
For specific cable fill information based on specific part numbers, please contact Panduit customer service.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
24x4 FiberRunner Routing System Channel and Cover
Robust, large capacity 24x4 system ideal for use Channel, covers, fittings and other non-metallic system
J. with large cable counts components made from V-0 flame class rated material
Overhead & QuikLock Couplers and Brackets reduce system Compatible with all sizes of Panduit FiberRunner
Underfloor
Routing
installation time dramatically and Routing Systems, cable management, and racks
K. Std. Std.
Surface Pkg. Ctn.
Raceway Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
FR24X4YL10 Used to carry cables horizontally throughout the system. 10 20
L. Use QuikLock Coupler FRBC24X4YL to attach channel
Cabinets, FR24X4 and/or fittings.
Racks &
Cable 24x4 Snap-On Cover
Management
FRCV24YL10 Optional snap-on cover for channel FR24X4YL10. 10
Supplied in four 30" long pieces.
M.
Grounding & For other colors replace YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
Bonding FRCV24 Order number of feet required, in multiples of standard 10' length increments.
J.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Q.
FREC24X4 Index
Table continues on page J.6
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.5
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
J.6 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
2" (50.8mm) bend radius control Spill-over junction fittings can be retro-fitted to existing D.
horizontal runs Power
over
Ethernet
Std. Std.
Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty. E.
Zone
Spill-Over Junction with 2x2 Exit Cabling
FRSPJ2X2YL Assembles onto 4x4, 6x4, 12x4, or 24x4 (1 pc.) 1
FiberRunner Channel, spilling over the side FBC2X2YL
into a 2x2 vertical exit. Requires coupler to
attach 2x2 FiberRunner and fittings to the F.
FRSPJ2X2 Wireless
vertical exit. Mounts directly to existing
installation with no alteration required.
Mounting hardware provided for
secure attachment.
G.
Outlets
3-Sided BRC Trumpet Spillout for 2x2 Exit
FTR2X2YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to (1 pc.) 1 5
2" (50.8mm) when exiting from a spill-over FBC2X2YL
junction with a 2x2 exit or from 2x2 H.
FTR2X2 Fiber-Duct Channel. Media
Distribution
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.7
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange), BL (Black), or LG (Light Gray).
O.
Labeling &
Identification
FRTR24X4
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
J.8 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Q.
FR12BS-L Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.9
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
12x4 Routing System Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems 19
D. 18
Power
over
Ethernet
23 7
E. 16
Zone
Cabling
10
20
F.
Wireless
9 13 17
G.
2
Outlets 11
1 14
H. 21
Media
Distribution 6
I.
3
Physical
Infrastructure
22
Management 12
8
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
4 15 5
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
12x4 FiberRunner Mounting Brackets
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
J.10
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
FR12X4**6 12x4 FiberRunner FREC12X4** 12x4 End
1 Channel (page J.12) 13 Cap Fitting (page J.15)
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
FRHC12**6 12x4 Snap-On FRTR12X4** 3-Sided BRC
2 Hinged Cover (page J.12)
14 Trumpet Spillout for 12x4 Exit
E.
(page J.19) Zone
Cabling
FRBC12X4** 12x4 QuikLock
3 Coupler (page J.13) FR1.5IDE** 1-Port Spillout
15 Side Exit to 1.5" (38mm) Inside F.
Diameter Corrugated Tubing Wireless
FRH4512X4** 12x4 Horizontal 45
4 Angle Fitting and FRH45SC12**
(page J.19)
Optional Split Cover (page J.13)
FRSPJ2X2** Spill-Over Junction
16 with 2x2 Exit and FRSPJC212**
G.
Outlets
FRRA12X4** 12x4 Horizontal Right Optional Cover for 12x4 System
5 Angle Fitting and FRRASC12** (page J.17)
Optional Split Cover (page J.13) H.
FRSPJ4X4** Spill-Over Junction Media
17 with 4x4 Exit and FRSPJC412**
Distribution
FRT12X4** 12x4 Horizontal Tee
6 Fitting and FRTSC12** Optional Optional Cover for 12x4 System
(page J.18) I.
Split Cover (page J.13 and J.14) Physical
Infrastructure
FRRF126** 12x4 to 6x4 Management
FRFWC12X4** 12x4 4-Way Cross 18 FiberRunner Reducer Fitting
7 Fitting and FRFWCSC12** and FRRF126SC** Optional J.
Overhead &
Optional Split Cover (page J.14) Split Cover (page J.16) Underfloor
Routing
FRRF126L** 12x4 to 6x4
FRVT12X4** 12x4 Vertical Tee 19 Transition Left Reducer Fitting
8 (page J.17)
K.
Surface
and FRRF126LSC** Optional
Raceway
Split Cover (page J.16)
FRIV4512X4** 12x4 Inside L.
9 Vertical 45 Angle Fitting FRRF126R** 12x4 to 6x4 Cabinets,
(page J.15)
20 Transition Right Reducer Fitting
Racks &
Cable
and FRRF126RSC** Optional Management
Split Cover (page J.16)
FROV4512X4** 12x4 Outside
10 Vertical 45 Angle Fitting and
M.
Grounding &
FRY126** Y-Reducer from 12x4
FROV45SC12** Optional 21 to two 6x4 Exit and FRY126SC**
Bonding
Split Cover (page J.15)
Optional Split Cover (page J.16)
N.
FROVRA12X4** 12x4 Outside FRT12X4W6** 12x4 Horizontal Industrial
11 Vertical Right Angle Fitting 22 Tee with 6x4 Exit and
and FROVRASC12** Optional FRTSC12W6** Optional Split
Split Cover (page J.15) Cover (page J.14) O.
Labeling &
Identification
FRCR12BL-X Cable Retainer FRFWC12X4W6** 12x4 4-Way
12 for 12x4 System (page J.12) 23 Cross Fitting with 6x4 Exits and P.
FRFWCSC12W6** Optional Cable
Split Cover (page J.14 and J.15) Management
Accessories
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.11
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
12x4 FiberRunner Routing System
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems Cable Fills for 12x4 FiberRunner Routing System
D. The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable fill installation methods, straightness
Power of cables, etc.
over
Ethernet 12x4 FiberRunner Cable Routing System
J.
Overhead & 12x4 FiberRunner Routing System Channel and Cover
Underfloor
Routing Robust, large capacity 12x4 system ideal for use Compatible with all sizes of Panduit FiberRunner
with large cable counts and Panduit Fiber-Duct Routing Systems, cable
K. Multiple spillout options provide versatility to mate management, and racks
Surface to various equipment and rack configurations Compliant with the applicable tests in Telcordia
Raceway GR-63-CORE Network Equipment Building Systems
QuikLock Couplers and Brackets reduce system
installation time dramatically (NEBS) Level 3
L.
Cabinets, Channel, covers, fittings and other non-metallic system
Racks & components made from V-0 flame class rated material
Cable
Management
Std. Std.
M. Pkg. Ctn.
Grounding & Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Bonding
12x4 FiberRunner Channel
J.12 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
12x4 FiberRunner QuikLock Coupler
C.
Pre-assembled to provide fast mechanical assembly No tools required for installation; bolts loosen for Fiber
of components component disassembly Optic
Systems
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn. D.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. Power
FRBC12X4YL Pre-assembled coupler quickly joins two sections of channel and/or 1 5 over
fittings. Mechanically attaches without tightening bolts. Bolts release Ethernet
using 3/8" nut driver to allow coupler to be removed if necessary.
E.
For a bulk package of 10 couplers, order FRBC12X4YL-X. Zone
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black). Cabling
F.
Wireless
Q.
Index
Table continues on page J.14
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.13
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
12x4 FiberRunner System Fittings (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic Std. Std.
Systems Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty.
D.
Power Split Cover for 12x4 Horizontal Tee Fitting
over FRTSC12YL Optional split cover for the horizontal tee 1 5
Ethernet fitting FRT12X4BL. Snap-on feature allows
cover to be installed and removed with no
tools required. Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm)
E. FRTSC12 opening for easy access to add or
Zone remove cables.
Cabling
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
J.14 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
12x4 FiberRunner System Fittings (continued)
C.
Fiber
Std. Std. Optic
Couplers Pkg. Ctn. Systems
Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty.
D.
Split Cover for 12x4 Four Way Cross Fitting with 6x4 Exits Power
FRFWCSC12W6YL Optional split cover for the four way cross 1 5 over
fitting FRFWC12X4W6YL. Snap-on feature Ethernet
allows cover to be installed and removed with
no tools required. Creates radiused 3/4
FRFWCSC12W6 (19mm) opening for easy access to add or E.
remove cables. Zone
Cabling
FRFWC12X4W4YL Attaches to 12x4 channel and/or fittings to (2 pcs.) 1
create a horizontal four way cross intersection FRBC12X4YL
with two 4x4 exits. (2 pcs.) F.
FRBC4X4YL Wireless
FRFWCSC12W4YL Optional split cover for the four way cross 1 5
FRFWC12X4W4 fitting FRFWC12X4W4YL. Snap-on feature
allows cover to be installed and removed with
no tools required. Creates radiused 3/4 G.
(19mm) opening for easy access to add or Outlets
remove cables.
Q.
Index
J.16 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
12x4 FiberRunner System Spillouts
C.
Spill-overs allow safe transition from horizontal to Transition to channel, slotted channel, and corrugated Fiber
vertical runs loom tubing Optic
Systems
2" (50.8mm) bend radius control Spill-over junction fittings can be retro-fitted to existing
horizontal runs D.
Power
Std. Std. over
Couplers Pkg. Ctn. Ethernet
Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty.
Q.
Index
J.18 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
12x4 FiberRunner System Spillouts (continued)
C.
Fiber
Std. Std. Optic
Couplers Pkg. Ctn. Systems
Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty.
D.
3-Sided BRC Trumpet Spillout for 4x4 FiberRunner Exit Power
FRTR4X4YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 2" (1 pc.) 1 5 over
(50.8mm) when exiting from 4x4 FiberRunner FRBC4X4YL Ethernet
Channel or a 4x4 FiberRunner Horizontal Tee.
E.
FRTR4X4 2-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing Zone
Cabling
FRIDT4X4YL Used to route cable into one or two pieces of 1.5" (1 pc.) 1 5
(38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing. Requires FRBC4X4YL
coupler to be used with 4x4 FiberRunner Fitting.
Used with any 4x4 FiberRunner Fitting. Securely F.
holds corrugated split tubing to ensure system Wireless
integrity and easy access to add or remove cables.
1-Port Spillout Side Exit to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing
G.
FR1.5IDEYL Used to route cable into 1.5" (38mm) diameter split 1 5 Outlets
FRIDT4X4 corrugated tubing directly through a hole cut in the
side wall of the 4x4, 6x4, and 12x4 FiberRunner
Channel or 4x4 Fiber-Duct Channel. Provides 1"
(25.4mm) bend radius control at the exit. Securely H.
holds split corrugated tubing to ensure system Media
integrity and easy access to add or remove cables. Distribution
Includes drilling template.
FR1.5IDE I.
3-Sided BRC Trumpet Spillout for 12x4 Exit Physical
FRTR12X4YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 2" (1 pc.) 1 5 Infrastructure
(50.8mm) when exiting from the 12x4 channel FRBC12X4YL Management
or a 12x4 horizontal tee.
J.
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black). Overhead &
Underfloor
FRTR12X4 Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.19
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
12x4 FiberRunner Mounting Brackets
C.
Fiber
Optic For Std. Std.
Systems
Threaded Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Rod Size Qty. Qty.
D.
Power Existing Threaded Rod QuikLock Bracket for 12x4 System
over
Ethernet FR12TRBE58 Used to support the 12x4 system from existing 5/8" 1
FR12TRBE58 threaded rod installations. Bracket is secured to
FR12TRBE58M threaded rod with two split nuts. The pre-assembled
E. FR12TRBE58M slide clamps enable fast assembly to channel. Use 16mm 1
Zone 7/16" nut driver on slide clamps.
Cabling
New Threaded Rod QuikLock Bracket for 12x4 System
FR12TRBN58 Used to support the 12x4 system from new threaded 5/8" 1
F. rod installations. Bracket is secured to threaded rod
Wireless with two nuts. The pre-assembled slide clamps enable
FR12TRBN58 FR12TRBN58M fast assembly to channel. Use 7/16" nut driver on 16mm 1
FR12TRBN58M slide clamps.
Q.
Index
J.20 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
12x4 FiberRunner Mounting Brackets (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
For Std. Std.
Systems
Threaded Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Rod Size Qty. Qty.
D.
Wyr-Grid Mounting Brackets for FiberRunner System
Power
FRTBWG18BL FiberRunner QuikLock Threaded Rod Trapeze 1/2" 1 10 over
Bracket for Wyr-Grid 18" (457mm) width. Used to 12mm Ethernet
support FiberRunner 4x4, 6x4, and 12x4 Channel
above or below the Wyr-Grid 18" Pathway using the
E.
same 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod used to support the Zone
WGTB18BL bracket. Hardware for attaching to Cabling
FRTBWG18BL threaded rod sold separately.
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.21
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
12x4 FiberRunner Mounting Brackets (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems For Std. Std.
Threaded Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Rod Size Qty. Qty.
D.
Power Two-Piece Ladder Rack Bracket for Attaching Threaded Rod to
over
Ethernet 1 1/2" 2" Ladder Rack
F2PCLB12 Two-piece bracket attaches to 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 1/2" 1 10
1 1/2" (38.1mm) or 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 2" (50.8mm)
E. ladder rack rail. Bracket halves slide into position and
Zone clamp together on the ladder rack rail, which allows
Cabling F2PCLB58 for a one-handed assembly of the threaded rod (not 5/8" 1 10
included). Contains bracket and hardware for
F2PCLB12 attaching bracket to ladder rack.
F. F2PCLB58
Wireless Two-Piece Framing Clip for Attaching 5/8" Threaded Rod to 2" x 9/16" C-Channel
Auxiliary Framing Bars
FRAFC58 Two-piece framing clip attaches to auxiliary framing 5/8" 1 10
bars. Framing clip halves slide into position and
G. interlock on the auxiliary framing bars, allowing
Outlets easier assembly of the threaded rod to bars.
Contains two-piece framing clip and hardware
for attaching framing clip to auxiliary framing bars.
FRAFC58 (5/8" threaded rod not included.)
H.
Media
Distribution Self-Tapping Screws for 12x4 and 24x4 Brackets and Fittings
FR12BS-L Self-tapping screws allow selected 12x4 fittings to be 50 500
I.
fastened directly to mounting brackets for additional
Physical support. Screws tap directly into those 12x4 fittings
Infrastructure that have plastic bosses. Those part numbers are
Management 12x4 and 24x4 brackets and fittings.
J. FR12BS-L
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing 1/4 T-Bolt Kit
FRTBKT-X T-bolts can be used for additional attachment 10 100
when securing FiberRunner Channel to mounting
K.
brackets. For example, a T-bolt can be inserted thru
Surface
Raceway a 12x4 mounting bracket and positioned within the
center rib structure on the underside of 12x4 channel.
By tightening the nut, the 12x4 channel is more
L. securely fastened to the mounting bracket.
Cabinets, FRTBKT-X
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
J.22 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
6x4 Routing System Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
12
D.
Power
2 10 23
over
Ethernet
21
E.
22 Zone
Cabling
8 19 F.
Wireless
5
20
3 14 G.
16 Outlets
17 H.
Media
6 7 Distribution
13 I.
Physical
18 Infrastructure
Management
11 J.
9 Overhead &
24 15 Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
4 Raceway
1
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
4x4 and 6x4 FiberRunner Mounting Brackets Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
FR6TRBE58 Existing FR6TRBN58 New FR6USB Underfloor
Threaded Rod QuikLock Threaded Rod QuikLock Pedestal QuikLock
Bracket (page J.33) Bracket (page J.33) Bracket (page J.33)
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
FR6ALB Adjustable FR6CS58 Center FR6ACB58 Top Support
Ladder QuikLock Support QuikLock Adjustable C QuikLock
Bracket (page J.33) Bracket (page J.33) Bracket (page J.34) Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.23
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
FR6X4**6 6x4 FiberRunner FROVRA6X4** 6x4 Outside
D.
1 Channel (page J.25) 13 Vertical Right Angle Fitting and
Power FROVRASC6** Optional Split
over
Ethernet Cover (page J.28)
FRHC6**6 6x4 Snap-On
2 Hinged Cover (page J.25) FRCR6BL-X Cable
E. 14 Retainer for 6x4 System
Zone
Cabling
FRSHC6**6 6x4 Split (page J.25)
3 Hinged Cover (page J.25)
FREC6X4** 6x4 End Cap
F. 15 Fitting (page J.27)
Wireless FRBC6X4** 6x4 QuikLock
4 Coupler (page J.26)
FRTR6X4** 3-Sided BRC
G.
16 Trumpet Spillout for 6x4 Exit
Outlets FRH456X4** 6x4 Horizontal 45 (page J.32)
5 Angle Fitting and FRH45SC6**
Optional Split Cover (page J.26)
FR1.5IDE** 1-Port Spillout
H. 17 Side Exit to 1.5" (38mm) Inside
Media
Distribution Diameter Corrugated Tubing
FRRA6X4** 6x4 Horizontal
6 Right Angle Fitting and (page J.31)
I. FRRASC6** Optional Split
Physical
Infrastructure Cover (page J.26) FRIDT6X4** 3-Port Spillout to
Management 18 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter
Corrugated Tubing (page J.32)
FRT6X4** 6x4 Horizontal Tee
J.
Overhead &
7 Fitting and FRTSC6**
Underfloor Optional Split Cover (page J.26) FRSPJ2X2** Spill-Over Junction
Routing 19 with 2x2 Exit and FRSPJC26**
Optional Cover for 6x4 System
K. FRFWC6X4** 6x4 4-Way Cross (pages J.29 and J.30)
Surface 8 Fitting and FRFWCSC6**
Raceway
Optional Split Cover (page J.27) FRSPJ4X4** Spill-Over Junction
20 with 4x4 Exit and FRSPJC46**
L.
Cabinets, Optional Cover for 6x4 System
Racks & FRVT6X4** 6x4 QuikLock (page J.30)
Cable 9 Vertical Tee (page J.29)
Management FRDDS6X4** 6x4 Dual
21
Downspout and FRDDSHC6**
M. Optional Cover for 6x4 Dual
Grounding &
Bonding FRIV456X4** 6x4 Inside Vertical Downspout (page J.31)
10 45 Angle Fitting (page J.27)
FRUPS6X4** 6x4 Up Spout
22 (page J.32)
N.
Industrial
FRIVRA6X4** 6x4 Inside Vertical FRRF64** 6x4 FiberRunner
11 90 Angle Fitting (page J.27) 23 Fitting to 4x4 Fiber-Duct
O. Channel Reducer Fitting
Labeling & (page J.28)
Identification
FROV456X4** 6x4 Outside FRRF6FR4** 6x4 to 4x4
12 Vertical 45 Angle Fitting and 24 FiberRunner Reducer Fitting
P.
Cable FROV45SC6** Optional Split and FRRF6FR4SC** Optional
Management Cover (page J.27)
Accessories
Split Cover (page J.28)
Q.
**Available Colors include: YL (Yellow), OR (Orange), and BL (Black).
Index
Note: Additional 6 x 4 and 4 x 4 bracket applications, see page J.38.
J.24
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
6x4 FiberRunner Routing System
C.
Cable Fills for 6x4 FiberRunner Cable Routing System Fiber
Optic
The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable fill installation methods, Systems
straightness of cables, etc.
D.
6x4 FiberRunner Cable Routing System Power
over
Fiber Optic Ribbon Category 6A Category Category Ethernet
Interconnect Cable (SD) 6A 6
Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter
Internal 1.6mm 2.0mm 30mm 5.20mm 6.1mm 7.6mm 6.1mm E.
Fill/Pile Up Area (in2) 0.063" 0.079" 0.118" 0.205" 0.240" 0.300" 0.240" Zone
40% Fill Cabling
2" Pile Up 11.95 1534 982 436 145 106 69 97
3" Pile Up 18.16 2331 1492 663 220 161 104 148
6.58" 4" Pile Up 23.8 3055 1955 869 288 210 136 194 F.
(167.3mm) 50% Fill Wireless
2" Pile Up 11.95 1917 1227 545 181 132 86 122
3" Pile Up 18.16 2914 1865 829 275 201 130 185
4" Pile Up 23.8 3819 2444 1086 361 263 171 242
4.44" A = 23.8 in.2 G.
(112.8mm) (15354mm2) 60% Fill Outlets
2" Pile Up 11.95 2301 1472 654 217 158 103 146
3" Pile Up 18.16 3496 2238 994 330 241 156 222
4" Pile Up 23.8 4582 2933 1303 433 316 205 291
H.
Channel cutting instructions: For optimum results, use a miter box and saw. For larger quantities use a plastic cutting saw Media
blade for clean, burr-free cuts. Recommend: Carbide 80T and 100T; .090" thickness, .125" kerf. Distribution
The above cable diameters represent the nominal Panduit cable diameter per performance level.
For specific cable fill information based on specific part numbers, please contact Panduit customer service. I.
Physical
6x4 FiberRunner Routing System Channel and Covers
Infrastructure
Management
Robust, large capacity 6x4 system ideal for use with Compatible with all sizes of Panduit FiberRunner
large cable counts and Panduit Fiber-Duct Routing Systems, cable J.
Overhead &
Multiple spillout options provide versatility to mate to management, and racks Underfloor
various equipment and rack configurations Compliant with the applicable tests in Telcordia Routing
QuikLock Couplers and Brackets reduce system GR-63-CORE Network Equipment Building Systems
installation time dramatically (NEBS) Level 3
K.
Channel, covers, fittings and other non-metallic system Surface
components made from V-0 flame class rated material Raceway
Std. Std. L.
Pkg. Ctn. Cabinets,
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. Racks &
Cable
6x4 FiberRunner Channel Management
FR6X4YL6 Used to carry the cables horizontally throughout the system. 6 36
Accepts hinged cable retainers FRCR6BL-X, hinged cover M.
FRHC6YL6 or split hinged cover FRSHC6YL6. Use QuikLock Grounding &
Coupler FRBC6X4YL to attach channel and/or fittings. Bonding
P.
Cable Retainer for 6x4 System Cable
FRSHC6
FRCR6BL-X Cable retainer holds cable in the channel when cover is not used. 10 100 Management
Install anywhere on channel, near the coupler or every 18" Accessories
(457mm). Black color only.
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.25
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
6x4 FiberRunner QuikLock Coupler
C.
Fiber Pre-assembled to provide fast mechanical assembly No tools required for installation; bolts loosen for
Optic of components component disassembly
Systems
Std. Std.
D.
Pkg. Ctn.
Power
over Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Ethernet FRBC6X4YL Pre-assembled coupler quickly joins two sections of channel and/or 1 5
fittings. Mechanically attaches without tightening bolts. Bolts release
using 3/8" nut driver to allow coupler to be removed if necessary.
E.
Zone
For a bulk package of 20 couplers, order FRBC6X4YL-E.
Cabling
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
F.
Wireless
6x4 FiberRunner System Fittings
Minimum 2" (50.8mm) bend radius control fittings Optional split covers snap onto each fitting
G. Protect against signal loss and performance degradation Covers feature 3/4" (19mm) gap to allow cable to be
Outlets
Assemble using FRBC QuikLock Couplers laid in
H. Std. Std.
Media Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
Distribution Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty.
FRRA6X4
J. Split Cover for 6x4 Horizontal Right Angle Fitting
Overhead & FRRASC6YL Optional split cover for the horizontal right angle 1 5
Underfloor fitting FRRA6X4YL. Snap-on feature allows cover
Routing
to be installed and removed with no tools required.
Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm) opening for easy
K. access to add or remove cables.
FRRASC6
Surface
Raceway
6x4 Horizontal 45 Angle Fitting
L. FRH456X4YL Attaches to 6x4 channel and/or fittings to create a (2 pcs.) 1 5
Cabinets, 45 horizontal turn from a straight horizontal run. FRBC6X4YL
Racks & Accepts optional split cover FRH45SC6YL.
Cable
Management FRH456X4 Split Cover for 6x4 Horizontal 45 Angle Fitting
FRH45SC6YL Optional split cover for the horizontal 45 angle 1 5
M. fitting FRH456X4YL. Snap-on feature allows cover
Grounding &
Bonding to be installed and removed with no tools required.
Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm) opening for easy
access to add or remove cables.
N. FRH45SC6
Industrial 6x4 Horizontal Tee Fitting
FRT6X4YL Attaches to 6x4 channel and/or fittings to create a (3 pcs.) 1 5
90 horizontal branch from a straight horizontal FRBC6X4YL
run. Accepts optional split cover FRTSC6YL.
O.
Labeling &
Identification Split Cover for 6x4 Horizontal Tee Fitting
FRT6X4
FRTSC6YL Optional split cover for the horizontal tee fitting 1 5
FRT6X4YL. Snap-on feature allows cover to be
P.
Cable installed and removed with no tools required.
Management Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm) opening for easy
Accessories access to add or remove cables.
FRTSC6
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
Q.
Index
J.26 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
6x4 FiberRunner System Fittings (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Std. Std. Systems
Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty.
D.
6x4 Four Way Cross Fitting Power
over
FRFWC6X4YL Attaches to 6x4 channel and/or fittings to create a (4 pcs.) 1 5 Ethernet
horizontal four way cross intersection. Accepts FRBC6X4YL
optional split cover FRFWCSC6YL.
E.
Zone
Split Cover for 6x4 Four Way Cross Fitting Cabling
FRFWC6X4 FRFWCSC6YL Optional split cover for the four way cross fitting 1 5
FRFWC6X4YL. Snap-on feature allows cover to be
installed and removed with no tools required.
Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm) opening for easy F.
access to add or remove cables. Wireless
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Table continues on page J.28
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.27
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
6x4 FiberRunner System Fittings (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std. Std.
Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty.
D.
Power 6x4 Outside Vertical Right Angle Fitting
over
Ethernet FROVRA6X4YL Attaches to 6x4 channel and/or fittings to create a (2 pcs.) 1 5
90 vertical turn down from a straight horizontal FRBC6X4YL
run. Accepts optional split cover FROVRASC6YL.
E.
Zone
Cabling Split Cover for 6x4 Outside Vertical Right Angle Fitting
FROVRA6X4
FROVRASC6YL Optional split cover for the outside vertical right 1 5
angle fitting FROVRA6X4YL. Snap-on feature
F. allows cover to be installed and removed with no
Wireless tools required. Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm)
opening for easy access to add or remove cables.
K. FRRF64 For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
J.28 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
6x4 FiberRunner System Spillouts
C.
Spill-overs allow safe transition from horizontal Transition to channel, slotted channel, and corrugated Fiber
to vertical runs loom tubing Optic
2" (50.8mm) bend radius control Spill-over junction fittings can be retro-fitted to existing Systems
horizontal runs
D.
Std. Std. Power
Couplers Pkg. Ctn. over
Ethernet
Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty.
L.
FRHD4KT 4x4 Hinged Duct Bend Radius Control Trumpet Cabinets,
TRC4HDBL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the 1 10 Racks &
sidewall of 4" wall heights of type H hinged cover Cable
Management
wiring duct channels. Maintains 1" (25.4mm) bend
radius control. Black color only.
M.
TRC4HDBL Low Profile Reducer 4x4 to 2x2 for Vertical Tee Grounding &
Bonding
FRLPR42BL Assembled into the 6x4 vertical tee FRVT6X4YL or 1 5
4x4 vertical tee FRVT4X4YL with an audible snap,
the FRLPR42BL allows for the transition to 2x2
FiberRunner or 2x2 Fiber-Duct Channel with N.
minimal space required. No tools required for Industrial
assembly. Black color only.
FRLPR42BL
Spill-Over Junction with 2x2 Exit O.
FRSPJ2X2YL Assembles onto 4x4, 6x4, 12x4, or 24x4 (1 pc.) 1 Labeling &
FiberRunner Channel, spilling over the side into FBC2X2YL Identification
a 2x2 vertical exit. Requires coupler to attach
2x2 FiberRunner and fittings to the vertical exit.
P.
Mounts directly to existing installation with no Cable
alteration required. Mounting hardware provided Management
FRSPJ2X2 for secure attachment. Accessories
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
Q.
Index
Table continues on page J.30
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.29
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
6x4 FiberRunner System Spillouts (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic Std. Std.
Systems Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty.
D.
Power Cover for Spill-Over Junction with 2x2 Exit for 6x4 Channel
over FRSPJC26YL Used to fully enclose 6x4 channel in conjunction 1 5
Ethernet with the spill-over junction FRSPJ2X2YL. Cover
snaps onto the channel base. Hinged feature allows
easy access to add or remove cables.
E.
Zone FRSPJC26
Cabling 3-Sided BRC Trumpet Spillout for 2x2 Exit
FTR2X2YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 2" (1 pc.) 1 5
(50.8mm) when exiting from a spill-over junction FBC2X2YL
with a 2x2 exit or from 2x2 Fiber-Duct Channel.
F.
Wireless
1-Port Spillout to 1.5 (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing
FTR2X2 FIDT2X2YL Used to route cable into one piece of 1.5" (38mm) (1 pc.) 1 5
diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with a FBC2X2YL
G. spill-over junction with a 2x2 exit, 2x2 Fiber-Duct
Outlets Fittings, and the 2x2 FiberRunner Hinged
Channel. Securely holds split corrugated tubing
to ensure system integrity and easy access to add
H. or remove cables.
Media
Distribution 2x2 Hinged Duct Vertical Cable Manager Kit
FRHD2KTYL Provides secure, accessible route for cables spilling 1
FIDT2X2 out from a vertical tee or spill-over junction to rack
I.
Physical mounted equipment. Kit includes 6' length of 2x2
Infrastructure FiberRunner Hinged Channel H2X2YL6, 6' length
Management of 2x2 snap-on hinged cover HC2YL6, four
adjustable Z brackets FZBA1.5X4, one
FiberRunner 2x2 End Cap FHDEC2X2YL, six
J.
Overhead & hinged duct 2" wire retainers WR2H-C, and all
Underfloor required mounting hardware. Attaches to 2x2
Routing vertical tee exit or spill-over junction with a 2x2
exit with a 2x2 QuikLock Coupler FBC2X2YL.
Also attaches directly to 4x4 or 6x4 vertical tee
K. exits with low profile reducer FRLPR42BL.
Surface
Raceway FRHD2KT
2x2 FiberRunner Bend Radius Control Trumpet
L.
TRC2HDBL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the 1 10
Cabinets, sidewall of 2" wall heights of type H hinged cover
Racks & wiring duct channels. Maintains 1" (25.4mm) bend
Cable radius control. Black color only.
Management
Spill-Over Junction with 4x4 Exit
M. FRSPJ4X4YL Assembles onto 4x4, 6x4, 12x4, or 24x4 (1 pc.) 1
Grounding & TRC2HDBL
FiberRunner Channel, spilling over the side into FRBC4X4YL
Bonding a 4x4 vertical exit. Requires coupler to attach 4x4
FiberRunner Channel and fittings to the vertical
exit. Mounts directly to existing installation with
no alteration required. Mounting hardware provided
N.
Industrial for secure attachment.
Cover for Spill-Over Junction with 4x4 Exit for 6x4 Channel
FRSPJC46YL Used to fully enclose 6x4 channel in conjunction 1 5
O. FRSPJ4X4
Labeling &
with the spill-over junction FRSPJ4X4YL. Cover
Identification snaps onto the channel base. Hinged feature allows
easy access to add or remove cables.
Q.
Index
J.30 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
6x4 FiberRunner System Spillouts (continued)
C.
Fiber
Std. Std. Optic
Couplers Pkg. Ctn. Systems
Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty.
D.
6x4 Dual Downspout Power
FRDDS6X4YL Attaches to 6x4 channel and/or fittings to (2) 1 over
create two 90 4x4 downward transitions from FRBC6X4YL Ethernet
a horizontal run. The fitting maintains a 2" bend (2)
radius control throughout the transition to the FRBC4X4YL
E.
vertical downspouts. Includes two snap-on throat
Zone
covers for the dual downspouts. Accepts optional Cabling
cover FRDDSHC6YL.
FRDDS6X4
Cover for 6x4 Dual Downspout
F.
FRDDSHC6YL Used to fully enclose the 6x4 dual downspout fitting 1 5 Wireless
FRDDS6X4YL. Cover is attached to the fitting base
with three hinge clips. The hinge clips allow the
hinged cover to rotate to a fully closed position
and an open position greater than 90.
G.
FRDDSHC6 Outlets
3-Sided BRC Trumpet Spillout for 4x4 FiberRunner Exit
FR1.5IDE M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Table continues on page J.32
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.31
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
6x4 FiberRunner System Spillouts (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic Std. Std.
Systems Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty.
D.
Power 3-Sided BRC Trumpet Spillout for 6x4 Exit
over FRTR6X4YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 2" (1 pc.) 1 5
Ethernet (50.8mm) when exiting from 6x4 channel, 6x4 FRBC6X4YL
horizontal tee fitting, or 6x4 exit on 12x4
vertical tee.
E.
Zone
Cabling 6x4 Up Spout
FRTR6X4 FRUPS6X4YL Allows cable to be directed upward out of the 1 5
channel deployed directly below racks and cabinets
in underfloor installations. Provides 2" (50.8mm)
F. bend radius. Snaps directly onto the channel and
Wireless
can be positioned to allow cables to be laid in.
A 1" (25.4mm) top bezel is included. Other fittings
can be installed for specific applications including
FTR4X4YL and FIDT4X4BL.
G. FRUPS6X4
Outlets
Innerduct Transition Fitting
FITF6X4 Metal fitting attaches to end of channel or fitting 1 10
H. to transition up to four pieces of solid 1.5" (38mm)
Media inside diameter inner duct. Hardware is included
Distribution for installation. Black color only.
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
J.32 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
4x4 and 6x4 FiberRunner Mounting Brackets
C.
Fiber
Optic
For Std. Std. Systems
Threaded Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Rod Size Qty. Qty.
D.
Existing Threaded Rod QuikLock Bracket for 6x4 and 4x4 Systems Power
over
FR6TRBE12 Used to support the 6x4 and 4x4 systems from 1/2" 1 10 Ethernet
existing threaded rod installations. Bracket is secured
FR6TRBE12 FR6TRBE58 to threaded rod with two split nuts. The pre-assembled 5/8" 1 10
FR6TRBE58 slide clamps enable fast assembly to channel. Use E.
FR6TRBE12M 7/16" nut driver on slide clamps. 12mm 1 10 Zone
FR6TRBE12M
FR6TRBE58M Cabling
FR6TRBE58M 16mm 1 10
New Threaded Rod QuikLock Bracket for 6x4 and 4x4 Systems
F.
FR6TRBN12 Used to support the 6x4 and 4x4 systems from any 1/2" 1 10 Wireless
new threaded rod installations. Bracket is secured to
FR6TRBN58 threaded rod with two nuts. The pre-assembled slide 5/8" 1 10
clamps enable fast assembly to channel. Use 7/16"
FR6TRBN12 FR6TRBN12M nut driver on slide clamps. 12mm 1 10
FR6TRBN58 G.
FR6TRBN58M 16mm 1 10 Outlets
FR6TRBN12M
FR6TRBN58M
Underfloor Pedestal QuikLock Bracket for 6x4 and 4x4 Systems
FR6USB Used to support the 6x4 and 4x4 systems by attaching 1 10 H.
to underfloor pedestals. (Contains all necessary Media
hardware.) Use on pedestals up to 1" in diameter. Distribution
The pre-assembled slide clamps enable fast assembly
to channel. Use 7/16" nut driver on slide clamps.
I.
Physical
FR6USB Adjustable Ladder QuikLock Bracket for 6x4 and 4x4 Systems
Infrastructure
Management
FR6ALB Used to support the 6x4 and 4x4 systems attaching 1 10
to any 3/8" (9.5mm) x 1 1/2" (38.1mm) or 3/8" (9.5mm)
x 2" (50.8mm) ladder rack rail. Adjustable to nine J.
incremental positions from 4" (101mm) to 12" (305mm) Overhead &
Underfloor
above or below the ladder rack. No threaded rod Routing
required. The pre-assembled slide clamps enable
fast assembly to channel. Use 7/16" nut driver on
slide clamps. K.
FR6ALB
Surface
Raceway
Center Support QuikLock Bracket for 6x4 and 4x4 Systems
FR6CS12 Used to support the 6x4 and 4x4 systems from below 1/2" 1 10
L.
with new threaded rod. Bracket is secured to threaded Cabinets,
FR6CS58 rod with two nuts. The pre-assembled slide clamps 5/8" 1 10
Racks &
FR6CS12M enable fast assembly to channel. Use 7/16" nut driver 12mm 1 10 Cable
on slide clamps. Also can be secured directly to the Management
FR6CS58M top of cabinets. 16mm 1 10
FR6CS12
M.
FR6CS58
Grounding &
FR6CS12M Bonding
FR6CS58M
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Table continues on page J.34
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.33
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
4x4 and 6x4 FiberRunner Mounting Brackets (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic For Std. Std.
Systems Threaded Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Rod Size Qty. Qty.
D.
Power Top Support Adjustable C QuikLock Bracket for 6x4 and 4x4 Systems
over FR6ACB12 Used to support the 6x4 and 4x4 systems from any 1/2" 1
Ethernet new threaded rod extending down directly from the
FR6ACB58 ceiling, grid, or ladder rack system. Two position height 5/8" 1
adjustments to accommodate system with or without
E. hinged cover. Bracket is secured to threaded rod with
Zone FR6ACB12M two nuts. The pre-assembled slide clamps enable 12mm 1
Cabling FR6ACB12
fast assembly to channel. Use 7/16" nut driver on
FR6ACB58 FR6ACB58M 16mm 1
slide clamps.
FR6ACB12M
FR6ACB58M
F. Trapeze QuikLock Bracket for 6x4 and 4x4 Systems
Wireless
FR6TB38 Used to support the 6x4 and 4x4 systems by spanning 3/8" 1 10
two threaded rod drops. Can be installed from above
FR6TB12 or below. Bracket is secured to each threaded rod 1/2" 1 10
G. with two nuts. The pre-assembled slide clamps enable
FR6TB38M fast assembly to channel. Use 7/16" nut driver on 10mm 1 10
Outlets FR6TB38 slide clamps.
FR6TB12 FR6TB12M 12mm 1 10
FR6TB38M
H. FR6TB12M Wyr-Grid Mounting Brackets for FiberRunner System
Media FRTBWG12BL FiberRunner QuikLock Threaded Rod Trapeze 1/2" 1 10
Distribution Bracket for Wyr-Grid 12" (305mm) width. Used to 12mm
support FiberRunner 4x4 and 6x4 Channel above
or below the Wyr-Grid 12" Pathway using the same
I.
Physical 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod used to support the
Infrastructure WGTB12BL bracket. Hardware for attaching to
Management threaded rod sold separately.
FRTBWG12BL
J. FRTBWG18BL FiberRunner QuikLock Threaded Rod Trapeze 1/2" 1 10
Overhead & Bracket for Wyr-Grid 18" (457mm) width. Used to 12mm
Underfloor support FiberRunner 4x4, 6x4, and 12x4 Channel
Routing above or below the Wyr-Grid 18" Pathway using the
same 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod used to support the
WGTB18BL bracket. Hardware for attaching to
K. threaded rod sold separately.
Surface
Raceway FRTBWG18BL
FRTBWG24BL FiberRunner QuikLock Threaded Rod Trapeze 1/2" 1 10
Bracket for Wyr-Grid 24" (610mm) width. Used to 12mm
L. support FiberRunner 4x4, 6x4, and 12x4 Channel
Cabinets, above or below the Wyr-Grid 24" Pathway using the
Racks & same 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod used to support the
Cable WGTB24BL bracket. Hardware for attaching to
Management
threaded rod sold separately.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
J.34 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
4x4 and 6x4 FiberRunner Mounting Brackets (continued)
C.
Fiber
For Std. Std. Optic
Threaded Pkg. Ctn. Systems
Part Number Part Description Rod Size Qty. Qty.
D.
Adjustable Cabinet QuikLock Bracket for 6x4 and 4x4 Systems
Power
FR6ACAB Used to support the 6x4 and 4x4 systems attaching 1 over
to the top of cabinets. Adjustable from 4 1/4" (108mm) Ethernet
to 9" (229mm) allowing runs to be leveled over uneven
cabinet heights. Also allows spillouts such as the
vertical tee to be positioned directly over cable E.
inlets on cabinet tops. Bracket is secured to the Zone
Cabling
cabinet frame with through bolts (not included).
The pre-assembled slide clamps enable fast assembly
FR6ACAB to channel. Use 7/16" nut driver on slide clamps.
F.
Two-Piece Ladder Rack Bracket for Attaching Threaded Rod Wireless
to 1 1/2" 2" Ladder Rack
F2PCLB12 Two-piece bracket attaches to 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 1/2" 1 10
1 1/2" (38.1mm) or 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 2" (50.8mm)
ladder rack rail. Bracket halves slide into position and G.
clamp together on the ladder rack rail, which allows Outlets
for a one-handed assembly of the threaded rod (not
F2PCLB58 included). Contains bracket and hardware for attaching 5/8" 1 10
F2PCLB12 bracket to ladder rack.
F2PCLB58 H.
Media
Distribution
Two-Piece Framing Clip for Attaching 5/8" Threaded Rod
to 2" x 9/16" C-Channel Auxiliary Framing Bars I.
FRAFC58 Two-piece framing clip attaches to auxiliary framing 5/8" 1 10 Physical
bars. Framing clip halves slide into position and Infrastructure
interlock on the auxiliary framing bars, allowing Management
easier assembly of the threaded rod to bars.
Contains two-piece framing clip and hardware for J.
attaching framing clip to auxiliary framing bars. Overhead &
FRAFC58 (5/8" threaded rod not included.) Underfloor
Routing
Ladder Rack QuikLock Bracket for 6x4 and 4x4 Systems
FR6LRB Used to support the 6x4 and 4x4 systems attaching 1 10
K.
directly to any 3/8 (9.5mm) x 1 1/2" (38.1mm) or 3/8" Surface
(9.5mm) x 2" (50.8mm) ladder rack rail. No threaded Raceway
rod required. The pre-assembled slide clamps enable
fast assembly to channel. Use 7/16" nut driver on
slide clamps. L.
FR6LRB Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
L Wall Mount QuikLock Bracket for 6x4 and 4x4 Systems Management
FR6LB Used to support the 6x4 and 4x4 systems attaching 1 10
to a wall or the front or back of an equipment rack. M.
The pre-assembled slide clamps enable fast assembly Grounding &
to channel. Use 7/16" nut driver on slide clamps. Bonding
FR6LB
NetFrame /NetRack QuikLock Mounting Bracket for 6x4 and 4x4 Systems
N.
FRRMBNF58 Used to support the 6x4 and 4x4 systems attaching 5/8" 1 Industrial
to the top of NetFrame or NetRack Rack. (Contains
all necessary mounting hardware.) Bracket accepts
5/8" threaded rod.
O.
FRRMBNF58 4 Post Rack Bracket Labeling &
Identification
FR4PRB58 Used to support 12x4, 6x4, and 4x4 systems attaching 5/8" 1
to the top of the 19" wide version of the Panduit
NF4PR84 4 post rack. Contains all hardware required P.
to assemble bracket to the top of the 4 post rack. Cable
Bracket accepts 5/8" threaded rod (not included). Management
Accessories
FR4PRB58
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.35
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Adapters to Other Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std. Std.
Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty.
D.
Power Adapter from 12x4 FiberRunner System to ADC 12x4 FiberGuide*
over
Ethernet FRADC12X4BL Fitting that transitions from ADCs 12x4 (1 pc.) 1 5
FiberGuide* System to 12x4 FiberRunner FRBC12X4YL
System. Fitting has a black finish and is made
E. from metal. Attachment hardware is included.
Zone FRADC12X4BL
Cabling Adapter from 6x4 FiberRunner System to ADC 6x4 FiberGuide*
FRADC6X4YL Fitting that transitions from ADCs 6x4 FiberGuide* 1 5
System to 6x4 FiberRunner System. Bolts
F. release using 3/8" nut driver to allow coupler to be
Wireless removed, if necessary.
FRWBS68
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Table continues on page J.36
J.36 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Adapters to Other Systems (continued)
C.
Fiber
Std. Std. Optic
Systems
Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty.
D.
Adapter from 12x4 FiberRunner System to Various 12x4 System Channels Power
over
FRNWT12 Fitting that transitions from Tyton 12x4 Lightguide* (1 pc.) 1 Ethernet
Channel, Newton** 12x4 Channel, FRBC12X4YL
or Ditel 12x4 Lightrax*** Channel to 12x4
FiberRunner System. Fitting has a black finish E.
and is made from metal. Attachment hardware Zone
is included. Cabling
FRNWT12
Adapter from 12x4 FiberRunner System to Various 8x4 System Channels
FRNWT128 Fitting that transitions from Tyton 8x4 Lightguide* (1 pc.) 1
F.
Channel, Newton** 8x4 Channel, or Ditel 8x4 FRBC12X4YL Wireless
Lightrax*** Channel to 12x4 FiberRunner
System. Fitting has a black finish and is made
from metal. Attachment hardware is included.
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.37
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
4x4 Routing System Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over 12
Ethernet
23
E.
Zone 2 10
Cabling
21
F.
Wireless
4
22 8 19
G. 5
Outlets
14
20
H.
Media
Distribution
17
I. 6 7
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
13 16
18
J.
Overhead &
24
Underfloor
Routing
15
9 3
K.
Surface
Raceway
11
L.
Cabinets, 1
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
4x4 and 6x4 FiberRunner Mounting Brackets
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
FR6TB38 Trapeze F2PCLB Two-Piece FR6LRB Ladder Rack FR6LB L Wall
P.
QuikLock Bracket Ladder Rack Bracket QuikLock Bracket Mount QuikLock
Cable (page J.34) for Attaching (page J.35) Bracket (page J.35)
Management Threaded Rod to
Accessories 1 1/2" 2" Ladder Rack
(page J.35)
Q.
Index
J.38
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
FR4X4**6 4x4 FROVRA4X4** 4x4 Outside
1 13 Vertical Right Angle Fitting D.
FiberRunner Channel
Power
(page J.40) and FROVRASC4** Optional over
Split Cover (page J.43) Ethernet
FRHC4**6 4x4 Snap-On
2 Hinged Cover (page J.40)
FRCR4BL-X Cable Retainer E.
14 for 4x4 System (page J.40) Zone
Cabling
FRSHC4**6 4x4 Split Hinged
3 Cover (page J.40)
FREC4X4** 4x4 End
15 Cap Fitting (page J.42) F.
Wireless
Optional Split Cover (page J.42) 20 with 4x4 Exit and FRSPJC44** L.
Optional Cover for 4x4 System Cabinets,
(pages J.45 and J.46) Racks &
Cable
FRVT4X4** 4x4 QuikLock
9 Vertical Tee (page J.44)
Management
FRUPS4X4** 4x4 Up Spout
21 (page J.46) M.
Grounding &
Bonding
FRIV454X4** 4x4 Inside Vertical
10 45 Angle Fitting (page J.42) 22 FRRF4FD2** 4x4 FiberRunner
System to 2x2 Reducer Fitting
with Cover (page J.43) N.
Industrial
FRIVRA4X4** 4x4 Inside FRRF4FD4** 4x4 FiberRunner
11 Vertical 90 Angle Fitting
23 System to 4x4 Fiber-Duct
(page J.42) Reducer Fitting with Cover O.
Labeling &
(page J.43) Identification
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.39
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
4x4 FiberRunner Routing System
C.
Fiber Cable Fills for 4x4 FiberRunner Cable Routing System
Optic
Systems The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable fill installation methods, straightness of
cables, etc.
D.
Power 4x4 FiberRunner Cable Routing System
over
Ethernet Fiber Optic Ribbon Category Category Category
Interconnect Cable 6A (SD) 6A 6
Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter
E. Internal 1.6mm 2.0mm 3.0mm 5.20mm 6.1mm 7.6mm 6.1mm
Zone Fill/Pile Up Area (in2) 0.063" 0.079" 0.118" 0.205" 0.240" 0.300" 0.240"
Cabling 40% Fill
2" Pile Up 8.9 1142 731 325 108 79 50 79
3" Pile Up 13.58 1743 1116 496 165 120 77 120
F. 4" Pile Up 17.6 2259 1446 643 213 156 100 156
5.05"
Wireless (128.3mm) 50% Fill
2" Pile Up 8.9 1428 914 406 135 98 63 98
3" Pile Up 13.58 2179 1394 620 206 150 96 150
4.44" A = 17.6 in.2 4" Pile Up 17.6 2824 1807 803 267 195 124 195
G. (112.8mm) (11354mm2)
60% Fill
Outlets
2" Pile Up 8.9 1714 1097 487 162 118 76 118
3" Pile Up 13.58 2615 1673 744 247 180 115 180
4" Pile Up 17.6 3389 2169 964 320 233 149 233
H.
Channel cutting instructions: For optimum results, use a miter box and saw. For larger quantities use a plastic cutting saw
Media
blade for clean, burr-free cuts. Recommend: Carbide 80T and 100T; .090" thickness, .125" kerf.
Distribution
The above cable diameters represent the nominal Panduit cable diameter per performance level.
I. For specific cable fill information based on specific part numbers, please contact Panduit customer service.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
4x4 FiberRunner Routing System Channel and Covers
Robust 4x4 system ideal for use with smaller cable counts Compatible with all sizes of Panduit FiberRunner
J. Multiple spillout options provide versatility to mate to and Panduit Fiber-Duct Routing Systems, cable
Overhead & various equipment and rack configurations management, and racks
Underfloor
Routing QuikLock Couplers and Brackets reduce system Compliant with the applicable tests in Telcordia
installation time dramatically GR-63-CORE Network Equipment Building Systems
(NEBS) Level 3
K. Channel, covers, fittings and other non-metallic system
Surface components made from V-0 flame class rated material
Raceway
Std. Std.
L. Pkg. Ctn.
Cabinets, Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Racks &
Cable 4x4 FiberRunner Channel
Management FR4X4YL6 Used to carry the cables horizontally throughout the system. 6 36
Accepts hinged cable retainers FRCR4BL-X, hinged cover
M. FRHC4YL6, or split hinged cover FRSHC4YL6. Use QuikLock
Grounding & Coupler FRBC4X4YL to attach channel and/or fittings.
Bonding
FR4X4 4x4 Snap-On Hinged Cover
FRHC4YL6 Optional snap-on hinged cover for channel FR4X4YL6. Hinge 6 36
N. feature enables positioning of cover at angles between 30 to 90.
Industrial
J.40 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
4x4 FiberRunner QuikLock Coupler
C.
Pre-assembled to provide fast mechanical assembly No tools required for installation; bolts loosen for Fiber
of components component disassembly Optic
Systems
Std. Std.
D.
Pkg. Ctn. Power
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. over
FRBC4X4YL Pre-assembled coupler quickly joins two sections of channel and/or 1 5 Ethernet
fittings. Mechanically attaches without tightening bolts. Bolts release
using 3/8" nut driver to allow coupler to be removed if necessary.
E.
Zone
Cabling
For a bulk package of 20 couplers, order FRBC4X4YL-E.
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
F.
Wireless
Std. Std. I.
Couplers Pkg. Ctn. Physical
Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty. Infrastructure
Management
4x4 Horizontal Right Angle Fitting
FRRA4X4YL Attaches to 4x4 channel and/or fitting to create a (2 pcs.) 1 5 J.
90 horizontal turn from a straight horizontal run. FRBC4X4YL Overhead &
Accepts optional split cover FRRASC4YL. Underfloor
Routing
FRRA4X4
Split Cover for 4x4 Horizontal Right Angle Fitting K.
FRRASC4YL Optional split cover for the horizontal right angle 1 5 Surface
Raceway
fitting FRRA4X4YL. Snap-on feature allows cover
to be installed and removed with no tools required.
Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm) opening for easy L.
access to add or remove cables. Cabinets,
FRRASC4 Racks &
Cable
4x4 Horizontal 45 Angle Fitting Management
FRH454X4YL Attaches to 4x4 channel and/or fittings to create a (2 pcs.) 1 5
45 horizontal turn from a straight horizontal run. FRBC4X4YL M.
Accepts optional split cover FRH45SC4YL. Grounding &
Bonding
FRH454X4
Split Cover for 4x4 Horizontal 45 Angle Fitting N.
FRH45SC4YL Optional split cover for the horizontal 45 angle 1 5 Industrial
fitting FRH454X4YL. Snap-on feature allows cover
to be installed and removed with no tools required.
Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm) opening for easy
O.
access to add or remove cables. Labeling &
Identification
FRH45SC4 For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Table continued on page J.42
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.41
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
4x4 FiberRunner System Fittings (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std. Std.
Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty.
D.
Power 4x4 Horizontal Tee Fitting
over
Ethernet FRT4X4YL Attaches to 4x4 channel and/or fittings to create a (3 pcs.) 1 5
90 horizontal branch from straight horizontal runs. FRBC4X4YL
Accepts optional split cover FRTSC4YL.
E.
Zone
Cabling FRT4X4 Split Cover for 4x4 Horizontal Tee Fitting
FRTSC4YL Optional split cover for the horizontal tee fitting 1 5
FRT4X4YL. Snap-on feature allows cover to be
F. installed and removed with no tools required.
Wireless Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm) opening for easy
access to add or remove cables.
FRTSC4
K. FREC4X4
Surface
Raceway 4x4 Inside Vertical 90 Angle Fitting
FRIVRA4X4YL Attaches to 4x4 channel and/or fittings to create (2 pcs.) 1 5
L. a 90 upward angle from a straight horizontal run. FRBC4X4YL
Cabinets, Used with outside vertical 90 angle fitting
Racks & FROVRA4X4YL to change level of a straight
Cable horizontal run. Includes split cover.
Management
FRIVRA4X4 4x4 Inside Vertical 45 Angle Fitting
M.
Grounding & FRIV454X4YL Attaches to 4x4 channel and/or fittings to create a (2 pcs.) 1 5
Bonding 45 upward angle from a horizontal run. Used with FRBC4X4YL
outside vertical 45 angle fitting FROV454X4YL to
change level of a straight horizontal run. Includes
split cover.
N.
Industrial
FRIV454X4 4x4 Outside Vertical 45 Angle Fitting
FROV454X4YL Attaches to 4x4 channel and/or fittings to create a (2 pcs.) 1 5
45 downward angle from a horizontal run. Used FRBC4X4YL
O. with inside vertical 45 angle fitting FRIV454X4YL
Labeling &
Identification to change level of a straight horizontal run. Accepts
optional split cover FROV45SC4YL.
P. FROV454X4
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
J.42 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
4x4 FiberRunner System Fittings (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Std. Std. Systems
Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty.
D.
Split Cover for 4x4 Outside Vertical 45 Angle Fitting Power
over
FROV45SC4YL Optional split cover for the outside vertical 45 1 5 Ethernet
angle fitting FROV454X4YL. Snap-on feature
allows cover to be installed and removed with no
tools required. Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm) E.
opening for easy access to add or remove cables. Zone
Cabling
FROV45SC4
4x4 Outside Vertical Right Angle Fitting
FROVRA4X4YL Attaches to 4x4 channel and/or fittings to create (2 pcs.) 1 5 F.
a 90 vertical turn down from a straight horizontal FRBC4X4YL Wireless
run. Accepts optional split cover FROVRASC4YL.
FRRF6FR4SC L.
4x4 FiberRunner to 2x2 Reducer Fitting with Cover Cabinets,
FRRF4FD2YL Attaches any 4x4 FiberRunner Fitting or Channel
(1 pc.) 1 5 Racks &
to the 2x2 Fiber-Duct Channel, S2X2YL6 or FRBC4X4YL Cable
E2X2YL6 or 2x2 FiberRunner Channel, Management
HS2X2YL6 or H2X2YL6. Note: Attachment to 2x2
FiberRunner Channel requires a QuikLock M.
Coupler FBC2X2YL. Includes solid cover. Grounding &
FRRF4FD2 Bonding
4x4 FiberRunner to 4x4 Fiber-Duct Reducer Fitting with Cover
FRRF4FD4YL Attaches any 4x4 FiberRunner Fitting or Channel (1 pc.) 1 5
to the 4x4 Fiber-Duct Channel, S4X4YL6 or FRBC4X4YL N.
E4X4YL6. Includes solid cover. Industrial
FRRF4FD4 For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.43
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
4x4 FiberRunner System Spillouts
C.
Fiber Spill-overs allow safe transition from horizontal to Transition to channel, slotted channel, and corrugated
Optic vertical runs loom tubing
Systems 2" (50.8mm) bend radius control Spill-over junction fittings can be retro-fitted to existing
horizontal runs
D.
Power
over
Std. Std.
Ethernet
Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty.
E.
Zone 4x4 QuikLock Vertical Tee
Cabling FRVT4X4YL Attaches to 4x4 channel and/or fittings to create a (2 pcs.) 1 5
90 vertical drop from a horizontal run. Hinged door FRBC4X4YL
included. Accepts FTR4X4YL, FIDT4X4BL, S4X4YL6
or E4X4YL6 directly. Accepts optional snap-on cover
F.
FRHC4YL6 in conjunction with channel.
Wireless
L.
Cabinets, FRHD4KT 4x4 Hinged Duct Bend Radius Control Trumpet
Racks & TRC4HDBL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the sidewall 1
Cable of 4" wall heights of type H hinged cover wiring duct
Management
channels. Maintains 1" (25.4mm) bend radius control.
Black color only.
M.
Grounding & Low Profile Reducer 4x4 to 2x2 for Vertical Tee
Bonding TRC4HDBL
FRLPR42BL Assembled into the 6x4 vertical tee FRVT6X4YL or 1 5
4x4 vertical tee FRVT4X4YL with an audible snap,
the FRLPR42BL allows for the transition to 2x2
N. FiberRunner or 2x2 Fiber-Duct Channel with
Industrial minimal space required. No tools required for
assembly. Black color only.
FRLPR42BL For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
J.44 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
4x4 FiberRunner System Spillouts (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Std. Std. Systems
Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty.
D.
Spill-Over Junction with 2x2 Exit Power
over
FRSPJ2X2YL Assembles onto 4x4, 6x4, 12x4, or 24x4 (1 pc.) 1 Ethernet
FiberRunner Channel, spilling over the side into FBC2X2YL
a 2x2 vertical exit. Requires coupler to attach 2x2
FiberRunner and fittings to the vertical exit. E.
Mounts directly to existing installation with no Zone
alteration required. Mounting hardware provided Cabling
for secure attachment.
FRSPJ2X2 Cover for Spill-Over Junction with 2x2 Exit for 4x4 Channel F.
FRSPJC24YL Used to fully enclose 4x4 channel in conjunction with 1 5 Wireless
the spill-over junction FRSPJ2X2YL. Cover snaps
onto the channel base. Hinged feature allows easy
access to add or remove cables.
G.
Outlets
FRSPJC24 3-Sided BRC Trumpet Spillout for 2x2 Exit
FTR2X2YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 2" (1 pc.) 1 5
(50.8mm) when exiting from a spill-over junction FBC2X2YL
H.
with a 2x2 exit or from 2x2 Fiber-Duct Channel. Media
Securely holds split corrugated tubing to ensure Distribution
system integrity and easy access to add or
FTR2X2 remove cables.
I.
1-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing Physical
Infrastructure
FIDT2X2YL Used to route cable into one piece of 1.5" (38mm) (1 pc.) 1 5 Management
diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with a FBC2X2YL
spill-over junction with a 2x2 exit, 2x2 Fiber-Duct
J.
Fittings, and the 2x2 FiberRunner Hinged Channel.
Overhead &
Securely holds split corrugated tubing to ensure Underfloor
system integrity and easy access to add or Routing
remove cables.
FIDT2X2
2x2 Hinged Duct Vertical Cable Manager Kit K.
Surface
FRHD2KTYL Provides secure, accessible route for cables spilling 1 Raceway
out from a vertical tee or spill-over junction to rack
mounted equipment. Kit includes 6' length of 2x2
L.
FiberRunner Hinged Channel H2X2YL6, 6' length Cabinets,
of 2x2 snap-on hinged cover HC2YL6, four adjustable Racks &
Z brackets FZBA1.5X4, one FiberRunner 2x2 End Cable
Cap FHDEC2X2YL, six hinged duct 2" wire retainers Management
WR2H-C and all required mounting hardware.
Attaches to 2x2 vertical tee exit or spill-over M.
FRHD2KT junction with a 2x2 exit with a 2x2 QuikLock Grounding &
Coupler FBC2X2YL. Also attaches directly to Bonding
4x4 or 6x4 vertical tee exits with low profile
reducer FRLPR42BL.
N.
2x2 FiberRunner Bend Radius Control Trumpet Industrial
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
J.46 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
FiberRunner Accessories
C.
Fiber
Optic
For Std. Std.
Systems
Threaded Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Rod Size Qty. Qty.
D.
3/8" Nut Driver Power
over
FR38DR FR38DR Used to dissassemble 4x4, 6x4, and 12x4 1 10 Ethernet
FiberRunner QuikLock Couplers when required.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Table continued on page J.48
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.47
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
FiberRunner Accessories (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic For Std. Std.
Systems
Threaded Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Rod Size Qty. Qty.
D.
Power FiberRunner Quick Mount Clips
over
Ethernet FRQMC-X Used wherever additional FiberRunner Slide Clamps 10 100
would be helpful. For example, use on 12x4
FiberRunner QuikLock Brackets to accommodate
E. dual runs of 6x4 or 4x4 FiberRunner Channel.
Zone
Cabling FRQMC-X
Threaded Rod in One Foot Lengths
TR1-12-X Threaded rod can be used with various mounting 1/2" 10
F. brackets. Length = 12" (305mm).
Wireless
TR1-58-X Threaded rod can be used with various mounting 5/8" 10
brackets. Length = 12" (305mm).
G. TR1-12-X
Outlets TR1-58-X Threaded Rod Cover
TRC18FR-X8Y Used to protect cabling from threaded rod. Vertical slit 1/2" 5/8" 10 100
allows easy installation. For indoor use only. Gray.
H.
Media
Distribution
TRC18FR-X20Y Used to protect cabling from threaded rod. Vertical slit 1/2" 5/8" 10 100
I. TRC18FR-X8Y allows easy installation. Black.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Slit Corrugated Loom Tubing
J. CLT150F-X3* Slit corrugated loom tubing provides a vertical pathway 1
Overhead & as cables transfer from the FiberRunner Fitting to the
Underfloor equipment below. Inside diameter is 1.48" (37.6mm)
Routing and outside diameter 1.73" (43.9mm). Sold in 10 rolls.
K. CLT150F-X3 *For other colors replace suffix X3 (Orange) with X4 (Yellow) or X20 (Black).
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
J.48 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
NOTES C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.49
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
2x2 Routing System Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems 11
D.
Power
over 18
Ethernet 9
12 7
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
10
G.
Outlets
5 6
H. 15
Media
Distribution
1
I. 4
Physical
Infrastructure 14
Management
J. 17
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing 8 13 3
K.
Surface 16 2
Raceway
L.
Cabinets, Fiber-Duct Mounting Brackets
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N. FTRBE12 Existing FTRBN12 New Threaded FUSB Underfloor F2PCLB12 Two-Piece Ladder
Industrial Threaded Rod Bracket Rod Bracket Pedestal Bracket Rack Bracket for Attaching
(page J.63) (page J.63) (page J.63) Threaded Rod to 1 1/2" 2"
Ladder Rack (page J.64)
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
FZBA1.5X4 Adjustable
Z Bracket FZBLP Low Profile FLB L Wall FLRB Ladder
(page J.64) Z Bracket Mount Bracket Rack Bracket
Q. (page J.63)
Index (page J.64) (page J.63)
J.50
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
1 HS2X2**6 2x2 FiberRunner Hinged Channel (page J.52) Systems
D.
Power
2 H2X2**6 2x2 FiberRunner Hinged Slotted Channel (page J.52) over
Ethernet
J.
10 FIVRA2X2** 2x2 Inside Vertical Right Angle Fitting (page J.60) Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
14 FTR2X2** 3-Sided BRC Trumpet Spillout for 2x2 Exit (page J.61) M.
Grounding &
Bonding
FIDT2X2** 1-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter
15 Corrugated Tubing (page J.61)
N.
Industrial
TRC2HDBL 2x2 Hinged Channel 1" Bend Radius Control
16 Trumpet (page J.54)
O.
Labeling &
17 FRF42** 4x4 to 2x2 Fiber-Duct Reducer Fitting (page J.60) Identification
P.
18 FRRF4FD2** 4x4 FiberRunner to 2x2 Reducer Fitting (page J.43) Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
**Available colors include: YL (Yellow), OR (Orange), BL (Black), and LG (Light Gray).
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.51
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
2x2 FiberRunner Routing System
C.
Fiber Cable Fills for 2x2 FiberRunner Cable Routing System
Optic
Systems
The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable fill installation methods,
D.
straightness of cables, etc.
Power
over 2x2 FiberRunner Cable Routing System
Ethernet
Fiber Optic Ribbon Category Category Category
Interconnect Cable 6A (SD) 6A 6
E. Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter
Zone 2.00"
Internal 1.6mm 2.0mm 3.0mm 5.20mm 6.1mm 7.6mm 6.1mm
Cabling (50.8mm) Fill/Pile Up Area (in2) 0.063" 0.079" 0.118" 0.205" 0.240" 0.300" 0.240"
A = 3.4 in.2
(2195 mm2) 40% Fill
2" Pile Up 3.40 436 279 124 41 30 19 30
2.17" 50% Fill
F. (55.1mm)
Wireless 2" Pile Up 3.40 546 349 155 52 38 24 38
60% Fill
2" Pile Up 3.40 655 419 186 62 45 29 45
Channel cutting instructions: For optimum results, use a miter box and saw. For larger quantities use a plastic cutting saw
G.
blade for clean, burr-free cuts. Recommend: Carbide 80T and 100T; .090" thickness, .125" kerf.
Outlets
The above cable diameters represent the nominal Panduit cable diameter per performance level.
For specific cable fill information based on specific part numbers, please contact Panduit customer service.
H.
Media
Distribution 2x2 FiberRunner Routing System Channels and Cover
2x2 system ideal for use with smaller cable counts Compatible with all sizes of Panduit FiberRunner
I.
Physical Multiple spillout options provide versatility to mate to and Panduit Fiber-Duct Routing Systems, cable
Infrastructure various equipment and rack configurations management, and racks
Management 2x2 FiberRunner Hinged and Slotted Channels can be
QuikLock Couplers reduce system installation
time dramatically used with 2x2 Fiber-Duct fittings (see page J.52) and
J. brackets (see pages J.55 and J.56)
Overhead & Channel, covers, fittings and other non-metallic system
Underfloor components made from V-0 flame class rated material Compliant with the applicable tests in Telcordia
Routing GR-63-CORE Network Equipment Building Systems
(NEBS) Level 3
K.
Surface Std. Std.
Raceway Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
L.
Cabinets, 2x2 FiberRunner Hinged Channel
Racks & HS2X2YL6NM Used to carry the cables throughout the system. Accepts hinged 6 120
Cable cover HC2YL6. Use QuikLock Coupler FBC2X2YL to attach
Management channel and/or fittings.
HS2X2
M. 2x2 FiberRunner Hinged Slotted Channel
Grounding & H2X2YL6 Used to carry the cables vertically to the front or the back of 6 120
Bonding
equipment racks throughout the system. Accepts hinged cover
HC2YL6. Extra supports required when used in horizontal
applications. Use QuikLock Coupler FBC2X2YL to attach
N. channel and/or fittings.
Industrial
H2X2
2x2 Snap-On Hinged Cover
HC2YL6 Optional snap-on cover for hinged channel HS2X2YL6 or H2X2YL6. 6 120
O. The innovative cover can hinge open to 90 from either side of the
Labeling & channel and be removed completely if desired.
Identification
HC2 Cable Retainer for 2x2 System
P. WR2H-C Cable retainer can be installed between the slotted channel 100 1000
Cable (H2X2YL6) fingers to retain cables. It can be used with cover
Management and installs anywhere on channel. One retainer should be
Accessories used approximately every 18" (457mm). Black color only.
NOTE: Available with mounting holes. To order, delete NM from the part number.
WR2H-C
Q. For other colors replace YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange), BL (Black), or LG (Light Gray).
Index Order number of feet required, in multiples of standard 6' length increments.
J.52 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
2x2 FiberRunner QuikLock Coupler
C.
Pre-assembled to provide fast mechanical assembly No tools required for installation; bolts loosen for Fiber
of components component disassembly Optic
Systems
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn. D.
Power
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. over
FBC2X2YL Pre-assembled coupler quickly joins two sections of hinged channel 1 5 Ethernet
and/or fittings. Mechanically attaches without tightening bolts.
Bolts release using 5/16" nut driver to allow coupler to be
removed if necessary. E.
Zone
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange), BL (Black), or LG (Light Gray). Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
2x2 FiberRunner System Fitting
Std. Std. H.
Media
Pkg. Ctn. Distribution
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
FHDEC2X2YL Used for closing off open ends of the hinged channel or fittings. 1 5
No coupler required. Push-on installation. I.
Physical
Infrastructure
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange), BL (Black), or LG (Light Gray). Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.53
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
2x2 FiberRunner System Spillouts
C.
Fiber
Spill-overs allow safe transition from horizontal to Transition to channel, slotted channel, and corrugated
Optic vertical runs loom tubing
Systems 2" bend radius control
D.
Power Std. Std.
over Couplers Pkg. Ctn.
Ethernet Part Number Part Description Required Qty. Qty.
H. FTR2X2
1-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing
Media
Distribution FIDT2X2YL Used to route cable into one piece of 1.5" (38mm) (1 pc.) 1 5
diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with FBC2X2YL
FiberRunner Spill-Over FRSPYL, 2x2 Fiber-Duct
I. Fittings, and the 2x2 FiberRunner Hinged Channel.
Physical Securely holds split corrugated tubing to ensure
Infrastructure system integrity and easy access to add or
Management remove cables.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
J.54 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
E.
Zone
Cabling
Two system sizes available: 4x4 and 2x2
Minimum 2" (50.8mm) bend radius fittings protect F.
against signal loss due to excessive cable bends Wireless
I.
The 2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct Routing Systems are comprised of channel, fittings, and brackets designed Physical
Infrastructure
to segregate, route, and protect fiber optic and copper cabling to and between racks within the Management
telecommunications room.
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
As part of the Panduit Data Center Solution, Fiber-Duct Routing Systems offers secure, reliable system Routing
integration and risk management within the physical infrastructure.
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.55
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct Routing Systems Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over 7
Ethernet
E.
6
Zone
Cabling 5 11
10
F.
Wireless
8
4 12
3
G.
Outlets
9
H.
Media
Distribution 14
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J. 2
Overhead & 1 13
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
Fiber-Duct Mounting Brackets
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories FLRB Ladder FLB L Wall FZBA1.5X4 Adjustable FZBLP Low Profile
Rack Bracket Mount Bracket Z Bracket Z Bracket
(page J.63) (page J.63) (page J.64) (page J.64)
Q.
Index
J.56
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
1 FCF2X2** and FCF4X4 Coupler Fitting (page J.60) Power
over
Ethernet
K.
Surface
Raceway
9 FVT4X4** 4x4 Vertical Tee (page J.61)
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
10 FRA2X2** FRA4X4** Right Angle Fitting (page J.60) Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
11 FRF42** 4x4 to 2x2 Fiber-Duct Reducer Fitting (page J.60) Bonding
N.
12 S2X2**6NM and S4X4**6NM Fiber-Duct Channel (page J.59) Industrial
O.
13 E2X2**6 and E4X4**6 Fiber-Duct Slotted Channel (page J.59) Labeling &
Identification
P.
14 TRC2BL and TRC4BL Bend Radius Control Trumpet (page J.62) Cable
Management
Accessories
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.57
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct Routing Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic Cable Fills for 2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct Cable Routing Systems
Systems
The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable fill installation methods,
D. straightness of cables, etc.
Power
over
Ethernet 2x2 Fiber-Duct Cable Routing System
The above cable diameters represent the nominal Panduit cable diameter per performance level.
For specific cable fill information based on specific part numbers, please contact Panduit customer service.
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure 4.25"
Management (107.9mm)
M. 60% Fill
Grounding & 2" Pile Up 7.6 1463 936 416 138 101 65 101
Bonding 3" Pile Up 11.3 2176 1392 619 205 150 96 150
4" Pile Up 14.6 2811 1799 800 265 194 124 194
Channel cutting instructions: For optimum results, use a miter box and saw. For larger quantities use a plastic cutting saw
N. blade for clean, burr-free cuts. Recommend: Carbide 80T and 100T; .090" thickness, .125" kerf.
Industrial
The above cable diameters represent the nominal Panduit cable diameter per performance level.
For specific cable fill information based on specific part numbers, please contact Panduit customer service.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
J.58 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct Routing Systems
C.
Channel, covers, fittings and other non-metallic system Fittings have 2" bend radius control Fiber
components made from V-0 flame class rated material Optic
Compatible with Panduit FiberRunner 2x2, 4x4, Systems
Snap-on non-slip covers 6x4 and 12x4 Routing Systems
D.
Std. Std. Power
System Pkg. Ctn. over
Part Number Part Description Size Qty. Qty. Ethernet
Fiber-Duct Channel
E.
S2X2YL6NM Used to carry the cables throughout the Fiber-Duct 2x2 6 120 Zone
Routing System. Accepts cover C2YL6. Cover Cabling
sold separately.
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.59
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Fiber-Duct System Fittings
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std. Std.
System Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Size Qty. Qty.
D.
Power FCF2X2
FCF4X4 Coupler Fitting
over
Ethernet FCF2X2YL Used to join two sections of duct together. Fiber-Duct 2x2 1 5
Coupler is not required at each fitting connection.
FCF4X4YL 4x4 1 5
E.
Zone FRA2X2
Cabling Horizontal Right Angle Fitting
FRA4X4
FRA2X2YL Attaches to channel to create a 90 horizontal turn 2x2 1 5
from a straight horizontal run. Cover included.
FRA4X4YL 4x4 1 5
F.
Wireless
Horizontal Tee Fitting
FT2X2 FT2X2YL Attaches to channel to create a 90 horizontal branch 2x2 1 5
FT4X4 from a straight horizontal run. Cover included.
G. FT4X4YL 4x4 1 5
Outlets
Four Way Cross Fitting
FFWC2X2YL Attaches to channel to create a horizontal four way 2x2 1 5
H. FFWC2X2 cross intersection. Cover included.
Media
FFWC4X4YL 4x4 1 5
FFWC4X4
Distribution
End Cap Fitting
FEC2X2YL Used for closing off open ends of the channel. No 2x2 1 5
I.
Physical coupler required. Push-on installation.
FEC2X2 FEC4X4YL 4x4 1 5
Infrastructure
Management FEC4X4
Inside Vertical 45 Angle Fitting
J. FIV452X2YL Attaches to channel to create a 45 upward angle from 2x2 1 5
Overhead & a straight horizontal run. Used with outside vertical 45
Underfloor angle fitting FOV452X2YL or FOV454X4YL to change
Routing FIV454X4YL level of straight horizontal runs. Cover included. 4x4 1 5
FIV452X2
K. FIV454X4
Surface Outside Vertical 45 Angle Fitting
Raceway FOV452X2YL Attaches to channel to create a 45 downward angle 2x2 1 5
from a straight horizontal run. Used with inside vertical
L. 45 angle fitting FIV452X2YL or FIV454X4YL to
Cabinets, FOV454X4YL change level of straight horizontal runs. Cover included. 4x4 1 5
Racks & FOV452X2
Cable FOV454X4
Management
Inside Vertical Right Angle Fitting
FIVRA2X2YL Attaches to channel to create a 90 upward angle from 2x2 1 5
M.
Grounding &
a straight horizontal run. Used with outside vertical 90
Bonding angle fitting FOVRA2X2YL or FOVRA4X4YL to change
FIVRA4X4YL level of straight horizontal runs. Cover included. 4x4 1 5
FIVRA2X2
FIVRA4X4
N. Outside Vertical Right Angle Fitting
Industrial
FOVRA2X2YL Attaches to channel to create a 90 downward angle 2x2 1 5
from a straight horizontal run. Used with inside vertical
90 angle fitting FIVRA2X2YL or FIVRA4X4YL to
O. FOVRA4X4YL change level of straight horizontal runs. Cover included. 4x4 1 5
Labeling &
Identification FOVRA2X2
FOVRA4X4 4x4 to 2x2 Fiber-Duct Reducer Fitting
P. FRF42YL Joins any 4x4 Fiber-Duct Fitting to the 2x2 2x2 1 5
Cable Fiber-Duct Channel, S2X2YL6 or E2X2YL6. 4x4
Management Includes cover.
Accessories
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange), BL (Black), or LG (Light Gray).
FRF42 Fittings include 5/16" assembly holes for fast mechanical fastening.
Q.
Index
J.60 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Fiber-Duct Spillouts
C.
Fiber
Optic
Std. Std. Systems
System Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Size Qty. Qty.
D.
2x2 Vertical Tee Power
over
FVTHD2X2YL Attaches to 2x2 channel to create a 90 vertical drop 2x2 1 5 Ethernet
from a horizontal run. Hinged door included. Accepts
channel cover in conjunction with channel. Use
QuikLock Coupler FBC2X2YL with HS2X2YL6 E.
or H2X2YL6 channels. Use snap rivets NR2WH-L Zone
FVTHD2X2 or bolts F14PN-L with S2X2YL6 or E2X2YL6 channels. Cabling
Also accepts FIDT2X2YL.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.61
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Fiber-Duct Bend Radius Control Trumpets
C.
Fiber Provide method to transition cabling into rack system Maintain 1" (25.4mm) bend radius control
Optic
Systems
Std. Std.
System Pkg. Ctn.
D.
Power
Part Number Part Description Size Qty. Qty.
over TRC2BL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the 2x2 1 10
Ethernet sidewall of 2" wall heights of type G, FS or E
Fiber-Duct Channels.
TRC2BL
E.
Zone
Cabling TRC4BL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the 4x4 1 10
sidewall of 4" wall heights of type G, FS or E
Fiber-Duct Channels.
F.
Wireless
TRC4BL
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
Fiber-Duct Accessories
I.
Physical
Infrastructure Std. Std.
Management System Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Size Qty. Qty.
J. Snap Rivets
Overhead &
Underfloor NR2WH-L Snap rivet fastens channel and fittings together for 2x2 50 500
Routing added strength and rigidity. Snap rivet mounts flush
NR2 to surfaces.
NR4BL-L 4x4 50 500
K. NR4
Surface
Raceway Plastic Bolts and Nuts
F14PWN-L 1/4" plastic bolts and wing nuts fastens channel 2x2 50 500
L. and fittings together for added strength and rigidity. 4x4
Cabinets,
Racks & F14PN-L 1/4" plastic bolts and hex nuts fastens channel 2x2 50 500
Cable and fittings together for added strength and rigidity. 4x4
Management F14PWN-L F14PN-L
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
J.62 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Fiber-Duct Mounting Brackets
C.
Fiber
Optic
For Std. Std. Systems
Threaded Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Rod Size Qty. Qty.
D.
Existing Threaded Rod Bracket for Fiber-Duct System Power
over
FTRBE12 Used for supporting the 2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct 1/2" 1 10 Ethernet
Systems from existing threaded rod installations.
FTRBE12M Bracket is secured to threaded rod with two split 12mm 1 10
FTRBE12/FTRBE12M nuts. Contains hardware for attaching to threaded E.
FTRBE58 FTRBE58 rods and hardware for mounting channel to bracket. 5/8" 1 10 Zone
Cabling
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Table continued on page J.64
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.63
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Fiber-Duct Mounting Brackets (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems For Std. Std.
Threaded Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Rod Size Qty. Qty.
D.
Power Adjustable Z Bracket
over
Ethernet FZBA1.5X4 Bracket used to offset Fiber-Duct System from 1 10
mounting surface, adjustable from 1.5" (38mm) to
4" (101mm). Typically used on the front of an
E. equipment rack.
Zone
Cabling FZBA1.5X4 Low Profile Z Bracket
FZBLP Bracket used to offset 2x2 or 4x4 Fiber-Duct 1 10
System and hinged duct from the front face of
F. an equipment rack. Bracket provides a secure
Wireless mounting surface .67" (17mm) from the front of
an equipment rack.
FZBLP Two-Piece Ladder Rack Bracket for Attaching Threaded Rod to 1 1/2" 2"
G. Ladder Rack
Outlets
F2PCLB12 Two-piece bracket attaches to 3/8" (9.5mm) wide 1/2" 1 10
x 1 1/2" (38.1mm) or 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 2"
(50.8mm) ladder rack rail. Bracket halves slide into
H. position and clamp together on the ladder rack rail,
Media F2PCLB58 which allows for a one-handed assembly of the 5/8" 1 10
Distribution threaded rod (not included). Contains bracket and
F2PCLB12 hardware for attaching bracket to ladder rack.
F2PCLB58
I.
Physical Two-Piece Framing Clip for Attaching 5/8" Threaded Rod to 2" x 9/16" C-Channel
Infrastructure Auxiliary Framing Bars
Management FRAFC58 Two-piece framing clip attaches to auxiliary framing 5/8" 1 10
bars. Framing clip halves slide into position and
J. interlock on the auxiliary framing bars, allowing
Overhead & easier assembly of the threaded rod to bars.
Underfloor Contains two-piece framing clip and hardware for
Routing attaching framing clip to auxiliary framing bars
(5/8" threaded rod not included).
FRAFC58
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
J.64 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
M.
The Wyr-Grid Overhead Cable Tray Routing System can easily Grounding &
Bonding
accommodate FiberRunner Pathways into the application to
provide a segregated copper and fiber cabling solution.
N.
Industrial
As part of the Panduit Data Center Solution, the Wyr-Grid
System offers secure, reliable system integration and risk
O.
management within the physical infrastructure. Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.65
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
Wyr-Grid Overhead Cable Tray Routing System Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Systems 9
10
D. 2 18
Power
over 5 1
Ethernet 12
19
E. 20
Zone 13
Cabling 11
3
F.
Wireless
17
14 8
16
6
G.
4
Outlets
15
H.
7
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Wyr-Grid Mounting Brackets
Infrastructure
Management WG12BL10 Wyr-Grid 12" WGSPL1218BL Wyr-Grid Splice
1 Wide x 10' Long Pathway Section 10 Connectors for 12" and 18" Widths
J.
(page J.67) (page J.68)
Overhead &
Underfloor WG18BL10 Wyr-Grid 18" WGSPL2430BL Wyr-Grid Splice
Routing 2 Wide x 10' Long Pathway Section 11 Connectors for 24" and 30" Widths
(page J.67) (page J.68)
K. WG24BL10 Wyr-Grid 24" WGINTSPLBL Wyr-Grid
Surface 3 Wide x 10' Long Pathway Section 12 Intersection Splices (page J.68)
Raceway (page J.67)
J.66 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
X E.
Zone
Category 6A (SD) Category 6A Category 6 Category 6A (SD) Category 6A Category 6 Cabling
Internal Diameter Diameter Diameter Internal Diameter Diameter Diameter
X Y Area 6.1mm 7.6mm 6.1mm X Y Area 6.1mm 7.6mm 6.1mm
(in.) (in.) (in2) 0.240" 0.300" 0.240" (in.) (in.) (in2) 0.240" 0.300" 0.240"
2 24.3 269 172 269 2 48.3 534 342 534 F.
12.2 4 48.7 538 344 538 24.2 4 96.7 1069 684 1069 Wireless
6 73.0 807 516 807 6 145.0 1603 1026 1603
2 36.3 401 257 401 2 60.3 666 427 666
18.2 4 72.7 804 514 804 30.2 4 120.7 1334 854 1334
6 109.0 1205 771 1205 6 181.0 2000 1280 2000 G.
Outlets
Y equates to the height of the Wyr-Grid Optional Sidewalls. The internal area defines the allowable fill capacity based on the Wyr-Grid Pathway width
and optional sidewall height. The Wyr-Grid Pathway cable fill is based on NEC allowable fill of 50%.
The above cable diameters represent the nominal Panduit cable diameter per performance level.
H.
Wyr-Grid Pathway Sections Media
Distribution
Pathways are provided in four widths: 12" (305mm), Standard finish is black powder coat
18" (457mm), 24" (610mm), and 30" (762mm) Non-integral sidewalls minimize specification requirements I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Std. Management
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty. J.
WG12BL10 12" wide x 10' long pathway section used to carry cables horizontally 10 Overhead &
throughout the system. Snap-on sidewalls attach for job specific height Underfloor
requirements. Uses splice connector WGSPL1218BL to connect straight Routing
sections and intersection splice WGINTSPLBL to connect pathways at
an intersection.
K.
WG12BL10 Surface
Raceway
WG18BL10 18" wide x 10' long pathway section used to carry cables horizontally 10
L.
throughout the system. Snap-on sidewalls attach for job specific height Cabinets,
requirements. Uses splice connector WGSPL1218BL to connect straight Racks &
sections and intersection splice WGINTSPLBL to connect pathways at Cable
an intersection. Management
M.
WG18BL10 Grounding &
WG24BL10 24" wide x 10' long pathway section used to carry cables horizontally 10 Bonding
throughout the system. Snap-on sidewalls attach for job specific height
requirements. Uses splice connector WGSPL2430BL to connect straight
sections and intersection splice WGINTSPLBL to connect pathways at
an intersection. N.
Industrial
WG30BL10 30" wide x 10' long pathway section used to carry cables horizontally 10 O.
throughout the system. Snap-on sidewalls attach for job specific height Labeling &
WG24BL10 requirements. Uses splice connector WGSPL2430BL to connect straight Identification
sections and intersection splice WGINTSPLBL to connect pathways at
an intersection.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Order number of feet required, in multiples of standard 10' length increments.
Q.
Index
WG30BL10
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.67
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Wyr-Grid Splice Connectors
Fiber
Systems Integral bonding screw creates a mechanical electrical Standard finish is black powder coat
bond between cable tray pathway sections Sold in pairs
D.
Power
over Std. Std.
Ethernet Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
WGSPL1218BL Straight splice connector quickly joins two 12" (305mm) or 18" 1 10
E.
(457mm) wide Wyr-Grid Pathways together. A thread cutting
Zone
Cabling screw pierces the paint of adjacent pathway sections providing
a completely bonded connection, ensuring electrical continuity
between the pathways. Package contains 2 components needed
to join two pathway sections.
F. WGSPL1218BL
Wireless WGSPL2430BL Straight splice connector quickly joins two 24" (610mm) or 30" 1 10
(762mm) wide Wyr-Grid Pathways together. A thread cutting
screw pierces the paint of adjacent pathway sections providing
a completely bonded connection, ensuring electrical continuity
G. between the pathways. Package contains 4 components needed
Outlets to join two pathway sections.
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
WGINTSPLBL
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Wyr-Grid Waterfalls
Cabinets,
Racks & Offered in two different configurations that attach to all pathway sections
Cable 12" (305mm), 18" 457mm), 24" (610mm) and 30" (762mm)
Management
M. Std. Std.
Grounding &
Bonding
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
WGBTMWFBL The bottom waterfall provides 1.38" (35mm) bend radius control for 1 10
cables transitioning down into the racks or cabinets from within the
N. Wyr-Grid Pathway. The waterfalls can be installed side-by-side
Industrial increasing the overall width of the waterfall. Standard finish is black
powder coat.
WGBTMWFBL
O.
Labeling & WGSDWWF4BL The sidewall waterfall provides 3" (76mm) bend radius control for 1
Identification cables transitioning down into the racks or cabinets from the side
of the Wyr-Grid Pathway. Cable retaining posts ensure bend radius
control as cables traverse from the horizontal into the vertical path.
P. Plastic design offered in black color.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q. WGSDWWF4BL
Index
J.68 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
F.
Wireless
WGTB18BL
Used to support 18" (457mm) wide Wyr-Grid Pathway from 1 5
WGTB18BL
the ceiling using a pair of 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod drops.
Hardware for attaching to threaded rod sold separately.
G.
Outlets
J.
Wyr-Grid Cantilever Brackets Overhead &
WGCB12BL Used to support the 12" (305mm) wide Wyr-Grid Pathway along 1 5 Underfloor
Routing
a wall. Integral retaining clip secures the pathway to the bracket.
Mounting hardware for attaching to wall not included.
WGCB12BL K.
Surface
Raceway
WGCB18BL Used to support the 18" (457mm) wide Wyr-Grid Pathway along 1 5
a wall. Integral retaining clip secures the pathway to the bracket. L.
Mounting hardware for attaching to wall not included. Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
WGCB18BL Management
WGCB24BL Used to support the 24" (610mm) wide Wyr-Grid Pathway along 1 5
a wall. Integral retaining clip secures the pathway to the bracket. M.
Mounting hardware for attaching to wall not included. Grounding &
Bonding
WGWMTB1830BL Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.69
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Wyr-Grid Mounting Brackets for FiberRunner System
Fiber
Systems
Offered in various widths to accommodate pathways: 12" Integral quick-clip retention
(305mm), 18" (457mm), 24" (610mm), and 30" (762mm) Accommodates 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod
Standard finish is black powder coat
D.
Power
over Std. Std.
Ethernet Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
E. Wyr-Grid
Mounting Brackets for FiberRunner System
Zone FRTBWG12BL FiberRunner QuikLock Threaded Rod Trapeze Bracket for 1 10
Cabling Wyr-Grid 12" (305mm) width. Used to support FiberRunner
FRTBWG12BL
4x4 and 6x4 Channel above or below the Wyr-Grid 12" Pathway
using the same 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod used to support the
F. WGTB12BL bracket. Hardware for attaching to threaded rod
Wireless sold separately.
Q.
Index WGSTRKTBL
J.70 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
Wyr-Grid Accessories C.
Fiber
Offered in three different heights: 2" (50mm), 4" (102mm), Standard finish is black powder coat Systems
and 6" (152mm)
D.
Power
Std. Std. over
Pkg. Ctn. Ethernet
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Wyr-Grid Pathway Snap-On Sidewalls E.
WGSDWL2BL Wyr-Grid 2" (50mm) high Snap-On Sidewalls can be attached 1 40 Zone
Cabling
WGSDWL2BL anywhere along the pathway where needed to retain cables.
F.
WGSDWL4BL Wyr-Grid 4" (102mm) high Snap-On Sidewalls can be attached 1 40 Wireless
anywhere along the pathway where needed to retain cables.
WGSDWL4BL G.
Outlets
WGSDWL6BL
Wyr-Grid 6" (152mm) high Snap-On Sidewalls can be attached 1 40
anywhere along the pathway where needed to retain cables.
H.
Media
Distribution
Wyr-Grid Pathway Intersection Bend Radius Controls
WGINTBRC2BL Wyr-Grid 2" (50mm) high Snap-On Intersection Bend Radius 1
Control provides 3" (76mm) bend radius control and can be I.
WGSDWL6BL Physical
installed without cutting or fabrication at tees, crosses, and
Infrastructure
right angle intersections. Management
K.
WGINTBRC6BL Wyr-Grid 6" (152mm) high Snap-On Intersection Bend Radius 1 Surface
Control provides 3" (76mm) bend radius control and can be Raceway
installed without cutting or fabrication at tees, crosses, and
right angle intersections. L.
Cabinets,
WGINTBRC4BL Racks &
Wyr-Grid Hardware Cable
Management
WGHRDWKTBL The hardware kit is used when field fabricating a right angle, 1 10
allowing large radii to be created by cutting the pathway, bending
M.
it, and securing it into a right angle. Grounding &
12" (305mm) width requires 6 pieces to create a 15.8" radius. Bonding
18" (457mm) width requires 9 pieces to create a 24.4" radius.
WGINTBRC6BL 24" (610mm) width requires 12 pieces to create a 33.4" radius.
30" (762mm) width requires 15 pieces to create a 41.5" radius.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
WGHRDWKTBL
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.71
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
StructuredGround Grounding System for Wyr-Grid System
Fiber
Systems
D.
Power
over GACB brackets provide
Ethernet a convenient location to
attach ground wire for
grounding Wyr-Grid
E. System to the ground bar.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Std. Std.
J. Pkg. Ctn.
Overhead & Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Underfloor
Routing Grounding Cable Hanger Brackets
GACB-2 Supports grounding conductors positioned below Wyr-Grid 1 40
Pathways and automatically makes bonding connection.
K. Used with ladder rack and wire basket.
Surface
Raceway
GACB-2
L. GACB-3 Supports grounding conductors positioned above Wyr-Grid 1 40
Cabinets, Pathways and automatically makes bonding connection.
Racks & Used with ladder rack and wire basket.
Cable
Management
GACBJ68U* Auxiliary cable bracket jumper for bonding pathway sections; 1 40
M. #6 AWG (16mm); 8.0" (203mm) length; factory terminated on
Grounding & both ends with straight, two-hole, long barrel compression lugs;
Bonding provided with .16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant and four
mounting screws.
GACB-3
N.
Industrial *= Length in inches. Available in 8", 12", and 18" lengths.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable GACBJ68U
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
J.72 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
D.
Power
Std. Std. over
Pkg. Ctn. Ethernet
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Hardware E.
HNLW12 1/2-13 hex nut and lock washer for use in attaching trapeze 100 Zone
Cabling
brackets to threaded rod.
HNLW12M 12mm hex nut and 12mm lock washer for use in attaching trapeze 100
HNLW12 brackets to threaded rod.
F.
Tools Wireless
FR716DR 7/16" nut driver for use with the FiberRunner , GridRunner, 1 10
and Wyr-Grid Systems.
WGCT-A Battery powered cutting tool for cutting Wyr-Grid Cable Trays, 1 G.
2 18 volt lithium-ion batteries, and 115 volt, 60 Hz Outlets
charger included.
FR716DR CD-WGCD-1 Wyr-Grid Replacement Cutting Die for the automatic cutting tool. 1
H.
WGCT-HEAD
Wyr-Grid Replacement Cutting Head for the automatic cutting tool. 1 Media
Distribution
WGCT-M Manual cutting tool for cutting Wyr-Grid Cable Trays. 1
Weight: 5.4 lbs. (2.45 kg)
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
WGCT-A Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
CD-WGCD-1 Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
WGCT-HEAD
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
WGCT-M Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.73
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
NOTES
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
J.74 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
M.
The GridRunner Underfloor Cable Routing System ensures maximum network reliability and reduced Grounding &
Bonding
cost of ownership. Robust, highly engineered components provide a strong pathway that supports
maximum cable capacity over the lifetime of the data center, providing optimum cable protection
N.
and assuring network performance. Fast and easy to deploy, this scalable underfloor cable pathway Industrial
solution reduces installation costs and speeds implementation of new services.
O.
As part of the Panduit Data Center Solution, GridRunner Underfloor Cabling Routing System offers Labeling &
Identification
secure, reliable system integration and risk management within the physical infrastructure.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.75
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
GridRunner Underfloor Cable Routing System Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
2
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone 4 7
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management 6 3
8
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
5 1
K.
Surface
Raceway
Additional sizes and accessories are available. See pages J.60 through J.61.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable GR21X6X24PG GridRunner
Management
GRPBPG GridRunner
21" Wide x 24" Long
1 Wire Basket Section 5 Pedestal Bracket
M. (page J.79)
(page J.77)
Grounding &
Bonding
O.
Labeling &
GR12X6X24PG GridRunner GRBRC6PG GridRunner
Identification 12" Wide x 24" Long Bend Radius Control
3 Wire Basket Section 7 Corner 6" High
P.
(page J.78) (page J.79)
Cable
Management
Accessories GR12X6X24OSPG GridRunner GRLC21X6PG GridRunner
12" Wide x 24" Long 21" Wide
4 Offset Wire Basket Section 8 Level Change Section
Q.
Index (page J.78) (page J.79)
J.76
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
GridRunner Underfloor Cable Routing System
C.
Fiber
Cable Fills for GridRunner Underfloor Cable Routing System
Optic
Systems
D.
Category 6A (SD) Category 6A Category 6 Power
Diameter Diameter Diameter over
"X" Internal Area 6.1mm 7.6mm 6.1mm Ethernet
X Y In.2 0.240" 0.300" 0.240"
"Y"
50% Fill 50% Fill 50% Fill
12.0 4.0 48.0 531 340 531
E.
Zone
12.0 6.0 72.0 796 509 796 Cabling
21.7 4.0 86.8 959 614 959
21.7 6.0 130.3 1440 922 1440
The above cable dimensions represent the nominal Panduit cable diameter per performance level. F.
For specific cable fill information based on specific part numbers, please contact Panduit customer service. Wireless
G.
GridRunner Wire Baskets Outlets
Drop-in wire basket sections are supplied in two widths Require no cutting or deburring of sharp edges
(21" and 12"), two depths (4" and 6"), and two lengths Accommodate 24" x 24" and 600mm x 600mm raised H.
(24" and 48") Media
floor grids Distribution
Feature all rounded edges Made from pre-galvanized steel wire
I.
Std. Std. Physical
Pkg. Ctn. Infrastructure
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. Management
GR21X6X24PG K.
Surface
Raceway
GR21X6X48PG 21"W x 6"D x 48"L section used to carry cables horizontally 2
throughout the system. Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket L.
to provide secure connection and electrical bond to raised Cabinets,
floor pedestal. Racks &
Cable
Management
GR21X6X48PG GR21X4X24PG 21"W x 4"D x 24"L section used to carry cables horizontally 2 M.
throughout the system. Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket Grounding &
to provide secure connection and electrical bond to raised Bonding
floor pedestal.
N.
Industrial
GR21X4X24PG GR21X4X48PG 21"W x 4"D x 48"L section used to carry cables horizontally 2
throughout the system. Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket
to provide secure connection and electrical bond to raised
floor pedestal. O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
GR21X4X48PG Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Table continues on page J.78
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.77
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
GridRunner Wire Baskets (continued)
C.
Fiber Std. Std.
Optic
Pkg. Ctn.
Systems
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
D. 12" Wide Wire Basket Sections
Power GR12X6X24PG 12"W x 6"D x 4"L section used to carry cables horizontally 2
over throughout the system. Centers the basket between pedestal
Ethernet supports. Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket to provide
secure connection and electrical bond to raised floor pedestal.
E.
Zone
Cabling GR12X6X24PG
G.
Outlets GR12X6X48PG
GR12X4X24PG 12"W x 4"D x 24"L section used to carry cables horizontally 2
throughout the system. Centers the basket between pedestal
supports. Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket to provide
H. secure connection and electrical bond to raised floor pedestal.
Media
Distribution
I.
GR12X4X24PG
Physical GR12X4X48PG 12"W x 4"D x 48"L section used to carry cables horizontally 2
Infrastructure
Management
throughout the system. Centers the basket between pedestal
supports. Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket to provide
secure connection and electrical bond to raised floor pedestal.
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
GR12X4X48PG
12" Wide Offset Wire Basket Sections
K.
Surface GR12X6X24OSPG 12"W x 6"D x 24"L section used to carry cables horizontally 2
Raceway throughout the system. Offsets 12" basket towards one side.
Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket to provide secure
L.
connection and electrical bond to raised floor pedestal.
Cabinets,
Racks & GR12X6X24OSPG
Cable
Management GR12X6X48OSPG 12"W x 6"D x 48"L section used to carry cables horizontally 2
throughout the system. Offsets 12" basket towards one side.
M. Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket to provide secure
Grounding & connection and electrical bond to raised floor pedestal.
Bonding
N. GR12X6X48OSPG GR12X4X24OSPG 12"W x 4"D x 24"L section used to carry cables horizontally 2
Industrial throughout the system. Offsets 12" basket towards one side.
Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket to provide secure
connection and electrical bond to raised floor pedestal.
O.
Labeling &
Identification GR12X4X24OSPG GR12X4X48OSPG 12"W x 4"D x 48"L section used to carry cables horizontally 2
throughout the system. Offsets 12" basket towards one side.
P. Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket to provide secure
Cable connection and electrical bond to raised floor pedestal.
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index GR12X4X48OSPG
J.78 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
GridRunner Pedestal Bracket
C.
Allows the wire basket sections to be supported on three Optimized for use with both 7/8" square and 1" diameter Fiber
sides of a single support bracket raised floor pedestals Optic
Systems
Forms a mechanical electrical bond to the raised Made from pre-galvanized steel
floor pedestal
D.
Std. Std. Power
Pkg. Ctn. over
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. Ethernet
Pedestal Bracket
GRPBPG Pre-assembled bracket quickly attaches to all 7/8" square and 1" 1 10 E.
Zone
diameter raised floor pedestals. Provides secure mounting point on
Cabling
three sides of the pedestal for all basket sections and an electrical
GRPBPG bond to the pedestal. Use 7/16" nut driver to assemble to pedestal.
Requires use of pedestal clamp GRCLAMPPG-X to attach wire
baskets, universal intersection, and level change sections to F.
pedestal bracket. Wireless
GRPB12PG Pre-assembled bracket quickly attaches to all 1 2" diameter 1 10
raised floor pedestals. Provides secure mounting point on three
sides of the pedestal for all basket sections and an electrical bond
to the pedestal. Use 7/16" nut driver to assemble to pedestal. G.
GRPB12PG Requires use of pedestal clamp GRCLAMPPG-X to attach wire Outlets
baskets, universal intersection, and level change sections to
pedestal bracket.
Pedestal Clamp H.
Media
GRCLAMPPG-X Used in conjunction with pedestal bracket GRPBPG to fasten wire 10 100 Distribution
GRCLAMPPG-X basket sections to the pedestal.
I.
GridRunner Accessories Physical
Infrastructure
Std. Std. Management
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. J.
Overhead &
Universal Intersection Underfloor
GRFWC21PG Mounts to GRPBPG pedestal bracket. Use to create four way 1 Routing
cross, horizontal tee, right angles, and transitions to other size
basket sections.
K.
Surface
Raceway
M.
GRBRC6PG Bend radius control corner for 6" deep basket sections. Device 1 10 Grounding &
snaps into corners to provide 1.5" (38mm) bend radius control. Bonding
Sheet metal construction.
GRBRC6PG
N.
Industrial
21" Wide Level Change Sections
GRLC21X6PG 21"W x 6"D level change section used to create vertical 1
offsets up to 12". Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket to
provide secure connection and electrical bond to raised floor O.
Labeling &
support pedestal. Identification
GRLC21X6PG
P.
GRLC21X4PG 21"W x 4"D level change section used to create vertical 1 Cable
offsets up to 12". Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket to Management
Accessories
provide secure connection and electrical bond to raised floor
support pedestal.
Q.
Index
GRLC21X4PG
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). J.79
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
NOTES
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
J.80 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
SURFACE RACEWAY C.
Fiber
Optic
Pan-Way Surface Raceway Systems offer a wide variety of non-metallic surface raceway solutions. Systems
All are designed for routing, protecting, and concealing high-performance copper, voice, video, fiber
D.
optic, and power cabling. Pan-Way Surface Raceway Systems provide: Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
Aesthetically pleasing profiles and colors to
match your cabling needs
G.
Tamper-resistant designs to prevent Outlets
unauthorized access
Fully compliant bend radius control fittings to H.
insure maximum cable performance Media
Distribution
Ease of installation, modification, and additions
for the overall lowest installed cost I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Panduit surface raceway provides you with a variety of choices when selecting your data and electrical Cabinets,
Racks &
terminations. All raceway systems accept an assortment of faceplates including NEMA standard 70mm Cable
Management
screw-on faceplates or superior Panduit snap-on faceplates.
M.
Grounding &
As part of the Panduit Enterprise Solution, Pan-Way Surface Raceway offers safe and secure routing Bonding
integration within the physical infrastructure.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). K.1
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber PANDUIT PAN-WAY
NON-METALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SOLUTIONS
Systems
D.
Power Pan-Way Non-Metallic Surface Raceway is available in single-channel and multi-channel
over
Ethernet versions, providing maximum flexibility for routing, protecting, concealing, and terminating
high-performance copper, voice, video, fiber optic, and power cabling.They are aesthetically
E. pleasing, lightweight, tamper-resistant and offer bend radius control fittings. Panduit
Zone
Cabling non-metallic raceways provide a variety of choices when selecting data and power
terminations, accept NEMA standard 70mm faceplates, and work with all Panduit
F. Mini-Com Modules for complete connectivity possibilities.
Wireless
Pan-Way Single Channel Raceway includes LD, LDPH, LDS, PD, and OFR which are available in
G. low voltage and/or power rated versions.All single channel raceways include a full complement
Outlets
of fittings for standard, bend radius control, and power rated applications.Office Furniture
Raceway also includes a full complement of fittings, accessories, and termination options
H.
Media creating a cost-effective furniture routing solution.
Distribution
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
K.2
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
PANDUIT PAN-WAY C.
Fiber
Optic
D.
Pan-Way Snap-On Faceplates mount directly to Cove,TG-70,T-70,Twin-70, Pan-Way Power
over
Fast-Snap Boxes and Pan-Pole Power and Communication Poles and install faster than Ethernet
conventional screw-on faceplates.They install without the use of screws providing faster
installation and superior aesthetics.Snap-on communication faceplates are available in E.
Zone
horizontal or vertical sloped outlet configurations and the snap-on electrical faceplates are Cabling
H.
Pan-Pole Power and Communication Poles provide industry-leading solutions for cable Media
Distribution
routing in the open office environment.They are available with pre-terminated electrical
outlets with divided channel for power and communication applications or as an open channel
I.
communication pole.Pan-Pole Power and Communication Poles accept NEMA standard 70mm Physical
Infrastructure
screw-on faceplates or superior Pan-Way Snap-On Faceplates. Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
As part of the Panduit Enterprise Solution, Pan-Way Non-Metallic Surface Raceway offers Routing
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). K.3
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Office Furniture Raceway Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
M N
D
G.
Outlets P 1
T
O R
H. S
Media
Distribution
Q
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
L
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor G
Routing
See exploded
K.
Surface view 2 pg. K.7 F
Raceway
C J K V See exploded
L. view 1 pg. K.6
Cabinets,
Racks & A B E H U
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Note: Office furniture raceway is designed to blend with its environment. Shown in white on office slate furniture for illustration purposes only.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
K.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
OFR20**6 Office Furniture Raceway OFR20MPT** Mid Panel Tee Fitting
1 (page K.8) L (page K.10)
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
OFCR70**6 Corner Raceway Base OFR20WE** Wall Entrance Fitting
A (page K.8) M (page K.10)
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
OFCRC70**6 Corner Raceway Cover OFR20RA** Right Angle Fitting
B (page K.8)
N (page K.10)
F.
Wireless
I.
OFR20OFCR70**4 Four Cubicle Drop OFR20IC** Inside Corner Fitting Physical
E Fitting (page K.9)
Q (page K.11) Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
OFR20OFCR70**2 Two Cubicle Drop OFR20OC** Outside Corner Fitting Underfloor
F Fitting (page K.9)
R (page K.11) Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
OFR20OFCR70**1 One Cubicle Drop OFR20CC** Coupler Fitting
G Fitting (page K.9)
S (page K.11) L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
OFCR70EC** End Cap Fitting OFR20EC** End Cap Fitting
H (page K.10)
T (page K.11) M.
Grounding &
Bonding
O.
OFR20DMB** Desk Mount Box OF70FH4** Horizontal Sloped Labeling &
K (page K.10) V Identification
Communication Snap-On Faceplate
(page K.11)
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). K.5
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Office Furniture Configurations
C.
Fiber
Optic Exploded View 1
Systems
Components Required See page
D.
Power A. OFR20OFCR70**4 = Four Cubicle Drop Fitting. K.9
over B. OFCR70**6 = Corner Raceway Base. K.8
Ethernet
C. OFCR70EC = End Cap Fitting. K.10
E. D. OF70FV4 = Vertical Sloped Communication
Zone Snap-On Faceplate. K.11
Cabling
E. Mini-Com Modules. Section B
F. OFCRC70**6 = Corner Raceway Cover. K.8
F.
Wireless
G.
A
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway F
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
E
M.
Grounding &
Bonding B
D
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling & C
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
K.6
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Office Furniture Configurations (continued)
C.
Fiber
Exploded View 2 Optic
Systems
Components Required See page
D.
A. OFR20SO** = Spill-Over Fitting. K.10 Power
over
B. OFVR5**6 = Vertical Raceway. K.8
Ethernet
C. OFR20DMB = Desk Mount Box. K.10
D. Mini-Com Modules.
E.
Section B Zone
E. OF70FH4** = Horizontal Sloped Communication Cabling
K.11
Snap-On Faceplate.
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
A
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
B
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
C M.
Grounding &
Bonding
D
N.
Industrial
E
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). K.7
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Way Office Furniture Raceway System
C.
Fiber UL listed in accordance with UL-5C requirements for Product supplied with adhesive backing for fast and
Optic Class 2 Communication Cable Management Systems easy installation
Systems
Maintains bend radius control throughout the entire Creates a virtually invisible solution for routing data
office furniture raceway system as required by cables on panels from all common manufacturers with
D. TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B a top cap width between 1.88" and 2.30"
Power
over Faceplates are compliant with the labeling requirements Designed for use with Pan-Net Connectivity, also
Ethernet of the TIA/EIA-606-A standard accepts all common manufacturers connectivity with use
Robust design and tamper resistant closure increases of a NEMA standard 70mm faceplate or module frame
E. product stability and prevents damage to cabling during
Zone and after installation
Cabling
F.
Wireless 1.71"
1.88"
G.
Outlets OFFICE FURNITURE RACEWAY
Internal Area = 2.31 Sq. In.
Office Beige (OB) Office Gray (OG) Office Slate (OS) Medium Tone (MT)
Std. Std.
H. Raceway Length Pkg. Ctn.
Media Part Number Part Description Size Color (Ft.) Qty. Qty.
Distribution
OFR20OB6 One-piece single channel low 1.88" x 1.71" Office 6 6 48
voltage raceway with adhesive (48.0mm x Beige
I. tape backing for data cable 44.0mm)
Physical routing along top of modular
Infrastructure furniture partitions.
Management Available in 6' lengths.
OFR20
J. OFR20OB8 One-piece single channel low 1.88" x 1.71" Office 8 8 64
Overhead & voltage raceway with adhesive (48.0mm x Beige
Underfloor tape backing for data cable 44.0mm)
Routing routing along top of modular
furniture partitions.
Available in 8' lengths.
K.
Surface For other colors, replace OB (Office Beige) with OS (Office Slate), OG (Office Gray), or MT (Medium Tone).
Raceway
Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks & Pan-Way Office Furniture Raceway Fittings
Cable
Management
Office furniture raceway fittings have been designed to maintain the TIA/EIA required 1" minimum bend radius for high
performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems
M.
Grounding &
Bonding Std. Std.
Labels Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Required Color Qty. Qty.
OFCR70OB6 Office furniture corner raceway base. Office 6 48
N. Used to terminate low voltage data Beige
Industrial
cabling in the corner at the intersection
of modular office furniture panels.
OFCR70 OFCRC70 Accepts 70mm standard faceplates.
O. Available in 6' lengths.
Labeling &
Identification OFCRC70OB6 Office furniture corner raceway cover. Office 6 48
Available in 6' lengths. Beige
K.8 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Way Office Raceway Fittings (continued)
C.
Fiber
Std. Std. Optic
Labels Pkg. Ctn. Systems
Part Number Part Description Required Color Qty. Qty.
D.
OFR20CPOB8 Communication pole. Allows for data Office 1
Power
cable entry into office furniture raceway Beige over
from suspended ceiling. 8' pole allows Ethernet
maximum 7' distance from top of
OFR20CP furniture partition to ceiling.
Must be used with OFR20MPT**. E.
Note: Not intended for use at Zone
intersection of furniture panels. Cabling
Q.
Index
Table continues on page K.10
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). K.9
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Way Office Raceway Fittings (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
Std. Std.
Labels Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Required Color Qty. Qty.
D.
Power OFCR70ECOB Corner raceway end cap fitting. Opening Office 1 10
over allows cord passage through fitting such Beige
Ethernet as monitor and keyboard cables. Supplied
OFRCR70EC with adhesive tape.
For other colors, replace OB (Office Beige) with OS (Office Slate), OG (Office Gray), or MT (Medium Tone).
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
K.10 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Way Office Raceway Fittings (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Std. Std.
Systems
Labels Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Required Color Qty. Qty.
D.
OFR20ICOB Inside corner fitting. Used to join sections Office 1 10 Power
of office furniture raceway at inside Beige over
OFR20IC OFR20OC corner. Supplied with adhesive tape. Ethernet
OFR20OCOB Outside corner fitting. Used to join Office 1 10
sections of office furniture raceway at Beige E.
outside corner. Zone
Supplied with adhesive tape. Cabling
OFR20CCOB-X Coupler fitting. For use with office Office 10 100
furniture raceway. Beige
OFR20CC F.
OFR20LCOB Long coupler fitting (with base). Used to Office 1 10
bridge office furniture raceway between Beige Wireless
panel sections. Can also be used to fill
void left by spill-over fitting, when furniture
partitions are reconfigured.
Supplied with adhesive tape. G.
Outlets
OFR20ECOB End cap fitting. Used to terminate office Office 1 10
OFR20LC furniture raceway. Beige
Supplied with adhesive tape.
H.
OF70FH2OB Snap-on single gang horizontal sloped One Office 1 10 Media
communication faceplate. Accepts up to 1-Port Beige Distribution
two Panduit Mini-Com Modules One
(not included). No additional mounting 2-Port
hardware required. I.
TIA/EIA-606-A compliant. Physical
OFR20EC OF70FH2 Infrastructure
OF70FV2OB Snap-on single gang vertical sloped One Office 1 10 Management
communication faceplate. Accepts up to 1-Port Beige
two Panduit Mini-Com Modules One J.
(not included). No additional mounting 2-Port Overhead &
hardware required. Underfloor
TIA/EIA-606-A compliant. Routing
OF70FH4OB Snap-on single gang horizontal sloped One Office 1 10
communication faceplate. Accepts up to 1-Port Beige K.
four Panduit Mini-Com Modules One Surface
OF70FV2 OF70FH4 (not included). No additional mounting 4-Port Raceway
hardware required.
TIA/EIA-606-A compliant.
L.
OF70FV4OB Snap-on single gang vertical sloped One Office 1 10 Cabinets,
communication faceplate. Accepts up to 1-Port Beige Racks &
four Panduit Mini-Com Modules One Cable
Management
(not included). No additional mounting 4-Port
hardware required.
TIA/EIA-606-A compliant. M.
Grounding &
OF70FV4 OF70PG OF70PGOB Snap-on single gang rectangular One Office 1 Bonding
communication faceplate. In 1-Port Beige
communication applications, covers one One
standard rectangular communication 4-Port
module frame. No additional mounting N.
hardware required. Industrial
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). K.11
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Cable Fill Capacities for Office Furniture
C.
Fiber
Optic This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according
Systems to the cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
A = 2.31 in.2
G.
Outlets Cable fill #1: Open channel
without devices
H.
Media MAX for Data = 60% cable fill The maximum cable quantity based
SPEC = 40% cable fill The recommended design in cable
Distribution on cable interweaving and packing factors.
capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds, and changes.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J. Fiber Optic
Overhead & Electrical Cables Data Grade Cables Cat. 6A (SD) Audio/Video Cable
Underfloor 14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM
Routing 6A (SD) RG6 2 Strand
Raceway Type and Fill Area THHN/T90 Cat. 6 Cat. 6A
Configuration (in2) 0.111 0.130 0.164 DIA. = 0.240 DIA. = 0.300 DIA. = 0.240 DIA. = 0.275 DIA. = 0.175
K. FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL
Surface MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX
Raceway (UL Temp Rise Test) 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60%
OFR20 2.3 20 30 13 19 20 30 15 23 38 57
L.
Cabinets, AWG dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in inches.
Racks & The above cable diameters represent the nominal Panduit cable diameter per performance level. For specific cable fill information based on specific part
Cable numbers, please contact Panduit customer service.
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
K.12 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
NOTES C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). K.13
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
LD Surface Raceway Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
O
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
See exploded
F. view 2 pg. K.17
Wireless
H
G.
Outlets
1 G
B
H.
Media
Distribution
A J
L N
I.
Physical C K
Infrastructure F M
Management
2
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway D See exploded
view 1 pg. K.16
L.
Cabinets, E
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
K.14
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
LD10 Raceway Optic
1 (page K.18) G
CF10** Coupler Fitting Systems
(page K.19)
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
LD5 Raceway
2 (page K.18)
E.
Zone
ICF10** Inside Corner Fitting
H (page K.19)
Cabling
F.
Wireless
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
JBX3510** Single Gang Cable
Management
D Two-Piece Snap-Together Box UIT70FV4** Ultimate ID
(page K.25) M Four-Position Sloped Vertical M.
Snap-On Faceplates Grounding &
(page K.22) Bonding
N.
Industrial
CPG** Single Gang Rectangular
E Screw-On Faceplate
N
RAF10** Right Angle Fitting
(page K.23) (page K.19) O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
DCF10** Drop Ceiling/Entrance Accessories
OCF10** Outside Corner Fitting
F (page K.19)
O End Fitting
(page K.19)
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). K.15
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
LD Configurations
C.
Fiber
Optic Exploded View 1
Systems
Components Required See page
D.
Power A. CPG = Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On
over Faceplate (screws included). K.23
Ethernet
B. CFG2 = Mini-Com Module Frame 2-Port. G.16
C. Mini-Com Modules.
Section B
E.
Zone D. JBX3510 = Single Gang Two-Piece Snap K.25
Cabling Together Box.
F.
Wireless
G. D
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
B
I.
A C
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
K.16
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
LD Configurations (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Exploded View 2 Systems
Components Required See page
D.
A. UIT70FV2 = Ultimate ID Sloped Vertical
Power
Snap-On Faceplate 2-Port. K.22 over
Ethernet
B. Mini-Com Modules.
Section B
C. JBP2FS = Fast-Snap Double Gang Power Rated
K.26 E.
Surface Mount Outlet Box. Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
C H.
B Media
Distribution
I.
A Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). K.17
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Way LD Surface Raceway System
C.
Fiber For routing data and low voltage cabling FT4 rated
Optic
Systems One-piece hinged design allows cables to be laid in Terminates using surface mount outlet box solutions or
Factory applied adhesive backing speeds installation Panduit Mini-Com Surface Mount Boxes
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
.94"
.60" .60"
E.
Zone
Cabling 1.51" 1.01" 1.01"
LD10 LD5 LD3
Internal Area = 1.00 Sq. In. Internal Area = .38 Sq. In. Internal Area = .21 Sq. In.
Std.
F. Raceway Length Ctn.
Wireless Part Number Part Description Size Color (Ft.) Qty.
LD3 Surface Raceway
LD3IW6-A One-piece latching surface raceway. Supplied .77" x .46" Off 6 120
G. with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. (20.0mm x White
Outlets Available in 6', 8', and 10' lengths. 12.0mm)
LD3IW8-A 8 160
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
K.18 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Standard Fittings for Low Voltage Applications
C.
Fiber
Std. Optic
Pkg. Systems
Part Number Part Description Color Qty.
CF3IW-E Coupler fitting for use with LD3 raceway. Off 20 D.
White Power
CF5IW-E Coupler fitting for use with LD5 raceway. Off 20 over
CF RAF White Ethernet
ICF10IW-X Inside corner fitting for use with LD10 raceway. Off 10
White
H.
TF ECF OCF3IW-E Outside corner fitting for use with LD3 raceway. Off 20 Media
White Distribution
OCF5IW-E Outside corner fitting for use with LD5 raceway. Off 20
White
I.
OCF10IW-X Outside corner fitting for use with LD10 raceway. Off 10 Physical
White Infrastructure
TF3IW-E Tee fitting for use with LD3 raceway. Off 20 Management
White
TF5IW-E Tee fitting for use with LD5 raceway. Off 20 J.
CRFC DCF Overhead &
White
Underfloor
TF10IW-X Tee fitting for use with LD10 raceway. Off 10 Routing
White
ECF3IW-E End cap fitting for use with LD3 raceway. Off 20 K.
White Surface
ECF5IW-E End cap fitting for use with LD5 raceway. Off 20 Raceway
White
ECF10IW-X End cap fitting for use with LD10 raceway. Off 10 L.
White Cabinets,
FBA RF Racks &
CRFC5IW-X Four way cross fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 raceway. Off 10 Cable
White Management
DCF3IW-X Drop ceiling/entrance end fitting for use with LD3 raceway. Off 10
White M.
Grounding &
DCF5IW-X Drop ceiling/entrance end fitting for use with LD5 raceway. Off 10 Bonding
White
DCF10IW-X Drop ceiling/entrance end fitting for use with LD10 raceway. Off 10
White
N.
FBA5IW-X Fire box adapter for use with LD5/LDPH5 profile raceway. Off 10 Industrial
NOTE: For low voltage applications only. White
FBA10IW-X Fire box adapter for use with LD10/LDPH10 profile raceway. Off 10
NOTE: For low voltage applications only. White O.
RF5X3IW-E Reducer fitting for LD raceway from size 5 to size 3. For use with Off 20 Labeling &
LD5 and LD3 raceway. For in-line terminations, use with CF5**. White Identification
RF10X3IW-X Reducer fitting for LD raceway from size 10 to size 3. For use with Off 10
LD3 and LD10 raceway. For in-line terminations, use with CF10**. White P.
Cable
RF10X5IW-X Reducer fitting for LD raceway from size 10 to size 5. For use with Off 10 Management
LD5 and LD10 raceway. For in-line terminations, use with CF10**. White Accessories
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). K.19
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
One Inch Bend Radius Fittings for TIA/EIA Compliance
C.
Fiber
Optic One inch bend radius fittings are designed to maintain the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for
Systems high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems
Std.
D. Pkg.
Power Part Number Part Description Color Qty.
over
Ethernet CFX3IW-X Coupler fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 raceway. Off 10
White
CFX5IW-X Coupler fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
E.
CFX RAFC White
Zone
Cabling CFX10IW-X Coupler fitting for use with LD10, LDPH10, and LD2P10 raceway. Off 10
White
RAFC3IW-X Right angle fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 raceway. Off 10
F. White
Wireless RAFC5IW-X Right angle fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
White
RAFC10IW-X Right angle fitting for use with LD10 and LDPH10 raceway. Off 10
White
G. ICFC OCFX
Outlets ICFC3IW-X Inside corner fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 raceway. Off 10
White
ICFC5IW-X Inside corner fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
H. White
Media ICFC10IW-X Inside corner fitting for use with LD10 and LDPH10 raceway. Off 10
Distribution White
OCFX3IW-X Outside corner fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 raceway. Off 10
I. White
Physical OCFX5IW-X Outside corner fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
Infrastructure TFC CRFC5
White
Management
OCFX10IW-X Outside corner fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 raceway. Off 10
White
J.
Overhead & TFC3IW-X Tee fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 raceway. Off 10
Underfloor White
Routing
TFC5IW-X Tee fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
White
K. ECFX DCEFX TFC10IW-X Tee fitting for use with LD10 and LDPH10 raceway. Off 10
Surface White
Raceway
CRFC5IW-X Four way cross fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
White
L.
Cabinets, ECFX3IW-X End cap fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 raceway. Off 10
Racks & White
Cable ECFX5IW-X End cap fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
Management
White
ECFX10IW-X End cap fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 raceway. Off 10
M. RAEFX RFX
Grounding & White
Bonding DCEFXIW-X Drop ceiling/entrance end fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, Off 10
LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10 and LDPH10 raceway. Use CA3 or CA5 White
adapters for LD3 or LD5 profile raceway.
N. RAEFXIW-X Right angle/entrance end fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, Off 10
Industrial LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10 and LDPH10 raceway. CA3 or CA5 White
adapters for LD3 or LD5 profile raceway.
RFX53IW-X Reducer fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD5, LDPH5 and Off 10
O. LDS5 raceway. For in-line terminations, use with CFX5**. White
Labeling & RFX103IW-X Reducer fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LD10 and LDPH10 Off 10
Identification raceway. For in-line terminations, use with CFX10**. White
RFX105IW-X Reducer fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10 and LDPH10 Off 10
P. raceway. For in-line terminations, use with CFX10**. White
Cable
Management For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
Accessories
Q.
Index
K.20 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Cable Fill Capacities for LD Raceway
C.
Fiber
This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according Optic
to the cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc. Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
LD3 LD5 LD10
.21 in.2 .38 in.2 1.00 in.2
F.
Wireless
SPEC = 40% cable fill The recommended design in cable MAX for Data = 60% cable fill The maximum cable quantity based
capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds, and changes. on cable interweaving and packing factors. G.
Outlets
H.
Media
FIber Optic Distribution
Electrical Cables Audio/Video Cable
14 12 10 Data Grade Cables
Fill AWG AWG AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM I.
Raceway Type & Physical
Area THHN/T90 Cat 5e Plenum Cat. 6 Cat. 6A Cat. 6A (SD) RG6 2 Strand
Configuration Infrastructure
(in2) 0.111 0.130 0.164 DIA. = 0.193 DIA. = 0.24 DIA. = 0.30 DIA. = 0.24 DIA. = 0.275 DIA. = 0.175
Management
FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL
MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX
J.
(UL Temp Rise Test) 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% Overhead &
LD3 0.21 ** ** ** 2 4 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 3 5 Underfloor
LD5 0.38 ** ** ** 5 7 3 5 2 3 3 5 2 3 6 9 Routing
LD10 1.00 ** ** ** 13 20 8 13 5 8 8 13 6 10 16 24
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). K.21
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Panduit Mini-Com Ultimate ID Sloped Snap-On Faceplates
C.
Fiber For use with Panduit raceway: LD, T-45, T-70, Twin-70, Computer printable label sheets for desktop printers
Optic TG-70, Pan-Pole Outlet Pole and Fast-Snap Outlet and write-on labels available
Systems Boxes Supplied with clear station and port label covers,
Snap into raceway channel or outlet box and requires labels sold separately
D.
Power
no additional mounting hardware or adapters greatly Replacement label covers available
over reducing installation time
Optional icons available
Ethernet Meet stringent UL5A standard for non-metallic raceways
Ultimate ID components are part of a complete
Accept Mini-Com Modules for STP and UTP fiber optic system for identification designed to efficiently support
E. and coax, which snap in and out for easy moves, adds, TIA/EIA-606-A standard labeling requirements
Zone and changes
Cabling
Can be clearly identified with the PanTher LS8E or
the Cougar LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers
F.
Wireless
Std. Std.
G. Labels Pkg. Ctn.
Outlets Part Number Part Description Required* Color Qty. Qty.
UIT70FH2IW Single gang, horizontal sloped One 1-Port Off 1 10
communication snap-on faceplate accepts One 2-Port White
H.
up to two Mini-Com Modules.
Media UIT70FH2 UIT70FH4
Distribution UIT70FH4IW Single gang, horizontal sloped One 1-Port Off 1 10
communication snap-on faceplate accepts One 4-Port White
up to four Mini-Com Modules.
I.
Physical UIT70FV2IW Single gang, vertical sloped communication One 1-Port Off 1 10
Infrastructure snap-on faceplate accepts up to two One 2-Port White
Management Mini-Com Modules.
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), or IG (International Gray).
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management Component Labels for Mini-Com Ultimate ID Sloped Snap-On
M.
Faceplates for Use with Panduit Mini-Com Modules
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
Q.
Index
K.22 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Way Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates for Use With
C.
Panduit Mini-Com Modules Fiber
Optic
Can be used with Pan-Way Cove, TG-70, T-70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, Fast-Snap Outlet Boxes and Systems
Pan-Pole Aluminum Outlet Pole
D.
Std. Std. Power
Pkg. Ctn. over
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. Ethernet
T70FH2IW Snap-on horizontal sloped communication faceplate. Accepts Off 1 10
two Panduit Mini-Com Modules (not included). No additional White
E.
mounting hardware required.
Zone
T70FH2 T70FH4 Cabling
T70FH4IW Snap-on horizontal sloped communication faceplate. Accepts Off 1 10
four Panduit Mini-Com Modules (not included). No additional White
mounting hardware required.
F.
T70FV2IW Snap-on vertical sloped communication faceplate. Accepts two Off 1 10 Wireless
Panduit Mini-Com Modules (not included). No additional White
mounting hardware required.
I.
T70PGIW Snap-on single gang rectangular electrical/communication Off 1 10
Physical
faceplate. Used to cover one NEMA standard rectangular White Infrastructure
electrical outlet. In communication applications, covers one Management
T70P T70PG standard rectangular communication module frame.
J.
T70PSIW Snap-on single gang 106 duplex communication faceplate. Off 1 10 Overhead &
Used to cover one NEMA standard 106 duplex communication White Underfloor
module frame. Module frame screw mounts directly to Routing
underside of snap-on faceplate. No mounting device needed.
Supplied with one mounting screw.
NOTE: Not for use with electrical devices. K.
Surface
T70PS T70PGS Raceway
T70PGSIW Snap-on single gang rectangular communication faceplate. Off 1 10
Used to cover one NEMA standard rectangular communication White
module frame. Module frame screw mounts directly to L.
underside of snap-on faceplate. No mounting device needed. Cabinets,
Supplied with two mounting screws. Racks &
Cable
NOTE: Not for use with electrical devices. Management
CP106IW Screw-on single gang 106 duplex faceplate. Covers one Off 1 10
NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlet or one standard White M.
106 communication module frame. Grounding &
CP106 CP106**-2G Bonding
CP106IW-2G Screw-on double gang 106 duplex faceplate. Covers two Off 1 10
NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlets or two standard White
106 communication module frames.
N.
CPGIW Screw-on single gang rectangular faceplate. Covers one Off 1 10 Industrial
NEMA standard rectangular electrical outlet or one standard White
rectangular communication module frame.
CPGIW-2G Screw-on double gang rectangular faceplate. Covers two Off 1 10
O.
NEMA standard rectangular electrical outlets or two standard White
Labeling &
CPG CPG**-2G rectangular communication module frames. Identification
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). K.23
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Component Labels for Pan-Way Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates for
C.
Fiber Use with Panduit Mini-Com Modules
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
K.24 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Way Low Voltage Surface Mount Outlet Boxes
C.
Fiber
JBX3510 assembles without the use of screws for JB1 and JB1D are a one-piece design requiring Optic
faster installation no assembly Systems
JBX3510, JB1, JB1FS, JBP2FS, and JB1D are supplied
with adhesive backing to speed installation D.
Power
over
Std. Std. Ethernet
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
E.
JBX3510IW-A Single gang two-piece snap together outlet box with International 1 10 Zone
adhesive backing. Box accepts Pan-Way Screw-On White Cabling
Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang
faceplate. For use with Pan-Way T45 or LD profile
raceway. 5.00"L x 3.26"W x 1.62"H (127.1mm x
82.7mm x 41.1mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" F.
diameter conduit. Wireless
JBX3510 JB1 JB1IW-A Single gang one-piece outlet box with adhesive International 1 10
backing. Box accepts Pan-Way Screw-On White
Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang
G.
faceplate. For use with Pan-Way LD profile raceway. Outlets
5.09"L x 3.34"W x 1.75"H (129.4mm x 85.0mm x
44.4mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter
conduit.
JB1DIW-A Single gang one-piece deep outlet box with adhesive International 1 10 H.
backing. Box accepts Pan-Way Screw-On White Media
Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang Distribution
faceplate. For use with Pan-Way LD profile raceway.
5.23"L x 3.48"W x 2.75"H (133.0mm x 88.5mm x I.
69.8mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter Physical
conduit. Infrastructure
JB1D JBP2 JBP2IW Double gang two-piece screw together outlet box. International 1 10 Management
Box accepts Pan-Way Screw-On Faceplates or any White
NEMA standard double gang faceplates. For use with J.
Pan-Way LD profile raceway. 5.05"L x 5.05"W x Overhead &
1.62"H (128.2mm x 128.2mm x 41.1mm). Breakouts Underfloor
for 1/2" or 3/4" diameter conduit. Routing
For other colors replace IW (International White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). K.25
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Pan-Way Low Voltage Surface Mount Outlet Boxes (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
D. Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Power JB1FSIW-A Single gang two-piece snap together outlet box with International 1 10
over
Ethernet adhesive backing. Box accepts Pan-Way Snap-On White
Faceplates. For use with Pan-Way T-45 or LD profile
raceway. 5.00"L x 3.26"W x 1.62"H (127.1mm x
E. 82.7mm x 41.1mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1"
Zone diameter conduit.
Cabling JB1FSDIW-A Fast-Snap Single Gang Two-Piece Snap Together International 1 10
JB1FS JB1FSD Deep Outlet Box with adhesive backing. Box accepts White
Pan-Way Snap-On Faceplates. For use with Pan-
Way T-45 or LD profile raceway. 5.16"L x 3.41"W x
F.
Wireless 2.75"H (131.1mm x 86.7mm x 69.8mm). Breakouts
for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.
JBP1FSIW Single gang power rated two-piece snap together Off White 1 10
outlet box. Box accepts Pan-Way Snap-On
G. Faceplates. For use with Pan-Way T-45 or LD, LDP,
Outlets LDPH, LDS profile raceways. 5.00"L x 3.26"W x
1.62"H (127.1mm x 82.7mm x 41.1mm). Breakouts
JBP2FS for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.
JBP1FS
H. JBP2FSIW Double gang power rated two-piece snap together International 1 10
Media outlet box. Box accepts Pan-Way Snap-On White
Distribution Faceplates. For use with Pan-Way T-45 or LD profile
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
K.26 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Panduit provides leading edge pre-configured physical infrastructures, cabinets, racks, and cable D.
Power
management solutions for telecommunications equipment rooms, data centers, and premise wiring over
Ethernet
applications. As the demand for system performance increases, it becomes essential to protect and
manage cables to maintain system reliability and scalability. Panduit continues to provide innovative E.
products that create end-to-end solutions for managing, protecting, and showcasing your network for Zone
Cabling
the lowest cost of ownership.
Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures for F.
Cisco^ UCS, Nexus 7010, Catalyst 6509 and Nexus Wireless
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.1
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber Panduit Pre-Configured Physical
Optic
Systems Infrastructures for Cisco^ UCS, Nexus,
and Catalyst Platforms
D.
Power
over Optimized for Power, Cooling, and Performance
Ethernet
Scalability
H.
Media Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures for Cisco^ UCS, Nexus, and Catalyst platforms are designed to support various
Distribution line card and equipment densities, thus enabling business growth and agility across the entire offering. Panduit Pre-Configured
Physical Infrastructures also accommodate migration from 10G to 40G/100G Ethernet with minimum investment and downtime.
I.
Physical Making changes to a Cisco^ UCS, Nexus, or Catalyst platform deployment is easy, with modular QuickNet Patch Panels and
Infrastructure connectivity enabling quick migration to higher speeds.
Management
J.
Optimized Power and Thermal Management
Overhead &
Underfloor Equipment configurations ensure even power usage within an individual cabinet and across multiple cabinets, minimizing hot
Routing
spots that can impact system performance and reliability. Panduit Power Outlet Units (POUs) are available separately to
provide optimal capacity and redundancy across all Cisco^ UCS, Nexus, and Catalyst platforms. Panduit Pre-Configured
K.
Surface Physical Infrastructures for Cisco^ UCS, Nexus, and Catalyst platforms conserve energy by establishing front-to-back airflow
Raceway
patterns and synergistic physical layouts to maximize power and thermal efficiencies.
L.
Cabinets, Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures for Cisco^ UCS, Nexus, and Catalyst platforms offer high-density, optimum
Racks & heat load data center designs for greater thermal efficiencies.
Cable
Management Perforated cabinet doors and cabinet frame designs that maximize airflow area
M. Optional Vertical Exhaust Systems (VES) that isolate and duct hot exhaust air to the hot air return plenum
Grounding & to improve hot/cold air separation, thus enabling cooling efficiency
Bonding
Vertical air dams and sealing features that minimize leak paths between hot and cold aisles, ensuring that
valuable cooling goes through equipment
N.
Industrial Thermal load distributions within cabinets that maximize the availability of cooling airflow
When combined with additional Panduit passive, optimized thermal management solutions, Panduit Pre-Configured Physical
O. Infrastructures for Cisco^ UCS, Nexus, and Catalyst platforms can provide substantial reductions in the energy costs of a
Labeling &
Identification typical data center.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc.
L.2 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
The Cisco^ Unified Computing System (UCS) is a next-generation data center platform that unites compute, network, storage D.
Power
access, and virtualization into a cohesive system. Panduits Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures support the deployment of over
Ethernet
up to five UCS Blade Server Chassis within various cabinet footprints that optimize the physical infrastructure for the UCS server
architectures. Three different cabinet widths are offered including:
E.
32-inch version with Net-Access Cabinet that provides maximum room for cable management, POUs and easy Zone
Cabling
access to serviceable parts such as cards, fans and power supplies
28-inch version with Net-SERV Cabinet for customers seeking a balance between floor space and cable
management area F.
Wireless
24-inch version with Net-SERV Cabinet maximizes floor space utilization for traditional deployments on raised
floors. The trade-off for the narrower width is the reduction in space for cable management, and accessibility to
the serviceable items
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
SFP+ Cables are available as an option for Surface
Cisco UCS Deployments Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
N.
Std. Industrial
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
CQ5108CS1B Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for UCS Base with 32" wide Net-Access Cabinet and all necessary 1
cable management, grounding jumpers, and patch panels pre-assembled together. O.
Labeling &
Identification
CQ5108S752B Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for UCS Base with 28" wide Net-SERV Cabinet and all necessary 1
cable management, grounding jumpers, and patch panels pre-assembled together.
P.
CQ5108S652B Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for UCS Base with 24" wide Net-SERV Cabinet and all necessary 1 Cable
cable management, grounding jumpers, and patch panels pre-assembled together. Management
Accessories
Cisco^ UCS Blade Servers not included in the part numbers above. Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures are shipped on standard pallets.
For applications that require shock-resistant packaging to facilitate pre-mounting of active electronics, please consult Panduit Customer Service.
^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology Inc. Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.3
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for the Cisco^
Optic
Systems Nexus 7010 Switch
D. The Cisco^ Nexus 7010 Switch enables data center stakeholders to deploy a highly scalable 10 Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) network
Power
over that supports virtualization technologies for consolidation of multiple applications over a smaller number of more powerful servers
Ethernet
and switches. Panduits Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures support the deployment of Cisco^ Nexus 7010 platforms with
pre-assembled configurations that are offered in versions that meet typical copper and fiber line card provisioning
E.
Zone schemes including:
Cabling
Medium Fiber for switch provisions requiring up to (4) 32-port fiber line cards
Medium Copper for switch provisions requiring up to (4) 48-port copper line cards
F.
Wireless Heavy Copper for switch provisions requiring up to (6) 48-port copper line cards
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks & (Nexus 7010 Heavy Copper
Cable Pre-Configured Physical
Management
Infrastructure shown)
M.
Grounding & Std.
Bonding Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
CQ7010CN1B "Base" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Nexus 7010 with Net-Access Cabinet, and all 1
necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, and patch panels pre-assembled together.
N.
Industrial
CQ7010CN1F4 "Medium Fiber" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Nexus 7010 with Net-Access Cabinet, 1
and all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and LC-LC patch cords (bulk
packaged to accommodate 4 additional fiber line cards) pre-assembled together.
O.
Labeling & CQ7010CN1C4 "Medium Copper" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Nexus 7010 with Net-Access Cabinet, 1
Identification and all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and copper CAT6 patch cords (bulk
packaged to accommodate 4 additional copper line cards) pre-assembled together.
P.
Cable CQ7010CN1C6 "Heavy Copper" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Nexus 7010 with Net-Access Cabinet, 1
Management and all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and CAT6 patch cords (bulk
Accessories packaged to accommodate 6 additional copper line cards) pre-assembled together.
Cisco^ Nexus 7010 Switch not included in the part numbers above. Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures are shipped on standard pallets.
Q. For applications that require shock-resistant packaging to facilitate pre-mounting of active electronics, please consult Panduit Customer Service.
Index ^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology Inc.
L.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
The Cisco^ Catalyst 6509 Switch provides high port densities that are ideal for many wiring closet, distribution, and core network D.
Power
deployments. Panduits Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures support the deployment of the Cisco^ Nexus 6509 switch with over
Ethernet
pre-assembled configurations that are offered in versions that meet 10 GbE density copper and fiber line card provisioning
schemes, including:
E.
Medium Fiber for switch provisions requiring up to (4) 32-port fiber line cards Zone
Cabling
Medium Copper for switch provisions requiring up to (4) 48-port copper line cards
Heavy Copper for switch provisions requiring up to (6) 48-port copper line cards
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
(Catalyst 6509 Heavy Copper Racks &
Pre-Configured Physical Cable
Management
Infrastructure shown)
M.
Std. Grounding &
Pkg. Bonding
Part Number Part Description Qty.
CQ6509CN1B "Base" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Catalyst 6509 with Net-Access Cabinet, and all 1
necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, and patch panels pre-assembled together.
N.
Industrial
CQ6509CN1F4 "Medium Fiber" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Catalyst 6509 with Net-Access Cabinet,
1
and all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and LC-LC patch cords (bulk
packaged to accommodate 4 additional fiber line cards) pre-assembled together.
O.
CQ6509CN1C4 "Medium Copper" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Catalyst 6509 with Net-Access 1 Labeling &
Cabinet, and all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and copper CAT6 patch Identification
cords (bulk packaged to accommodate 4 additional copper line cards) pre-assembled together.
P.
CQ6509CN1C6 "Heavy Copper" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Catalyst 6509 with Net-Access Cabinet, 1 Cable
and all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and CAT6 patch cords (bulk Management
packaged to accommodate 6 additional copper line cards) pre-assembled together. Accessories
Cisco^ Catalyst 6509 Switch not included in the part numbers above. Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures are shipped on standard pallets.
For applications that require shock-resistant packaging to facilitate pre-mounting of active electronics, please consult Panduit Customer Service. Q.
^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology Inc. Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.5
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for the Cisco^
Optic
Systems Nexus 7009 Switch
D. The Cisco^ Nexus 7009 Switch enables data center stakeholders to deploy a highly
Power
over scalable 10 Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) network that supports virtualization technologies
Ethernet
for consolidation of multiple applications over a smaller number of more powerful
servers and switches. All cabinet versions of Panduit pre-configured offerings for the
E.
Zone Nexus 7009 include newly designed intake duct to optimize cooling airflow.
Cabling
Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures support the deployment of Cisco^
Nexus 7009 Switch platforms with pre-assembled configurations that are offered in
F.
Wireless versions that meet typical copper and fiber line card provisioning schemes including:
Medium Fiber for switch provisions requiring up to (4) 32-port
fiber I/O Modules
G.
Outlets Medium Copper for switch provisions requiring up to (4) 48-port
copper I/O Modules
Heavy Copper for switch provisions requiring up to (6) 48-port
H. copper I/O Modules
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
(Nexus 7009 Heavy Copper
Pre-Configured Physical
J.
Overhead & Infrastructure shown)
Underfloor
Routing
K. Std.
Surface Pkg.
Raceway Item Part Description Qty.
CQ7009CN01 "Base" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Nexus 7009 with Net-Access Cabinet and intake 1
L. ducting, as well as all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, and patch panels.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable CQ7009CN02 "Medium Fiber" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Nexus 7009 with Net-Access Cabinet 1
Management and intake ducting, as well as all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and
MTP-LC Hydra cable assemblies (bulk packaged to accommodate four fiber I/O Modules).
M.
CQ7009CN03 "Medium Copper" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Nexus 7009 with Net-Access Cabinet 1
Grounding &
Bonding and intake ducting, as well as all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and
copper Category 6A patch cords (bulk packaged to accommodate four copper I/O Modules).
CQ7009CN04 "Heavy Copper" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Nexus 7009 with Net-Access Cabinet 1
N. and intake ducting, as well as all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and
Industrial copper Category 6A patch cords (bulk packaged to accommodate six copper I/O Modules).
Cisco^ Nexus 7009 Switch not included in the part numbers above. Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures are shipped on standard pallets.
O. For applications that require shock-resistant packaging to facilitate pre-mounting of active electronics, please consult Panduit Customer Service.
Labeling & ^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology Inc.
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
L.6 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Net-Access Cabinet System Fiber
Optic
Systems
Thermal Management and Cable Capacity for Switch and
Server Applications D.
Power
over
Net-Access Cabinets are the first choice for switch, server, and storage area network Ethernet
applications that require maximum thermal management capability, and the capacity to
manage high cable densities. E.
Zone
Cabling
Net-Access Switch Cabinet features include:
In-cabinet ducting solutions to enable optimized airflow of switches F.
with side-to-side airflow Wireless
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Net-Access Switch Cabinets are compatible with Cisco^ Nexus 7018, MDS9500 Series, and 6500 Racks &
Series Switches. Cable
Go to www.panduit.com/cisco1 for disclaimer. Management
Nexus 7018 and 7010 Applications are supported by Application Guides/Notes available at panduit.com. M.
Grounding &
^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc. Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.7
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Net-Access Cabinet Applications
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
UCS Nexus Nexus MDS Catalyst
Server 7018 7010 9513 6509
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management Net-Access Switch Cabinets are compatible with Cisco^ Nexus 7018, MDS9500 Series, and 6500 Series Switches.
Go to www.panduit.com/cisco1 for disclaimer.
J. Nexus 7018 and 7010 Applications are supported by Application Guides/Notes available at panduit.com.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing ^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc.
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
L.8
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Net-SERV Cabinet System Fiber
Optic
Systems
Optimized Thermal and Cable Management
for Server Applications D.
Power
over
Ethernet
Net-SERV Cabinets provide thermal and cable management to accommodate low to
high-density server deployments. Vertical exhaust ducting can be used to optimize airflow,
E.
reducing energy costs by up to 25%. Air sealing accessories prevent leaks and improve Zone
the utilization of cooling air. Cabling
L.
Cabinets,
Standard Density Server Configuration: Racks &
Cable
600mm (24") or 700mm (28") widths Management
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.9
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-Access Switch Cabinets Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Optic Manages, protects, and showcases your network by combining the aesthetics and security of a cabinet with
Systems the accessibility of an open rack
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
10
E.
Zone
Cabling
6
F.
Wireless
8 8
G.
Outlets 2
7
1
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
2
Physical
Infrastructure
Management 3
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface 6 9
Raceway
4
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
5
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
L.10 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-Access Switch Cabinets Roadmap (continued)
C.
Fiber
Cable Management Routing Options for Overhead Optic
1 Vertical cable pathway design
6 and Underfloor Cabling Systems
is optimized to provide Knockouts in the top allow
unobstructed access; cable multiple options for overhead D.
Power
management finger sections cable routing; large bottom over
can be located where needed openings provide pathways for Ethernet
on all four posts and align with routing cables from underfloor
rack spaces to ensure proper E.
bend radius control Zone
Cabling
Dual Hinged Door Adjustable Equipment Rails
2 Door can be opened 180 to left
7 Front and rear rails are fully
or right enabling unobstructed adjustable to accommodate a F.
variety of equipment and have Wireless
access to adjacent cabinets
and pathways printed rack space identification
G.
Outlets
Std.
Part Pkg.
G. Number Part Description Qty.
Outlets Net-Access
45 RU Switch Cabinets for Use in Hot Aisle/Cold Aisle Applications
CN1 Cabinet frame with top panel. Tapped equipment rails (12-24). 1
Dual hinge perforated front door opens to the left or right.
H. Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door swing footprint.
Media Solid side panels. (2)
Distribution Two sets of #12-24 threaded equipment mounting rails.
45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts.
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
I.
Physical CN1NU Cabinet frame with top panel. Tapped equipment rails (12-24). 1
Infrastructure Dual hinge perforated front door opens to the left or right.
Management Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door swing footprint.
Solid side panels. (2)
CN1 Two sets of #12-24 threaded equipment mounting rails mounted numbers up.
J.
Overhead & 45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts.
Underfloor Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
Routing CN1CN Cabinet frame with top panel. Cage nut rails (12-24). 1
Dual hinge perforated front door opens to the left or right.
Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door swing footprint.
K. Solid side panels. (2)
Surface
Raceway Two sets of #12-24 cage nut equipment mounting rails.
45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts.
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
L.
Cabinets, CN1CNNU Cabinet frame with top panel. Cage nut rails (12-24) mounted numbers up 1
Racks & Dual hinge perforated front door opens to the left or right.
Cable Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door swing footprint.
Management Solid side panels. (2)
CN2 Two sets of #12-24 cage nut equipment mounting rails numbered up.
M. 45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts.
Grounding & Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
Bonding CN1CNU Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
Split perforated front and rear doors open in the middle to minimize door
swing footprint.
Solid side panels. (2)
N.
Industrial Front cage nut equipment mounting rails mounted numbers up.
Rear extended cage nut equipment mounting rails mounted numbers up.
29.0" rail span.
45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts.
O. Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
Labeling &
CN2 Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
Identification
Dual hinge perforated front door opens to the left or right.
Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door swing footprint.
P. Two sets of #12-24 threaded equipment mounting rails.
Cable 45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts.
Management Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
Accessories
White cabinets also available upon request. Please consult Panduit Customer Service for lead-times.
Q.
Index
L.12 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-Access Switch Cabinets (continued)
C.
Std. Fiber
Part Pkg. Optic
Number Part Description Qty. Systems
CN2NU Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
Dual hinge perforated front door opens to the left or right. D.
Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door swing footprint. Power
Two sets of #12-24 threaded equipment mounting rails numbered up. over
45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts. Ethernet
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
CN2CN Cabinet frame with top panel. Cage nut rails (12-24). 1 E.
Dual hinge perforated front door opens to the left or right. Zone
Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door swing footprint. Cabling
CN3 Two sets of #12-24 cage nut equipment mounting rails.
45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts.
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
F.
CN2CNNU Cabinet frame with top panel. Cage nut rails (12-24) mounted numbers up. 1 Wireless
Dual hinge perforated front door opens to the left or right.
Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door swing footprint.
Two sets of #12-24 cage nut equipment mounting rails numbered up.
45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts. G.
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm) Outlets
CN2CNU Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
Dual hinge perforated front door opens to the left or right.
Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door swing footprint. H.
Front cage nut equipment mounting rails mounted numbers up. Media
Rear extended cage nut equipment mounting rails mounted numbers up. Distribution
CN4 29.0" rail span.
45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts.
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm) I.
Physical
CN2C Cabinet frame with top panel. 1 Infrastructure
Dual hinge perforated front door opens to the left or right. Management
Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door swing footprint.
Front cage nut equipment mounting rails mounted numbers up. J.
Rear extended cage nut equipment mounting rails mounted numbers up. Overhead &
29" rail span. 45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts. Underfloor
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134.0mm x 800.0mm x 1044.0mm) Routing
CN3 Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
Two sets of #12-24 threaded equipment mounting rails. K.
45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts. Surface
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 40.0"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1016mm) Raceway
CN5
CN3CN Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
Two sets of #12-24 cage nut equipment mounting rails. L.
45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts. Cabinets,
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 40.0"D (2134.0mm x 800.0mm x 1016.0mm) Racks &
Cable
CN3CNNU Cabinet frame with top panel. Cage nut rails (12-24) mounted numbers up. 1 Management
Two sets of #12-24 cage nut equipment mounting rails numbered up.
45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts. M.
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 40.0"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm) Grounding &
CN3CNU Cabinet frame with top panel. 1 Bonding
Front cage nut equipment mounting rails mounted numbers up.
Rear extended cage nut equipment mount rails mounted numbers up.
29" rail span. 45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts. N.
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 40.0"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1016mm) Industrial
CN3C Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
Front cage nut equipment mounting rails mounted numbers up.
Rear extended cage nut equipment rails mounted numbers up. O.
29" rail span. Labeling &
45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts. Identification
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 40.0"D (2134.0mm x 800.0mm x 1044.0mm)
CN4 Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
P.
Split perforated front and rear doors open in the middle to minimize door Cable
swing footprint. Management
Solid side panels. (2) Accessories
Set of two #12-24 threaded equipment mounting rails.
45 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts.
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 40.0"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1017mm)
Q.
White cabinets also available upon request. Please consult Panduit Customer Service for lead-times. Index
Table continues on page L.14
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.13
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Q.
Index
L.14 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.15
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Cisco^ Nexus 7018 Cabinet Solution
C.
Fiber
Optic Engineered to provide a best in class solution for Cisco Offered in both 42 RU and 45 RU heights to meet your
Systems Nexus 7018 switches data centers height requirement
Available for multiple architectures including: hot aisle/cold Inlet duct, exhaust duct or vertical blanking panels are
D. aisle applications, cold aisle containment applications, and preinstalled on the cabinet
Power vertical exhaust duct applications Cabinet ships assembled, one per pallet
over
Ethernet
Std.
E. Pkg.
Zone Part Number Part Description Qty.
Cabling
Net-Access 42 RU and 45 RU 7018 Cabinets for Use in Hot Aisle/Cold
Aisle Applications
CN3847018NU Net-Access Network Cabinet for 7018 switch, 45 RU, #12-24 1
F. threaded rails, numbers up, intake and exhaust ducts, and cable
Wireless
management fingers.
Net-Access Dimensions: 39.5"W x 48.0"D x 84"H (1003mm x 1219mm x 2134mm)
7018 Cabinets CN5847018NU Net-Access Network Cabinet for 7018 switch, 45 RU, #12-24 1
G. threaded rails, numbers up, split perforated front door, split perforated
Outlets rear door, intake and exhaust ducts, and cable management fingers.
Dimensions: 39.5"W x 48.9"D x 84"H (1003mm x 1242mm x 2134mm)
CN4847018NU Net-Access Network Cabinet for 7018 switch, 45 RU, #12-24 1
H. threaded rails, numbers up, split perforated front door, split perforated
Media rear door, side panels (2), intake and exhaust ducts, and cable
Distribution management fingers.
Dimensions: 39.5"W x 48.9"D x 84"H (1003mm x 1242mm x 2134mm)
Q.
Index
L.16 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinets Recommended for
C.
Cisco^ Nexus 7010 Switch Fiber
Optic
Engineered to provide a best in class solution for 31.5"W x 48"D (800mm x 1219mm) Frame Systems
Cisco^ Nexus 7010 switches Cabinet ships assembled, one per pallet
D.
Offered in both 42 RU and 45 RU heights to meet your Power
data centers height requirement over
Ethernet
Std.
Pkg. E.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Zone
Cabling
Net-Access 42 RU and 45 RU Extended Switch Cabinets for Use in Hot Aisle/Cold
Aisle Applications
CN18NU Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinet, front dual hinge door, rear split 1
doors, (2) side panels, #12-24 tapped equipment rails mounted numbers up. F.
Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.9"D x 84.0"H (800mm x 1242mm x 2134mm) Wireless
45 RU
Net-Access
7010 Cabinets CN182CNNU Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinet, front dual hinge door, rear split 1
doors (2) cage nut equipment rails mounted numbers up. G.
Dimensions: 31.5"W (800mm) x 48.9"D (1242mm) x 78.8"H (2000mm) Outlets
42 RU
CN28 Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinet, front dual hinge door, rear 1
perforated split doors, no side panels, #12-24 rails. H.
Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.9"D x 84"H (800mm x 1242mm x 2134mm) 45 RU Media
Distribution
CN28NU Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinet, front dual hinge door, rear 1
perforated split doors, no side panels, #12-24 rails mounted numbers up.
Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.9"D x 84.0"H (800mm x 1242mm x 2134mm) I.
45 RU Physical
Infrastructure
CN28CNNU Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinet, front dual hinge door, rear split 1 Management
doors, no side panels, cage nut equipment rails mounted numbers up.
Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.9"D x 84.0"H (800mm x 1242mm x 2134mm)
J.
45 RU Overhead &
CN28CNU Net-Access Extended SwitchCabinet, single perforated front door, split 1 Underfloor
perforated rear doors, front cage nut equipment mounting rails mounted Routing
numbers up, rear extended cage nut equipment mounting rails create a
29.0" mounting range and cable management on front and rear of
K.
front posts. Surface
Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.0"D x 84.0"H (800mm x 1219mm x 2134mm) Raceway
45 RU
CN348 Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinet, no doors, no side panels. 1 L.
#12-24 rails. Cabinets,
Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48"D x 84"H (800mm x 1219mm x 2134mm) 45 RU Racks &
Cable
Net-Access 42 RU and 45 RU Extended Switch Cabinets for Use in Cold Aisle Management
Containment Applications
CN28BNU Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinet, front dual hinge door, rear 1 M.
perforated split doors, no side panels, vertical blanking panels, Grounding &
#12-24 rails mounted numbers up. Bonding
Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.9"D x 84"H (800mm x 1242mm x 2134mm) 45 RU
CN28BCNNU Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinet, front dual hinge door, rear 1
perforated split doors, no side panels, vertical blanking panels, cage nut N.
rails mounted numbers up. Industrial
Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.9"D x 84.0"H (800mm x 1242mm x 2134mm)
45 RU
^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc. O.
White cabinets also available upon request. Please consult Panduit Customer Service for lead-times. Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Table continues on page L.18
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.17
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinets Recommended for
C.
Fiber Cisco^ Nexus 7010 Switch (continued)
Optic
Systems
Std.
D. Pkg.
Power Part Number Part Description Qty.
over
Ethernet CN28BLNU Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinet, front dual hinge door, rear 1
perforated split doors, (1) side panel left side, vertical blanking panels,
#12-24 rails mounted numbers up.
E. Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.9"D x 84"H (800mm x 1242mm x 2134mm) 45 RU
Zone
Cabling CN28BLCNNU Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinet, front dual hinge door, rear 1
perforated split doors, (1) side panel left side, vertical blanking panels,
cage nut rails mounted numbers up.
Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.9"D x 84"H (800mm x 1242mm x 2134mm) 45 RU
F.
Wireless CN282BCNNU Net-Access Extended Switch Cabinet, front dual hinge door, rear 1
perforated split doors,cage nut rails (2) mounted numbers up.
42 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts.
Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.9"D x78.8" (800mm x 1242mm x 2000mm)
G.
Outlets Net-Access 45 RU Extended Switch Cabinets for Use in Vertical Exhaust Duct
Applications
CN28HBNU Net-Access VED Cabinet, front dual hinge door, rear solid split door, high 1
flow top cap vertical blanking panels, #12-24 rails mounted numbers up.
H. Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.9"D x 84"H (800mm x 1242mm x 2134mm) 45 RU
Media
Distribution CN28HBCNNU 45 RU, 800 Wide x 1200 Deep - Vertical Exhaust Duct Switch cabinet, no 1
side panels, vertical blanking panels, cage nut equipment rails mounted
numbers up
I.
Physical Net-Access Vertical Exhaust Duct
Infrastructure CVED32VE Variable duct extension is infinitely adjustable between 42.0" (1067mm) to 1
Management
70.0" (1778mm).
J. CVED32VES Variable short duct extension is infinitely adjustable between 20.0" (508mm) 1
Overhead & to 36.0" (914mm).
Underfloor
Routing Net-Access 7010 Switch Cabinet Accessories
CVPDUB48 Bracket for vertical POU mounting to the side of the Net-Access 32" x 48" 1
CVED32VE CVPDUB48 Cabinet rear extension (kit of two).
K.
Surface ^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc.
Raceway White cabinets also available upon request. Please consult Panduit Customer Service for lead-times.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
L.18 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-Access Server Cabinet System Roadmap
C.
The Net-Access Server Cabinet provides scalable thermal management for low to high heat density applications. Fiber
Optic
Superior cable management eliminates cable and power cord congestion behind the servers allowing server fans Systems
to more efficiently exhaust air from the cabinet. Air blocking features ensure that cold air is directed to the servers.
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
1 G.
4 Outlets
5 H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
2 K.
Surface
Raceway
3
L.
Cabinets,
Front View Rear View Racks &
Cable
Management
Net-Access Server Cabinet GridRunner Underfloor Cable
1 (pages L.20 and L.22)
3 Routing System M.
(page J.75) Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
Vertical Patch Panel Mounting
4 (page L.22)
O.
Labeling &
Identification
Cool Boot Raised Floor
2 Air Sealing Grommet
(pages L.90 and L.91) CNDSH Single Hinge Door
P.
5 (page L.22)
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.19
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-Access Server Cabinets
C.
Fiber Inset frame posts create large and accessible vertical Adjustable rear cage nut mounting rails
Optic pathways for routing cables and mounting vertical patch Doors include keyed swing latches
Systems panels and Power Outlet Units
Side panels include keyed pushbutton latches
Include vertical blanking panels to block bypass air and
D. direct cold air through servers Equipment mounting depths up to 29" (736.6mm)
Power Durable black polyester epoxy powder coat finish
over Modular cable management finger sections manage
Ethernet cables for greater routing flexibility UL Listed 2500 lbs. (1134 kg) load rating
Innovative, fully integrated, electrically bonded cabinet Cabinet ships assembled, one per pallet
E. with a single ground connection to guard against EMI and For the complete grounding solution, see the
Zone ESD, and provide a safe current path to ground StructuredGround Kits for Cabinets
Cabling All welded frame construction
Std.
F. Pkg.
Wireless Part Number Part Description Qty.
Net-Access 45 RU Server Cabinets
CS1 Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
G. Single hinge perforated front door.
Outlets Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door
swing footprint.
Solid side panels.
Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails.
H. CS1 45 RU cable management on rear of rear posts.
Media One set of POU mounting brackets.
Distribution Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
CS1NU Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
I. Single hinge perforated front door.
Physical Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door
Infrastructure swing footprint.
Management Solid side panels.
Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails installed numbered up.
J. 45 RU cable management on rear of rear posts.
Overhead & One set of POU mounting brackets.
Underfloor Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
Routing
CS1RNU Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
CS2 Single hinge perforated front door.
K. Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door
Surface swing footprint.
Raceway Solid side panels.
Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails installed numbered up.
L. 45 RU cable management on rear of rear posts.
Cabinets, One set of POU mounting brackets.
Racks & Four installed casters.
Cable Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
Management
CS2 Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
Single hinge perforated front door.
M. Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door
Grounding & swing footprint.
Bonding Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails.
45 RU cable management on rear of rear posts.
CS3 One set of POU mounting brackets.
N. Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
Industrial CS2NU Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
Single hinge perforated front door.
Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door
swing footprint.
O.
Labeling & Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails installed numbered up.
Identification 45 RU cable management on rear of rear posts.
One set of POU mounting brackets.
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
P.
CS3 Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
Cable
Management Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails.
Accessories 45 RU cable management on rear of rear posts.
One set of POU mounting brackets.
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 40.0"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1016mm)
Q. White cabinets also available upon request. Please consult Panduit Customer Service for lead-times.
Index
L.20 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-Access Server Cabinets (continued)
C.
Std. Fiber
Pkg. Optic
Part Number Part Description Qty. Systems
CS3NU Cabinet frame with top panel. 1
Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails installed numbered up. D.
45 RU cable management on rear of rear posts. Power
One set of POU mounting brackets. over
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 40.0"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1016mm) Ethernet
Q.
Index
Table continues on page L.22
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.21
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-Access Server Cabinets (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic Std.
Systems Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
D.
Power
CS348 Net-Access Extended Server Cabinet, no doors, no side panels, cage 1
over nut rails.
Ethernet Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.0"D x 84"H (800mm x 1219mm x 2134mm) 45 RU
CS348NU Net-Access Extended Server Cabinet, vertical blanking panels, cage nut 0
rails mounted numbers up.
E. Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.0"D x 84.0"H (800mm x 1219mm x 2134mm)
Zone
45 RU
Cabling
CS182NU Net-Access Extended Server Cabinet, single hinge front door, 1
split perforated rear doors, two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails
mounted numbers up, 42 RU cable management on rear of rear posts, and
F. one set of POU mounting brackets.
Wireless
Dimensions: 78.8"H x 31.5"W x 48.9"D (2000mm x 800mm x 1242mm)
CS282NU Net-Access Extended Server Cabinet, single hinge perforated front door, 1
split perforated rear doors, two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails
G. mounted numbers up, 42 RU cable management on rear of rear posts, and
Outlets one set of POU mounting brackets.
Dimensions: 78.8"H x 31.5"W x 48.9"D (2000mm x 800mm x 1242mm)
CVPDUB
N.
Industrial
CVPPB
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P. CNCSTR
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
L.22 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-Access Vertical Exhaust System Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Innovative Net-Access Vertical Exhaust System channels heat from server exhaust directly to the data
Optic
center return plenum. By managing heat at the source the duct increases CRAC unit efficiency and significantly Systems
lowers operating expenses.
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
2
3 F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
1 J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
CVED32VE Variable P.
2 Duct Extension Cable
Management
(page L.18) Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.23
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-Contain Cold Aisle Containment System
C.
Fiber
Optic The Net-Contain System creates a structure including end-of-row dual sliding doors and ceiling panels that enclose the
Systems
cold aisle between rows of Panduit 42 RU or 45 RU Net-Access and Net-SERV Cabinets to prevent mixing of cold and
hot air, optimizing cool air delivery.
D.
Power Reduces cooling energy costs up to 42% Compatible with numerous Panduit product lines including
over CabRunner , FiberRunner , and Wyr-Grid
Ethernet Up to 20kW+ cabinet heat load
Cable Routing Systems
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
P. Std.
Cable Pkg.
Management Part Number Part Description Qty.
Accessories NACACT5F08DSBL Net-Contain Cold Aisle Containment Dual Sliding Door for 1
Net-SERV and Net Access Server and Switch Cabinets.
Accommodates 4' (1200mm) up to 6 (1800mm) aisle widths,
Q. 42 RU up to 45 RU.
Index
NACACT5F08DSBL
L.24 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Thermal Ducting Solutions
C.
Fiber
Inlet Ducts Optic
Systems
Cisco compatible Provides a consistent cold air path directly to the switch
Passive duct solutions do not require additional energy Allows access to power supplies and fan blades D.
consumption minimizing network downtime Power
Designed using CFD (Computational Fluid Dynamics) Black powder coat finish over
validating thermal performance Ethernet
Std. E.
Pkg. Zone
Part Number Part Description Qty. Cabling
CDE1 One rack unit air inlet duct that resides below the switch provides cold aisle 1
CDE1 airflow to Cisco^ 4948, 4928, and 4924. Optimized for use in server
cabinet applications. F.
Wireless
CDE2 Two rack unit air inlet duct that resides in-line and below switch provides 1
cold aisle airflow to Cisco^ Nexus N2K-C2148T-1GE, N2K-C2248TP-1GE,
and N2K-C2232PP-10GE fabric extenders and Cisco^ WS-C4948E-F,
CDE2 WS-C4948E-F-S, and WS-C4948E-F-E. Optimized for use in server
cabinet applications. G.
Outlets
CNLTD21B2 Two rack unit air inlet duct that resides below switch. Designed for 1
Cisco^ 4900M switch. Duct allows switch ports to face either hot or cold
aisle depending on server or switch cabinet application.
H.
CNLTD52A2 Net-Access Cabinet Air Inlet Duct for high heat density configurations. 1 Media
CNLTD21B2 Distribution
Duct solution includes two rack unit inlet ducts above and below the switch.
Designed for Cisco^ 6504E switch.
I.
CNLTD142A3 Cisco^ Nexus 7009 duct delivers cold air to the switch side inlet. This duct 1 Physical
consists of 2 inlet ducts and 1 side duct. Infrastructure
Management
CNLTD72A3 Net-Access or Net-SERV Cabinet Air Inlet Duct for high heat density 1
configurations. Duct solution includes three rack unit inlet ducts above and
CNLTD52A2 below the switch. Designed for Cisco^ 9506 switch. J.
Overhead &
^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc.
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
CNLTD142A3 CNLTD72A3
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Exhaust Ducts
Cisco compatible Provides a consistent hot air exhaust path minimizing M.
recirculation within the cabinet Grounding &
Passive duct solutions do not require additional energy Bonding
consumption Allows access to power supplies and fan blades
Designed using CFD (Computational Fluid Dynamics) minimizing network downtime
validating thermal performance Black powder coat finish N.
Industrial
Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty. O.
CNAE1 Net-Access Cabinet Exhaust Duct for high heat density configurations. 1 Labeling &
Designed for Cisco^ 6509 switch. Identification
CNAE2 Net-Access Cabinet Exhaust Duct for high heat density configurations. 1
Designed for Cisco^ 9513 storage area network switch. P.
Cable
CNAE3 Net-Access Cabinet Exhaust Duct for high heat density configurations.
1 Management
CNAE1 Designed for Cisco^ 6513 switch. Accessories
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.25
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
CabRunner Overhead Cable Routing System
C.
Fiber Wide molded design provides a high capacity pathway Integral spillouts align with cable inlets on cabinet and
Optic that is self-supporting and does not need secondary provide 3" (75mm) bend radius control
Systems mounting infrastructure Clean, simple design complements Net-Access
D.
Designed specifically for use with Net-Access
Switch Cabinets providing greater data center aesthetics
Power and Server Cabinets
over
Ethernet Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
E.
Zone Base Unit
Cabling CRB6BL CabRunner Overhead Cable Routing System Base Unit with 6" 1
(150mm) high wall. Supplied with shroud and fasteners required for
assembly to Net-Access Cabinets.
F. CRB6BL CRB6VEDBL CabRunner Overhead Cable Routing System Base Unit with 6" 1
Wireless (150mm) high wall. Supplied with a shroud and fasteners required for
assembly to Net-Access Cabinets with a vertical exhaust duct.
Bridge Insert
G. CRBRDGBL CabRunner Overhead Cable Routing System Bridge Insert. Snaps 1 5
Outlets into CRB6BL to cover unused cable spillouts and provide bend radius
control for adjacent cabinet. Two inserts required for each opening in
CabRunner Base Unit.
H. End Cap for Net-Access Cabinet
Media CRB6VEDBL
Distribution CRB6ECBL CabRunner Overhead Cable Routing System End Cap. Snaps onto 2
the CRB6BL CabRunner Base, to close off the open ends of the
Panduit Net-Access Cabinet lineup. (Sold in pairs to accommodate
I. each end of a cabinet line up). No tools required.
Physical
Infrastructure Trapeze Bracket
Management CRTB CabRunner Overhead Cable Routing System Trapeze Bracket. Used 1
to provide a mounting structure for integrating FiberRunner Cable
J. Routing System to the base unit.
Overhead & CRVEDTB CabRunner Overhead Cable Routing System Trapeze Bracket. Used 1
Underfloor CRBRDGBL
Routing
to provide a mounting structure for integrating FiberRunner Cable
Routing System to the base unit on Net-Access Cabinets with a
vertical exhaust duct.
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable CRB6ECBL
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
CRTB
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
CRVEDTB
Q.
Index
L.26 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-SERV Cabinets
1200mm (48") depth and 1070mm (42.1") depth Ganging brackets included C.
Fiber
Two sets, cage nut, infinitely adjustable equipment Anti-tip brackets included Optic
mounting rails, 50 #12-24 cage nuts and screws included Available in four configuration options: Basic, Standard Systems
Printed rack space identification on front and back of Density, High Density, and Vertical Patching
rails, default is numbers up, may be field adjusted to D.
Durable black polyester epoxy powder coat finish Power
numbers down
All welded frame construction over
Equipment mounting depth up to 42" (1067mm) Ethernet
2500 lbs. (1134 kg) load rating
Doors include keyed swing handles
Removable top cap included
Side panels include keyed locks E.
Cabinet ships assembled, one per pallet Zone
POU mounting brackets included to mount two POUs Cabling
Optional casters available
Vertical blanking panels installed
Optional vertical exhaust duct for maximum
Easily adjustable leveling legs installed energy efficiency
F.
Wireless
Part Number Example:
S 7 5 2 C 1 2 9 F V G.
Series Width Height Depth Rails Front Doors Back Doors Side Panel Cable Management Top Panel Outlets
S = Server 6 = 600mm 2 = 42RU 2 = 1200mm C = Cage 1 = Perf. Full 2 = Perforated 1 = One Side F = Standard Density V = Vertical
(23.6") 5 = 45RU (47.2") Nuts, Single Split Panel Left and Right Fingers Exhaust H.
7 = 700mm 0 = 1070mm Numbers Hinge 3 = Solid Full 2 = Two Side H = High Density Duct (VED Media
(27.6") (42.1") Up Single Panels Four Cable included) Distribution
Hinge 9 = No Side Management VR = Vertical
Panels Panels Exhaust
P = Vertical Patch Duct I.
(VED not Physical
B = Basic No Cable Mgmt. included) Infrastructure
Management
Basic Configuration J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Cabinet provided without cable management Includes brackets for mounting two vertical power Routing
outlet units
No. of Std. K.
Width Height Rack Pkg. Surface
Raceway
Part Number Part Description In. mm In. mm Spaces Qty.
Net-SERV 1200mm Deep Cabinets L.
S722C122B Cabinet with full perforated front 28 700 78 1984 42 1 Cabinets,
door. Split perforated rear door. Racks &
Solid side panels. Cable
S752C122B 28 700 83 2118 45 1 Management
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.27
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless Power Outlet Unit
Mounting Brackets
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure Cable Management Fingers
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface Standard Density Cable Management Configuration
Raceway
Cabinet supplied with two sets of cable management fingers
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
No. of Std.
Cable Width Height
Management Rack Pkg.
Part Number Part Description In. mm In. mm Spaces Qty.
M. S722C122F Cabinet with full perforated front 28 700 78 1984 42 1
Grounding & door. Split perforated rear door.
Bonding S752C122F Solid side panels. 28 700 83 2118 45 1
Q.
Index
L.28 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Cable Management Fingers Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
Vertical Patch Cable Management Configuration
Cabinet supplied with cable management fingers and vertical 19" EIA brackets L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
No. of Std. Management
Width Height Rack Pkg.
Part Number Part Description In. mm In. mm Spaces Qty.
M.
S722C122P Cabinet with full perforated front 28 700 78 1984 42 1 Grounding &
door. Split perforated rear door. Bonding
S752C122P Solid side panels. 28 700 83 2118 45 1
White cabinets also available upon request. Please consult Panduit Customer Service for lead-times.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
L.29
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
Power Outlet Unit
Mounting Brackets
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution Cable Management
Channels
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway High Density Cable Management Configuration
Cabinet supplied with four cable management channels and L-rings
L.
Cabinets,
Racks & No. of Std.
Width Height
Cable Rack Pkg.
Management Part Number Part Description In. mm In. mm Spaces Qty.
S722C122H Cabinet with full perforated front 28 700 78 1984 42 1
M. door. Split perforated rear door.
Grounding & S752C122H Solid side panels. 28 700 83 2118 45 1
Bonding
S622C122H 24 600 78 1984 42 1
S652C122H 24 600 83 2118 45 1
N.
Industrial S722C129H Cabinet with full perforated front 28 700 78 1984 42 1
door. Split perforated rear door.
S752C129H No side panels. 28 700 83 2118 45 1
S622C129H 24 600 78 1984 42 1
O.
Labeling & S652C129H 24 600 83 2118 45 1
Identification
White cabinets also available upon request. Please consult Panduit Customer Service for lead-times.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
L.30 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Configuration for Vertical Exhaust Duct and High Density Management
Cabinet supplied with four cable management channels Includes vertical blanking panels where appropriate and C.
Fiber
and L-Rings front and back floor seals Optic
Directly vents network equipment exhaust into return Systems
plenum of data center
D.
No. of Std. Power
Rack Pkg. over
Part Number Part Description Spaces Qty. Ethernet
S722C131HV Cabinet with full perforated front door. Solid rear door. Single 42 1
side panel. Vertical exhaust duct extends cabinet 42"
E.
(1067mm) to 70" (1778mm).
Zone
S752C131HV Cabinet with full perforated front door. Solid rear door. Single 45 1 Cabling
side panel. Vertical exhaust duct extends cabinet 42"
(1067mm) to 70" (1778mm).
S622C131HV Cabinet with full perforated front door. Solid rear door. Single 42 1
F.
side panel. Vertical exhaust duct extends cabinet 42" Wireless
(1067mm) to 70" (1778mm).
S652C131HV Cabinet with full perforated front door. Solid rear door. Single 45 1
side panel. Vertical exhaust duct extends cabinet 42"
(1067mm) to 70" (1778mm). G.
S722C131HVR Cabinet with perforated single hinge front door. Solid single 42 1 Outlets
hinge back door. One side panel. Cage nut equipment rails
S722C131HV S722C131HVR mounted numbers up. Vertical exhaust duct not included.
S752C131HV S752C131HVR S752C131HVR Cabinet with perforated single hinge front door. Solid single 45 1 H.
S622C131HV S622C131HVR hinge back door. One side panel. Cage nut equipment rails Media
S652C131HV S652C131HVR mounted numbers up. Vertical exhaust duct not included. Distribution
S622C131HVR Cabinet with perforated single hinge front door. Solid single 42 1
hinge back door. One side panel. Cage nut equipment rails
mounted numbers up. Vertical exhaust duct not included. I.
Physical
S652C131HVR Cabinet with perforated single hinge front door. Solid single 45 1 Infrastructure
hinge back door. One side panel. Cage nut equipment rails Management
mounted numbers up. Vertical exhaust duct not included.
White cabinets also available upon request. Please consult Panduit Customer Service for lead-times. J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Vertical Exhaust Ducting Routing
Std.
Pkg. K.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Surface
Raceway
Vertical Exhaust Ducting for Net-SERV Cabinets
NSVED06I1632BL Vertical Exhaust Duct (VED) for 600mm Wide Net-SERV Cabinet, 1 L.
height adjustable from 16.0" (406mm) up to 32.0" (813mm). Cabinets,
NSVED07I1632BL Vertical Exhaust Duct (VED) for 700mm Wide Net-SERV Cabinet, 1 Racks &
height adjustable from 16.0" (406mm) up to 32.0" (813mm). Cable
Management
NSVED06I3266BL Vertical Exhaust Duct (VED) for 600mm Wide Net-SERV Cabinet, 1
height adjustable from 32.0" (813mm) up to 66.0" (1,676mm).
M.
NSVED07I3266BL Vertical Exhaust Duct (VED) for 700mm Wide Net-SERV Cabinet, 1 Grounding &
height adjustable from 32.0" (813mm) up to 66.0" (1,676mm). Bonding
NSMOR07A4548BL Net-SERV Middle of Row Sealing Accessory, 45 RU x 48" Depth 1
for 700mm Wide cabinet x 42 RU (cabinet to cabinet - w/o cabinet
side panel).
N.
Industrial
Net-SERV Doors and Floor Sealing Assemblies
Std.
O.
Pkg. Labeling &
Part Number Part Description Qty. Identification
NSRDF06R0042BL Net-SERV Solid Rear Door and Floor Sealing Assembly for 600mm 1
wide cabinet, 42 RU.
P.
NSRDF07R0042BL Net-SERV Solid Rear Door and Floor Sealing Assembly for 700mm 1 Cable
wide cabinet, 42 RU. Management
NSRDF06R0045BL Net-SERV Solid Rear Door and Floor Sealing Assembly for 600mm 1 Accessories
wide cabinet, 45 RU.
NSRDF07R0045BL Net-SERV Solid Rear Door and Floor Sealing Assembly for 700mm 1
wide cabinet, 45 RU. Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.31
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-SERV Colocation Cabinet
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems No. of Std.
Rack Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Spaces Qty.
D.
Power Net-SERV 700mm Wide, Split Colocation Cabinet
F.
Wireless
Net-SERV Accessories
Std.
Pkg.
G. Part Number Part Description Qty.
Outlets
Side Panels
S22PS 42 RU removable solid side panel covers and protects cable and 1
equipment. Single lock allows for quick release and removal of side
H. panels for easier and faster moves, adds, and changes.
Media
Distribution S52PS 45 RU removable solid side panel covers and protects cable and 1
equipment. Single lock allows for quick release and removal of side
panels for easier and faster moves, adds, and changes.
I.
Physical S22PS Equipment Mounting Rails
Infrastructure S52PS
Management S62RC 42 RU x 600mm (24") wide cage nut equipment mounting rails, 1
sold in pairs.
J. S72RC 42 RU x 700mm (28") wide cage nut equipment mounting rails, 1
Overhead & sold in pairs.
Underfloor
Routing S65RC 45 RU x 600mm (24") wide cage nut equipment mounting rails, 1
sold in pairs.
S75RC 45 RU x 700mm (28") wide cage nut equipment mounting rails, 1
K. sold in pairs.
Surface S62RC
Raceway S72RC Casters
S65RC SCSTR Includes set of four casters. 1
L. S75RC
Cabinets, Power Outlet Unit Mounting Brackets
Racks &
Cable SVPDUB Brackets for tool-less mounting of two 2" (51mm) widepower 1
Management outlet units.
Vertical Patch Panel Mounting Bracket
M. SVPPB Net-SERV Bracket to vertically mount 1 RU EIA 19" products including 1
Grounding & copper and fiber patch panels. Compatible with 700mm Net-SERV
Bonding SCSTR Cabinets with finger bracket cable managers only.
Floor Seal Skirt for Net-SERV Cabinets with Casters
N. SRFS-KIT Net-SERV 48"/1200mm deep, End of Row Sealing Kit for Use with 1
Industrial Casters to complete one side.
Finger Brackets for Net-SERV Cabinets
SVPDUB
S62BRFK Net-SERV 24"/600 wide x 42 RU, cable management finger sections 1
O. and bracket kit to complete two sides.
Labeling &
Identification S65BRFK Net-SERV 24"/600 wide x 45 RU, cable management finger sections 1
and bracket kit to complete two sides.
L.32 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Net-SERV Accessories (continued)
C.
Fiber
Optic
Std. Systems
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
D.
High Density Cable Management Brackets for Net-SERV Cabinets Power
over
S62BRCK Net-SERV 24"/600mm wide x 42 RU, vertical cable management 1 Ethernet
L-Rings and bracket kit to complete one panel.
S65BRCK Net-SERV 24"/600mm wide x 45 RU, vertical cable management 1
L-Rings and bracket kit to complete one panel. E.
Zone
S72BRCK Net-SERV 28"/700mm wide x 42 RU, vertical cable management 1 Cabling
L-Rings and bracket kit to complete one panel.
S75BRCK Net-SERV 28"/700mm wide x 45 RU, vertical cable management 1
S62BRCK L-Rings and bracket kit to complete one panel. F.
S65BRCK Wireless
S72BRCK Perforated Net-SERV Doors
S75BRCK S65DS Rear perforated split door for Net-SERV 600mm wide, 1
45 RU Cabinet.
S65DSH Single hinge perforated door for Net-SERV 600mm wide, 1 G.
45 RU Cabinet. Outlets
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.33
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Top of Cabinet Air Sealing Accessories
C.
Fiber Designed for the Net-Access and Net-SERV Cabinets, innovative air sealing accessories prevent cooling air from escaping
Optic through cable inlets improving thermal efficiency of the cabinets. Air sealing accessories snap into the cabinet top knock-outs
Systems for fast configuration.
D.
Power
over
Ethernet 600 mm (24") Net-SERV Cabinet shown with optional vertical exhaust duct.
E.
Zone
Cabling
H.
Media
Distribution
L.34 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Power Strip Options Single Phase 15, 20, 30, and 60 AMPS F.
Wireless
Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
G.
Horizontal 15 AMP, Single Phase 120V Outlets
CMRPSH15 Horizontal power strip 15 A, 120V, ten NEMA 5-15R receptacles, one 1
15 A thermal breaker, 10' power cord with NEMA 5-15P plug.
UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 1.7"H x 19.0"W x 3.8"D (44mm x 483mm x 95mm) H.
Media
CMRPSH15 Horizontal 15 Amp with Surge Protection 120V Distribution
CMRPSH15S Horizontal power strip with a 15 A, 120V, 10 NEMA 5-15R receptacles, 1
one 15 A thermal breaker, surge suppression indicator, and 10' power I.
cord with NEMA 5-15P plug. UL and c-UL Listed. Physical
Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 3.8"D (44mm x 431mm x 95mm) Infrastructure
Management
Vertical 15 AMP with Surge Protection 120V
CMRPSV15SIL Vertical power strip with a 15 A, 120V, 20 NEMA 5-15R in-line 1 J.
receptacles, one 15 A thermal breaker, red LED surge suppression Overhead &
indicator, and 10' power cord with NEMA 5-15P plug. Underfloor
UL and c-UL Listed. Routing
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 1.9"W x 1.6"D (1683mm x 47mm x 33mm)
CMRPSV15SILM Vertical power strip with a 15 A, 120V, 20 NEMA 5-15R in-line 1 K.
receptacles, one 15 A thermal breaker, red LED surge suppression Surface
indicator, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with Raceway
NEMA 5-15P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 1.6"W x 1.3"D (1683mm x 42mm x 34mm)
L.
Horizontal 20 AMP, Single Phase 120V Cabinets,
Racks &
CMRPSH20* Horizontal power strip 20 A, 120V, ten NEMA 5-20R receptacles, one 1 Cable
20 A thermal breaker, 10' power cord with NEMA 5-20P plug. Management
UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 1.7"H x 19.0"W x 3.8"D (44mm x 483mm x 95mm)
M.
Horizontal 20 AMP with Surge Digital Monitor 120V Grounding &
Bonding
CMRPSH20S Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 120V, 10 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, 1
one 20 A thermal breaker, surge suppression indicator, and 10' power
cord with NEMA 5-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 3.8"D (44mm x 431mm x 95mm) N.
Industrial
CMRPSH20STL Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 120V, 10 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, 1
one 20 A thermal breaker, red LED surge suppression indicator, and
10' power cord with NEMA L5-20P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x3.8"D (44mm x 431mm x 95mm) O.
Labeling &
Horizontal 20 AMP with Surge and Digital Monitor 120V Identification
CMRPSH20SMTL Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 120V, 10 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, 1
one 20 A thermal breaker, red LED surge suppression indicator, red
LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with NEMA L5-20P twist P.
lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed. Cable
Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 3.8"D (44mm x 431mm x 95mm) Management
Accessories
*For local digital monitor add CM.
Refer to www.panduit.com for detailed information on the complete line of power outlet units.
Q.
Index
Table continues on page L.36
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.35
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Basic and Metered Power Outlet Units (continued)
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
D.
Power Horizontal 20 AMP with and without Digital Monitor 208V
over HB0B1E1BN12H1 Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 208V, 12 NEMA 6-20R 1
Ethernet receptacles, one 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch
with integral switch guard, and 10' power cord with NEMA 6-20P plug.
E. UL and c-UL Listed.
Zone Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 6.5"D (44mm x 431mm x 165mm)
Cabling HB0B1F1BN12H1 Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 208V, 12 NEMA 6-20R 1
receptacles, one 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch
with integral switch guard, and 10' power cord with NEMA L6-20P
twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
F.
Wireless Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 6.5"D (43mm x 431mm x 165mm)
HB1B1E1BN12H1 Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 208V, 12 NEMA 6-20R 1
receptacles, one 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch
with integral switch guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power
G. cord with NEMA 6-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Outlets Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 6.5"D (44mm x 431mm x 165mm)
HB1B1F1BN12H1 Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 208V, 12 NEMA 6-20R 1
receptacles, one 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch
H. with integral switch guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power
Media cord with NEMA L6-20P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Distribution Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17"W x 6.5"D (44mm x 431mm x 165mm)
HB1B1E0BA08W1 Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 208V, 4 IEC C-13 and 4 IEC C-19 1
I. receptacles, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with NEMA
Physical 6-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Infrastructure Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 1.85"D (43mm x 431mm x 47mm)
Management
HB1B1F0BA08W1 Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 208V, 4 IEC C-13 and 4 IEC C-19 1
receptacles, red LED current monitor and 10' power cord with NEMA
J. L6-20P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Overhead & Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 1.85"D (43mm x 431mm x 47mm)
Underfloor
Routing HB0B1E0BA08W1 Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 208V, 4 IEC C-13 and 4 IEC C-19 1
receptacles and 10' power cord with NEMA 6-20P plug.
UL and c-UL Listed.
K. Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 1.85"D (43mm x 431mm x 47mm)
Surface
Raceway HB0B1F0BA08W1 Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 208V, 4 IEC C-13 and 4 IEC C-19 1
receptacles and 10' power cord with NEMA L6-20P twist lock plug.
UL and c-UL Listed.
L.
Cabinets, Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 1.85"D (43mm x 431mm x 47mm)
Racks & 2 RU Horizontal 20 AMP Straight Plug 208V without Power Meter
Cable
Management HB0B1E0BA06J1 Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 208V, 6 NEMA L6-20R receptacles 1
and 10' power cord with NEMA 6-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
M.
Dimensions: 3.4"H x 17.0"W x 6.0"D (86mm x 431mm x 155mm)
Grounding & HB1B1E0BA06J1 Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 208V, 6 NEMA L6-20R 1
Bonding receptacles, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with
NEMA 6-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 3.4"H x 17.0"W x 6.0"D (86mm x 431mm x 155mm)
N. 2 RU Horizontal 20 AMP Twist Lock Plug 208V with Power Meter
Industrial
HB1B1F0BA06J1 Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 208V, 6 NEMA L6-20R 1
receptacles, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with
NEMA L6-20P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
O. Dimensions: 3.4"H x 17.0"W x 6.0"D (86mm x 431mm x 155mm)
Labeling &
Identification HB0B1F0BA06J1 Horizontal power strip with a 20 A, 208V, 6 NEMA L6-20R 1
receptacles and 10' power cord with NEMA L6-20P twist lock plug.
UL and c-UL Listed.
P. Dimensions: 3.4"H x 17.0"W x 6.0"D (86mm x 431mm x 155mm)
Cable
Management **For twist lock version replace 1E with 1F.
Accessories For non-metered versions, replace HB1 with HB0, i.e. HB0B1F0BA08W1.
Refer to www.panduit.com for detailed information on the complete line of power outlet units.
Q.
Index
L.36 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Q.
Index
Table continues on page L.38
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.37
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Basic and Metered Power Outlet Units (continued)
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
D.
Power Vertical 20 AMP Dual Plug with and without Digital Monitor 208V
over VB0B1E0CA20H1 Vertical power strip with dual 20 A, 208V, ten NEMA 6-20R 1
Ethernet receptacles per circuit, two 10' power cords with NEMA 6-20P plugs.
UL and c-UL Listed.
E. Dimensions: 66.3"H x 1.9"W x 1.3"D (1683mm x 47mm x 33mm)
Zone VB0B1F0CA20H1 Vertical power strip with dual 20 A, 208V, ten NEMA 6-20R 1
Cabling receptacles per circuit, red LED current monitor and two 10' power
cords with NEMA L6-20P twist lock plugs. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 1.9"W x 1.3"D (1683mm x 47mm x 33mm)
F. VB1B1E0CA20H1 Vertical power strip with dual 20 A, 208V ten NEMA 6-20R 1
Wireless receptacles per circuit, red LED current monitor per circuit, and two
10' power cords with NEMA 6-20P plugs. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 1.9"W x 1.3"D (1683mm x 47mm x 33mm)
VB0B1E0CA20H1 VB1B1F0CA20H1 Vertical power strip with dual 20 A, 208V ten NEMA 6-20R 1
G.
Outlets receptacles per circuit, red LED current monitor per circuit, and two
10' power cords with NEMA L6-20P twist lock plugs.
UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 1.9"W x 1.3"D (1683mm x 47mm x 33mm)
H.
Media Vertical 20 AMP 3 Phase 120V
Distribution VB0A1J0BA24E1 Vertical power strip with a 20 A WYE, 120 V, 24 NEMA 5-20R 1
receptacles and 10' power cord with NEMA L21-20P twist lock plug.
UL and c-UL Listed.
I. Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Physical
Infrastructure VB1A1J0BA24E1 Vertical power strip with a 20 A WYE, 120V, 24 NEMA 5-20R 1
Management receptacles, and 10' power cord with NEMA L21-20P twist lock plug.
UL and c-UL Listed.
J. Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Overhead &
Underfloor Vertical 20 AMP 3 Phase 120V
Routing VB0A1J0BA30P1 Vertical power strip with 20 A WYE, 120 V 24 IEC C-13 and 6 1
IEC C-19 receptacles and 10' power cord with NEMA L21-20P
twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
K. Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Surface
Raceway VB1A1J0BA30P1 Vertical power strip with 20 A WYE, 120V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 1
IEC C-19 receptacles, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord
L. with NEMA L21-20P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Cabinets, Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Racks &
Cable Vertical 20 AMP 3 Phase 208V
Management VB0B1J0BA24H1 Vertical power strip with a 20 A WYE, 208V, 24 NEMA 6-20R 1
VB0A1J0BA24E1 receptacles and 10' power cord with NEMA 21-20P twist lock plug.
M. UL and c-UL Listed.
Grounding & Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Bonding
VB1B1J0BA24H1 Vertical power strip with a 20 A WYE, 208V, 24 NEMA 6-20R 1
receptacles, red LED current monitor, and 10 power cord with
NEMA L21-20P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
N. Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Industrial
**For Twist Lock Plug add TL.
Refer to www.panduit.com for detailed information on the complete line of power outlet units.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
L.38 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Table continues on page L.40
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.39
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Basic and Metered Power Outlet Units (continued)
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
D.
Power 2 RU Horizontal 30 AMP with and without Digital Monitor 120V
over HB0A1M2BN06G1 Horizontal power strip 30 A, 120V, 6 NEMA L5-20R receptacles, two 1
Ethernet 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch
guard, and 10' power cord with NEMA L5-30P twist lock plug.
E. UL and c-UL Listed.
Zone Dimensions: 3.4"H x 17.0"W x 6.0"D (86mm x 431mm x 152mm)
Cabling HB1A1M2BN06G1 Horizontal power strip 30 A, 120V, 6 NEMA L5-20R receptacles, two 1
20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch
guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with
NEMA L5-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
F.
Wireless Dimensions: 3.4"H x 17.0"W x 6.0"D (86mm x 431mm x 152mm)
HB0A1M0BA06K1 Horizontal power strip 30 A, 120V, 6 NEMA L5-30R receptacles, 1
and 10' power cord with NEMA L5-30P twist lock plug.
UL and c-UL Listed.
G. Dimensions: 3.4"H x 17.0"W x 6.0"D (86mm x 431mm x 152mm)
Outlets
HB1A1M0BA06K1 Horizontal power strip with a 30 A, 120V, 6 NEMA L5-30R 1
receptacles, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with
NEMA L5-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
H. Dimensions: 3.4"H x 17.0"W x 6.0"D (86mm x 431mm x 152mm)
Media
Distribution 1 RU Horizontal 30 AMP with and without Digital Monitor 208V
HB0B1L4BT10M1 Horizontal power strip 30 A, 208V, 10 IEC C-13 receptacles, four 1
15 A thermal breakers, and 10' power cord with NEMA L6-30P twist
I. lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Physical Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 1.6"D (43mm x 431mm x 41mm)
Infrastructure
Management HB1B1L4BT10M1 Horizontal power strip 30 A, 208V, 10 IEC C-13 receptacles, four 1
15 A thermal breakers, red LED current monitor, and 10' power
J. cord with NEMA L6-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Overhead & Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 1.6"D (43mm x 431mm x 41mm)
Underfloor
Routing HB0B1L2BN12H1 Horizontal power strip 30 A, 208V, 12 NEMA 6-20R receptacles, two 1
20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral guard,
and 10' power cord with NEMA L6-30P twist lock plug.
K. UL and c-UL Listed.
Surface Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 6.5"D (43mm x 431mm x 165mm)
Raceway HB1B1L2BN12H1 Horizontal power strip 30 A, 208V, 12 NEMA 6-20R receptacles, two 1
20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral guard,
L. red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with NEMA L6-30P
Cabinets, twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Racks & Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 6.5"D (43mm x 431mm x 165mm)
Cable
Management HB0B1L4BT08W1 Horizontal power strip 30 A, 208V, 4 IEC C-13 and 4 IEC C-19 1
receptacles, four 15 A thermal breakers and 10' power cord with
M.
NEMA L6-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Grounding & Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 1.85"D (43mm x 431mm x 47mm)
Bonding HB1B1L4BT08W1 Horizontal power strip 30 A, 208V, 4 IEC C-13 and 4 IEC C-19 1
receptacles, four 15 A thermal breakers, red LED current monitor,
and 10' power cord with NEMA L6-30P twist lock plug.
N. UL and c-UL Listed.
Industrial Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 1.85"D (43mm x 431mm x 47mm)
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
L.40 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Basic and Metered Power Outlet Units (continued)
C.
Fiber
Std.
Optic
Pkg. Systems
Part Number Part Description Qty.
2 RU Horizontal 30 AMP with and without Digital Monitor 208V D.
HB0B1L2BN06J1 Horizontal power strip with a 30 A, 208V, 6 NEMA L6-20R receptacles, 1 Power
two 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch over
Ethernet
guard, and 10' power cord with NEMA L6-30P twist lock plug.
UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 3.4"H x 17.0"W x 6.0"D (86mm x 431mm x 152mm) E.
HB1B1L2BN06J1 Horizontal power strip with a 30 A, 208V, 6 NEMA L6-20R receptacles, 1 Zone
two 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch Cabling
guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with NEMA L6-30P
twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 3.4"H x 17.0"W x 6.0"D (86mm x 431mm x 152mm)
F.
HB0B1L0BA06L1 Horizontal power strip with a 30 A, 208V, 6 NEMA L6-30R receptacles, 1 Wireless
and 10' power cord with NEMA L6-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 3.4"H x 17.0"W x 6.0"D (86mm x 431mm x 152mm)
HB1B1L0BA06L1 Horizontal power strip with a 30 A, 208 V, 6 NEMA L6-30R receptacles, 1
red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with NEMA L6-30P twist G.
lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed. Outlets
Dimensions: 3.4"H x 17.0"W x 6.0"D (86mm x 431mm x 152mm)
Vertical 30 AMP with and without Digital Monitor 120V
VB0A1M2BM30P1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1 H.
receptacles, two 20 A single pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with Media
integral switch guard, and 10' power cord with NEMA L5-30P twist lock Distribution
plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" I.
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) Physical
VB1A1M2BM30P1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1 Infrastructure
receptacles, two 20 A single pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with Management
integral switch guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with
NEMA L5-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed. J.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" Overhead &
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) Underfloor
VB0A1M2BM24E1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120 V, 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, two 20 A 1 Routing
single pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch guard,
VB0A1M2BM30P1 and 10' power cord with NEMA L5-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
K.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" Surface
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) Raceway
VB1A1M2BM24E1 Vertical power strip with dual 30 A, 120V, 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, 1
two 20 A single pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch L.
guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with NEMA L5-30P Cabinets,
twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed. Racks &
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" Cable
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) Management
Vertical 30 AMP, Dual Plug with and without Digital Monitor 120V
M.
VB0A1M2CN24E1 Vertical power strip with dual 30 A, 120V twenty-four NEMA 5-20R 1 Grounding &
receptacles per circuit, two 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off Bonding
switch with integral switch guard, and two 10' power cords with NEMA
L5-30P twist lock plugs. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) N.
VB1A1M2CN24E1 Vertical power strip with dual 30 A, 120V twenty-four NEMA 5-20R 1 Industrial
receptacles per circuit, two 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off
switch with integral switch guard, red LED current monitor, and two 10'
power cords with NEMA L5-30P twist lock plugs. UL and c-UL Listed. O.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" Labeling &
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) Identification
Vertical 30 AMP Dual Plug with and without Digital Monitor 208V
VB1B1L4CN48M1 Vertical power strip 30 Amp, 208V, 48 IEC C-13 receptacles, four 20 1 P.
Amp double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch Cable
guard, two red LED current monitors, and dual 10' power cord with Management
NEMA L6-30P twist lock plugs. UL and c-UL Listed. Accessories
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 3.5"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 89mm x 51mm).
VB0A1P3BN24E1 **For Twist Lock Plug add TL. Q.
Refer to www.panduit.com for detailed information on the complete line of power outlet units. Index
Table continues on page L.42
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.41
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Basic and Metered Power Outlet Units (continued)
Fiber
Optic
Std.
Systems
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
D.
Power Vertical 30 AMP with and without Digital Monitor 208V
over VB0B1L4BT24M1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V, 24 IEC C-13 receptacles, four 15 A 1
Ethernet thermal breakers, and 10' power cord with NEMA L6-30P twist lock
plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
E.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 1.7"W x 1.7"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
Zone (87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 44mm x 44mm)
Cabling VB1B1L4BT24M1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V, 24 IEC C-13 receptacles, four 15 A 1
thermal breakers, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with
NEMA L6-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 1.7"W x 1.7"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
F. (87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 44mm x 44mm)
Wireless
VB1B1L2BN24H1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V, 24 NEMA 6-20R receptacles, 1
two 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral
switch guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with
G. NEMA L6-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Outlets Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
VB0B1L2BN12J1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V, 12 NEMA L6-20R receptacles, 1
two 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral
H. switch guard, and 10' power cord with NEMA L6-30P twist lock plug.
Media UL and c-UL Listed.
Distribution
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
I. VB1B1L2BN12J1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V, 12 NEMA L6-20R receptacles, 1
Physical two 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral
Infrastructure switch guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with
Management NEMA L6-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
J. (87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Overhead & VB1B1L4CN48M1 Vertical power strip with 30 A, 208V, 48 IEC C-13 receptacles, four 1
Underfloor VB1B1L2BN24H1
20 A double pole magnetic breaker /on-off switch with integral switch
Routing guard, two red LED current monitors and dual 10' power cord with
NEMA L6-30P twist lock plugs. UL and c-UL Listed.
K. Dimensions: 66.3"H x 3.5"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 89mm x 51mm)
Surface Vertical 30 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 120V
Raceway
VB0A1P3BN24E1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120V WYE, 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, 1
three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral
L. switch guard, and 10' power cord with NEMA L21-30P twist lock
Cabinets, plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Racks & Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
Cable
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Management
VB1A1P3BN24E1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120V, 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, 1
three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral
M.
switch guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with
Grounding &
Bonding NEMA L21-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
VB1A1P3BN30P1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120V WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
N. receptacles, three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch
Industrial with integral switch guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power
cord with NEMA L21-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
O.
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Labeling & VB1A1P3BN12G1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120V WYE, 12 NEMA L5-20R receptacles, 1
Identification three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral
switch guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power cord with
NEMA L21-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
P. Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
Cable (87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Management
Accessories For non-metered versions, replace VB1 with VB0, i.e. VB0A1P3BN24E1
Refer to www.panduit.com for detailed information on the complete line of power outlet units.
Q.
Index
L.42 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Q.
Index
Table continues on page L.44
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.43
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Basic and Metered Power Outlet Units (continued)
Fiber
Optic
Systems Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
D.
Power 60 Amp with and without Digital Monitor 208V
over VB0B2C3BN30P1 Vertical power strip 60 A, 208V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
Ethernet receptacles, three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off
switch with integral switch guard, and 10' power cord with
E. IEC 60309 2P+E pin in sleeve water tight connector.
Zone UL and c-UL Listed.
Cabling Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
VB1B2C3BN30P1 Vertical power strip 60 A, 208V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
F. receptacles, three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch
Wireless with integral switch guard, red LED current monitor, and 10' power
cord with IEC 60309 2P+E pin in sleeve water tight connector.
UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
G.
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Outlets Horizontal 60 AMP without Digital Monitor 208V
HB0B2C3BN03N1 Horizontal power strip 60 A, 208V, 3 IEC C-19 receptacles, three 1
20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch
H. guard and 10 power cord with IEC 60309 2P+E pin in sleeve water
Media tight connector. UL and c-UL Listed.
Distribution Dimensions: 1.7"H x 17.0"W x 6.5"D (43mm x 431mm x 165mm)
Vertical 60 AMP, 3 Phase Delta 208V
I. VB0B2G6BN12N1 Vertical power strip 60 A, 208V, Delta, 12 IEC C-19 receptacles, six 1
Physical VB0B2C3BN30P1 20 A double pole magnetic breaker on-off switch with integral switch
Infrastructure guard, and 10' power cord with IEC 60309 3P+E pin and sleeve
Management
connector. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2"W x 3.5"D (1683mm x 51mm x 89mm)
J.
Overhead & VB0B2G6BN24Z1 Vertical power strip 60 A, 208V, Delta, 12 IEC C-13 and12 IEC 1
Underfloor C-19 receptacles, six 20 A double pole magnetic breaker on-off
Routing switch with integral switch guard, and 10' power cord with IEC
60309 3P+E pin in sleeve connector. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.3"W x 3.5"D (1683mm x 58mm x 89mm)
K.
Surface Vertical 80 AMP, 3 Phase Delta 208V
Raceway VB0B6A4AP12N1 Vertical power strip 80 A, 208V, Delta, 12 IEC C-19 receptacles, four 1
20 A triple pole magnetic breaker on-off switch with integral switch
L. guard, and hardwired wiring access panel conduit connection.
Cabinets, UL and c-UL Listed.
Racks & Dimensions: 66.3"H x 3.5"W x 3.5"D (1683mm x 89mm x 89mm)
Cable
Management For non-metered versions, replace VB1 with VB0, i.e. VB0A1P3BN24E1
Refer to www.panduit.com for detailed information on the complete line of power outlet units.
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
L.44 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.45
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Networked Power Outlet Units
Fiber
Optic Remote access to power consumption data via a Integrated power monitoring and management with on unit
Systems
web-based GUI provides global network access to display provides true RMS input current load (in amps) for
real-time power information each power circuit or phase to properly load balance and
D. maximize power circuits
Power Integrates with Panduit PIM Software, which
over aggregates power information through a single web Provides user-defined alarm/messaging capabilities for
Ethernet based GUI interface specific events that exceeded thresholds
Mounting buttons allow tool-less installation of
E. power strips
Zone
Cabling Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
F. Horizontal 20 Amp, 120V Networked Aggregate Monitoring
Wireless
PZ1A1C0BA20E1 2 RU horizontal power strip 20 A, 120V, 20 NEMA 5-20R 1
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, and
10' power cord with NEMA 5-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 3.4"H x 1.7"W x 6.0"D (86mm x 43mm x 152mm)
G.
Outlets PZ1A1D0BA20E1 2 RU Horizontal power strip 20 A, 120V, 20 NEMA 5-20R 1
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, and
10' power cord, NEMA L5-20P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 3.4"H x 1.7"W x 6.0"D (86mm x 43mm x 152mm)
H.
Media Vertical 20 AMP, 120V Networked Aggregate Monitoring
Distribution
QZ1A1C0BA24E1* Vertical power strip 20 A, 120V, 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, 1
RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, and 10' power
I. cord with NEMA 5-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Physical Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Infrastructure QZ1A1C0BA30P1* Vertical power strip 20 A, 120V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
Management
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, and
10' power cord with NEMA 5-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
J. Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Overhead &
Underfloor Vertical 20 AMP, 208V Networked Aggregate Monitoring
Routing QZ1B1P3BN30P1
QZ1B1E0BA30P1 Vertical power strip 20 A, 208V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, and
K. 10' power cord with NEMA 6-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Surface Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Raceway QZ1B1E0BA24H1 Vertical power strip 20 A, 208V, 24 NEMA 6-20R receptacles, 1
RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, and 10' power
L. cord with NEMA 6-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Cabinets, Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Racks &
Cable Vertical 20 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 120V Networked Circuit (X, Y, Z) Monitoring
Management QZ1A1J0BA30P1 Vertical power strip 20 A, 120V WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor and,
M. 10' power cord with NEMA L21-20P twist lock plug.
Grounding & UL and c-UL Listed.
Bonding Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Vertical 20 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 208V Networked Circuit (XY, YZ, ZX) Monitoring
QZ1B1J0BA30P1 Vertical power strip 20 A, 208V WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
N. receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, and
Industrial
10' power cord with NEMA L21-20P twist lock plug.
UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
O. Vertical 20 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 230/400V Networked Circuit Phase (X,Y, Z)
Labeling &
Identification Monitoring
QZ1D1K0BA30P1 Vertical power strip 20 A, 230/400V, WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 1
IEC C-19 receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current
P. monitor, and 10' power cord with NEMA L22-20P twist lock plug.
Cable UL and c-UL Listed.
Management Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Accessories
*For NEMA L5-20P twist lock plug, replace C with D, i.e. QZ1A1D0BA24E1.
For NEMA L6-20P twist lock plug, replace E with F, i.e. QZ1B1F0BA30P1.
Q.
Index
L.46 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Q.
Index
Table continues on page L.48
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.47
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Q.
Index
L.48 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Std.
D.
Pkg. Power
Part Number Part Description Qty. over
Ethernet
Vertical 60 AMP, 3 Phase Delta 208 Networked Breaker Monitoring for
Nexus 7.5kW Power Supplies
QZ1B2G6BN06L1 Vertical power strip with a 60 A, 208V, Delta, 6 NEMA L6-30R 1 E.
receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, six 30 Zone
A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch Cabling
guard, and 10' power cord with IEC 60309 3P+E pin in sleeve
connector. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.25"W x 3.4"D (1683mm x 57mm x 87mm) F.
PZ1B2G3BN03L1 Horizontal power strip with a 60 A, 208V, Delta, 3 NEMA L6-30R 1 Wireless
receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, three
30 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch
guard, and 10' power cord with IEC 60309 3P+E pin in sleeve
QZ1B2G6BN06L1 connector. UL and c-UL Listed. G.
Dimensions: 3.4"H x 17.0"W x 9.0"D (86mm x 431mm x 229mm) Outlets
QZ1B2G3BN03L1 Vertical power strip with a 60 A, 208V, Delta, 3 NEMA L6-30R 1
receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, three
30 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch H.
guard, and 10' power cord with IEC 60309 3P+E pin in sleeve Media
connector. UL and c-UL Listed. Distribution
Dimensions: 30.0"H x 2.25"W x 3.44"D (762mm x 57mm x 87mm)
PZ1B2G3BN03L1 QZ1B2G5BN2271 Vertical power strip with a 60 A, 208V, Delta, 16 IEC C-13, 4 IEC 1
I.
C-19 and 2 NEMA L6-30R receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with red
Physical
LED current monitor, one 30 A and four 20 A double pole magnetic Infrastructure
breaker/on-off switch with integral switch guard, and 10' power cord Management
with IEC 60309 3P+E pin in sleeve connector. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.25"W x 3.4"D (1683mm x 57mm x 87mm)
J.
Vertical 16 AMP, 230V Networked Aggregate Monitoring Overhead &
QZ1D2A0BA30P1 Vertical power strip 16 A, 230V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1 Underfloor
Routing
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor with
a IEC 60309 2P+ E pin in sleeve connector. Complies with IEC
60950-1, EN 55022, EN 55024 and CE Marked. K.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) Surface
Raceway
Vertical 16 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 230/400V Networked Circuit Phase
(X, Y, Z) Monitoring
L.
QZ1B2G5BN2271 QZ1D2Q0BA30P1 Vertical power strip 16 A, 230/400V, WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC 1 Cabinets,
C-19 receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current Racks &
monitor and 10' power cord with IEC 60309 3P+N+ E pin in sleeve Cable
connector. Complies with IEC 60950-1, EN 55022, EN 55024 Management
and CE Marked.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) M.
Vertical 32 AMP, 230V Networked Aggregate/Breaker Monitoring Grounding &
Bonding
QZ1D2B2BM30P1 Vertical power strip 32 A, 230V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, two
16 A single pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch
guard with a IEC 60309 2P+E pin in sleeve connector. Complies N.
with IEC 60950-1, EN 55022, EN 55024 and CE Marked. Industrial
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Vertical 32 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 230/400V Networked Circuit Phase O.
(X, Y, Z) Monitoring Labeling &
Identification
QZ1D2P3BN30P1 Vertical power strip 32 A, 230/400V, WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC 1
C-19 receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor,
three 16 A single pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral P.
switch guard and 10' power cord with IEC 60309 3P+ N+E, pin in Cable
sleeve connector. Complies with IEC 60950-1, EN 55022, EN 55024 Management
and CE Marked. Accessories
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.49
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Networked and Environmental Power Outlet Units
Fiber
Optic Remote access to power consumption data via a Provides user-defined alarm/messaging capabilities for
Systems web-based GUI provides global network access to specific events that exceed thresholds
real-time power information Integrated 2 line x 8 character LED display
D. Environmental monitoring measures
Power Optional remote LED display available for local monitoring,
in-cabinet temperature part number PVQ-RD
over
Ethernet Integrates with Panduit PIM Software which aggregates
power information through a single web interface
E.
Zone Std.
Cabling Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
Horizontal 15 AMP, 120V Networked and Environmental Aggregate Monitoring
F. PN1A1B0BA10B1 Horizontal power strip 15 A, 120V, 10 NEMA 5-15R receptacles, with 1
Wireless LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote
environmental ports, remote display port, and 10' power cord with
NEMA 5-15P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 1.73"H x 17.0"W x 6.5"D (44mm x 432mm x 165mm)
G.
Outlets Horizontal 20 Amp, 230V Networked and Environmental Aggregate Monitoring
PN1A1C0BA10E1 Horizontal power strip 20 A, 120V, 10 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, with 1
LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote
H. environmental ports, remote display port, and 10' power cord with
Media NEMA 5-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Distribution PN1A1C0BA10E1 Dimensions: 1.73"H x 17.0"W x 6.5"D (44mm x 432mm x 165mm)
PN1A1D0BA10E1 Horizontal power strip 20 A, 120V, 10 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, with 1
red LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote
I. environmental ports, remote display port, and 10' power cord with
Physical NEMA L5-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Infrastructure
Management Dimensions: 1.73"H x 17.0"W x 6.5"D (44mm x 432mm x 165mm)
PN1A1D0BA12M1 Horizontal power strip 20 A, 120V, 12 IEC C-13 receptacles, with red 1
J. LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote
Overhead & environmental ports, remote display port, and 10' power cord with
Underfloor NEMA L5-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Routing Dimensions: 1.73"H x 17.0"W x 6.5"D (44mm x 432mm x 165mm)
Vertical 20 AMP, 120V Networked and Environmental Aggregate Monitoring
K. QN1A1C0BA24E1 Vertical power strip 20 A, 120V, 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, with 1
Surface red LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote
Raceway environmental ports, remote display port, and 10' power cord with
NEMA 5-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
L. Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Cabinets,
Racks & Vertical 20 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 120V Networked and Environmental Phase
Cable (X, Y, Z) Monitoring
Management QN1A1J0BA24E1 Vertical power strip 20 A, 120V, WYE, 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, 1
with red LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12
M. remote environmental ports, remote display port, and 10' power cord
Grounding & with NEMA L21-20P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Bonding Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Vertical 20 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 208V Networked and Environmental Circuit
(X, Y, Z) Monitoring
N.
Industrial QN1B1J0BA30P1 Vertical power strip 20 A, 208V, WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote
environmental display ports, remote display port, and 10' power cord
with NEMA L21-20P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
O. Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
L.50 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Half height Vertical 30 AMP, 208V Networked and Environmental Secondary with
L.
Uplink Port, Circuit Breaker Monitoring Cabinets,
QN1B1L2BN0861 QD0B1L2BN0861 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V, 6 IEC C-13 and 2 IEC C-19 1 Racks &
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote Cable
environmental ports, one uplink port to daisy chain units together, Management
two 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral
switch guard, and 10' power cord with NEMA L6-30P twist lock plug. M.
UL and c-UL Listed. Grounding &
Dimensions: 33.0"H x 2.0"W x 2.25"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" Bonding
(87.4mm) to overall depth (838mm x 51mm x 57mm)
Vertical 30 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 120V Networked and Environmental Phase/Breaker
(X, Y, Z) Monitoring N.
Industrial
QN1A1P3BN30P1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120V, WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19 1
receptacles with red LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two
RJ12 remote environmental ports and remote display port, three 20 A
double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch guard, O.
and 10' power cord with NEMA L21-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed. Labeling &
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" Identification
(87.4) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
QN1A1P3BN24E1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120 V, WYE, 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, 1 P.
with red LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 Cable
remote environmental ports and remote display port, three 20 A Management
double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch Accessories
guard, and 10' power cord with NEMA L21-30P twist lock plug.
UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" Q.
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm) Index
Table continues on page L.52
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.51
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
L.52 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
G.
Outlets
Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
H.
Vertical 20 AMP, 208V Switched with Per Outlet Power and Media
Environmental Monitoring Distribution
QL1B1F0BA2401* Vertical switched power strip with per outlet power and 1
environmental monitoring, 20 A, 208V, WYE, 21 IEC C-13 and 3 IEC I.
C-19 locking receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote Physical
environmental ports, and 10' power cord with NEMA L21-20P twist Infrastructure
lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed. Management
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.5"W x 2.3"D (1683mm x 64mm x 57mm)
Vertical 20 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 230/400V Switched with Per Outlet Power and J.
Overhead &
Environmental Monitoring Underfloor
QL1D1K0BA2401* Vertical switched power strip 20 A, 230/400V, WYE, 21 IEC C-13 and 1 Routing
3 IEC C-19 locking receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12
remote environmental ports, and 10' power cord with NEMA L22-20P
twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed. K.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.5"W x 2.3"D (1683mm x 64mm x 57mm) Surface
Raceway
Vertical 20 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 208V Switched with Per Outlet Power and
Environmental Monitoring L.
QL1B1J0BA2401* Vertical switched power strip with per outlet power and 1 Cabinets,
environmental monitoring, 20 A, 208V, WYE, 21 IEC C-13 and 3 IEC Racks &
C-19 locking receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote Cable
environmental ports, and 10' power cord with NEMA L21-20P twist Management
lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.5"W x 2.3"D (1683mm x 64mm x 57mm) M.
Grounding &
Vertical 30 AMP, 208V Switched with Per Outlet Power and Bonding
Environmental Monitoring
QL1B1L2BN24AA1* Vertical switched power strip with per outlet power and 1
environmental monitoring, 30 A, 208V, 20 IEC C-13 and 4 IEC C-19 N.
locking receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote Industrial
environmental ports, two 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off
switch with integral switch guard, and 10' power cord with
NEMA L6-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 70.00"H x 2.5"W x 2.3"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44" O.
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1778mm x 64mm x 57mm) Labeling &
Identification
*For aggregate, phase, or breaker only monitoring, replace QL with QS, i.e. QS1B1F0BA2401.
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Table continues on page L.55
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.53
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Switched with per Outlet Monitoring Power Outlet Units (continued)
Fiber
Optic Std.
Systems
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
D.
Power Vertical 30 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 208V Switched with Per Outlet Power and
over Environmental Monitoring
Ethernet
QL1B1P3BN2491* Vertical switched power strip with per outlet power and 1
environmental monitoring, 30 A, 208V, WYE, 18 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC
E. C-19 locking receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote
Zone environmental ports, three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off
Cabling switch with integral switch guard, and 10' power cord with NEMA
L21-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 72.0"H x 2.5"W x 2.3"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1829mm x 64mm x 57mm)
F.
Wireless QL1B1N3BN2401* Vertical switched power strip with per outlet power and 1
environmental monitoring, 30 A, 208V, Delta, 21 IEC C-13 and 3 IEC
C-19 locking receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote
environmental ports, three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off
G. switch with integral switch guard, and 10' power cord with NEMA
Outlets 15-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 72.0"H x 2.5"W x 2.3"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1829mm x 64mm x 57mm)
H. Vertical 30 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 230/400V Switched with Per Outlet Power and
Media
Distribution Environmental Monitoring
QL1D1Q3BN2401* Vertical power strip 30 A, 230/400V, WYE, 21 IEC C-13 and 3 IEC 1
C-19 locking receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with two RJ12 remote
I. environmental ports, three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off
Physical switch with integral switch guard, and 10' power cord with NEMA
Infrastructure L22-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Management
Dimensions: 72.0"H x 2.5"W x 2.3"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1829mm x 64mm x 57mm)
J.
Overhead & Vertical 60 AMP, 3 Phase Delta 208V Switched with Per Outlet Power and
Underfloor Environmental Monitoring
Routing
QL1B2G6BN2491 Vertical switched power strip with per outlet power and 1
environmental monitoring, 60 A, 208V, Delta, 18 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC
K. C-19 locking receptacles, red LED current monitor, RJ-45 Ethernet
Surface port with two RJ12 remote environmental ports, six 20 A double pole
Raceway magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch guard, and 10'
power cord with IEC 60309 3P+E plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
L. Dimensions: 66.0"H x 4.0"W x 3.4"D (1683mm x 102mm x 87mm)
Cabinets,
Racks & *For aggregate, phase, or breaker only monitoring, replace QL with QS, i.e. QS1B1F0BA2401.
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
L.54 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.55
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Environmental Sensors
Fiber
Optic Designed specifically for the QN, QS, QL,and PL series power outlet units. The sensors provide temperature, humidity, and
Systems airflow information. The remote display allows for local monitoring via a LED display.
D. Std.
Power Pkg.
over Part Number Part Description Qty.
Ethernet PVQ-RD Remote Display Monitor, RJ-11 connection cord, mounting bracket, 1
adhesive pads, and hardware.
E. PVQ-EST-18 Environmental temperature sensor with 18' cord, includes: 15 (19") 1
Zone adhesive cord clips, 15 (.38") adhesive cord clips, 10 push mount
Cabling ties, .29" cable clamp and hardware.
PVQ-ESTAFHD-18 Temperature, humidity, airflow, and dew point sensor with 18' cord. 1
PVQ-RD Includes: 15 (19") adhesive cord clips, 10 (.38") adhesive cord clips,
F. 15 push mount ties, 2 (.29") cable clamp and hardware.
Wireless
PVQ-ESDP-NS PViQ Environmental Door Position Sensor with 30' cord, includes: 1
2 doors sensors, brackets, 15 (19") adhesive cord clips, 10 (.38")
adhesive cord clips, 15 push mount ties, 2 (.29") cable clamp
and hardware.
G.
Outlets PVQ-ESDP-NA PViQ Environmental Door Position Sensor with 30' cord, includes: 1
PVQ-EST18 PVQ-ESDP 2 doors sensors, brackets, 15 (19") adhesive cord clips, 10 (.38")
adhesive cord clips, 15 push mount ties, 2 (.29") cable clamp
and hardware.
H.
Media PVQ-ESDP PViQ Environmental Door Position Sensor with 30' cord. 1
Distribution
PVQ-ESW PViQ Environmental Water Sensor with 20' cord. 1
I.
Physical PVQ-ESW
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
L.56 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Power Cords C.
Fiber
Power Cords are of optimal lengths between POUs and Improve cable management and increase air circulation Optic
active equipment to minimize excess lengths and for better thermal performance. Systems
cord slack A variety of configurations available for multiple
application environments D.
Power
over
Ethernet
Std.
Length Pkg.
Part Number Ft. mm Color Qty. E.
IEC 320 C14 to IEC 320 C13 Zone
Cabling
PC14C13BL1.5 1.5 460.0 Black 1
PC14C13BL2 2.0 610.0 Black 1
PC14C13BL3 3.3 1000.0 Black 1 F.
Wireless
PC14C13BL4 4.0 1220.0 Black 1
PC14C13BL1.5
PC14C13BL5 5.0 1500.0 Black 1
G.
PC14C13BL6.5 6.5 2000.0 Black 1 Outlets
PC14C13BL7 7.0 2134.0 Black 1
PC14C13BL8 8.0 2500.0 Black 1
H.
PC14C13BL9 9.0 2740.0 Black 1 Media
Distribution
PC14C13BL10 10.0 3050.0 Black 1
PC14C13GY1.5 1.5 460.0 Gray 1 I.
Physical
PC14C13GY2 2.0 610.0 Gray 1 Infrastructure
Management
PC14C13GY3 3.3 1000.0 Gray 1
PC14C13GY4 4.0 1220.0 Gray 1 J.
Overhead &
PC14C13GY5 5.0 1500.0 Gray 1 Underfloor
Routing
PC14C13GY6.5 6.5 2000.0 Gray 1
PC14C13GY7 7.0 2134.0 Gray 1
K.
PC14C13GY8 8.0 2500.0 Gray 1 Surface
Raceway
PC14C13GY9 9.0 2740.0 Gray 1
PC14C13GY10 10.0 3050.0 Gray 1 L.
Cabinets,
IEC 320 C20 to IEC 320 C13 Racks &
Cable
PC20C13BL1.5 1.5 460.0 Black 1 Management
PC20C13BL3 3.3 1000.0 Black 1
M.
PC20C13BL6 6.0 1830.0 Black 1 Grounding &
Bonding
IEC 320 C20 to IEC 320 C19
PC20C19BL3 3.3 1000.0 Black 1
PC20C19BL4 4.0 1220.0 Black 1 N.
Industrial
PC20C19BL5 5.0 1500.0 Black 1
PC20C19BL6 6.0 1830.0 Black 1
O.
PC20C19GY3 3.3 1000.0 Gray 1 Labeling &
Identification
PC20C19GY4 4.0 1220.0 Gray 1
PC20C19GY5 5.0 1500.0 Gray 1 P.
Cable
PC20C19GY6 6.0 1830.0 Gray 1
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Table continues on page L.58
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.57
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
E.
P515C13BL3 3.0 950.0 Black 1
Zone P515C13BL6 6.0 1830.0 Black 1
Cabling
P515C13BL7 7.0 2134.0 Black 1
P515C13GY3 3.0 950.0 Gray 1
F.
Wireless P515C13GY6 6.0 1830.0 Gray 1
J.
P620C19BL3 3.0 950.0 Black 1
Overhead & P620C19BL6 6.0 1830.0 Black 1
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Power Cord Retainers
Cabinets,
Racks & Eliminate accidental plug disconnection from power outlet Suitable for Panduit power cords and Panduit power
Cable units providing secure connections; reducing the risk of outlet units
Management equipment downtime
M. Std.
Grounding & Pkg.
Bonding Part Number Part Description Qty.
PRPC13W-2.0-X C13 retaining clip for power outlet units with 2.00 inch chassis. 10
N. PRPC13W-2.25-X C13 retaining clip for power outlet units with 2.25 inch chassis. 10
Industrial
PRPC19Y-2.0-X C19 retaining clip for power outlet units with 2.00 inch chassis. 10
O. PRPC19Y-2.25-X C19 retaining clip for power outlet units with 2.25 inch chassis. 10
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
L.58 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
6 D.
2 Power
over
Ethernet
3 1
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
4 Cable
5 Management
M.
R4P 4 Post Rack RSHLF 4 Post Rack Shelf Grounding &
1 84"H x 23.3" W x 30.0"D (45RU) 5 19"H x 30" W Bonding
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.59
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
No. of Std.
Rack Pkg.
G. Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty.
Outlets
7' 4 Post Rack Threaded Rail
R4P23 EIA rack with #12-24 threaded rails. 45 1
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 23.25"W x 23.0"D
H. (2134mm x 591mm x 584mm).
Media
Distribution R4P 4 post EIA rack with #12-24 threaded rails. 45 1
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 23.25"W x 30.0"D
(2134mm x 591mm x 762mm).
I. R4P36 4 post EIA rack with #12-24 threaded rails. 45 1
Physical
Infrastructure Dimensions: 84.0"H x 23.25"W x 36.0"D
Management (2134mm x 591mm x 914mm).
R4P42 4 post EIA rack with #12-24 threaded rails. 45 1
J. Dimensions: 84.0"H x 23.25"W x 41.5"D
Overhead & (2134mm x 591mm x 1054mm).
Underfloor 7' 4 Post Rack Cage Nut Rail
Routing
R4P23CN 4 post EIA rack with cage nut rails. 45 1
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 23.25"W x 23.0"D
K. (2134mm x 591mm x 584mm).
Surface R4PCN 4 post EIA rack with cage nut rails. 45 1
Raceway Dimensions: 84.0"H x 23.25"W x 30.0"D
(2134mm x 591mm x 762mm).
L.
R4P36CN 4 post EIA rack with cage nut rails. 45 1
Cabinets,
Racks & Dimensions: 84.0"H x 23.25"W x 36.0"D
Cable (2134mm x 591mm x 914mm).
R4P
Management R4P42CN 4 post EIA rack with cage nut rails. 45 1
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 23.25"W x 41.5"D
M. (2134mm x 591mm x 1054mm).
Grounding &
Bonding ^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
All product color is black.
For 42 RU add suffix 79 to the end of part number and for 42 RU cage nut version add suffix CN79 to the end of
the part number.
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
L.60 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
P.
RSHLF Cable
Management
Accessories
RCSTR Q.
Index
Table continues on page L.62
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.61
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
I. CVPPB CNSPE RFAKIT Rack anchor kit for concrete floor (set of four). 1
Physical
Infrastructure
Management S1224-C #12-24 x .5" mounting screws. 100
N.
Industrial
RGCBNJ660P22
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
L.62 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
R2PPRVWF
Q.
Index
Table continues on page L.64
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.63
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
L.64 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Cable Capacity Chart Management
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.65
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
PatchRunner High Capacity Vertical Cable Managers Roadmap
Fiber
Optic
Systems 4
D.
Power
over 3
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
2 7
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets 5
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J. 6
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K. 8
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
1
Cable
Management
R4P 4 Post Rack R4PWF Rack Top Trough with
1 84.0"H x 23.25"W x 30.0"D, 4 Waterfall creates pathway above rack
M. 45 rack units (RU) (page L.61)
Grounding &
Bonding R4P23 4 Post Rack
84.0"H x 23.25"W x 23.0"D,
NCMH2 NetManager Horizontal
45 RU (not shown) 5 Cable Manager
N. R4P36 4 Post Rack (page L.79)
Industrial 84.0"H x 23.25"W x 36.0"D,
45 RU (not shown)
NM2 NetManager High Capacity
R4P42 4 Post Rack 6 Horizontal Cable Manager
O. 84.0"H x 23.25"W x 41.5"D,
Labeling & (page L.78)
45 RU (not shown) (page L.60)
Identification
PatchRunner High Capacity
2 Vertical Cable Managers PEHF3 PatchRunner High Capacity
P. 7 Horizontal Cable Manager
Cable Available in 6", 8", 10", and
(page L.80)
Management 12" widths (page L.65 L.68)
Accessories
PatchRunner High Capacity
3 Dual Hinged Metal Doors 8 RFG6X8 Cool Boot Raised Floor Air
Q.
Sealing Grommet
Index
Available in 6", 8", 10", and 12" (pages L.90 and L.91)
widths (page L.67)
L.66 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.67
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
PatchRunner High Capacity Vertical Cable Management System
Fiber
Optic (continued)
Systems
No. of Std. Std.
D. Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Power Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
over
Ethernet Accessories
PEVBRC6 Horizontal cross brace bend radius control clips for 1 10
E.
PatchRunner High Capacity Vertical Cable Managers
Zone PEV6 and PEVF6.
Cabling PEVBRC8 Horizontal cross brace bend radius control clips for 1 10
PEVBRC PatchRunner High Capacity Vertical Cable Managers
PEV8 and PEVF8.
F. PEVBRC10 Horizontal cross brace bend radius control clips for 1 10
Wireless PatchRunner High Capacity Vertical Cable Managers
PEV10 and PEVF10.
PEVBRC12 Horizontal cross brace bend radius control clips for 1 10
PatchRunner High Capacity Vertical Cable Managers
G. PEV12 and PEVF12.
Outlets
PEVEP End Panel. 1
Dimensions: 83.7"H x 23.2"W x .5"D
(2125mm x 590mm x 12mm).
H. SRB19D5BL Strain relief bar extends 5" off the rack; supports, manages, 1 10
Media
Distribution and provides proper bend radius protection.
PEVEP
SRB19D7BL Strain relief multi-depth bar extends 7" off the rack; 1 10
supports, manages, and provides proper bend radius
I. protection. Ideal for use with Category 6A copper cabling
Physical
Infrastructure installations.
Management WR5E-X Snap-on finger cable retainers. 10 100
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks & SRB19D7BL
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
WR5E-X
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
L.68 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Cable Capacity Chart Racks &
Front Channel w/ Spool Front Channel No Spool Rear Channel
Cable
Management
Cable Capacity Cable Capacity Cable Capacity
Channel Channel Channel
Area Cat 6A-SD Cat 6A Cat 6 Cat 5e Area Cat 6A-SD Cat 6A Cat 6 Cat 5e Area Cat 6A-SD Cat 6A Cat 6 Cat 5e
Part Number (In2) (0.240) (0.300) (0.240) (0.225) (In2) (0.240) (0.300) (0.240) (0.225) (In2) (0.240) (0.300) (0.240) (0.225) M.
Grounding &
PRV6* (Dual Sided) 28.22 37.8 292 187 292 332 27.6 213 136 213 243 Bonding
PRVF6*(Single Sided) 28.22 37.8 292 187 292 332
PRV8* (Dual Sided) 44.68 345 221 345 393 54.3 419 268 419 477 39.0 301 193 301 343
PRVF8* (Single Sided) 44.68 345 221 345 393 54.3 419 268 419 477
PRV10* (Dual Sided) 61.14 473 302 473 538 70.7 547 350 547 622 50.3 389 249 389 443 N.
PRVF10* (Single Sided) 61.14 473 302 473 538 70.7 547 350 547 622 Industrial
PRV12* (Dual Sided) 77.6 600 384 600 683 87.2 674 431 674 767 61.7 477 305 477 543
PRVF12* (Single Sided) 77.6 600 384 600 683 87.2 674 431 674 767
PRV15*(Dual Sided) 102.3 791 506 791 900 111.9 865 554 865 984 78.7 609 389 609 693
O.
PRVF15* (Single Sided) 102.3 791 506 791 900 111.9 865 554 865 984 Labeling &
Capacities are based on a fill rate of 35% to accommodate proper cable routing techniques. Identification
For comparison, multiply by 1.5 for a fill rate of 50%.
The above cable diameters represent the nominal Panduit cable diameter per performance level.
*For part numbers that are 8 foot tall, add "96" to the end of the part number. P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.69
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
PatchRunner Vertical Cable Management Rack System Roadmap
C.
Fiber
Vertical cable management system that can manage high-density network equipment and patch panels in up to
Optic half the number of racks required by traditional horizontal and vertical cable management systems
Systems
D.
Power
1 9
over 2c
Ethernet
E.
2a
Zone
Cabling
5a
F.
Wireless
5b
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
6
Distribution 8
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
10
K.
Surface
Raceway
2b 3a 4
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
3b 3c 7 10
Management
M.
Grounding & R2P 19" Standard ANGLED MODULAR PATCH PANELS
Bonding 1 EIA Rack 19" x 7', 45 RU
(page L.63) CPPLA48WBLY 2 RU, 48-Port
5a (page B.69)
PatchRunner VERTICAL MANAGERS
N. CPPA48HDWBLY 1 RU, High
Industrial
2a PRV6 6" wide (page L.71) 5b Density 48-Port (page B.68)
2b PRV8 8" wide (page L.71)
6 NM4 Cable Pathway, 4 RU
(page L.78)
O.
Labeling & 2c PRV12 12" wide (page L.71)
Identification CMT4 Trough, 4 RU
HINGED DOORS 7 (page L.82)
P. 3a PRD8 Dual Hinge, 8" wide
(page L.71) PREP End Panel
Cable 8 (page L.72)
Management
Accessories 3b PED12 Dual Hinge, 12" wide
(page L.72) R2PPRVWF Rack Top
9
3c PEDK12 Bracket Kit
(page L.72)
Trough (page L.63)
Q. RFG6X8 Cool Boot Raised Floor Air
Index 4 PRSHD6 Single Hinge, 10 Sealing Grommet (pages L.90 and L.91)
6" wide (shown) (page L.72)
L.70 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.71
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q. PREP
Index
L.72 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
11 4 D.
Power
6 over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
7
H.
Media
8 Distribution
I.
9 Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
10
11
2 5 K.
3 1 Surface
Raceway
L.
R2P 19" Standard CMPH2 2 RU Open-Access
1 6 Horizontal Cable Manager D-rings
Cabinets,
EIA Rack, 19" x 7', 45 RU (page L.63) Racks &
installed on panels Cable
Management
Front D-ring size 3"H x 3"D
Rear D-ring size 3"H x 5"D
M.
Width 19" (pages L.81 and L.82) Grounding &
NVR12 WMPH2E 2 RU PatchLink Bonding
2 12" Wide Front and Rear Vertical 7 Horizontal Cable Manager
Manager 45 RU (page L.74) Front pathway 3"H x 3"D
Rear pathway 2"H x 5"D N.
Industrial
NRD12 Dual Hinged Door Width 20.2" (page L.77)
3 Available in 6", 10" and 12" widths
NCMH2 Net-Manager Horizontal
(page L.74) 8 Cable Manager (page L.79) O.
Labeling &
WMPV45ERTW Rack Top NM2 2 RU NetManager High Identification
4 9 Capacity Horizontal Cable Manager
Trough with Waterfall creates
pathway above rack, for use (page L.78) P.
with R2P (page L.74) Cable
RFG6X8 Cool Boot Raised
10 Floor Air Sealing Grommet
Management
Accessories
NREP (shown) End Panel for (page L.90 and L.91)
5 NRV12, NRV10, NVR6 (page L.74)
R2PPDUB Power Outlet Unit (POU)
11 Bracket for 2 and 4 post racks
Q.
Index
(page L.63)
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.73
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
NetRunner High Capacity Vertical Cable Managers
C.
Fiber Large finger openings accommodate up to 24 Category Snap-on cable retainers can be placed on to fingers
Optic 6A cables to help retain cables in channel during installation
Systems and maintenance
Push button dual hinged doors ordered separately can
be opened 110 to the left or right to provide complete Vertical managers include cable retainers, mounting
D. access to the cables inside the vertical pathway brackets and #12-24 screws
Power
over Zero RU mounting capability expands the functionality
Ethernet of the vertical manager
No. of Std. Std.
E. Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Zone Part Number Part Description Spaces Qty. Qty.
Cabling NRV6 High capacity front and rear vertical manager. 45 1
Dimensions: 80.4"H x 6.7"W x 13.8"D
(2042mm x 170mm x 350mm).
F. NRV10 High capacity front and rear vertical manager. 45 1
Wireless Dimensions: 80.4"H x 10.0"W x 13.8"D
(2042mm x 254mm x 350mm).
NRV12 High capacity front only vertical manager. 45 1
Dimensions: 80.4"H x 12.0"W x 7.48"D
G. (2042mm x 305mm x 190mm).
Outlets NRVF6 High capacity front only vertical manager. 45 1
Dimensions: 80.4"H x 6.7"W x 7.48"D
(2042mm x 170mm x 190mm).
H. NRVF10 High capacity front only vertical manager. 45 1
Media Dimensions: 80.4"H x 10.0"W x 7.48"D
Distribution NRVF12 NRV12 (2042mm x 254mm x 190mm).
NRVF12 High capacity front only vertical manager. 45 1
Dimensions: 80.4"H x 12.0"W x 7.48"D
I. (2042mm x 305mm x 190mm).
Physical
Infrastructure NRD6 High capacity dual hinge metal door. 45 1
Management Dimensions: 82.8"H x 7.4"W x 1.6"D
(2104mm x 188mm x 40mm).
J. NRD10 High capacity dual hinge metal door. 45 1
Overhead & Dimensions: 82.8"H x 10.7"W x 1.6"D
Underfloor (2104mm x 272mm x 40mm).
Routing NRD12 High capacity dual hinge metal door. 45 1
Dimensions: 82.8"H x 12.7"W x 1.6"D
(2104mm x 322mm x 40mm).
K.
Surface NRVCB NetRunner High Capacity Center Mount Bracket Kit 1 10
Raceway allows mounting to adjacent racks. 4 brackets per kit.
NREP End panel for use with NRV series, 1
WMPVHCF45E/WMPVHC45E. Includes two panel
L.
Cabinets, sections to cover 45 RU on one side.
Racks & WMPVSMK NetRunner High Capacity Side Mount Hardware Kit for 1 10
Cable use with R4P 4 post rack series.
Management WMPV45ERTW Rack top trough with waterfall creates pathway above 1
rack, for use with SMR19X84 and
M. WMPV45E/WMPVHC45E, NRV.
Grounding & NRD12 NREP WR5E-X Snap-on finger cable retainers. 10 100
Bonding
PRSP5 Molded plastic slack spool, front or rear. 10 100
Dimensions: 5.25"D x 1.3" dia. (133mm x 32mm)
SRB19BLY Strain relief bar extends 2" off the rack; supports, 1 1
N. manages, and provides proper bend radius protection.
Industrial
Capacity Chart Front Channel with Slack Spool Front Channel with No Slack Spool Rear Channel
Cable Capacity* Cable Capacity* Cable Capacity*
O.
Cat6A- Cat6A- Cat6A-
Labeling &
Channel SD Cat6A Cat6 Cat5e Channel SD Cat6A Cat6 Cat5e Channel SD Cat6A Cat6 Cat5e
Identification
Part Number Area (In2) (0.240) (0.300) (0.240) (0.225) Area (In2) (0.240) (0.300) (0.240) (0.225) Area (In2) (0.240) (0.300) (.240) (.225)
NRV6 (front/rear) 23.3 180 115 180 205 32.9 254 163 254 289 32.9 254 163 254 289
P. NRVF6 (front only) 23.3 180 115 180 205 32.9 254 163 254 289
Cable NRV10 (front/rear) 42.8 331 212 331 377 52.4 406 260 406 461 52.4 406 260 406 461
Management
NRVF10 (front/only) 42.8 331 212 331 377 52.4 406 260 406 461
Accessories
NRV12 (front/rear) 54.6 422 270 422 481 64.2 497 318 497 565 64.2 497 318 497 565
NRVF12 (front only) 54.6 422 270 422 481 64.2 497 318 497 565
Q. *Capacities are based on a fill ratio of 35% to accommodate proper cable routing techniques. For 50% fill ratio, multiply by 1.5.
Index All dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in inches.
L.74 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
NetRunner Vertical Cable Management
C.
Large finger openings accommodate up to 24 Snap-on cable retainers can be placed on to fingers to Fiber
Category 6 cables help retain cables in channel during installation Optic
and maintenance Systems
Integral cable retainers on the end of each finger to help
contain cables within each rack unit Vertical managers include hinged covers, cable retainers,
mounting brackets and #12-24 screws D.
Bend radius fingers align with rack spaces to support Power
cables as they transition to the vertical pathway over
Ethernet
Dual hinged covers can be opened 110 to the left or right
to provide complete access to the cables inside the
vertical pathway E.
Zone
No. of Std. Std. Cabling
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
Vertical Cable Managers Front and Rear
F.
WMPV22E Front and rear vertical manager. 22 1 Wireless
Dimensions: 41.5"H x 4.9"W x 12.0"D
(1054mm x 125mm x 306mm)
WMPVHC45E Front and rear vertical manager. 45 1
Dimensions: 83.0"H x 6.7"W x 14.1"D G.
(2108mm x 170mm x 357mm) Outlets
WMPV45E Front and rear vertical manager. 45 1
Dimensions: 83.0"H x 4.9"W x 12.0"D
(2108mm x 125mm x 306mm)
H.
Vertical Cable Managers Front Only Media
WMPVF22E Front only vertical manager. 22 1 Distribution
Dimensions: 41.5"H x 4.9"W x 6.5"D
(1054mm x 125mm x 165mm)
I.
WMPVHCF45E Front only vertical manager. 45 1 Physical
Dimensions: 83.0"H x 6.7"W x 7.6"D Infrastructure
(2108mm x 170mm x 192mm) Management
WMPVF45E Front only vertical manager. 45 1
Dimensions: 83.0"H x 4.9"W x 6.5"D J.
(2108mm x 125mm x 165mm) Overhead &
Accessories Underfloor
WMPVCBE NetRunner Center Mount Bracket Kit allows mounting 1 10 Routing
to adjacent racks. Four brackets per kit.
WMPVSMK NetRunner Side Mount Hardware Kit for use with 1 10 K.
Panduit CMR19X84S racks and Panduit R4P 4 post Surface
rack series. Raceway
WMPVCMB Rack adapter bracket kit. Front or back mounted on racks 1 10
with dimensions up to 1 5/8" (41.1mm) from outside edge L.
of rack to center of the mounting hole. Two kits are Cabinets,
required for center mounting of NetRunner Managers. Racks &
Four brackets per kit. Cable
WMPV22E WMPVF22E NREP End panel for use with NRV series, 1 Management
WMPVHCF45E/WMPVHC45E. Includes two panel
sections to cover 45 RU on one side. M.
WMPV45EP End panel for use with WMPV45E. Includes two panel 1 Grounding &
sections to cover 45 RU on one side. Bonding
WMPV45ERTW Rack top trough with waterfall creates pathway above 1
rack, for use with CMR19X84 and
WMPV45E/WMPVHC45E and NRV series. N.
Industrial
WR5E-X Snap-on finger cable retainers. 10 100
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
All product color is black. Cable Capacity Chart
O.
Cat6A-SD Cat 6A Cat6 Cat5e Labeling &
(.240") (.300") (.240") (.225") Identification
Part Number Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear
WMPV22E 143 143 91 143 143 143 162 162
P.
WMPVF22E 143 91 143 162 Cable
WMPV45E 143 143 91 143 143 143 162 162 Management
WMPVF45E 143 91 143 162 Accessories
WMPVHC45E 266 266 170 266 266 266 303 303
WMPVHCF45E 266 170 266 303
Note: Capacities are based upon a fill rate of 35% to accommodate proper cable
Q.
routing techniques. Index
For comparison, multiply by 1.5 for a fill rate of 50%.
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.75
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Horizontal Cable Management Rack Systems
C.
Fiber Panduit PatchLink , NetManager , and Open-Access
Optic
Systems
Horizontal Cable Managers manage, protect, and showcase
cables between patch panels on 19" EIA racks
D.
Power PatchLink and NetManager Dual Hinged Covers conceal
over cable pathway and provide easy access without having to
Ethernet remove the door
E.
Pass-through holes allow front to rear cabling
Zone
Cabling For comparison, multiply by 1.25 for a fill rate of 50%
I. WMPLFSE 12 16
Physical WMPLSE 12 12 16 44
Infrastructure WMPSE 24 25 30 44
Management
NetManager High Capacity Horizontal Cable Manager
J.
Overhead & Cable Capacity Chart
Underfloor Cat 6A-SD Cat 6A Cat 6 Cat5e Fiber
Routing (.240") (.300") (.240") (.225") (3mm)
Part Number Front Back Front Back Front Back Front Back Front Back
K. NM1 30 30 18 18 30 30 34 34 120 120
Surface NM2 84 84 54 54 84 84 96 96 348 348
Raceway NM3 144 144 90 90 144 144 168 168 618 618
NM4 210 210 132 132 210 210 240 240 882 882
L. NMF1 30 18 34 34 120
Cabinets,
NMF2 84 54 96 96 348
Racks &
Cable NMF3 144 90 168 168 618
Management NMF4 210 132 240 240 882
L.76 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
WMPF1E N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
WMPHF2E
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.77
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
NetManager High Capacity Horizontal Cable Managers
Fiber
Optic Innovative inset fingers slope inward toward back of Curved surfaces maintain cable bend radius
Systems managers offering unobstructed access to network Pass-through holes allow for front to rear cabling
cabling for easier moves, adds, and changes
Built in cable retainers hold cable in place for easy moves,
D. Large front finger openings easily accommodate Category adds, and changes
Power 6 and 10 GbE cables, speeding installation and reducing
over maintenance costs Mount to 19" EIA racks and cabinets
Ethernet
Rear cable management finger spacing utilizes open Covers, #12-24 and M6 mounting screws included
D-rings for greater accessibility Design fits flush to the front of the NetRunner High
E. Capacity WMPVHCF45E and WMPVHC45E
Zone Can be used to create large capacity horizontal pathways
for routing cable Vertical Managers
Cabling
Patented front and rear dual hinged cover allows cable
access without removing cover
F.
Wireless
No. of Std.
Rack Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty.
G. 19" High Capacity Manager, Front and Rear
Outlets NM2 NM1 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front and Rear 1 1
Rack Unit. 1.7"H x 19.0"W x 13.1"D (44mm x 482mm x
332mm).
H. NM2 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front and Rear 2 1
Media Rack Units. 3.5"H x 19.0"W x 13.1"D (88mm x 482mm x
Distribution 332mm).
NMF2 NM3 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front and Rear 3 1
I. Rack Units. 5.2"H x 19.0"W x 13.1"D (133mm x 482mm x
Physical 332mm).
Infrastructure
NM4 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front and Rear 4 1
Management
Rack Units. 7.0"H x 19.0"W x 13.1"D (177mm x 482mm x
332mm).
J.
Overhead & 19" High Capacity Manager, Front Only
Underfloor NMF3 NMF1 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front Only 1 Rack 1 1
Routing Unit. 1.7"H x 19.0"W x 6.2"D (44mm x 482mm x 157mm).
NMF2 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front Only 2 Rack 2 1
K. Units. 3.5"H x 19.0"W x 6.2"D (88mm x 482mm x 157mm).
Surface
Raceway NMF3 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front Only 3 Rack 3 1
Units. 5.2"H x 19.0"W x 6.2"D (133mm x 482mm x 157mm).
L. NMF4 NMF4 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front Only 4 Rack 4 1
Cabinets, Units. 7.0"H x 19.0"W x 6.2"D (177mm x 482mm x 157mm).
Racks &
Cable Accessories
Management NM1B Front to rear pass through blanking panel for NetManager 1
High Capacity Horizontal Cable Managers, NM1 and NMF1.
NM1B
M. NM2B Front to rear pass through blanking panel for NetManager 1
Grounding &
Bonding High Capacity Horizontal Cable Managers, NM2 and NMF2.
NM2B NM3B Front to rear pass through blanking panel for NetManager 1
High Capacity Horizontal Cable Managers, NM3 and NMF3.
N. NM4B Front to rear pass through blanking panel for NetManager 1
Industrial High Capacity Horizontal Cable Managers, NM4 and NMF4.
Q.
Index
L.78 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
No. of Std. E.
Rack Pkg. Zone
Cabling
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty.
NCMHF1 1.7"H x 19.0"W x 3.7"D (44mm x 483mm x 95mm). 1 1
NCMHF1 F.
NCMHF2 3.5"H x 19.0"W x 3.7"D (88mm x 483mm x 95mm). 2 1 Wireless
NCMH2
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.79
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
PatchRunner High Capacity Horizontal Cable Managers
Fiber
Optic Manage cables on switches with vertical cards Pass-through holes on top and back of manager
Systems
Curved cable management fingers support cables as they Mount to 19" EIA racks and cabinets
transition to the vertical pathway Mounting hardware included
D.
Power Can be used to create cable pathways for routing cable
over Steel hinged cover provides easy access to pathway
Ethernet
Cable Capacity
E. No. of Std.
Zone Part Rack Cat 6A-SD Cat 6A Cat 6 Cat 5e Fiber Pkg.
Cabling Number Part Description Spaces^ (.240") (.300") (.240") (.225") (3mm) Qty.
PEHF2 PatchRunner High 2 143 92 143 163 592 1
Capacity Horizontal
F. PEHF2 Cable Manager with
Wireless hinged cover, front
only, 2 RU.
Dimensions: 3.5"H x
18.9"W x 9.8"D*
G. (89mm x 480mm x
Outlets 250mm*)
*Depth can telescope
from rack mounting
face 4.4" (112mm) to
H. PEHF3 7.6" (193mm).
Media
Distribution PEHF3 PatchRunner High 3 259 166 259 295 1072 1
Capacity Horizontal
Cable Manager with
I. hinged cover, front
Physical only, 3 RU.
Infrastructure Dimensions: 5.2"H x
Management
18.9"W x 9.8"D*
(133mm x 480mm x
J. 250mm*)
Overhead & *Depth can telescope
Underfloor PEHF4 from rack mounting
Routing face 4.4" (112mm) to
7.6" (193mm).
K. PEHF4 PatchRunner High 4 375 240 375 427 1551 1
Surface
Capacity Horizontal
Raceway
Cable Manager with
hinged cover, front
L. only, 4 RU.
Cabinets, Dimensions: 7.0"H x
Racks & 18.9"W x 9.8"D*
Cable
Management
(177mm x 480mm x
250mm*)
*Depth can telescope
M. from rack mounting
Grounding & face 4.4" (112mm) to
Bonding 7.6" (193mm).
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
L.80 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.81
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C. Vertical D-Rings
Fiber
Optic Patented cable manager ring Rounded edges prevent damage to cable insulation
Systems Standard EIA hole spacing allows product to be mounted 1/4" (M6) mounting hole allows for a variety of screws to
to any standard rack secure the D-ring to a surface
D.
Power
Flexible material allows arm to rotate so entire cable Create a structured pathway and allows for open access
over bundle can be inserted and removed Material: Black Flame Retardant Polycarbonate
Ethernet
E.
Zone Cable Capacity
Cabling Std.
Cat 6A Cat 6 Cat 5e Pkg.
Part Number Part Description (0.300") (0.240") (0.225") Qty.
F. CMVDR1 Vertical D-ring. 40 62 70 1
Wireless CMVDR1 CMVDR1S Outside dimensions 5.72"L x 2.05"W
(145.3mm x 52.1mm).
CMVDR1S Vertical D-ring. 20 30 35 1
Outside dimensions 3.26"L x 2.05"W
G. (82.8mm x 52.1mm).
Outlets
CMVDR2 Vertical D-ring. 82 128 144 1
Outside dimensions 5.72"L x 3.30"W
(145.3mm x 83.8mm).
H. CMVDR2 CMVDR2S
Media CMVDR2S Vertical D-ring. 40 62 70 1
Distribution Outside dimensions 3.26"L x 3.30"W
(82.8mm x 83.8mm).
I. CMVDRC Center mounted vertical D-ring for routing 170 265 300 1
Physical cables between two adjacent racks. Requires
Infrastructure 8.25" spacing between the center lines of the
Management
adjacent racks mounting holes.
Outside dimensions 5.66"L x 8.75"W
J. CMVDRC (143.8mm x 222.3mm).
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
L. Cable Capacity
Cabinets, Std.
Racks & Part Cat. 6A Cat. 6A Cat. 6 Cat. 5e Fiber Pkg.
Cable Number Part Description (.298") (.289") (.250") (.187") (3mm) Qty.
Management CMLT19 4 RU lower trough with 1.3" bend radius 85 106 125 224 564 1
mounts to the bottom of a standard 19"
M. EIA rack.
Grounding & Dimensions: 8.0"H x 19.0"W x 4.5"D
Bonding (203mm x 483mm x 114mm).
CMLT19
CMUT19 2 RU upper trough with 1.3" bend 57 70 83 148 373 1
radius mounts to the top of a standard
N. 19" EIA rack.
Industrial Dimensions: 3.5."H x 19.0"W x 4.5"D
(89mm x 483mm x 114mm).
CMT4 4 RU cable routing trough. 152 12488 223 399 1002 1
O. Dimensions: 6.9"H x 19.0"W x 4.5"D
Labeling & CMUT19 (176mm x 483mm x 114mm).
Identification
One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
All product color is black.
P. All dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in inches (mm).
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q. CMT4
Index
L.82 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
No. of Std. D.
Rack Pkg. Power
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. over
Ethernet
SRM19FM1 19" front mount shelf, steel. 1 1
Dimensions: 1.7"H x 19.0"W x 15.2"D
(44mm x 483mm x 385mm). E.
SRM19FM2 Load rating 30 lbs. Zone
Cabling
SRM19FM2 19" front mount shelf, steel. 2 1
Dimensions: 3.5"H x 19.0"W x 15.2"D
(88mm x 483mm x 385mm).
Load rating 50 lbs. F.
Wireless
SRM19CMV3 19" cantilevered shelf, vented aluminum. Includes two-piece 3 1
shelf that mounts to front and back of EIA racks.
Dimensions: 5.2"H x 19.2"W x 12.5"D
(133mm x 489mm x 316mm).
Load rating 200 lbs. G.
SRM19CMV3 Outlets
SRM19CM3 19" cantilevered shelf, aluminum. Includes two-piece shelf 3 1
that mounts to front and back of EIA racks.
Dimensions: 5.2"H x 19.2"W x 12.5"D
(133mm x 489mm x 316mm). H.
Load rating 200 lbs. Media
Distribution
SRM19X18A1 19" adjustable mount shelf, steel, mounts to front and back 1 1
of EIA racks.
Dimensions: 1.8"H x 19.0"W x 18.0"D I.
SRM19X18A1 (44mm x 483mm x 457mm). Physical
Load rating 250 lbs. Infrastructure
Management
SRM19X25A1 19" adjustable mount shelf, steel, mounts to front and back 1 1
of EIA racks.
J.
Dimensions: 1.8"H x 19.0"W x 25.0"D Overhead &
(44mm x 483mm x 635mm). Underfloor
Load rating 250 lbs. Routing
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
All product color is black. K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Panel Extender Brackets Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Allow for mounting 19" product on 23" standard EIA racks Offset bracket design maintains flush mounting of panels Management
or cabinets Mounting hardware included
M.
Grounding &
No. of Std. Std. Bonding
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
PEB1 Converts 19" horizontal panels to 23" panels. 1 1 10
N.
PEB2 Converts 19" horizontal panels to 23" panels. 2 1 10 Industrial
PEB1 ^One rack space = 1.75". (44.45mm).
All product color is black.
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
PEB2 Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.83
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Rack Mount Cable Management Accessories
Fiber
Optic Bend radius control fingers support cables as they Attach to patch panels or equipment mounting screws
Systems transition to the vertical pathway Lightweight plastic construction provides durability and
Finger spacing aligns with rack units easy installation
D.
Power
over
Ethernet No. of Std.
Rack Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty.
E.
Zone CMBRC1 Kit of two bend radius control fingers; for use with patch 1 10
Cabling panels. Maintains 1/2" bend radius control.
CMBRC1 Dimensions: 1.7"H x .8" W x 3.0"D
(44mm x 19mm x 77mm).
F. CMBRC1E Kit of two bend radius control fingers, for use with patch 1 10
Wireless panels. Maintains 1/2" bend radius control.
Dimensions: 1.7"H x 1.0"W x 5.1"D
(44mm x 25mm x 129mm).
CMBRC5 One-piece unit with five bend radius control fingers; for use 5 10
G. with active equipment. Maintains 1/4" bend radius control.
Outlets Dimensions: 8.7"H x 1.0"W x 3.3"D
(222mm x 26mm x 84mm).
CMBRC5E
CMBRC5E One-piece unit with five bend radius control fingers; for use 5 10
H. with active equipment. Maintains 1/4" bend radius control.
Media Dimensions: 8.7"H x 1.0"W x 5.1"D
Distribution (222mm x 26mm x 129mm).
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
I. All product color is black.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management Hinged Wall Brackets
J. Mount to wall or standard EIA 19" rack Panel rotates from one side for easy access to cabling
Overhead & Cable tie slots Include write-on labeling area
Underfloor
Routing Standard 19" EIA hole spacing Accept 19" patch panels, horizontal managers,
and equipment
K.
Surface No. of Std.
Raceway Rack Pkg.
WBH1 Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty.
L. 6" Deep Wall Brackets
Cabinets,
Racks & WBH1 Dimensions: 1.8"H x 20.2"W x 6.3"D 1 1
Cable (44mm x 513mm x 159mm).
Management WBH2 Load rating 10 lbs.
WBH2 Dimensions: 3.5"H x 20.2"W x 6.3"D 2 1
M. (89mm x 513mm x 159mm).
Grounding & Load rating 20 lbs.
Bonding
WBH3 Dimensions: 5.3"H x 20.2"W x 6.3"D 3 1
WBH3 (133mm x 513mm x 159mm).
Load rating 30 lbs.
N. WBH4 Dimensions: 7.0"H x 20.2"W x 6.3"D 4 1
Industrial (178mm x 513mm x 159mm).
Load rating 40 lbs.
WBH4 15" Deep Wall Brackets
O.
Labeling & WBH2E Dimensions: 3.5"H x 20.4"W x 15.8"D 2 1
Identification (89mm x 519mm x 402mm).
Load rating 20 lbs.
WBH4E Dimensions: 7.0"H x 20.4"W x 15.8"D 4 1
P. (177mm x 519mm x 402mm).
Cable WBH4E
Load rating 40 lbs.
Management
Accessories WBH6E Dimensions: 10.5"H x 20.4"W x 15.8"D 6 1
(267mm x 519mm x 402mm).
Load rating 60 lbs.
Q. ^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
Index
All product color is black.
L.84 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
F.
Wireless
G.
Tool-Less Blanking Panels Outlets
Minimize bypass airflow in standard EIA 19" racks and Require no tools or hardware to install
cabinets while providing an aesthetic appearance H.
Media
Distribution
No. of Std.
TLBP1 Rack Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. I.
TLBP1S-V 19" (483mm) width for 3/8" cage nut holes (may be used 1 5 Physical
Infrastructure
with or without cage nuts installed). 1 RU.
Management
TLBP2 TLBP2S-V 19" (483mm) width for 3/8" cage nut holes (may be used 2 5
with or without cage nuts installed). 2 RU.
J.
TLBP1R-V 19" (483mm) width for tapped rails. 1 RU. 1 5 Overhead &
Underfloor
TLBP2R-V 19" (483mm) width for tapped rails. 2 RU. 2 5 Routing
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
All product color is black.
K.
Surface
Raceway
P.
Cable
Management
DPFP8 Accessories
DPFPA1
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.85
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Angled Panel Accessories
Fiber
Optic Aesthetic design provides a clean and consistent look Protect exposed connectors from intrusion of debris or
Systems when used with Panduit angled patch panels accidental disconnection
Support warm aisle/cold aisle methodology by sealing in
D. cool air and not allowing it to escape, promoting proper
Power
over airflow and cooling
Ethernet
No. of Std. Std.
Rack Pkg. Ctn.
E. CPAF1BLY Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty. Qty.
Zone
Cabling CPAF1BLY Covers one open rack space in standard EIA 19" rack. 1 1 10
CPAF2BLY Covers two open rack spaces in standard EIA 19" rack. 2 1 10
CPATCBL Transitional cover for angled patch panels that occupies 0 1 10
F. CPAF2BLY zero rack space.
Wireless
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
All product color is black.
G. CPATCBL
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
IN-Cabinet Vertical Cable Managers
I. For managing cable within cabinets 27" or wider Two mounting bracket options to facilitate mounting to
Physical Attach to equipment mounting rails various cabinet configurations
Infrastructure Snap-on covers included
Management
No. of Std.
J.
Overhead & Rack Pkg.
Underfloor Part Number Part Description Spaces^ Qty.
Routing Side Mount Front Only
CWMPV3440 Duct with side mount bracket, cage nut, and screws. 40 1
K. Dimensions: 71.9"H x 3.5"W x 4.3"D
Surface (1825mm x 88mm x 109mm).
Raceway Capacity: 96 cables .187 dia.
CWMPV2440 Duct with side mount bracket, cage nut, and screws. 40 1
L. Front Mount Dimensions: 71.9"H x 2.5"W x 4.3"D
Cabinets, Bracket (1825mm x 63mm x 109mm).
Racks & Capacity: 60 cables .187 dia.
Cable
Management Front Mount Front Only
CWMPV2340 Duct with front mount bracket, cage nut, and screws. 40 1
M. Dimensions: 70.0"H x 3.7"W x 3.3"D
Grounding & (1778mm x 94mm x 83mm).
Bonding Capacity: 48 cables .187 dia.
CWMPV3340 Duct with front mount bracket, cage nut, and screws. 40 1
Dimensions: 70.0"H x 4.7"W x 3.3"D
N. Side Mount (1778mm x 119mm x 83mm).
Industrial
CWMPV3340
Bracket Capacity: 72 cables .187 dia.
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
All product color is black.
O.
Labeling &
Identification Cable Capacity Chart
L.86 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Flat Pan-Post Standoffs
J.
Standard EIA hole spacing allows product to be mounted Use where space is limited Overhead &
with user supplied screws up to 1/4" (M6) diameter Underfloor
For indoor use only Routing
Organize cables in standard cabinets and racks Material: Natural Nylon 6.6
Std. Std. K.
Pkg. Ctn. Surface
Raceway
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Flat Pan-Post Standoff for Nylon Cable Ties L.
PPF2S-S25-V Nylon 6.6 flat Pan-Post Standoff. Use with miniature, 5 100 Cabinets,
intermediate, and standard cross section cable ties. Dimensions Racks &
5.42"L x 1.50"H x .19"W (137.7mm x 38.1mm x 4.8mm). Cable
Management
PPF2S-S25-V69 Flame retardant nylon 6.6 flat Pan-Post Standoff. Use with 5 100
miniature, intermediate, and standard cross section cable ties.
Material meets UL 94V-0 specifications. Dimensions M.
Grounding &
5.42"L x 1.50"H x .19"W (137.7mm x 38.1mm x 4.8mm). Bonding
Flat Pan-Post Standoff for Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Cable Ties
PPF2SV-S25-V Nylon 6.6 flat Pan-Post Standoff. Use with Tak-Ty Hook & 5 100
Loop Cable Ties. Dimensions 5.60"L x 1.62"H x .19"W N.
(142.2mm x 41.3mm x 4.8mm). Industrial
PPF2SV-S25-V69 Flame retardant nylon 6.6 flat Pan-Post Standoff. Use with 5 100
Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Cable Ties. Material meets UL 94V-0
specifications. Dimensions 5.60"L x 1.62"H x .19"W O.
(142.2mm x 41.3mm x 4.8mm). Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.87
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Pan-Post Standoffs
Fiber
Optic Support cable bundles above or away from surface Material: Natural Nylon 6.6
Systems For indoor use only
D. Std. Std.
Power Pkg. Ctn.
over Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Ethernet PP1S-S10-X Pan-Post Standoff, mounting method #10/M5 screw, 10 100
1.06"L x .72"W x 1.97"H (26.9mm x 18.3mm x 50.0mm). Used with
cable ties M,I,S.
E.
Zone PP1S-S12-X Pan-Post Standoff, mounting method #12/M5.5 screw, 10 100
Cabling 1.06"L x .72"W x 1.97"H (26.9mm x 18.3mm x 50.0mm). Used with
cable ties M,I,S.
PP2S-S10-X Pan-Post Standoff, mounting method #10/M5 screw, 10 100
F. 1.06"L x .72"W x 4.60"H (26.9mm x 18.3mm x 116.9mm). Used
Wireless with cable ties M,I,S.
PP2S-S12-X Pan-Post Standoff, mounting method #12/M5.5 screw, 10 100
1.06"L x .72"W x 4.60"H (26.9mm x 18.3mm x 116.9mm). Used
with cable ties M,I,S.
G.
Outlets Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard.
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Bundle Retainers
Support cable in vertical or horizontal configurations Adhesive backed and screw applied versions available
J.
Overhead & Spring fingers with large lead-in facilitates insertion of Material: Black Nylon 6.6
Underfloor cable bundles
Routing
Std. Std.
K. Pkg. Ctn.
Surface Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Raceway BR2-1.3 Standard EIA hole spacing for mounting. Maximum bundle capacity: 1 10
2.00" (50.8mm).
L.
Cabinets, BR2-1.3-A Adhesive base and standard EIA hole spacing provides mounting 1 10
Racks & options. Maximum bundle capacity: 2.00" (50.8mm).
Cable
Management BR2-1.3-A
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
L.88 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Cable Management Accessories Roadmap
C.
Organize cable in a variety of applications providing a standards compliant installation to reduce stress on cable while Fiber
Optic
allowing for easier moves, adds, and changes. Systems
5 D.
Power
over
7 3 Ethernet
2
E.
4 Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
6 H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
1 Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
Cool Boot Raised Floor Air Waterfall Accessories
1 Sealing Grommet 4 (pages L.98 and L.99)
M.
Grounding &
(pages L.90 and L.91) Bonding
N.
Industrial
P.
Cable
Stackable Cable Rack Spacers
6 (page L.100)
Management
Accessories
Double Waterfall Accessory
3 (page L.99)
Threaded Rod Cover
7 (page L.99)
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.89
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.91
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Max. Bundle
Capacity Max. Cable Capacity
F.
Wireless Std.
Cat 6A Cat 6 Cat 5e Pkg.
Part Number Part Description In. mm (0.300") (0.240") (0.225") Qty.
Wall Mount
G.
Outlets JP75W-L20 J Hook for wall mount applications. 0.75 19.0 5 8 10 50
One 1/4" (M6) mounting hole for user
JP131W-L20 supplied screw. Not for use with 1.31 33.3 15 25 29 50
JP2W-L20 powder actuated fasteners.
H.
Media JP2W-L20 2.00 50.8 30 46 55 50
Distribution
JP4W-X20 4.00 101.6 115 180 200 10
I.
Physical Wall Mount with Bracket
Infrastructure
Management JP75WP2-L20 J Hook for powder actuated 0.75 19.0 5 8 10 50
installation on walls. One 5/32" (M4)
JP131WP2-L20 mounting hole and one 1/4" (M6) 1.31 33.3 15 25 29 50
J. mounting hole for user supplied
Overhead & fasteners.
Underfloor JP2WP2-L20 JP2WP2-L20 2.00 50.8 30 46 55 50
Routing
JP4WP2-X20 4.00 101.6 115 180 200 10
K.
Surface Ceiling Mount
Raceway
JP75CM-L20 J Hook with ceiling mount bracket 0.75 19.0 5 8 10 50
that has one 3/16" (M5), 1/4" (M6),
L. and 3/8" (M10) mounting hole.
Cabinets, JP131CM-L20 1.31 33.3 15 25 29 50
Racks &
Cable JP2CM-L20 2.00 50.8 30 46 55 50
Management JP2CM-L20
O. JP2DW-L20
Labeling & Suitable for use in air handling spaces in accordance with Sec. 300-22(c) and (d) of the National Electrical Code. JP4 family of parts
Identification suitable for use in single unit configurations. Listed in accordance with CAN/ULC S102.2 when mounted as single units or in pairs.
Minimum spacing of 4 feet (1220mm) required between mount points. (Flame spread rating = 0, Smoke developed classification = 30).
All dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in inches (mm).
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
L.92 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
L.
Metal Stud Grommets and Accessories
Cabinets,
Racks & Metal stud grommets and cable support manager support Metal Stud Punching Tool punches a 1-11/32" (34.1mm)
Cable and protect cable within the building structure round hole in 25 GA. min. to 20 GA max. mild steel studs;
Management contoured handle; lightweight aluminum head; automatic
hole centering on standard width (3.625") studs;
M. replaceable punch and dies; self-stripping design that
Grounding & eliminates punch hang-ups
Bonding
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
N. Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Industrial MSG-1.3-C Metal stud grommet, 1-11/32" hole. 100 1000
MSG-1.3-C MSGV-1.3-C
MSGV-1.3-C Metal stud grommet, 1-11/32" hole, anti-vibration for 100 1000
1/2" to 1" pipe.
O.
Labeling & MSPT-1.3 Metal stud punch tool with contoured handle for 1 0
Identification increased leverage.
CSM-1.25-C Cable stud manager for 1.25" cable spacing. 100 1000
P. MSPT-1.3
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q. CSM-1.25-C
Index
L.94 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.95
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management Align snap lock attachment Align chaining bracket Slide chaining bracket
of J Hook with holes in under the assembly between J Hook and the
J. chosen bracket and snap metal bracket until it snaps
Overhead & J Hook into place
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Pull down to fully engage Attach J Hooks as Final assembly is a
explained in first-level second-level installation
installation above consisting of one threaded
N.
Industrial
rod bracket, one chaining
bracket, and two
J Hooks for clarity
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
L.96 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
H.
JMCMB25-3-X** Three-level ceiling mount bracket with one 1/4" Galvanized 10 50 Media
(M6) mounting hole. Maximum capacity of six Steel Distribution
J Hooks.
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.97
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C. Conduit Waterfall
Fiber
Optic Helps prevent pinch points and over bending that could Unique patented design allows for use in both new and
Systems cause damage to cable retrofit applications
Suitable for use in air handling spaces per UL 2043 Allows user to install 3/4" (19.1mm) Tak-Ty Cable Ties to
D. provide a method to retain and manage the cable bundle
Power UL listed per UL 1565
over Able to manage and support a large capacity of cables Material: Black Glass-Filled Nylon 6.6 which meets UL
Ethernet 94V-0 specifications
Easy and fast to install reducing labor cost
E. Std. Std.
Zone Pkg. Ctn.
Cabling Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
CWF400 Provides bend radius control for cables entering/exiting 1 10
4" (101.6mm) EMT conduit. Secure to conduit without tools
F. utilizing integral thumb screw and captive nut.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
Waterfall Accessories
H.
Media Patented bend radius control product for standard Base attaches to either the rung or stringer on most
Distribution ladder rack standard ladder racks for a variety of
Product available as a kit (includes base, two wings, and installations/configurations
I. cable ties) or purchased separately Modular components allow user to custom configure each
Physical Easy to install waterfall kit maintains bend radius control in location where cable management is required
Infrastructure
Management both vertical and horizontal directions to provide a Material: Black Glass-Filled Nylon 6.6 which meets UL
standards-compliant installation 94V-0 specifications
J.
Overhead & Std. Std.
Underfloor
Routing Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
CMW-KIT* Cable management waterfall kit. Provides bend radius control when 1 10
K. transferring cables from standard ladder rack. Kit includes CMWB, two
Surface CMWW, and cable ties.
Raceway
CMWB* Cable management waterfall base. Used to maintain 1.75" (44.5mm) 1 10
L. bend radius control vertically when transferring cable off of ladder rack.
Cabinets, Mounts to ladder rack rung or stringer with standard cross section cable
Racks & ties (included).
Cable
Management CMWW* Cable management waterfall wing. Used in conjunction with CMWB to 1 10
CMW-KIT maintain 1.00" (25.4mm) bend radius control horizontally when
transferring cable off ladder rack.
M.
Grounding & *Available in natural (white). Add 10 to part number suffix. For example: CMW-KIT10.
Bonding
N.
Industrial
CMWB
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
CMWW
Q.
Index
L.98 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Std. Std. E.
Pkg. Ctn. Zone
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. Cabling
CMW2B Cable management double waterfall base. Used to maintain 1 10
1.75" (101.6mm) bend radius control vertically when transferring
cable off either side of ladder rack rung. Mounts to ladder rack rung F.
with standard cross section cable ties (included). Wireless
G.
Outlets
TRC18FR-X20Y Used to protect cabling from threaded rod. Vertical slit allows easy 10 100
installation. Black. K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). L.99
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
CRS1-X
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
L.100 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
F.
Ensures highest network system performance Wireless
StructuredGround Grounding System components provide a low resistance grounding path for J.
Overhead &
reliability; include factory terminated jumpers for easy installation; and are kitted for convenience. Underfloor
Jumper kits include Panduit Copper Compression Electrical Connectors that meet NEBS Level 3 Routing
Criteria, the highest level of operability within the network facility environment. A full line of manual,
K.
controlled cycle, and battery operated hydraulic crimping tools meet application needs and provide Surface
Raceway
lowest installed cost. For the complete line of Panduit Electrical Power and Grounding Connectors
and crimping tools, visit www.panduit.com or refer to the Electrical Solutions Catalog SA-ELCB10. L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). M.1
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
THE PURPOSE OF GROUNDING AND BONDING
Systems
The grounding and bonding system is more than just an insurance policy against a lightning strike
D. or other surge event. It is an active, functioning system that provides protection for personnel and
Power
over equipment. Proper grounding and bonding are essential for efficient network performance in the
Ethernet
modern data center and telecommunication spaces.
E.
Zone
Cabling A primary purpose of the grounding and bonding system is to create an adequate-capacity path
for electrical surges and transient voltages to return to their source (which may include the earth).
F.
Lightning, fault currents, circuit switching (motors turning on and off), activation of surge protective
Wireless devices (SPDs) and electrostatic discharge are common causes of these electrical surges and
transient voltages. An effective grounding and bonding system minimizes the detrimental effects
G. of these electrical surges and transient voltages.
Outlets
A properly designed grounding and bonding system is intentional, visually verifiable, and
H. adequately sized to handle expected currents safely and without undue effect on susceptible
Media
Distribution electronic equipment. Any metallic component that is part of the data center infrastructure
(such as equipment, racks, ladder racks, cabinets, cable trays, etc.) must be properly connected
I.
Physical to the grounding and bonding system.
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
WHAT ARE THE EFFECTS OF IMPROPER GROUNDING?
Routing
Lower Reliability
An improperly designed grounding (and bonding) system may be a primary source of interference and emission (1)
K. According to the IEEE, the typical AC third-prong ground circuit is almost never sufficient to prevent damage to network equipment
Surface susceptible to ground-fault related potentials (2)
Raceway
Poorly designed or improperly applied grounding, bonding, and shielding techniques often adversely affect the performance of electronic
L. equipment from the circuit board to the network system (3)
Cabinets,
Racks & Approximately 70% of all anomalies, dysfunctions, or problems associated with power distribution systems are directly or indirectly related
Cable to bonding and grounding issues (4)
Management
M. Safety Risks
Grounding &
Bonding Personal injury from electric shock caused by improper grounding and bonding can cause immeasurable human suffering and
significant expense
Potential fire hazards exist when heat is generated from electrical surges that occur on a high impedance grounding and bonding path
N.
Industrial 1. Ott, Henry. Noise Reduction Techniques in Electronic Systems., 2nd edition. NY: Wiley-Interscience, 1988.
2. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. IEEE Std 1100 2005. IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment.
3. Quoted from Doug Dorr, Senior Project Manager, EPRI and William Bush, Industry Consultant for Power and Grounding and Surge Protection.
Both serve on the IEEE P1100 committee (Emerald Book) in leadership positions and also on the IEEE SPD committee, as well as other
O. standards organizations.
Labeling & 4. Quoted from S. Frank Waterer, Electrical Engineering, Fellow, at Schneider Electric with 30 years experience, Vice-Chair of IEEE/SPDC, NEMA member.
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
M.2
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
and bonding. Protecting those systems, equipment, and personnel helps to ensure equipment reliability and thus availability of services, while
resulting in lower operational expense. G.
Outlets
Comprehensive, integrated technology from Panduit addresses the grounding and bonding needs of the entire infrastructure including
electrostatic discharge (ESD) protection, racks, cabinets, enclosures, access floors, control panels, service entrance, and direct burial applications. H.
Media
These industry-leading solutions deliver reliability, availability, safety and lower total cost of ownership. As a solution architecture, the Distribution
StructuredGround Grounding System is complemented by a range of installation tooling, design software, and services.
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Panduit StructuredGround Grounding System gives you what you need to properly protect your investment. Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
1. Ott, Henry, Noise Reduction Techniques in Electronic Systems, 2nd edition, NY; Wiley-Interscience, 1988. K.
2. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, IEEE Std 1100 2005, IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment. Surface
3. Quoted from Doug Dorr, Senior Project Manager, EPRI and William Bush, Industry Consultant for Power and Grounding and Surge Protection. Both serve Raceway
on the IEEE P1100 committee (Emerald Book) in leadership positions and also on the IEEE SPD committee, as well as other standards organizations.
4. Quoted from S. Frank Waterer, Staff Engineer at Schneider Electric with 30 years experience.
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). M.3
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Common Bonding Network (CBN) Roadmap
C.
Fiber Panduit StructuredGround Grounding System is a complete, highly reliable line of products to ground your building
Optic and network equipment in compliance with BICSI TDM Manual,12th Edition and TIA-607-B,TIA-942, IEEE Std 1100
Systems
(IEEE Emerald Book), UL and CSA
D.
Power
over Telecommunications
Ethernet
Room
E. (see roadmap on
Zone
Cabling page M.6)
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I. Data Center
Physical
Infrastructure (see roadmaps on
Management pages M.8 M.9)
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding Service Entrance
(see roadmap on
N. page M.5)
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index For more data center grounding information, see www.panduit.com/dcgrounding.
M.4
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Service Entrance Grounding Roadmap
C.
Complies with TIA-607-B and IEEE Std 1100 (IEEE Emerald Book) Fiber
Optic
Grounding Equalizer (GE) is required when two or more Telecommunications Bonding Backbones (TBB) are used within Systems
a multi-story building; bond TBBs together with a GE at the top floor and at a minimum of every third floor in between
D.
Power
Telecommunications Bonding over
Ethernet
Backbone (TBB)**
2
Conduit E.
Zone
3 Grounding Equalizer (GE) Cabling
8 1
F.
Wireless
5
Earth Ground G.
3 Outlets
6
7 H.
Media
Distribution
7
I.
3 Physical
Infrastructure
Management
AC Panel*
J.
Cable Entrance Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
AC Service Entrance
3 K.
Surface
Raceway
Water Meter
4 4
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Copper Compression HTAP Telecommunications Main Management
1 and Clear Cover: HTWC 5 Grounding Busbar (TMGB)
(pages M.41 thru M.42) and Busbar Label M.
(page M.29) Grounding &
Bonding
Copper Compression,
Two-Hole, Long Barrel with Universal Beam Grounding
7 O.
3 Window Lug: LCC-W Clamp: GUBC500-6 Labeling &
(pages M.36 M.38) (page M.31) Identification
E Style Grounding
Bronze, Water Pipe Connector: GCE P.
4 Grounding Clamp: KP 8 For the complete line of Cable
Management
StructuredGround Direct Burial
(page M.44) Compression Grounding System, Accessories
visit www.panduit.com
Q.
*AC panel should be grounded per NEC standards. Enclosure should be grounded per manufacturers specifications. Index
**TIA-607-B specifies different size conductors based on the length of the Telecommunications Bonding Backbone (TBB).
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). M.5
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Telecommunications Room Grounding Roadmap
C.
Fiber Complies with BICSI TDM Manual, 12th Edition and TIA-607-B, TIA-942, IEEE Std 1100 (IEEE Emerald Book),
Optic UL and CSA
Systems
Bonding hardware is recommended to mount all panels, equipment, shelves, etc. to ensure electrical continuity between
metallic components and the grounded rack or cabinet
D.
Power Can be used to ground equipment mounted in racks and cabinets which meet EIA-310; installer should bond all racks
over and cabinet members to the grounding strip
Ethernet
Back of Racks Shown
E.
Zone Grounding Equalizer (GE)
Cabling
8
F.
Wireless Conduit 4
5
2
G.
Outlets 3
H.
Media
Distribution
2
1 7
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management 6
AC Panel* 1
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Telecommunications
Bonding Backbone
K.
Surface (TBB)
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable Building Steel
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding Copper Compression HTAP Telecommunication
1 and Clear Cover: HTWC 5 Equipment Bonding
(pages M.41 M.42) Conductor (TEBC) Kits:
(pages M.21 M.22)
N. Copper Compression,
Industrial
2 Two-Hole, Long Barrel
6
Universal Beam Grounding
with Window Lug: LCC-W Clamp: GUBC500-6
(pages M.36 M.38) (page M.31)
O.
Labeling & Telecommunications Electrostatic Discharge
Identification 3 Grounding Busbar (TGB) and 7 (ESD) Port Kit: RGESD
Busbar Label (page M.29) (page M.24)
P.
Cable Auxiliary Cable Bracket: Wyr-Grid Overhead
Management
Accessories 4 GACB 8 Cable Tray Routing System
(page M.31) (page J.65 J.74)
Q. *AC panel should be grounded per NEC standards. Enclosure should be grounded per manufacturers specifications.
Index A typical overhead cabling system includes a multitude of metallic components which are connected together. It is the responsibility of the installer to insure all
of the metallic components are bonded, which means that they are connected together electrically in accordance with applicable specifications. The Panduit
Grounding and Bonding System does not insure required bonding of the overhead cabling system metallic components.
M.6
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Access Floor Mesh Common Bonding Network (MCBN) Roadmap
C.
Complies with BICSI TDM Manual, 12th Edition and TIA-607-B, TIA-942, IEEE Std 1100 (IEEE Emerald Book), Fiber
UL and CSA Optic
Systems
MCBN for access floor deployment is recommended in a grid design on 4 foot intervals, allowing for bonding of every
other access floor pedestal; this design enables the bonding of at least one pedestal from each access floor tile directly
D.
to the MCBN network Power
Bond all metallic elements to the MCBN, including rack/cabinet grounding jumpers, wire basket, water pipes and over
air conditioning units Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
1 F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
4
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
2 Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
3
K.
Surface
6 Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
5 (Some pedestals Management
lightened for clarity)
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
Copper Compression HTAP Code Conductor, Thin Wall,
1 and Clear Cover: HTWC 4 CTAP: CTAPF
(pages M.41 M.42) (page M.43)
N.
Industrial
P.
Access Floor Grounding GridRunner Underfloor Cable
3 Clamp: GPQC 6 Cable Routing System Management
(page M.16) (pages J.75 J.79) Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). M.7
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Data Center Rack and Cabinet Grounding Roadmap
C.
Fiber Complies with BICSI TDM Manual, 12th Edition and TIA-607-B, TIA-942, IEEE Std 1100 (IEEE Emerald Book), UL, and CSA
Optic Bonding hardware is recommended to mount all panels, equipment, shelves, etc. to ensure electrical continuity between
Systems metallic components and the grounded rack or cabinet
Designed for use on racks and cabinets which meet EIA-310, see pages L.1 L.74 for the Panduit cabinets, racks, and
D. cable management offering
Power
over Back of Racks Shown
Ethernet
Data Equipment Racks
E.
Zone 4
Cabling 3
F.
Wireless
6
3
G. 1
Outlets
5
H.
Media
Distribution 1
AC
I. Panel*
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
Building Conduit
J.
Overhead & Steel
Underfloor
Routing
K. 7
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks & Telecommunications
8 9
Cable Bonding Backbone
Management
(TBB)
M. Mesh Common Bonding Network (MCBN)
Grounding & Access Floor Pedestal
Bonding
2
N. Copper Compression,
Industrial Copper Compression HTAP Two-Hole, Long Barrel with
3 Window Lug: LCC-W
1 and Clear Cover: HTWC
(pages M.41 M.42) (pages M.36 M.38)
O.
Labeling & Telecommunications Grounding
Identification 4 Busbar (TGB) and Busbar Label
(page M.29)
P.
Access Floor Grounding
Cable 2 Clamp: GPQC
Universal Beam Grounding
Management (page M.16) 5
Accessories Clamp: GUBC500-6
(page M.31)
*AC panel should be grounded per NEC standards. Enclosure should be grounded per manufacturers specifications.
Q.
Index A typical access floor includes a multitude of metallic components which are connected together. It is the responsibility of the manufacturer and installer of the
access floor to insure all the access floor metallic components are bonded which means that they are connected together electrically in accordance with
applicable specifications. The Panduit Grounding and Bonding System does not insure required bonding of the access floor metallic components.
M.8
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Back of Cabinets Shown
C.
Data Equipment Cabinets Fiber
Optic
Systems
(Sides/ doors D.
removed Power
for clarity) over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
7 J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
2 K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Mesh Common Bonding
Access Floor
Bonding Network (MCBN) Pedestal
N.
Industrial
Telecommunications
Code Conductor, Thin Wall,
Grounding and Bonding
6 Conductor Label Kit: LTYK 8 CTAP: CTAPF
(page M.43) O.
(page M.29)
Labeling &
Identification
Common Bonding
Surge Suppressor Jumper
Network (CBN) P.
7 Kit: SSGK 9 Cable
Jumper Kit: RGCBNJ
(page M.20) Management
(page M.16) Accessories
A typical access floor includes a multitude of metallic components which are connected together. It is the responsibility of the manufacturer and installer of the
access floor to insure all the access floor metallic components are bonded which means that they are connected together electrically in accordance with Q.
applicable specifications. The Panduit Grounding and Bonding System does not insure required bonding of the access floor metallic components. Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). M.9
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Selection Guide StructuredGround Kits for Net-Access Cabinets
C.
Fiber Complies with the Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard for Data Centers as described in TIA-942 and TIA-607-B
Optic
Systems Maximizes uptime, maintains system performance, and protects network equipment
Provides a dedicated, low resistance, and visually verifiable ground system
D. Typical cage nut application
Power Flexible design for use on EIA-310 compliant cabinets
over Back of cabinet shown
Ethernet (Sides/doors removed for clarity)
Kits for threaded and
thru-hole also available
E.
Zone
Cabling
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management Bonding Cage Nut: CNBK Electrostatic Discharge
(page M.25) (ESD) Wrist Strap Kits:
J. Patented, bonds equipment RGESDWS (page M.24)
Overhead & and patch panels to Prevents damaging
Underfloor cabinet rails electrostatic discharge to
Routing equipment and personnel
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
M.10
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Selection Guide StructuredGround Kits for Net-Access Cabinets
(continued) C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
Cabinet Grounding Selection in 2 Easy Steps:
1. What type of fasteners do your mounting rails require? D.
Power
2. What is the maximum depth of the equipment being mounted? over
Ethernet
Common
ESD Wrist Bonding Network E.
Strap Front to (CBN) Zone
Grounding ESD Port Kit (1 per ESD Grounding Back Rail Jumper Equipment Bonding
Cabling
Selection Criteria Strip Kit^ (2 required) Port) Busbar Kit^ Jumper Kit^ Kit* Jumper Kit** Hardware***
Panduit Net-Access
Cabinets: CN1, CN2, F.
CN4, CN5, CN1CN, StructuredGround Kits for Data Center Cabinet Grounding Wireless
CN2CN, CS1, CS2
and CS3
1. Rail Fasteners
G.
RGTBSG-C Outlets
Threaded #12-24 RGS134-1Y RGESD2-1 RGESDWS
(Bonding Screw)
RGCBNJ660P22 GJS660U
CNBK H.
Cage Nut RGS134B-1 RGESD2B-1 RGESDWS (Bonding Media
Cage Nut) Distribution
EIA-310 Compliant
Cabinets StructuredGround Kits for Data Center Cabinet Grounding I.
1. Rail 2. Rail Depth Physical
Fasteners up to Infrastructure
Management
20" (.5M) CGJ620U
Threaded RGTBSG-C or
#12-24 30" (.75M) RGS134-1Y RGESD2-1 RGESDWS RGRB19U CGJ630U RGTBSM6G-C J.
or M6 Overhead &
40" (1M) CGJ640U
RGCBNJ660P22 GJS660U Underfloor
20" (.5M) CGJ620UB Routing
CNBK
Cage Nut 30" (.75M) RGS134B-1 RGESD2B-1 RGESDWS RGRB19CN CGJ630UB (Bonding
Cage Nut)
40" (1M) CGJ640UB K.
Surface
^Grounding strip kits, grounding busbar kits, and front to back rail jumper kits are supplied with mounting hardware based upon rail type. Raceway
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). M.11
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Selection Guide StructuredGround Kits for Racks
C.
Fiber Complies with the Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard for Data Centers as described in TIA-942 and TIA-607-B
Optic
Systems Maximizes uptime, maintains system performance, and protects network equipment
Provides a dedicated, low resistance, and visually verifiable ground system
D.
Power Flexible design for use on EIA-310 compliant racks Bonding Screw: RGTBS
over
Ethernet (page M.25)
New installation Patented, bonds equipment
Typical threaded application and patch panels to the front
E. Back of rack shown of the rack.
Zone Kits for cage nut and thru-hole also available
Cabling
F.
Wireless
Paint Piercing Grounding
Washer Kit: RGW
(page M.26)
G. Provides a superior bond
Outlets between frame members,
serrations eliminate the need Electrostatic Discharge
to scrape paint (ESD) Port Kit: RGESD
(page M.24)
H. Bent 45 acts as a hook to
Media
Distribution hold ESD wrist strap
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead & Equipment Jumper
Underfloor Kit: RGEJ (page M.19)
Routing Bonds network equipment
to the grounding strip or
grounding busbar Electrostatic Discharge
K. (ESD) Wrist Strap Kit:
Surface
Raceway RGESDWS (page M.24)
Prevents damaging
electrostatic discharge to
L.
Cabinets, equipment and personnel
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Mesh Common Bonding Network (MCBN)
M.12
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Selection Guide StructuredGround Kits for Racks (continued)
C.
For Panduit racks: Fiber
Optic
Simply find your rack part number and follow across. Systems
For other EIA-310 compliant racks, follow these two easy steps:
1. What type of installation do you have? D.
Power
2. What type of fasteners do your mounting rails require? over
Ethernet
Common
ESD Bonding E.
Wrist Strap Network Equipment Zone
Grounding ESD Port Kit (1 per Grounding (CBN) Jumper Bonding Cabling
Selection Criteria Strip Kit (2 required)* ESD Port) Busbar Kit Jumper Kit Kit** Hardware***
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). M.13
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Features and Benefits StructuredGround Kits for Cabinets
C.
Fiber Panduit offers a variety of kits with premium components engineered specifically to meet TIA-942 and TIA-607-B for reliable
Optic
Systems
cabinet grounding.
Provides a dedicated, low resistance, and visually verifiable Offers ease of installation no paint scraping required
D. ground system to maximize uptime, maintain data center to bond cabinets; factory terminated jumpers simply
Power system performance, and protect network equipment bolt in place
over
Ethernet and personnel
Incorporates a flexible design that can be used with
cabinets which meet EIA-310 Grounding Strip Kit
E.
Zone (see page
Cabling M.17)
M.14 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Features and Benefits StructuredGround Kits for Racks
C.
Panduit offers a variety of kits with premium components engineered specifically to meet TIA-942 and TIA-607-B for reliable Fiber
Optic
rack grounding. Systems
Provides a dedicated, low resistance, and visually Offers ease of installation no paint scraping required
verifiable ground system to maximize uptime, maintain to bond racks; factory terminated jumpers simply D.
Power
data center system performance, and protect network bolt in place over
equipment and personnel Ethernet
Incorporates a flexible design that can be used with A
racks which meet EIA-310 E.
Zone
Cabling
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). M.15
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
Access Floor Grounding Clamps
C. Bond mesh common bonding network (MCBN) Bond to the pedestal with a single bolt to
Fiber conductors to each other and bond the access floor simplify installation
Optic
Systems pedestals to the conductors Accommodate conductors from #6 1/0 AWG, minimizes
Specifically designed to bond perpendicular MCBN inventory requirements
D. conductors per TIA-942 and TIA-607-B
Power Bond round and square access floor pedestals for
over greater flexibility
Ethernet
W
E.
Zone
Cabling
H
D
F.
Wireless
Installed on Pedestal
Round Square MCBN Conductor Size Figure Dimensions Tightening Torque Std. Std.
Pedestal Pedestal Range In. In. Lbs. Pkg. Ctn.
G. Part Number In. In. AWG D W H Conductor Clamp Qty. Qty.
Outlets
GPQC07-1/0 3/4 7/8 #6 SOL 1/0 STR 4.25 3.38 3.19 385 150 1 10
GPQC10-1/0 1 1 1/8 7/8 #6 SOL 1/0 STR 4.19 3.38 3.19 385 150 1 10
GPQC12-1/0 1 1/4 #6 SOL 1/0 STR 4.53 3.44 3.19 385 150 1 10
H.
Media GPQC15-1/0 1 1/2 #6 SOL 1/0 STR 4.47 3.44 3.19 385 150 1 10
Distribution
GPQC17-1/0 1 3/4 #6 SOL 1/0 STR 5.19 4.00 3.19 385 150 1 10
GPQC20-1/0 2 #6 SOL 1/0 STR 5.06 4.00 3.19 385 150 1 10
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
DB Split Bolt Quad Clamp, Bronze
J. RATED
Overhead & Split bolt design allows easy insertion of Each clamp accepts up to two conductors for a
Underfloor perpendicular conductors speeding installation high performance bond with faster installation
Routing
UL 467 Listed and CSA Certified for direct Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes
burial in earth or concrete inventory requirements
K.
Surface UL Listed and CSA Certified for use up to 600 Made from high strength, electrolytic bronze to
Raceway V and temperature rated 90C provide reliable grounding connections
Figure Dimensions
L. Conductor
In.
Std.
Cabinets, W
Size Tightening Torque Pkg.
Racks & L Part Number Range E W L In. Lbs. Qty.
Cable SBQC1/0-X #6-1/0 AWG 0.75 1.50 2.00 #6 #4 AWG 165 10
Management #3 #1 AWG 275
E 1/0 AWG 385
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
M.16 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS B.
Copper
Systems
Std. D.
Pkg. Power
Part Number Part Description Qty. over
Ethernet
Grounding Strip Kits for Threaded Rail Fasteners
RGS134-1Y Grounding strip; 78.65" (2m) length; .67" (17mm) width; .05" (1.27mm) 1
thickness; provided with .16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant, one grounding E.
sticker and three each #12-24 x 1/2" and M6 x 12mm Zone
thread-forming screws. Cabling
Threaded Rail Kit RGS134-10-1Y Ten grounding strips; 78.65" (2m) length; .67" (17mm) width; .05" 1
(1.27mm) thickness; provided with .16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant, ten
grounding stickers and 30 each #12-24 x 1/2" and M6 x 12mm F.
thread-forming screws. Wireless
Grounding Strip Kits for Cage Nut Rail Fasteners
RGS134B-1 Grounding strip; 78.70" (2m) length; .67" (17mm) width; .05" (1.27mm) 1
thickness; provided with .16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant, one grounding G.
sticker, three cage nut bonding studs, eight #12-24 bonding nuts and Outlets
three strip clips.
RGS134B-10-1 Ten grounding strips; 78.70" (2m) length; .67" (17mm) width; .05" 1
(1.27mm) thickness; provided with .16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant, ten
Cage Nut Rail Kit grounding stickers, 30 cage nut bonding studs, 80 #12-24 bonding H.
Media
nuts and 30 strip clips. Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Grounding Busbar Kits Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
Provide the common grounding point within the cabinet Available pre-assembled with twenty mounting screws for
Optimized for installation on 19" racks or cabinets that quick and easy installation
meet EIA-310 Engineered to comply with US and International K.
Surface
Can be positioned anywhere on the rack or cabinet grounding requirements Raceway
L.
Std. Cabinets,
Pkg. Racks &
Part Number Part Description Qty. Cable
Grounding Busbar Kits for Threaded Rail Fasteners Management
Q.
Index
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover). M.17
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
B.
Copper
Systems
Front to Back Rail Jumper Kits
C.
Fiber Bond the front and back cabinet rails to the cabinet Both ends are factory terminated with reverse bent lugs
Optic grounding busbar that save space, confining the connection to one RU
Systems
Patent pending hardware incorporates paint piercing Available in three lengths, 20", 30", and 40" to satisfy a
serrations to create a bond point between the cabinet wide range of cabinet rail depths
D.
Power
rail and lug; hardware never needs to be removed for Engineered to comply with US and International
over new equipment installations grounding requirements
Ethernet
Length Std.
E. In. Pkg.
Zone Part Number (m) Part Description Qty.
Cabling
Front to Back Rail Jumper Kits for #12-24 or M6 Rail Fasteners
CGJ620U 20 Two #6 AWG (16mm) jumpers; factory terminated on both ends with 1
F. (.50) 90 reverse bent lugs; provided with .16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant, two
Wireless CGJ630U 30 grounding stickers, eight each #12-24 and M6 bonding studs and 1
(.75) sixteen each #12-24 and M6 bonding nuts.
CGJ640U 40 1
(1.00)
G.
Outlets Front to Back Rail Jumper Kits for Cage Nut Rail Fasteners
CGJ620UB 20 Two #6 AWG (16mm) jumpers; factory terminated on both ends with 1
(.50) 90 reverse bent lugs; provided with .16 oz. (5cc) of antioxidant, two
H. CGJ630UB 30 grounding stickers, eight cage nut bonding studs and 24 #12-24 1
Media (.75) bonding nuts.
Distribution
CGJ640UB 40 1
(1.00)
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
M.18 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
B.
Copper
Systems
%QUIPMENT *UMPER +ITS
C.
Bond network equipment to grounding strip or Use jumpers with 90 bent lug, on grounding strip side, Fiber
grounding busbar for high density grounding requirements up to one ground Optic
point per RU Systems
Jumper kit available with both ends factory terminated to
provide a bolt-on solution Use jumpers with 45 bent lugs, on grounding strip side,
D.
Jumper kit available with one end factory terminated to for improved cable management Power
attach to the grounding strip or grounding busbar; free Engineered to comply with US and International over
end accommodates unique equipment terminations grounding requirements Ethernet
E.
,ENGTH 3TD 3TD Zone
)N 0KG #TN Cabling
0ART .UMBER M !NGLE 0ART $ESCRIPTION 1TY 1TY
!7'